Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND } Publication Committee.

VOLUME 18

1916

Preston and Rounds Co.

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T.
1052 Exchange Building.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 18. January, 1916. No. 205.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, NO. XLVI.

THE GENUS PUCCINELLIA IN EASTERN NORTH
AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD AND C. A. WEATHERBY.
(Plates 114-117.)

Tae essentially halophytie genus Puccinellia of Parlatore! has
always been one of the least understood and, even to agrostologists,
one of the most perplexing groups of grasses. The species superficially
so closely simulate one another that by many experienced botanists
they are merged; while the generic status of the plants is often
questioned. Thus by some European botanists (for instance, Druce
and Ostenfeld) the plants are included under Glyceria, by others (as
Ascherson & Graebner) treated as a section of Festuca, while Britten
& Rendle include them in Sclerochloa. In some characters species of
Puccinellia certainly approach all three of these genera, yet as a whole
the plants seem to constitute a good genus for which Puccinellia is the
earliest unequivocal name.

In Europe, however, the name Puccinellia is not generally in use;
but those who treat the group as a genus (for instance, Briquet,
Richter or Rouy) call it Atropis. The status of Atropis as a generic
name is, nevertheless, open to serious doubt. It is commonly cited
as dating from Trinius in Ruprecht's Flores Samojedorum Cisuralen-
sium, and Grisebach in Ledebour's Flora Rossica, but in the enumera-

1 Parl. Fl. Ital. i. 366 (1848).
? Rupr. Beitr. zur Pflanzenk. des Russischen Reiches, ii. 61, 64 (1845).

«€ p

<

2 Rhodora [ JANUARY

tion of plants Ruprecht included it, as Trinius ! had previously done,
under Poa, indicating Atropis? as well as Phippsia, Catabrosa, Arcto-
phila and Dupontia as sections or subgenera, thus:

“311. Poa (Phippsia) algida (R. Br.)."

4312. Poa (Catabrosa) airoides Koel.”

*313. Poa (Atropis) distans L."

*314. Poa aretica R. Br."

“315. Poa alpina L."

*316. Poa pratensis L.”

“317, Poa (Arctophila) deflexa*.”

“395, Poa (Dupontia!) psilosantha*."'

On a succeeding page, in a note under Poa (Dupontia) pelligera,
Ruprecht made the observation that these various sections differed
from one another in certain characters: "Atropis Trin. (P. distans)
Catabrosae quoad glumas proxima, spiculas habet (saltem in statu
virgineo) lineares, fere teretes;" 3 and “From the condition of the
glumes perhaps a series of genera as follows: Dupontia, Arctophila,
Poa, Atropis, Catabrosa, Phippsia, Coleanthus." The enumeration
of these plants as species of Poa, Poa (Atropis) distans, etc. by
Ruprecht (or Trinius through Ruprecht) and then the giving on à
subsequent page of brief, inadequate characterizations with the
suggestion that these sections of Poa are “ perhaps" genera, does not,
it seems to us, clearly establish Atropis and others so treated as well
published genera dating from 1845. And it is noteworthy that most
authors who take up Atropis cite not only the Ruprecht reference but
the later reference to Grisebach in Ledebour (1853) as validating
the genus. Grisebach, in Ledebour, certainly gave a clear generic
characterization and treated the species unequivocally as species of
Atropis, so that Atropis as a well published genus should date from
Grisebach's treatment in 1853. In 1848, however, Parlatore, with
equal clarity and completeness had characterized Puccinellia as a
genus to include some of the species, P. distans and P. maritima,
later placed by Grisebach under Atropis: and it seems to us that
the cause of sound nomenclature is best served by maintaining the
fully and definitely published Puccinellia Parlatore (1848) rather
than the inadequately and uncertainly published Atropis Trinius in
Ruprecht (1845, validated by Grisebach in 1853).

1 Trin. Gram. Suppl. 68 (1836).

2 Rupr. 1. c. 61 (1845).

3 Rupr. 1. c. 64 (1845).

! Griseb. in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv. 388 (1853)

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 3

In attempting to determine the large collections of Puccinellia
which have accumulated at the Gray Herbarium, especially from the
shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the writers have found it impossible
to place many of the plants with the species commonly recognized
as occurring in eastern America. It has consequently been necessary,
in order to make the identifications of these plants as certain as pos-
sible, to study with some thoroughness all the species to which they
are nearly related or with which they may be conspecific. This
study has been greatly facilitated by the loan, through Dr. J. M.
Macoun, of the large northern collections of the Geological Survey of
Canada, by Dr. M. O. Malte of his private collections, and, through
Mr. Bayard Long, of the representation in the herbarium of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; and we here express our
appreciation of the opportunity to examine this most important
material which, with the collections of the Gray Herbarium and of
the New England Botanical Club, has been the chief basis of our work.

It quickly became apparent that much of the difficulty heretofore
experienced in efforts to differentiate the species of Puccinellia has
arisen through attempts to divide the plants too generally upon the
habit of the inflorescence. Many species which in full maturity have
the branches of the panicle widely divergent, in the young condition
have close inflorescences with ascending or even appressed branches;
so that attempts to use this character often lead to confusion. In
searching for more fundamental characters which should be constant
in all the material of seemingly identical plants many fruitless experi-
ments were made; but finally the results resolved themselves into a
series of differential points which seem to be reasonably definite and
to divide the complex of material upon natural and geographically
consistent lines. These characters have been tested through a pro-
longed study, which has occupied portions of three years, and although
here indicated chiefly for the species which occur in eastern North
America (south of Hudson Straits) they will prove important, we are
sure, in the differentiation of the species of northwestern North
America, Eurasia and the Arctic, in each of which areas there are
several species not here discussed.

In the region specially covered by this paper (the area south of
Hudson Straits) there are eleven well defined species of Puccinellia,
each, as already implied, occupying a consistent geographic area.
In two species, P. maritima and P. phryganodes, the anther is 1.5-

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

2 mm. long, about twice as long as in our other species. The first
of these, P. maritima, is a plant of the Atlantic coasts of Europe and
of eastern America (from Cape Breton to Pennsylvania); the second
an Arctic species which extends southward to Labrador and the
shores of Hudson Bay.

The remaining species have conspicuously smaller anthers, 0.5-1
mm. long, in only one species very slightly exceeding this measurement.
In some of the plants with small anthers the mature caryopsis (and in
good specimens of Puccinellia some inflorescences are usually mature
while others are just expanding) is large, ordinarily more than 2 mm.
long, while in others the grains are about 1.5 mm. in length. The
measurements of the mature grain, like the measurements of the
anthers, prove to be essentially constant in all material which is other-
wise consistent and we have consequently used this character as an
important one. Another character of as great importance is found in
the margin of the lemma; in some species the lemma is entire or with
at most one or two coarse teeth, while in others it is as definitely erose-
ciliolate or serrulate. Good characters are also found in the palea,
especially in the degree of ciliation; and other characters, often less
readily described and more subject to variation, in the aspect of
the panicle, the smoothness or hispidity of the rhachis and panicle-
branches, the length of the glumes, ete.

The present paper, presenting our conclusions regarding the species
of Puccinellia in northeastern North America obviously does not cover
all the species which may possibly be found in the area. This will be
apparent from the fact that one Arctic species alone, P. phryganodes,
has yet been found on the little-explored Labrador Peninsula, but
that in Greenland and Arctic America several other distinct species are
found, P. angustata (R. Br.) Rand & Redfield, P. arctica (Hook),!
P. Vahliana (Liebm.) Scribn. & Merrill, etc., any of which may be
expected to reach the Labrador Peninsula or Newfoundland. Further-
more, such very limited collecting as has been done at remote points
about the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the eastern coast of Newfoundland
has brought together five very distinct plants which are unknown
elsewhere in the East, and future exploration of the complex flora of
these areas will doubtless extend the ranges of these plants and pos-
sibly bring to light other localized species.

1PvccoriNELLIA arctica (Hook.), n. comb. Glyceria arctica Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii.
248, t. 229 (1840).

1916]

TS ai A e AER pw S GAY. UL. Pn ^ 4e AUCUNE CNRC

Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 5

In the following synopsis of the species of Puccinellia of eastern

North America only those species which we know from south of
Hudson Straits are included, but in the citation of specimens stations
in western North America are often indicated, especially in the cases
of newly described or newly interpreted species and varieties. "The
plates which have been most kindly prepared for us by Mr. R. E.
Torrey illustrate details of all the species here included and some which
have heretofore been ascribed to the region.

KEY TO THE SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF PUCCINELLIA IN EASTERN NORTH

A.

AMERICA.

Anther 1.5-2.2 mm. long.
Flowering culms tall, 2-8 dm. high: branches of the panicle scabrous:

lemmas 4-5 mm. long, pubescent on the nerves below
1. P. maritima.

Flowering culms low, 0.4-1 dm. high: branches of the panicle smooth:

lemmas 2.8-3 mm. long, glabrous. ...........2. P. phryganodes.

A. Anther 0.5-1 mm. long (1-1.2 mm. in P. lucida). B.

B. Grain 1.4-1.7 mm. long. C.
C. Lower branches of the comparatively short panicle (0.2-1.6 dm.

long) densely flowered nearly to the base or at least below the middle:
lemmas thick and coriaceous, without a broad hyaline tip; the mid-
nerve reaching the apex, often excurrent as a very short mucro.
3. P. fasciculata.
Lower branches of the panicle floriferous chiefly above the middle,
or, if much below, loosely flowered and the panicle much elongated
(2-3 dm. long): lemmas thin and membranaceous in texture (firm in
P. laurentiana and sometimes in P. paupercula), or at least with a
broad hyaline tip; the midnerve not excurrent. D.
Lemmas erose-ciliolate or serrulate under a lens. E.
E. Glumes and lemmas truncate, erose-ciliolate under a lens.
Mature panicle broadly ovoid, loose, its branches spreading

or reflexed.
Leaves of the culm 2-6 mm. wide, flat: panicle 0.8-2 dm.
long: lemmas 2-2.5 mm. long........5. P. distans.

Leaves of the eulm 2 mm. wide or less, becoming more or
less involute: panicle 4-9 em. long: lemmas 1.5-2 mm.

long. . : .(5.) P. distans, var. tenuis.
Mature publ. slender-cylindri to bap": i dense, its
branches erect or ascending. . . ..6. P. coarctata.

E. Glumes and lemmas tapering to an kait or obtusish tip, not
truncate, erose-serrulate: panicle-branches erect or ascend-
ing, rarely spreading.

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

Panicle-branches smooth or nearly so: lemmas 2.3-2.8 mm.
long, firm in texture..................7. P. laurentiana.
Panicle-branches strongly scabrous: lemmas thin in texture.

Lemmas 2.5-3 mm. long: grain 1.4-1.6 mm. long.
8. P. macra.

Lemmas 2 mm. long or less: grain 1-1.2 mm. long.
9. P. airoides.
D. Lemmas essentially entire..................11. P. paupercula.
B. Grain 1.8-2.5 mm. long. F.

F. Flowering culms stout: leaves 2.5-6 mm. wide: lower panicle-
branches densely floriferous nearly to the base: midrib of
the coriaceous lemma prolonged to the apex, often excurrent
as a short muero. .. n.o nuusan aaa e ssssde P. rupestris.

F. Flowering culms slender: leaves 0.5-2 mm. wide: lower
panicle-branches floriferous chiefly above the middle: lemma
with hyaline margin; its midrib not exeurrent. G.

G. Glumes and lemmas serrulate and erose-ciliolate under
a lens.
Gray-green: panicle-branches ascending or spreading,
not reflexed, smooth or nearly so: lemmas firm, 2.3-
2.8 mm. long..................7. P. laurentiana.
Bright-green: panicle-branches at length reflexed, sca-
brous: lemmas thin and lustrous, 3-4 mm. long.
10. P.lucida.
G. Lemmas essentially entire, not ciliolate.
Lemmas 2-4 mm. long, tapering to a blunt point or obtus-
ish: second glume 2-3 mm. long: panicle 0.2-1.8
dm. long.
Lemmas 2-2.5 mm. long: panicle 1-6 cm. long.
1l. P. paupercula.
Lemmas 3-4 mm. long: panicle 0.3-1.8 dm. long.
(11.) P. paupercula, var. alaskana.
Lemmas 4.5-6 mm. long, acute or acuminate: second
glume 7-9 mm. long: panicle 1-2.5 dm. long.
(11. P. paupercula, var. longiglumis.

* Anther 1.5-2.2 mm. long: perennials, often stoloniferous late in the
season (usually after anthesis).

1. P. ManrriMA (Huds.) Parl. Frias. 1-6. Coarse; the smooth
culms 2-8 dm. high, forming dense clumps: leaves pale, firm, usually
involute in age, 0.25-1.7 dm. long; ligule 1-3 mm. long, entire, blunt-
pointed: panicle 0.45-2.7 dm. long, usually somewhat exserted; the
ascending or finally spreading, but not reflexed, branches and the
pedicels scabrous: spikelets 0.5-1.2 em. long, 4-11-flowered: Ist
glume 2.2-3.4 mm. long, 3-nerved, acute; 2d glume ovate, 3-4.5 mm.
long, 3-nerved, tapering abruptly to a short apex: lemma 4-5 mm.

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 7

long, thick, somewhat coriaceous, 5-nerved, minutely serrulate,
obtuse or tapering abruptly to a blunt apex; midnerve prolonged to
the apex and with the lateral nerves pubescent below: palea 3.2-3.7
mm. long, lanceolate, tapering to a bidentate tip, ciliate on the nerves;
the cilia longest below: anther 1.5-2.2 mm. long: grain 2-2.2 mm.
long: repent stolons coarse, rigid, often prolonged to 3-6 dm., devel-
oped chiefly from late summer to spring.— Fl. Ital. i. 370 (1848);
Watson & Coulter in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 668 (1890); Britton & Brown,
Ill. Fl. i. 214 (1896). Poa maritima Huds. Fl. Ang. 35 (1762); Eaton,
Man. Bot. North. States, ed. 2, 366 (1818); Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2,
34 (1824); Torrey, Fl. North. U. S. i. 108 (1824); Beck, Bot. U. S.,
409 (1833); Wood, Class-book, 447 (1845). Glyceria maritima
Wahlenb. Fl. Gothob. 17 (1820), fide Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mit-
teleur. Fl. ii. Abt. 1, 460; Mert. & Koch in Róhling, Deutschl. Fl.
i. 588 (1823); Gray, Man. ed. 2, 560 (1856); Wood, Class-book,
ed. of 1877, 799 (1877). Sclerochloa arenaria, var. maritima Gray,
Man. 594 (1848). Diachroa maritima Nutt. ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2,
i. 497 (1840). Atropis maritima Griseb. in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv. 389
(1853). — Panicularia maritima Scribn. Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 54
(1894).— Coast of Europe; salt marshes and saline or brackish shores,
Nova Scotia; and southern Maine to Pennsylvania. Nova SCOTIA:
Louisburg, Cape Breton Island, August 18, 1898, J. Macoun, herb.
Geol. Surv. Can. no. 21,056; saline marshes, Annapolis, June 26 and
27, 1883, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,582. MAINE:
salt marsh, Cumberland Foreside, July 6, 1906, E. B. Chamberlain,
no. 825; brackish shore, Great Chebeague Island, Casco Bay, July 2,
1909, Fernald, no. 1,346; salt marsh, Pine Point, Scarboro, June 30,
1909, Fernald, nos. 1,344, 1,345; Ocean Park, Old Orchard, July 1,
1901, Kate Furbish; salt marsh, Wells Beach, July 14, 1894, J. C.
Parlin, 1898, Kate Furbish; sandy shore, Kittery, July 13, 1891,
Fernald, July 3, 1903, W. P. Rich. New Hampsuire: Rye, June 14,
1903, E. F. Williams, B. L. Robinson, no. 683: marsh at Hampton
Beach, June 23, 1896, A. A. Eaton. MassacuUsETTS: coast of Essex
County, Oakes; in sand, Plum Island, Newbury, July, 1890, Raynal
Dodge, June 25, 1912, A. S. Pease, no. 13,672; salt marsh back of dunes,
Ipswieh, July 13, 1913, F. T. Hubbard, no. 642; salt marsh, West
Manchester, June 20, 1913, F. T. Hubbard, no. 577; Beverly, June 15,
1846, J. A. Lowell in herb. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.; Medford, June 23,
1879, C. E. Perkins; Somerville, June 11, 1879, C. E. Perkins, July
12, 1887, F. S. Collins; salt marshes along the Charles River, Cam-
bridge, Nuttall et al.; salt marshes and sandy embankments, Revere,
H. A. Young et al.; salt marsh and mill pond, Charlestown, June 5,
1889 and June 19, 1883, C. E. Perkins; Boston, Faxon et al.; Soldier's
Field, Brighton, June 11, 1902, A. S. Pease, no. 1,712; Dorchester,
June 5, 1865, G. G. Kennedy, June 12, 1887, J. R. Churchill; salt
marsh, North Scituate, July 3, 1899, G. G. Kennedy; near high-tide
mark, Arey's Pond, Orleans, August 10, 1913; J. Murdoch, jr., no.

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

5,235; Barnstable, C. S. Williamson in herb. Phil. Acad. RHODE
Istanp: Newport, J. W. Robbins in herb. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
New Jersey and DELAWARE: very doubtful. In herb. Phil. Acad.
there is a mixed sheet containing three labels and collections: (1) an
Alaskan species, (2) P. maritima from Cambridge, Massachusetts,
and (3) several culms of P. maritima and a label marked, not in
Nuttall’s hand, “‘P. [oa] maritima? sea-coast N. Jersey & Delaware’
(Nutt.)"; but the species does not now seem to be known from south
of Rhode Island. PENNSYLVANIA: ballast ground with P. distans,
Navy Yard, Philadelphia, June 1, 1865, C. E. Smith in herb. Phil.
Acad.; ballast, Philadelphia, July, 1870, /. C. Martindale in herb.
Phil. Acad.

The name Puccinellia maritima has been applied to various plants
in North America, but in its essential characters the coarse species,
which abounds on the marshes from southern Maine to Rhode Island
(and locally in Nova Scotia and formerly as a ballast plant at Phila-
delphia), is the only American plant which closely matches the typical
British material of P. maritima. Our plant is often taller and has
larger panicles than the British material, in these characters approach-
ing the large continental extreme which has been called Atropis
Foucaudi Hackel. The American plant, however, varies so greatly
in stature and in size of panicle and of spikelet that we have been
unable satisfactorily to divide the material. The species appears to
be undoubtedly indigenous on the coasts of Nova Scotia and New
England, although sometimes also introduced on ballast; but south
of New England it is apparently only a casual plant of ballast lands.

9. P. purYGANODES (Trin.) Scribn. & Merr. Fras. 7-11. Low and
slender, forming close mats; the decumbent culms 0.4-1 dm. high:
leaves slender, 2-4 cm. long, flat or becoming involute, 0.5-1 mm.
wide; ligule 0.5 mm. or less long, truncate: panicle 2-3.5 cm. long,
barely exserted, with few smooth short erect branches and pedicels:
spikelets 4-6 mm. long, 3-4-flowered: Ist glume 1.3-2 mm. long;
the 2d 2.5-3.5 mm. long, obtuse or acutish, entire: lemma 2.8-3 mm.
long, firm in texture, 5-nerved, broadly obtuse, entire, or lacerate
above, glabrous: palea barely shorter, subtruncate or emarginate,
smooth or slightly ciliate-scabrous; the nerves somewhat excurrent:
anthers 1.5 mm. long: repent flagelliform bulblet-bearing stolons
1-3.5 dm. long, freely developed especially on sterile plants.— Con-
trib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xiii. 78 (1910). Poa phryganodes Trin. Mém.
Acad. St. Pétersb. sér. VI. Math. Phys. Nat. i. 389 (1830 or 1831).
Catabrosa vilfoidea Anders. in Malmgr. Ofv. Vet. Akad. Fórh. xix.
254 (1862). Molinia distans, var. reptans Hartm. | Excursions-fl. 17
(1846). Glyceria vilfoidea Fries, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Fórh. xxvi. 139

a) Serial Oe ae

1916] ` Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 9

(1869). G. reptans Krok, Bot. Not. 140 (1899). G. maritima, var.
reptans Simmons, Vasc. Pl. Ellesmereland, 159 (1906). Atropis
vilfoidea Rowlee & Wiegand, Bot. Gaz. xxiv. 422 (1897).— Arctic
regions, south to Labrador, Keewatin, and the Bering Sea region.
Lasrapor: Nain, August 11, 1897, J. D. Sornborger, no. 237. KEE-
WATIN: Cape Henrietta Maria, Hudson Bay, August 18, 1904, W.
Spreadborough, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 62,742. ALASKA: abundant
on saline mud flats, but no flowering plants found, St. Paul Island.
July 31, 1897, J. M. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 16,223;
originally described from Kotzebue Sound, and recently collected
(acc. to Scribner & Merrill, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xiii. 78) on the
Seward Peninsula.

The numerous flagelliform stolons are very characteristic of this
northern species, but they should not be taken as an absolute diagnos-
tic character since P. paupercula and its var. alaskana occasionally
have stolons which in all characters appear inseparable from those of
P. phryganodes. The identification of these plants by the stolons
alone is not final and the difficulty of accurate determination is ren-
dered greater since the stoloniferous colonies are so frequently desti-
tute of inflorescences.

* * Anther 0.5-1 (rarely 1.2) mm. long.
+ Lemma thick and coriaceous; its mid-nerve often excurrent: lower
branches of the panicle densely-flowered to below the middle: annuals or
biennials.

3. P. FASCICULATA (Torr.) Bicknell. Fres. 12-16. Rather coarse;
the smooth mostly geniculate culms 1.5-8 din. high: leaves 2-6 mm.
broad, flat, or finally involute: panicle long-exserted, ellipsoid to
ovoid, 0.2-1.6 dm. long, contracted; the ascending or slightly spread-
ing sparingly scabrous branches floriferous nearly to the base: spike-
lets 3-4 mm. long, 2-5-flowered: glumes minutely serrulate but not
ciliate; the 1st 0.75 mm. long, oblong-ovate, acutish, l-nerved; 2d
1.5 mm. long, broadly ovate, acutish, with 3 prominent nerves: lemma
2-2.5 mm. long, firm, ovate, obtuse, or acutish, minutely serrulate,
pubescent at base, 5-nerved: palea slightly shorter, oblong, blunt
and erose at the slightly narrowed apex, ciliate on the nerves: anther
0.5-0.8 mm. long: grain 1.4 mm. long.— Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv.
197 (1908); Nash in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, i. 268 (1913).
P. Borreri Hitche. Ruopora, x. 65 (1908); Nash in Britton & Brown,
l. c. (1913). Poa fasciculata Torr. Fl. North. U. S. i. 107 (1824);
Eaton, Man. ed. 5, 333 (1829); Beck, Bot. North. and Mid. States,
409 (1833); Wood, Class-book, 447 (1845). P. delawarica Link,
Hort. Berol. i. 174 (1827). P. Borreri Hook. & Arn. Brit. Fl. ed. 8,
549 (1860). Festuca (?) delawarica Kunth, Gram. i. 129 (1829).

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

F. Borreri Bab. Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. 565 (1837). Glyceria Borreri
Bab. in Engl. Bot. Suppl. iii. t. 2797 (1837). G. distans Gray, Man. ed.
2, 560 (1856), as to synonym Poa fasciculata Torr., not as to description;
Wood, Class-book, ed. of 1877, 799 (1877), at least in part. Scleroch-
loa Borreri Bab. Man. Brit. Bot. 370 (1843). S. arenaria, var. fasci-
culata Gray, Man. 594 (1848). Atropis Borreri Richter, Pl. Eur. i.
92 (1890).— Coasts of Europe; Massachusetts to Delaware, indige-
nous, and sometimes adventive from Europe; Utah. Massa4cnu-
SETTS: salt marshes, Massachusetts, C. Pickering in herb. Phil. Acad.;
Plum Island, Newbury, Oakes; beach, Brant Point, Nantucket,
June 22, 1909, N. F. Flynn in herb. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. RHODE
ISLAND: salt marsh, East Providence, May 30, 1911, K. M. Wiegand,
no. 931; Wickford, June 17, 1908, G. G. Kennedy, E. F. Williams.
Connecticut: sandy place by salt marsh, West Haven, June 23,
1912, A. E. Blewitt, no. 339; edge of salt marsh, Woodmont, June 13,
1908, Eames & Godfrey, no. 5,922; salt marsh coated with sand,
Orange, June 23, 1912, C. H. Bissell; moist sand bordering salt
marsh, Stratford, June 12, 1908, E. H. Eames, no. 5,915, July 6, 1912,
A. E. Blewitt, no. 355; sandy shores of Cedar Creek, Bridgeport,
June 29, 1899, Eames; sandy border of salt meadows, within tidal
influence, Westport, June 19, 1901, Eames, no. 160. NEw YORK:
salt marshes in vicinity of New York, Torrey (TYPE of the species);
New Lots, Long Island, June 11, 1887, N: L. Britton. NEW JERSEY:
coast, Nuttall; coast, August, 1833, A. Gray; Hoboken, Thurber;
Somer's Point, June, 1865, C. E. Smith in herb. Phil. Acad.; salt
marsh, Cape May, May-July, A. H. Smith et al. in herb. Phil. Acad.;
Swedesboro, June 2, 1895, C. D. Lippencott in herb. Phil. Acad.;
Kaign’s Point, D. Burke in herb. Phil. Acad. PENNSYLVANIA: Phila-
delphia (various stations), Leidy et al. in herb. Phil. Acad. DELA-
WARE: coast, Nuttall in herb. Phil. Acad.; Cape Henlopen, A. H.
Smith in herb. Phil. Acad.; salt marshes, Woodland Beach, June 30,
1898, A. Commons in herb. Phil. Acad. Uran: Hot Springs, June 19,
1908, Mrs. Joseph Clemens (distributed as Agrostis stolonifera).

Though occasionally found on ballast and there presumably a recent
introduction from Europe, P. fasciculata is clearly indigenous upon our
coast as well as in Europe. Its status in Utah is yet to be determined,
but there it is probably a recent introduction.

4. P. rupestris (With.), n. comb. Fies. 17-22. Resembling
P. fasciculata; the decumbent culms 14.2 dm. high: leaves 2.5-6 mm.
wide, flat: panicle ellipsoid, glaucous, 2-7 cm. long; the branches stiff
and approximate, 1-2.5 em. long, closely flowered nearly to base,
distichous, scabrous: spikelets 5-8 mm. long, 3-5-flowered: 1st glume
1.5-2 mm. long, ovate, acutish, 3-nerved; the midnerve scabrous:
2d glume 2-2.5 mm. long, oval, obtuse, 3-nerved, hyaline and erose-
serrulate above: lemma 3-3.5 mm. long, ovate, obtuse, thick and firm
except at the narrow hyaline summit, essentially entire or minutely

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 11

serrulate at summit; the midnerve often excurrent and minutely
scabrous at tip, with a few hairs at base: palea slightly shorter,
linear-oblong, scarcely tapering to the bidentate or fimbriate summit,
ciliate to the base with slender hairs of about uniform length: anther
0.8-1 mm. long: grain 2 mm. long.— Poa rupestris With. Arr. Brit.
Pl. ed. 3, ii. 146, t. 26 (1796). Poa procumbens Curtis, Fl. Lond.,
fasc. vi. t. 11 (Exact date of publication not known but probably
later than Withering's species.. See note below). Sclerochloa pro-
cumbens Beauv. Agrost. 98 (1812). S. rupestris Britten & Rendle,
Journ. Bot. xlv. 107 (1907). Glyceria procumbens Sm. Engl. Fl. i.
119 (1824). Festuca procumbens Kunth, Gram. i. 129 (1829). Atropis
procumbens Thurb. Bot. Cal. ii. 309 (1880); Beal, Grasses Am. ii.
575 (1896).— Atlantic coast of Europe; adventive in America.
Occasionally reported on ballast. Seen by us only from New York:
ballast, New York, June, 1880, Addison Brown. NEw JERSEY:
ballast, Kaign’s Point, D. Burke in herb. Phil. Acad.; Petty’s Island,
July 3, 1867, Burke in herb. Phil. Acad.

Britten & Rendle give excellent reasons for concluding that Poa
rupestris With. was published earlier than P. procumbens Curtis:—
see Journ. Bot. xlv. 107 (1907). In addition to their reasoning it
may be noted that Withering, in his original description (ed. 3) states
merely that the plant was “Gathered on St. Vincent's Rocks, near
Bristol, by Mr. Milne, who observed to me that Mr. Curtis first found
it there." In his 4th edition, ii. 147 (1801) he adds, “Sir THOMAS
FRANKLAND found this plant growing on the waste ground near the
Dock, betwixt Bristol and the Hotwells. Also on the new Pier at
Scarborough." This additional information is given in Curtis's
publication and presumably taken from it by Withering (though he
makes no acknowledgment) and the natural inference is that Curtis's
species was published after Withering's 3rd edition and before the 4th.
Also, Withering cites “Curt.” in edition 4, not in edition 3.

+ + Lemma not coriaceous; its midnerve not eacurrent: lower
branches of the panicle floriferous chiefly above the middle, if below
loosely flowered and the panicle much elongated (2-3 dm. long): plants
mostly perennial.

++ Lemmas and glumes erose-serrulate or ciliolate.

= Lemmas truncate-obtuse and erose-ciliolate at the broad tip, with a
few hairs at base.

5. P.nrsrANS (L.) Parl. Fires. 23-27. Culms 2-6 dm. high, rather
slender: leaves green, rarely glaucous, 3.5-10 em. long, 2-6 mm. broad,
flat: panicle green or violet-tinged 0.8-2 dm. long, ovoid, lax; the

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

lower branches 0.3-1.3 dm. long, at first ascending, then divergent,
finally deflexed, floriferous chiefly above the middle; pedicels sca-
brous or smoothish: spikelets 4-5 mm. long, 4-6-flowered: 1st glume
1 mm. long, 1-nerved, ovate, acutish to obtuse, minutely erose-cilio-
late; 2d 2 mm. long, broadly ovate, erose-ciliolate, 3-nerved, the lat-
eral nerves short and faint: lemma 2-2.5 mm. long, broadly ovate,
faintly 5-nerved, hyaline above, obtuse or subtruncate, with a few
hairs at base: palea slightly shorter, ciliate in the upper half on the
marginal nerves, truncate-emarginate and erose-ciliolate at apex:
anther 0.7-0.9 mm. long: grain 1.4 mm. long.— Fl. Ital. i. 367 (1848);
Watson & Coulter in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 668 (1890); Britton & Brown,
Ill. Fl. i. 214 (1896). Poa distans L. Mant. i. 32 (1767). Glyceria
distans Wahlenb. Fl. Ups. 36 (1820); Gray, Man. ed. 2, 560 (1856),
as to description. Festuca distans Kunth, Gram. i. 129 (1829).
Sclerochloa distans Bab. Man. Brit. Bot. 370 (1843). Atropis distans
Griseb. in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv. 388 (1853); Beal, Grasses Am. ii. 572
(1896). Panicularia distans Scribner, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 54
(1894).— Eurasia and northern Africa; adventive and rapidly becom-
ing naturalized in North America; less pronouncedly halophytic than
most species. QUEBEC: damp magnesian gravel and mud about the
asbestos quarries, Black Lake, Megantic County, August 26, 1915,
Fernald & Jackson, no. 12,022. New Brunswick: waste ground,
Pointe du Chêne, July 12, 1912, Bartram & Long, no. 6,919; St.
John, August, 1877, J. Fowler in herb. Phil. Acad.; salt marshes,
Carleton, September, 1877, Fowler. Nova Scotta: damp roadside,
Sydney, Cape Breton Island, August 17, 1902, Fernald; ballast-
heaps, Pictou, July 24, 1883, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no.
29,598; brackish soil, Windsor, August 22, 1902, Fernald. MAINE:
wharves and roadsides, Rockland, August 22, 1909, Fernald, no.
1,343. MassACHUSETTS: Oak Island, Revere (only 1 bunch), June
15, 1908, G. G. Kennedy; Charlestown, June 5, 1880 and June, 1883,
C. E. Perkins; Boston, June 28, 1879, Faxon; waste wet ground,
South Boston, June 18, 1900, W. P. Rich; roadsides, North Adams,
June 23 and 25, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 8,798. Connecticut:
borders of marshes, Orange, July 25, 1894 and June 20, 1899, C. H.
Bissell; meadow on coast, in rather dry soil, Bridgeport, June 14,
1912, E. H. Eames, no. 8,528. New York: on refuse from chemical
works, flats along Onondaga Lake, Syracuse, July 13, 1915, Bissell,
Ware & Weatherby. New Jersey: wet soil near edge of marsh,
Cape May, May 27 and June 10, 1911, O. H. Brown in herb. Phil.
Acad. PENNSYLVANIA: Navy Yard, Philadelphia, June 1, 1865,
C. E. Smith in herb. Phil. Acad. DELAWARE: waste places, Wilming-
ton, June 4, 1897, A. Commons in herb. Phil. Acad. NEgvapaA: mead-
ow near Sparks, Washoe County, June 28, 1907, A. A. Heller, no.
8,055 (distributed as P. Lemmoni); Glendale, Washoe County,
June 28, 1907, P. B. Kennedy, no. 1,577.

Var. tenuis (Uechtritz), n. comb. Leaves of the culm 2 mm. wide

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 13

or less, becoming more or less involute: panicles 4-9 em. long: lemmas
1.5-2 mm. long.— Glyceria distans, forma or var. tenuis Uechtritz in
Crépin, Notes Pl. Rar. Belg. 229 (1865). Atropis distans, B. tenuis
Rouy, Fl. France, xiv. 195 (1913).— Eurasia; naturalized in North
America. New Brunswick: ballast-wharf, St. John, June 27,
1904, Fernald. MassacuusETTs: dry banks of Lynnway, West
Lynn, June 18, 1913, F. T. Hubbard, no. 565. Ontario: Galt,
August 24, 1901, W. Herriot, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 26,161; along
the Canadian Pacific Railway, Owen Sound, September 2, 1901,
J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 26,228; marshes, Sandwich,
July 28, 1901, J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 26,219. AL-
BERTA: Calgary, August 7, 1915, M. O. Malte. Ipano: roadsides,
Boise, August 18, 1911, June A. Clark, no. 250, Nelson & Macbride,
no. 250. WiasHINGTON: in alkali soil, Yakima City, July 10, 1897,
Piper, no. 2,590.

6. P. coarctata, n. sp. Fias. 28-32. Caespitosa perennis 0.83
dm. alta glaucescens; culmis glabris tenuibus; foliorum caulinorum
laminis planis 1-2 mm. latis 0.2-1 dm. longis; paniculis in anthesi coarc-
tatis 2-7 cm. longis deinde sublaxis ramis inferioribus 1-3 em. longis
laxe adscendentibus, pedicellis paullo scabris; spiculis 3.5-5 mm.
longis laxe 3-4-floris; glumis ovatis, inferiore 0.5-1 mm. longa 1-
nervata, superiore lata 1.5-2 mm. longa 3-nervata supra hyalina cilio-
lata; lemmatibus ad basim sparse pilosis 2-2.5 mm. longis late ovatis
obtusis supra hyalinis ciliolatis obscure 4—5-nervatis; palea 2 mm. longa
oblongo-lanceolata ad apicem latum subtruncata vel bidentata,
nervis sparse ciliatis; antheris 0.5-0.8 mm. longis; caryopsibus 1.4—
1.7 mm. longis.

Caespitose perennial 0.8-3 dm. high, somewhat glaucous: culms
glabrous, slender: cauline leaves with flat blades 1-2 mm. wide, 0.2-
1 dm. long: panicles dense in anthesis, 2-7 cm. long, finally somewhat
lax; the lower branches 1-3 em. long, loosely ascending; pedicels
slightly scabrous: spikelets 3.5-5 mm. long, loosely 3-4-flowered:
Ist glume 0.5-1 mm. long, l-nerved, ovate; 2d 1.5-2 mm. long, 3-
nerved, broadly ovate, hyaline and ciliolate above: lemma sparsely
pilose at base, 2-2.5 mm. long, broadly ovate, obtuse, hyaline and
ciliolate above, obscurely 4—5-nerved: palea 2 mm. long, oblong-lan-
ceolate, subtruncate or bidentate at the broad apex, sparingly ciliate
on the nerves: anthers 0.5-0.8 mm. long: grain 1.4-1.7 mm. long.—
Coasts of Labrador, Newfoundland and eastern Quebec. LABRADOR:
Seal Island, August 12, 1892, Waghorne, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no.
13,161; waste places near salt water and rocks by sea, Battle Harbor,
August 6-13, 1911, C. S. Williamson, no. 681 in herb. Phil. Acad.
NEWFOUNDLAND: brackish shore of Dildo Run, Notre Dame Bay,
July 7, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 4,655 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.); Barred Islands, Notre Dame Bay, August 12, 1903, J. D.
Sornborger: Funk Island, August 1, 1908, H. S. Forbes; crevices of
damp sea-cliff, Torbay, August 21-26, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 1,370;

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

-

conglomerate limestone and calcareous sandstone cliffs and ledges,
Cow Head, July 23, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,615a. QUEBEC:
rocky shore, Pointe Jones, Brest, Saguenay County, July 29, 1915,
St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; rocky bank, Romaine, Lagorden-
diére, Saguenay County, July 7, 1915, St. John, herb. Geol. Surv.
Can.

Superficially resembling the Greenland P. vaginata (Lange), n.
comb. — Glyceria vaginata Lange, Fl. Dan. t. 2583 (1858); but differ-
ing in its shorter spike (in P. vaginata 5-6-flowered), shorter nearly
glabrous lemmas, which in P. vaginata are 3 mm. long and distinctly
appressed-pubescent along the lower half of the nerves, and in the
shorter and broader-tipped palea.

= = Lemmas narrowed to an acute or obtuse tip, not truncate, ap-
pressed-pubescent on the nerves below.
° Plant whitish-green: panicle-branches smooth or nearly so: lemmas

firm.

7. P. laurentiana,n. sp. Frcs. 33-38. Laxe caespitosa perennis
1-3 dm. alta rigida glauca; foliorum caulinorum laminis 3-6 em. longis
involutis, vaginis basilaribus albo-brunneis; ligula 1.5 mm. longa
acutiuscula; panicula 0.6-1.3 dm. longa, ramis rigidis glabriusculis
adscendentibus deinde divergentibus vix deflexis; spiculis 4-6.5 mm.
longis 3-5-floris albescentibus; gluma inferiore 1-2 mm. longa an-
guste ovata acuta l-nervata eroso-serrulata, superiore 2-2.5 mm.
longa late ovata ad apicem subacutum abrupte angustata eroso-serru-
lata 3-nervata nervis lateralibus brevibus; lemmatibus ovatis supra
hyalinis 2.3-2.8 mm. longis abrupte acuminatis eroso-ciliolatis, nervis
basim versus valde pubescentibus, nervo medio ad apicem plerumque
scabriusculo; palea paullo breviore lanceolata ad apicem latum biden-
tata supra scabra basi ciliata; antheris 0.7-0.9 mm. longis; caryopsibus
1.5-1.8 mm. longis.

Loosely caespitose perennial 1-3 dm. high, rigid, glaucous: cauline
leaves with the blades 3-6 cm. long, involute; the basal sheaths
whitish-brown; ligule 1.5 mm. long, acutish: panicle 0.6-1.3 dm.
long; its branches rigid, nearly glabrous, ascending or finally diver-
gent but not deflexed: spikelets 4-6.5 mm. long, 3-5-flowered, whitish:
Ist glume 1-2 mm. long, narrowly ovate, acutish, l-nerved, erose-
serrulate; the 2d 2-2.5 mm. long, broadly ovate, abruptly narrowed
to the acute apex, erose-serrulate, 3-nerved, the lateral nerves short:
lemmas ovate, hyaline above, 2.3-2.8 mm. long, abruptly acuminate,
erose-ciliolate, very pubescent on the nerves below; the midnerve
often finely scabrous toward the apex: palea a little shorter, lanceo-
late, bidentate at the broad apex, scabrous above, ciliate at base:
anthers 0.7-0.9 mm. long: grain 1.5-1.8 mm. long.— Coasts of Bona-

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 15

venture and Rimouski Counties, QUEBEC: gravelly beach, Traca-
digash Point, Carleton, July 22, 1904, Collins & Fernald (TYPE in
Gray Herb.), July 25, 1904, Collins & Pease (Pease, no. 4,326); grav-
elly shore, Pointe aux Corbeaux, Bic, July 6-10, 1905, Williams,
Collins & Fernald.

Superficially resembling P. coarctata and P. vaginata. Differing
from both in the abruptly acuminate firm whitish lemmas and stiff
involute leaves, and from P. coarctata also in the pubescent nerves of

the lemmas.

°° Plant bright-green or only slightly glaucous: panicle-branches
strongly scabrous: lemmas thin.

S. P. macra, n. sp. lias. 39—43. Caespitosa perennis (?) 4.5-6
dm. alta viridis; foliorum caulinorum laminis tenuibus planis 3-6.3 mm.
latis 0.4-1.4 dm. longis superioribus longioribus, vaginis basilaribus
purpurascentibus, ligula 1.5 mm. longa obtusa; panicula lineari-cylin-
drica 2-3 dm. longa ante et post anthesin erecta basi vagina superiore
incluso, ramis filiformibus arcte adscendentibus scaberrimis; spicu-
lis 4-7 mm. longis 4—6-floris purpurascentibus; gluma inferiore 1.5—2
mm. longa hyalina acuta l-nervata paullo serrulata, superiore 2-2.5
mm. longa anguste ovata obtusa eroso-serrulata 3-nervata, nervo
medio ad apicem minute scabro; lemmatibus 2.5-3 mm. longis ovatis
obtusis tenuibus supra hyalinis minute eroso-serrulatis 5-nervatis,
nervis basin versus pubescentibus; palea 2.5-3 mm. longa oblanceo-
lata bidentata nervis ciliatis, ciliis imis longioribus; antheris 0.9-1 mm.
longis; caryopsibus 1.4-1.6 mm. longis.

Caespitose perennial (?) 4.5-6 dm. high, green: cauline leaves with
blades thin, flat, 3-6.3 mm. wide, 0.4-1.4 dm. long; the upper longer
than the lower; basal sheaths purplish; ligule 1.5 mm. long, obtuse:
panicle linear-eylindrie, 2-3 dm. long, before and after anthesis
erect, the base included in the upper sheath; the branches filiform,
strongly ascending, very scabrous: spikelets 4-7 mm. long, 4-6-
flowered, purplish: 1st glume 1.5-2 mm. long, hyaline, acute, 1-nerved,
slightly serrulate; 2d 2-2.5 mm. long, narrowly ovate, obtuse,
erose-serrulate, 3-nerved, the mid-nerve minutely scabrous above:
lemmas 2.5-3 mm. long, ovate, obtuse, thin, hyaline above, minutely
erose-serrulate, 5-nerved, the nerves pubescent toward the base:
palea 2.5-3 mm. long, oblanceolate, bidentate, ciliate on the nerves,
the cilia longer below: anthers 0.9-1 mm. long: grain 1.4-1.6 mm.
long.— Known only from the type station near the tip of the Gaspé
Peninsula, QUEBEC: wet springy place, Bonaventure Island, August
7 and 8, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 891 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

A rather unique plant, perhaps nearest to the local P. nutkaensis
of Vancouver Island, from which it differs in its softer and more
pubescent lemmas.

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

9. P. ArROIDES (Nutt.) Wats. & Coult. Fras. 44-48. Caespitose,
green or slightly glaucous; the culms slender, 2-9 dm. high: cauline
leaves flat or becoming involute, 1-2 mm. wide, 2-12 em. long: pan-
icle 0.4-3 dm. long, from narrow and close to broad and open, the
branches and pedicels strongly scabrous; the lower branches (up
to 1.2 dm. long) ascending to spreading: spikelets 3.5-7 mm. long,
3-6-flowered: glumes thick, erose-ciliolate; the Ist 1.2-1.5 mm.
long, narrowly ovate, acutish, l-nerved; the 2d 1.5-2 mm. long,
3-nerved, broadly ovate, obtuse or subacute: lemmas 1.5-2 mm. long,
ovate, rather abruptly contracted to a blunt or subacute apex, not
truncate, thin, hyaline above, erose-serrulate, 5-nerved; the nerves
pubescent below the middle: palea lanceolate, about equaling the
lemma or slightly longer, ciliate on the nerves chiefly of the upper
half; the lower cilia longer: anthers 0.6-0.7 mm. long: grain
1-1.2 mm. long.— Watson & Coulter in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 668 (1890);
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 215 (1896); Rydberg, Fl. Col. 48 (1906);
Coulter & Nelson, Man. Bot. Rocky Mts., 74 (1909); Wooton &
Standley, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xix. 104 (1915). P. Nuttalliana
Hitchc. in Jepson, Fl. Cal. pt. 3, 162 (1912). Poa airoides Nutt.
Gen. i. 68 (1818); Eaton, Man. ed. 5, 335 (1829). Poa Nuttalliana
Schultes, Mant. n. 308 (1824). Festuca (?) Nuttalliana Kunth,
Gram. i. 129 (1829). Glyceria montana Buckley, Proc. Acad. Sci.
Phila. 1862, 96 (1863). G. airoides Gray, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila.
1862, 336 (1863). G. distans Torr. Bot. Wilkes Exped. 490 (1874);
Coulter, Man. Bot. Rocky Mts. 423 (1885); not Wahlenb. Panicu-
laria distans airoides Scribn. Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 54 (1894). Atro-
pis airoides Holm, Bot. Gaz. xlvi. 427 (1908).— Widely distributed
in the western and west-central sections of North America; adventive
eastward to New England. Marne: around wool-waste, North Ber-
wick, June and July, 1897-1908, J.C. Parlin. Vermont: Canadian
Pacific Railway yards, Newport, July 26, 1904, A. A. Eaton, no.
M226.

The synonym Glyceria montana is here ascribed to Buckley as author,
although it is well known ! that Buckley appropriated an unpublished
herbarium-name of Nuttall’s. This historical fact does not, of course,
alter the bibliographic fact that the name, wisely left unpublished
by Nuttall, was actually published by Buckley and as a published name
should consequently be cited from his publication and not as of
Nuttall.

10. P. lucida, n. sp. Frcs. 54-58. Laxe caespitosa 1.5-7 dm. alta
viridis; foliorum caulinorum laminis 4.6-12 cm. longis involutis flacci-
dis, vaginis basilaribus plus minusve purpurascentibus; ligula 1.7-2.5
mm. longa acuta; panicula diffusa 1-2.5 dm. longa, basi vagina supe-

1 See Gray, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila., 1862, 336 (1863).

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 17

riore plerumque inclusa, ramis filiformibus scabris laxe divergentibus
deinde deflexis; spiculis 5-9 mm. longis 3-5-floris pallide viridibus;
glumis tenuibus lucidis, inferiore 2-3.5 mm. longa ovata acuta supra
hyalina minute serrulata nervo medio scabro, superiore 2.5-4 mm.
longa 3-nervata nervis evidentibus; lemmatibus 3-4 mm. longis 5-
nervatis late ovatis acutis eroso-ciliolatis basin versus valde pubescenti-
bus, pilis longis; palea 2.5 mm. longa lanceolata ad apicem latum
bidentata supra scabra basi ciliata; antheris 1-1.2 longis; caryopsibus
1.8-2 mm. longis.

Loosely caespitose, 1.5-7 dm. high, green: cauline leaves with
blades 4.6-12 cm. long, involute, flaccid; the basal sheaths more or
less purplish; ligule 1.7-2.5 mm. long, acute: panicle diffuse, 1-2.5
dm. long, the base commonly included in the upper sheath; branches
filiform, scabrous, loosely divergent, finally deflexed: spikelets 5-9
mm. long, 3-5-flowered, pale-green: glumes thin, lustrous; the 1st
2-3.5 mm. long, ovate, acute, hyaline above and minutely serrulate,
with the midnerve scabrous; 2d 2.5-4 mm. long, 3-nerved; the nerves
evident: lemmas 3-4 mm. long, 5-nerved, broadly ovate, acute,
erose-ciliolate, strongly pubescent toward the base with long hairs:
palea 2.5 mm. long, lanceolate, bidentate at the broad apex, scabrous
above, ciliate below: anthers 1-1.2 mm. long: grain 1.8-2 mm.
long.— Sea shores and damp (presumably alkaline) soil, Quebec,
Wyoming and British Columbia. QuvkBEC: brackish gravelly shore,
Cacouna, August 8, 1902, Fernald (rype in Gray Herb.); mouth of
Riviére du Loup, 1860, Chas. Pickering: salt marsh near the wharf,
Ste. Anne, Kamouraska County, July 21, 1907, F. F. Forbes; Murray
River, August 14, 1905, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 69,217
(material under no. 69,217 in Gray Herb. from “ Vicinity of Cap à
l'Aigle" is partly P. lucida, partly P. paupercula, var. alaskana).
Wvowrwa: in the margins of ponds, Mammoth Hot Springs, July
30, 1899, A. & E. Nelson, no. 6,017; damp soil, Washington Ranch,
June 29, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 63. British CoLUMBIA: salt
marshes, Newcastle Island, Departure Bay, July 10, 1908, J. M. acoun,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 81,001.

In some characters related to each of the three species, P. lauren-
tiana, P. macra and P. airoides. From P. laurentiana and P. airoides
separated at once by the longer, thin, lustrous lemmas; from the
former also by its capillary widely divergent and very scabrous
panicle-branches and the softer greener foliage; from the latter by
the longer grain and the commonly less exserted panicle. From
P. macra at once distinguished by the diffuse panicle, pale spikelets,
. involute leaves and longer lemmas and achenes.

-

++ ++ Lemmas entire or at most remotely few-toothed, not ciliolate.

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

11. P.paupercula (Holm), n. comb. Fics. 63-67. Densely cae-
spitose; culms slender, often geniculate, 0.2-2 dm. high: cauline
leaves with blades 1-4 em. long, soft, flat, 0.5-1.5 mm. wide; ligule
less than 1 mm. long, acutish: panicle 1-6 cm. long; the few smooth
or smoothish branches ascending, in age slightly spreading: spikelets
3-5 mm. long, 2-5-flowered: Ist glume 1-1.5 mm. long, ] -nerved,
obtuse or acutish, entire; 2d 2-2.5 mm. long, 3-nerved, entire or ob-
scurely dentate, tapering to a blunt apex: lemmas 2-2.5 mm. long,
5-nerved, tapering to a blunt apex, entire, minutely pubescent at
base: palea about equaling the lemma, linear-lanceolate, truncate
or somewhat bidentate at apex, slightly scabrous on the nerves above:
anthers 0.5-0.7 mm. long: grain about 2 mm. long.— P. maritima,
var. (?) minor Watson in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 668 (1890), as to descrip-
tion and Labrador plant. Glyceria paupercula Holm in Fedde,
Repert. Spec. Nov. iii. 337 (1907).— Coasts of Labrador, Keewatin,
Newfoundland and Quebec. — LABRADOR: Mansfield Island, 1884,
R. Bell in herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 34,782 (TYPE of the species);
Hopedale, August 4-6, 1897, J. D. Sornborger, no. 238 (transitional
to var. alaskana); dry rocks, Battle Harbor, August 6, 1911, C. S.
Williamson, no. 552 in herb. Phil. Acad.; on rocks by the sea,
Blane Sablon, July 30, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,616. KEE-
watin: Rankin Inlet, lat. 62° 45’, August 30, 1910, J. M. Macoun,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. nos. 79,116, 79,117. NEWFOUNDLAND: grav-
elly beach, Norris Arm, August 21, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
4,657; forming extensive turf-areas, salt marsh, Killigrew’s, August 3,
1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4,656. QUEBEC: Salmon Bay, “ Lab-
rador,” July 28, 1882, J. A. Allen (type of P. maritima, var. (?) minor);
salt marsh, Ile du Petit Rigolet, Archipel de Kécarponi, Saguenay
County, August 10, 1915, St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; rocky
beach, Pointe au Maurier, Charnay, Saguenay County, July 16 and
August 24, 1915, St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; strand, Vieille
Romaine, Archipel Ouapitagone, Saguenay County, July 13, 1915,
St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; salt water at mouth of Matane
River, Matane County, August 6, 1904, F. F. Forbes. MAGDALEN
IsLANDS: forming turf on sandy saline shore, Basin Island, July 20,
1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 6,914.

Var. alaskana (Scribn. & Merrill), n. comb. Fras. 68-72. Usually
larger throughout, occasionally stoloniferous; culms 0.5-4.5 dm. high:
leaves up to 1.2 dm. long and 2 mm. broad; ligule about 2 mm. long:
panicle 0.2-1.8 dm. long, the lower branches ascending or spreading,
sometimes finally reflexed: spikelets 4.5-7 mm. long, 4-6-flowered:
1st glume 1.5-2 mm. long; 2d 2.5 mm. long: lemma 2.5-4 mm.
long: anther 0.8-1 mm. long; grain 1.7-2.1 mm. long, readily
separating from the palea; stolons flagelliform, resembling those of
P. phryganodes, rarely developed at flowering season.— P. alaskana
Scribn. & Merrill, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xiii. 78 (1910). P. mari-
tima, var. (?) minor, Watson in Gray Man. ed. 6, 668 (1890), as to Mt.

de ta Si AENEIS Tg dS. x MEE I. OUS iE. LAM LEN "UTE S cias Wu aida ly s

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 19

Desert plant, not as to description. P. angustata Rand & Redfield,
Fl. Mt. Desert, 181 (1894) and later authors, as to plant, not as to
name-bringing synonym, Poa angustata R. Br.— Coasts from western
Newfoundland and the lower St. Lawrence to Connecticut; Alaska
and British Columbia and “Oregon.” NEWFOUNDLAND: conglomer-
ate limestone and calcareous sandstone cliffs and ledges, Cow Head,
July 23, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,615; damp sandy shores,
St. George's, August 13, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,614. QUEBEC:
rocky shore, Ile du Havre, Mingan Islands, September 16, 1915,
St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; brackish shores above the mouth of
Dartmouth River, Gaspé County, August 26 & 27, 1904, Collins,
Fernald & Pease; L'Anse à Griffon, Gaspé County, July 28, 1882,
J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,529; salt marsh, Cape
Rosier, July 28, 1882, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,529;
salt marshes, Ste. Anne des Monts, August 10, 1882, J. Macoun,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,580; Little Métis, August 4, 1906,
J. Fowler; various saline and sub-saline habitats, Bic, July, 1904,
1906, and 1907, Fernald & Collins, nos. 168, 359, 888, 889, 890; crev-
ices of wet rocks by the St. Lawrence, Riviére du Loup, July 6, 1905,
Collins & Fernald, no. 33; shore, Tadousac, August 7, 1892, G. G.
Kennedy; marshes, vicinity of Cap à l'Aigle, August 14, 1905, J.
Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 69,223. MAGDALEN ISLANDS:
sand-spit, Amherst Island, August 25, 1914, St. John; salt marsh
by the Narrows, Alright Island, August 21, 1912, Fernald, Long &
St. John, no. 6,917; gravelly beaches and brackish sands, Grind-
stone Island, July 18 and 22, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John,
nos. 6,911, 6,912. PmiwcE Epwarp Istanp: damp brackish sand,
Alberton, July 11, 1912, Fernald & St. John, nos. 6,916, 6,913 (dwarf
form with abundant long stolons resembling those of P. phryganodes) ;
salt marsh, Brackley Point, August 4, 1888, J. Macoun, herb. Geol.
Surv. Can., no. 29,534; salt marsh,'Tracadie, July 30, 1914, Fernald &
St. John, no. 10,919; wet ‘sand by Britain Pond, August 8, 1914,
Fernald & St. John, no. 10,920; salt marsh, Mt. Stewart, July 30,
1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 6,915; salt marsh, Rocky
Point, July 6, 1912, Fernald & St. John, no. 6,918; dryish border of
salt marsh, Wood Island, July 29, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,918.
New Brunswick: sand bar, Miscou Island, August 26, 1913, S. F.
Blake, no. 5,554; Bass River, Kent County, July 30, 1872, J. Fowler,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,530; Kouchibouguac, August 17, 1869,
Fowler; sand at outer edge of salt marsh, Shediac Cape, July 4, 1914,
F. T. Hubbard, no. 695; beach sand, Shediac Island, August 5, 1914,
F. T. Hubbard, no, 726. Nova Scotta: North Sydney, July 14, 1883,
J. Macoun, herb.. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 29,528; sea-beaches, Bad-
deck, July 27, 1898, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 21,045;
LeHave River, August 6 and 10, 1910, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv.
Can. nos. 81,493, 81,494; beach, Barrington Passage, June 20 and 24,
1910, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can., nos. 81,495, 81,498; sandy

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

shore, Loch Broom, July 21, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,917.
Mame: (common along the coast; about 70 numbers examined, of
which the following are representative): strand, Pleasant Point,
Perry, August 16, 1909, Fernald, no. 1,348; gravelly shore, Cutler,
July 2, 1902, Kennedy, Williams, Collins & Fernald; salt marsh,
Roque Bluffs, July 19, 1913, C. H. Knowlton; Gott's Island, July 20,
1899, J. H. Redfield; Mt. Desert Island, Rand et al (specimen from
Somesville, June 13, 1883, forming part of P. maritima, var. (?) minor
Watson); beach sand, Rockland, July 11, 1903, Kate Furbish; salt
marsh, South Thomaston, August 15, 1913, Bissell, Fernald &
Chamberlain, no. 8,799; sandy shore, Squirrel Island, August 2, 1892,
Fernald; Horn Cove, Southport, August 4, 1894, Fernald; Peaks
Island, June 29, 1909, E. B. Chamberlain: salt marsh, Great Chebeague
Island, July 2, 1909, Fernald, no. 1,360; salt marsh, Cape Elizabeth,
July 23, 1889, Fernald; sea-shore, Biddeford Pool, July 29, 1901, G. G.
Kennedy; Kennebunkport, August 23, 1888, G. G. Kennedy; sandy
shore, York, July 15, 1891, Fernald. New Hampsuire: Rye, June
14, 1903, E. F. Walliams. MASSACHUSETTS: sandy soil, shore of
Menansha Creek, branch toward Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard,
August 2, 1897, S. Harris. Connecticut: shore of salt creek,
Old Lyme, June 13, 1912, C. H. Bissell, A. E. Blewitt, no. 347.
ALASKA: hillsides, St. Paul Island, August 11, 1892, J. M. Macoun,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,579 (part of the original material of
P. alaskana); Bella-bella Island, A. Kellogg, no. 147 in herb. Phil.
Acad.; Idaho Inlet, Cross Sound, 7. Meehan in herb. Phil. Acad.
British ConvuMBIA: Skidgate, Queen Charlotte Islands, July 18,
1910, Spreadborough, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 87,622; Comox,
Vancouver Island, June 27, 1893, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.
no. 243; vicinity of Ucleulet, Vancouver Island, May 16, and July 20,
1909, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. nos. 82,335, 82,334; salt
marsh, Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, June 14, 1887, J. Macoun,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,538; Victoria, June 24, 1887, J. Macoun;
salt marshes, Burrard Inlet, July 27, 1889, J. Macoun, herb. Geol.
Surv. Can. no. 29,533. "OmkcoN": old specimen without further
data.

Var. longiglumis, n. var. Fics. 73-77. Major; culmis 3.5-7 dm.
altis, ligulis 2-2.5 mm. longis; paniculis 1-2.5 dm. longis, ramis
longis inferioribus patentibus vel reflexis; spiculis 6-12 mm. longis
laxe 4-6-floris, rlfhchi flexuosa inter lemmata evidente; gluma
inferiore 3-4 mm. longa obtusa vel acutiuscula, superiore 7-9 mm.
longa 3-5-nervata oblongo-lanceolata acuta vel acuminata lemma
proximum subaequante vel quam id longiore; lemmatibus 4.5-6 mm.
longis 7-nervatis elliptico-ovatis; palea 3-4-mm. longa: antheris
0.7-1 mm. longis; caryopsibus 2.2-2.6 mm. longis.

Larger: culms 3.5-7 dm. high: ligule 2-2.5 mm. long: panicle
1-2.5 dm. long; the long lower branches spreading or reflexed: spike-
lets 6-12 mm. long, loosely 4—6-flowered; the flexuous rhachis visible

Puccinellia 21

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,

between the lemmas at anthesis: 1st glume 3-4 mm. long, obtuse or
acutish; 2d 7-9 mm. long, 3-5-nerved, oblong-lanceolate, acute or
acuminate, about equaling or longer than the adjacent lemma: lemma
4.5-6 mm. long, 7-nerved, elliptic-ovate; palea 3-4 mm. long: anthers
0.7-1 mm. long: grain 2.2-2.6 mm. long.— Prince Epwarp Is-
LAND: salt marsh, Bunbury, August 9, 1912, Fernald, Long & St.
John, no. 6,920; border of salt marsh, Bunbury, August 28, 1912,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6,921 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

In its extreme development (no. 6921) var. longiglumis seems
sufficiently unlike var. alaskana or the tiny-flowered typical P. pauper-
cula for specific separation, but numerous collections not only from
Prince Edward Island but from the mainland show clear intergrada-
tion.

Var. alaskana, as it occurs on the Pacific coast, often has the lemmas
firmer and the panicle-branches more spreading than in much of the
eastern material, but both these characters reappear in many eastern
colonies, leaving no character upon which the Atlantic and Pacific
coast plants seem to be distinguished.

In publishing P. maritima, var. (?) minor Watson cited two speci-
mens: "Shore of Mt. Desert Island (E. L. Rand); Labrador (J. A.
Allen). The Mt. Desert plant labeled in the Gray Herbarium by
Watson is var. alaskana, while the Labrador plant of Allen (from
Salmon Bay, Saguenay County, Quebec) is the little northern plant
subsequently published by Holm as Glyceria paupercula. The descrip-
tion of P. maritima var. (?) minor, is clearly based upon the Allen
plant, having "spikelets 2-4-flowered, the flowers 1" long or less"
so that the Allen plant stands as the type of var. minor.

Var. alaskana has been passing very generally in eastern America
as P. angustata, based upon Poa angustata R. Br., but examination of
a duplicate type of Brown's species, preserved in the Gray Herbarium,
shows it to be a very distinct species, which is unknown to us from
south of Arctic America. "The plant is beautifully illustrated in Flora
Danica, t. 3006, as Glyceria angustata; and it differs from all forms of
the more southern P. paupercula in the erose-serrulate and coarsely
toothed obtuse to subtruncate lemma pubescent on the nerves, and
in the scabrous pedicels (Fras. 59-62). Outside Greenland and Spitz-
bergen where the species has been frequently collected, it seems to be
rare. We have examined American specimens from Goose Fjord,
Ellesmereland, August 15, 1901, H. G. Simmons, no. 3,436 (herb.
Geol. Surv. Can. no. 80,635); Beechy Island, Lancaster Sound,

22 Rhodora [JANUARY

August 24, 1908, J. G. McMillan, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 77,271;
and Melville Island, 1820, Edwards (original collection of Poa angus-
tata).

Var. alaskana both in the East and the West has also been frequently
identified with Presl's Poa nutkaensis, originally described from Van-
couver Island. A fragment of the original Haenke material which
was Presl's type, sent to Dr. Gray, shows, however that Poa nutkaensis
has strongly scabrous branches and pedicels and that the glumes and
lemmas are erose-ciliolate. The plant is more nearly related to Pucci-
nellia macra than to any other species but differs in its firmer and less
pubescent lemmas which are usually quite glabrous above the base.
Poa nutkaensis seems to be a distinct species of the coast of Vancouver
Island which should be called Puccinellia nutkaensis.!

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 114-117.
(Inflorescences X 1; details X 10).

PuccINELLIA MARITIMA, from Rye, New Hampshire, Robinson, no. 683.
1. inflorescence; 2. glumes; 3. lemma and palea; 4. tip of lemma; 5. tip of
palea; 6. anther.

P. PHRYGANODES, from Disco, Greenland, Berggren. 7. inflorescence;
8. glumes; 9. lemma and palea; 10. tip of palea; 11. anther.

P. rAsciCULATA, from East Providence, Rhode Island, Wiegand, no. 931.
12. inflorescence; 13. glumes; 14. lemma and palea; 15. tip of palea; 16.
anther.

P. RUPESTRIS, from New York City, New York, Addison Brown. 17.
inflorescence; 18. glumes; 19. lemma and palea; 20. tip of lemma; 21. tip
of palea; 22. anther.

P. pisTans, from Boston, Massachusetts, C. E. Faxon. 23. inflorescence;
24. glumes; 25. lemma and palea; 26. tip of palea; 27. anther.

P. coancTATA, from Dildo Run, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
4,655 (TYPE). 28. inflorescence; 29. glumes; 30. lemma and palea; 31. tip
of palea; 32. anther.

1PuccineLLIA nutkaensis (Presl), n. comb. Fras. 49-53. Poa nutkaensis Presl,
Rel. Haenk. i. 272 (1830). P. nootkaensis Scribn. Mo. Bot. Gard. Rep. x. 51, t. 51,
fig. 1 (1899), excluding synonyms.— Coast of British CornuMnBia, chiefly on Van-
couver Island: Nootka Sound, V. I., Haenke (fragment of rype in Gray Herb.); San
Juan River, V. L, August 12, 1907, Rosendahl, no. 2062; marshes, Victoria, V. I.,
June 24, 1887, J. Macoun, herb, Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,531; crevices of rocks, Oak
Bay, V. L, June 18, 1887, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,526; salt
marshes, Tuxedo Island, Gulf of Georgia, June 26, 1885, Dawson, herb. Geol. Surv,
Can. no. 29,536; salt marshes, Nanaimo, V. I., July 12, 1893, J. Macoun, herb. Geol.
Surv. Can., no. 247; vicinity of Comox, V. I., July 5, 1893, J. Macoun, herb. Geol.
Surv. Can. no. 245; Kitsilano, near Vancouver, August 21, 1911, M. O. Malte.

Raat RT

1916] Macbride,— Name of an introduced Symphytum 23

P. LAURENTIANA, from Tracadigash Point, Carleton, Quebec, Collins &
Fernald (TYPE). 33. inflorescence; 34. glumes; 35. lemma and palea; 36.
tip of lemma; 37. tip of palea; 38. anther.

P. macra, from Bonaventure Island, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 891
(TYPE). 39. upper $ of inflorescence; 40. glumes; 41. lemma and palea;
42. tip of palea; 43. anther.

P. ArRorpES, from Doyle’s, Colorado, C. F. Baker, no. 637. 44. inflorescence;
45. glumes; 46. lemma and palea; 47. tip of palea; 48. anther.

P. NuTKAENSIS, from San Juan River, Vancouver Island, Rosendahl, no.
2,062. 49. inflorescence; 50. glumes; 51. lemma and palea; 52. tip of palea;
53. anther.

P. LUCIDA, from Cacouna, Quebec, Fernald (TYPE). 54. middle half of
inflorescence; 55. glumes; 56. lemma and palea; 57. tip of palea; 58. anther.

P. ANGUSTATA, from Disco, Greenland, T. M. Fries. 59. inflorescence;
60. glumes; 61. lemma andspalea; 62, anther.

P. PAUPERCULA, from Salmon Bay, Saguenay County, Quebec, J. A. Allen
(type of P. maritima, var. (?) minor). 63. inflorescence; 64. glumes; 65.
lemma and palea; 66. tip of palea; 67. anther.

P. PAUPERCULA Vàr. ALASKANA, from Burrard Inlet, British Columbia,
John Macoun. 68. young inflorescence; 68a. mature inflorescence; 69.
glumes; 70. lemma and palea; 71. tip of palea; 72. anther.

P. PAUPERCULA, var. LONGIGLUMIS, from Bunbury, Prince Edward Island,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6,920. 73. small inflorescence; 74. glumes;
75. lemma and palea; 76. tip of palea; 77. anther.

THE CORRECT NAME OF AN INTRODUCED SYMPHYTUM.
J. FRANCIS MACBRIDE.

IN checking up the determinations and nomenclature of the genus
Symphytum in the Gray Herbarium, it has come to my notice that the
rather generally introduced plant, that has gone under the name
S. asperrimum Donn, must be known, for reasons of priority, as S.
asperum Lepechin, as indicated by the following citations:

S. ASPERUM Lepechin, Nov. Act. Acad. Petrop. xiv. 444, t. 7 (1805).
S. asperrimum Donn in Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 129 (1806). The work

in which Lepechin published is in the library of the American Academy

of Arts and Sciences. He gives a good description and also a fair
plate, which show that there is no doubt as to the identity of his plant
and that of Donn, published a year later.

24 Rhodora [JANUARY

Dr. Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1, 206 (1878), mentions this species as a
forage and garden plant and suggests the likelihood of its running
wild; Britton, Man. Fl. N. States and Canada, ed. 3. 775 (1907),
gives the American range as New York and Mass.; Britton & Brown,
Ill. Fl. of the Northern States and Canada, ed. 2. iii. 92 (1913), gives
range as Mass. to Maryland; Gray’s Man. ed. 7, 683, states that it is
“not rare."

The first American record I have found is in Dame & Collins’s
Flora of Middlesex Co. 74 (1888) and runs: “Ashland, escaped and
sparingly established (Rev. 'Thos. Morong; specimen in herb. of)."
The more recent records which have been found are as follows:
Ruopora, i. 82 (1899) where Mabel Priscilla Cook records the species
as " well established near Munroe Station," Middlesex County, Massa-
chusetts. Edward B. Chamberlain in Ruopora, ii. 214 (1901) states
that he has seen a specimen from Maine and that a printed record has
been found for its occurrence in Massachusetts. In RHODORA, iv.
84 (1902), Mr. E. B. Harger gives an interesting account of the species
becoming established along a roadside near his abandoned garden at
Oxford, Connecticut, during the summers of 1900 and 1901, the colony
having spread across the road. With the exception of the Middlesex
Flora only the most recent local floras cite its occurrence. It seems
to be well established now from Quebec to Connecticut as may be
seen from the following stations now shown by material in the Gray
Herbarium (Gr.) and the Herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club (N. E.).

QUEBEC: waste places, Quebec, July 10, 1905, J. R. Churchill
(Gr.; Wolf’s Cove, Sillery, Aug. 6, 1902, E. F. Williams (Gr.).
Prince Epwarp IsrtAND: roadsides, Charlottetown, Sept. 2, 1912,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7956 (Gr.) Mare: hundreds of
clumps on river-terraces, Presque Isle, July 14, 1902, Williams,
Collins & Fernald (Gr. & N. E.); Hartford, July, 1892, J. C. Parlin
(Gr. &. N. E.); waste ground near railroad, Littleton, July 4, 1902,
Knight & Billings, no. 12 (Gr.); Owl's Head, near Rockland, A. H.
Moore (N. E.). Vermont: Townshend, Aug. 17, 1911, L. A. Wheeler
(Gr.), and June 23, 1912 (N. E.); Vernon, June 2, 1902, W. H.
Blanchard (Gr.). Massacuuserts: edge of woods and embankment
of built-up road through swamp, Sherborn, July, 1909, Miss M. L:
Loomis (Gr. & N. E.), and edge of swamp, June 8, 1911 (N. E.);
roadside, Bartlet St., Andover, July 6, 1901, A. S. Pease, no. 1119

1916] Farlow,— Rhododendron maximum in New Hampshire 25

(N. E.). Connecticut: roadside, Oxford, June 19, 1901 & 17, 1902,
E. B. Harger (Gr.). New York: cultivated in many yards, Buffalo,
G. W. Clinton, no. 4 (Gr.).

Since Lepechin, the authority for the binomial which must be
revived, is a name not familiar to most American botanists, it may
not be out of place to mention that he was a professor of botany and
director of the Imperial Gardens at St. Petersburg during the last half
of the eighteenth century. His name was connected with American
botany, fourteen years after his death, by Willdenow's publication in
1816 of the genus Lepechinia, a group of Mexican mints.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

RHODODENDRON MAXIMUM IN NEW HAMPSHIRE.
W. G. FaARLOw.

Last August Mr. J. W. Robertson, a resident of Chocorua, N. H.,
informed me that he had seen growing on the ridge lying between
Mt. Chocorua and Mt. Paugus, a plant which he thought might
be Rhododendron maximum. As that species had not before been
recorded in New Hampshire north of Fitzwilliam near Mt. Monad-
nock, I asked Mr. Robertson to send me if possible specimens of
leaves and twigs that the determination might be verified. He
was so good as to send me in November fresh specimens which
showed that the plant was certainly R. maximum. According to Mr.
Robertson there are three patches of the plant on the spruce ridge
that lies half a mile above the Half-way House between the Liberty
Path and the Brook Trail on Mt. Chocorua at an altitude of about
1500 ft. .

Although the phaenogamic flora of Chocorua is less interesting than
that of some other places in the neighborhood of the White Mountains,
it may be desirable that I should add a note in regard to a few plants
which I have collected on different occasions. On the summit of Mt.
Chocorua the only plant of interest is Paronychia argyrocoma, var.
albimontana. More interesting is Pogonia trianthophora (P. pendula)
which is abundant under beech trees near Lake Chocorua in the middle

26 Rhodora [JANUARY

of August. Last summer it was especially common owing probably
to the rainy season. To those accustomed to regard P. ophioglossoides
as the typical representative of the genus, P. trianthophora has an
unexpected habitat growing only in fallen leaves, the bulbous base
and roots lying loose among the fallen leaves and not fixed in the
ground. Utricularia resupinata appears to be a rare plant. I found
it only once in small numbers in sand with Gratiola just below the dam
at the foot of Lake Chocorua. "This appears to be the locality where
it was collected by Dr. C. W. Swan, Aug. 1888, according to a specimen
in the herbarium of the N. E. Bot. Club. In the rapidly flowing water
close by grows the rare alga, /Jormospora purpurea Wolle, a species
whose position is still doubtful.

The maritime /Judsonia tomentosa I have never found at Chocorua
but it is rather common on the west shore of Lake Ossipee close to the
cottages of the summer camp growing with Prunus cuneata and a
Solidago which Prof. Fernald informs me is the maritime S. tenuifolia
and not the S. graminifolia common by roadsides in the region. The
strand flora of the numerous small lakes in and about Chocorua differ
in some interesting respects from that of Lake Ossipee and some of
the lakes, as Lovell's Pond in Fryeburg, which lie to the northeast.
It seems to me that an interesting trip would be to follow the chain of
lakes extending from Conway and Fryeburg to the Kezar Ponds farther
north but I have never had the time to explore that region.

The fern-flora of Chocorua, contrary to the statements of summer
visitors, is poor and uninteresting if we except the Ophioglossaceae.
I found a considerable quantity of Ophioglossum vulgatum in the
meadow opposite the Hotel, Botrychium lanceolatum and B. ramosum
are not uncommon and B. obliquum in several varieties and B. terna-
tum are very common, the latter more luxuriant than I have ever
seen it elsewhere. With the exception perhaps of Sarracenia no plants
have so astonished different foreign botanists, who have visited
Chocorua, as the abundance of the different species of Lycopodium.
We who have always seen them have become more or less indifferent
to them but there is probably no place in the world where the northern
temperate Lycopodia can be better seen than in the region of Chocorua
where even the European species are more abundant than in Europe
except in rare localities. Isoëtes Tuckermani is common in several
places in Lake Chocorua.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

1916] Maocbride,— Amsinckia in the northeastern States 27

AMSINCKIA IN THE NORTHEASTERN UNITED States.— In ordering
up the genus Amsinckia in the Gray Herbarium I have discovered
that the species introduced and apparently somewhat naturalized
about Southington, Connecticut, is not 4. lycopsoides Lehm., as sup-
posed, but A. barbata Greene. Until now, Greene’s species has been
known only from Vancouver Island and has the general aspect of .1.
lycopsoides as that species has been commonly interpreted. However,
A. barbata is very well marked, possessing salient characters which are
not found in any other one species: the sepals are bearded along the
edges with soft white hairs and the large nutlets are carinate and
sharply muriculate without being rugose except toward the tip.
Mr. Luman Andrews collected A. barbata at Southington in 1895
and from a note accompanying the specimen it is evident that the
plant was first noticed in that locality in 1892. It was secured by
Mr. C. H. Bissell in 1897 and 1898, and in 1899 Mr. Andrews men-
tioned it in Ruopora, i. 104, as “a recent introduction but....
well-established” at Southington. The “Flowering Plants and Ferns
of Connecticut,” issued in 1910, gives two additional stations, viz.,
Hartford (Bissell), and Salisbury (Mrs. C. S. Phelps), but I have not
seen these latter specimens.

The first published record of the introduction of this genus seems
to be by Rev. William P. Alcott in the Bulletin of the Essex Institute,
xii. 6 (1881). He there includes A. spectabilis F. & M. in a list of
“Introduced plants found in the vicinity of a wool-scouring estab-
lishment” at North Chelmsford (near Lowell), Massachusetts.
He mentions that it was “very abundant." In Dame and Collins's
Flora of Middlesex County, Massachusetts, 75 (1888) Alcott's speci-
men and also one from Lowell, secured by Dr. F. Nickerson, are listed
as A. intermedia F. & M. The Herbarium of the New England Botan-

ical Club contains one specimen from Lowell collected at Chase's

Woolen Mills in 1880 by Miss M. Swan. In the seventh edition of
Gray's Manual this specimen is included in A. lycopsoides and the
range of this species is given as “locally established, eastern Massa-
chusetts to Connecticut." However, it is with no little hesitation
that I refer this specimen to the same species as the one established
at Southington, Connecticut (i. e. A. barbata). The Lowell plant
has smaller more rugose nutlets and accrescent sepals. It is spin-
dling, however, and gives the impression of abnormal development.
On the other hand it is entirely possible that all the Lowell specimens,

28 Rhodora [JANUARY

considering the various names they have gone under, represent
another species. Local botanists should look for the plant next July
and if it still persists secure it in quantity in good fruiting condition.
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, iii. 84 (1913) records A. intermedia
as sparingly introduced on Long Island and about Nantucket. If one
may judge from their brief characterization it seems probable that
this is rather A. Douglasiana DC. Other species that are essentially
weedy in character in their native habitats, such as A. tessellata Gray,
are to be expected in the eastern States.— J. Francis MACBRIDE, |
Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 17, no. 204, including pages 229 to 252 and title-page of the volume, was
issued 6 January, 1916.

Rhodora ; Plate 114.

Figs. 1-6, Puccinellia maritima; 7-11, P. phryganodes; 12-16, P. fas-
ciculata; 17-22, P. rupestris; 23-21, P. distans.

Rhodora

Plate 115.

Q
N
V
MN
y 1
y
Í ' Jy
Y Vh 2
NIE, M È N /
; uj FE Yi
à ly TC i
4 » V j
n y
BN
NA
IN
V
j
y
f
M
i
Y p

EZR a
LIES Aa TA

Figs. 28-32, Puccinellia coarctata; 33-38, P. laurentiana; 39-43, P.
macra; 44-48, P. airoides; 49-53, P. nutkaensis.

Rhodora Plate 116.

Figs. 54-58, Puccinellia lucida; 59-62, P. angustata.

Plate 117.

NF
WM |
l
í
\

VEA

Figs. 63-67, Puccinellia paupercula; 68-72, P. paupercula, var. alas-
kana; 73-77, P. paupercula, var longiglumis.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 18.

February, 1916. No. 206.

PLANTS COLLECTED ON MATINICUS ISLAND, MAINE, IN
LATE FALL, 1915.

W. L. McATEE.

WnILE on official business for the United States Biological Survey,
the writer spent two weeks (October 26 to November 7, 1915) on
Matinieus Island, Maine. Weather conditions hampering the work
planned, much of the time was employed in collecting plants, and
specimens were taken of all vascular species observed.

Matinicus Island, about 2 miles long and of varying width, has an
area of 720 acres. It is 18 miles out from Rockland, and appears to
have a greater variety of vegetation than any of the other islands that
far from the mainland. The shores are mostly rock bound, but there
are three sand beaches extensive enough to furnish favorable habitat
for sand-loving plants. Although the general surface of the island is
well elevated, there are numerous bogs and marshes, and at least two
extensive deposits of peat, sections of both of which are exposed at
the shore.

The plants that fix the character of the landscape on Matinicus are
the abundant spruces, and the low grasses (Agrostis, Poa) that so
largely make up the splendid turf that covers most of the unwooded
areas. Shrubs that are almost omnipresent in the woods are blue-
berry, huckleberry, and bunchberry, and outside, bayberry and
juniper. Certain situations have very characteristic assemblages of
plants, as the sandy beaches with Ammophila, Atriplex, and Salsola,
the gravelly beaches with Mertensia maritima, Arenaria peploides
robusta, and Polygonum fowleri, the boulder beaches or rocky shores
with Lathyrus maritimus, Oenothera muricata, Coelopleurum, Ligusti-

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

cum, Glaur, Triglochin, and Spartina. The bogs have Chiogenes,
Vaccinium oxycoccos, various sedges and rushes, skunk cabbage, and
Nemopanthus. Habitats for aquatic plants on Matinicus are very
limited, there being only two ponds. One is artificial and contains
one intentional and probably other accidental introductions. The
natural conditions for aquatic plants probably are well represented by
Black Duck Pond, a small shallow pool pent up by the highest beach
ridge and fed by seepage from springy ground. The plants occurring
here are Sparganium angustifolium, Potamogeton oakesianus, P. epi-
hydrus, Scirpus occidentalis, and an interesting submerged Juncus
(articulatus).

Plants evidently without ecologic niches are Equisetum arvense and
Viburnum cassinoides, both being found on shore, in marshes, pastures
and woods.

Observations were necessarily incomplete because of the season at
which the island was visited. Much more could be learned at a more
favorable time of year. However, botanizing in late fall is not without
its peculiar advantages. For instance the number of plants that were
found in bloom at this northern locality during the first week of No-
vember was surprising. There were no fewer than 53 dicotyledonous
plants flowering; how many monocots there may have been was not
ascertained — Spiranthes cernua was the only conspicuous one. The
53 species mentioned represent 20 families; Compositae include 20
of the species, Cruciferae 5, and Leguminosae, Violaceae, and Labiatae
3 each. In how many cases blossoming should be regarded as a
secondary autumnal anthesis is uncertain, but probably in only 7 of
the 53 species. For the others the season was normal or an extension
of the normal due to the unusually prolonged mild weather.

The total number of species of vascular plants obtained is 217
representing 52 families. The Compositae have 29 species, the
Gramineae 18, Rosaceae 18, Ericaceae 12, Cyperaceae 10, and the
Pinaceae, Polygonaceae, Caryophyllaceae and Labiatae 7 each.
Seventeen families are represented by only a single species each.
Besides the species actually collected by the writer, the following were
credibly reported from the island: Larix laricina (Du Roi) Koch (the
only known tree cut down a few years ago), Acorus calamus L. (the
rootstocks sugared for sale), Erythronium americanum Ker, Drosera
rotundifolia L. (used for healing sore lips), Monotropa uniflora L.,
and Eupatorium perfoliatum L. i

1916] McAtee,— Plants of Matinicus Island 31

Corroborative testimony is to the effect that most of the cleared por-
tions of the island were once covered by a dense stand of yellow birch
and rock maple. Only one maple (doubtfully native) now remains.

The only publications dealing with the plants of Matinicus Island
are the following: (1.) by Arthur H. Norton: “Some noteworthy
plants from the islands and coast of Maine.” (Rnopona, 15, pp.
137-143, August, 1913), which records Sparganium angustifolium
Michx., Euphorbia polygonifolia L., Empetrum nigrum L. and Teu-
crium canadense littorale (Bickn.) Fernald, two of which are addi-
tional to the following list; and (2.) “ The genus Euphrasia in North
America” (RHODORA, 17, pp. 181-201, October, 1915), wherein
Euphrasia purpurea, var. farlowii forma todantha n. f. is described
from a specimen collected on Matinicus by A. H. Norton.

LIST OF SPECIES.
POLYPODIACEAE.

PoLYPODIUM VULGARE L.— Common on moss-covered rocks in
woods.

PTERIS AQUILINA L.— Very common; only a few protected plants
remaining green. '

ASPIDIUM CRISTATUM (L.) Sw.— Frequent along woodland paths.

AsPIDIUM SPINULOSUM (O. F. Müller) Sw.— Common along wood-
land paths; a few plants long established in a well curb; var. AMERI-
CANUM (Fischer) Fernald also collected.

DICKSONIA PUNCTILOBULA (Michx.) Gray.

ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS L.— Common in marsh near beach.

In wet shady woods.

OSMUNDACEAE.

OsMUNDA REGALIS L.— Common; all plants browned by frost.

9

OsMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L.— “ BUCKHORN.” ? Common in swamps.

EQUISETACEAE.
EQUISETUM ARVENSE L.— “ MARR’s TAIL.” Common.

1 Identifications of the plants here listed were either verified, or as in a majority of cases,
originally made by Professor M. L. Fernald to whom the writer is greatly obliged.
2 The English names cited are those actually in local use which are not often noted in manuals.

T T

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

LYCOPODIACEAE.

LYCOPODIUM cLAvATUM L.— “EVERGREEN.” Only one colony
found along dry fence row under spruces.

PINACEAE.

Pinus srRoBUS L.— One small deformed tree found in a rocky
pasture.

Pinus RIGIDA Mill.— Numerous gnarled trees present on a rocky
hill near harbor and on Northeast Point. At the latter locality, in
particular, the trees are badly deformed and numbers have been
killed by the wind.

PICEA CANADENSIS (Mill.) B. S. P.— “Cart, SkuNK or BLUE SPRUCE.
Abundant.

Picea RUBRA (Du Roi) Dietr.— “Common, WHITE, or YELLOW
Spruce.” Abundant.

ABIES BALSAMEA (L.) Mill.— Rather common but local.

JuNIPERUS COMMUNIS L. var. DEPRESSA Pursh.— Abundant, full
of fruit.

JUNIPERUS HORIZONTALIS Moench.— Local; three colonies found.
Called “Grounp or Running CEDAR." This species is often collected
on ledges and rocky headlands, but its habitat on Matinicus is pastures;
where it creeps and at times almost conceals itself among the grasses.
This habit probably suggested the name “SLINK WEED” cited by
Norton. On Monhegan Island, it is known as “ TRAILING YEW.”

TYPHACEAE.

TYPHA LATIFOLIA L.— Occupies one large marsh near old harbor
almost exclusively and is scattered elsewhere.

SPARGANIACEAE.

SPARGANIUM AMERICANUM Nutt.— In Ice Pond; mature fruit.
SPARGANIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx.— In Ice and Black Duck
Ponds; mature fruit.

1916] MeAtee,— Plants of Matinicus Island 33

NAIADACEAE.

POTAMOGETON OAKEsIANUs Robbins.—In Ice and Black Duck
Ponds.

POTAMOGETON EPIHYDRUS Raf.— In Black Duck Pond.

POTAMOGETON PUSILLUS L.— In Ice Pond; mature fruit and winter
buds.

ZOSTERA MARINA L.— In protected coves and tidepools; in latter

stunted scarcely exceeding 20 em. in length.
y g

JUNCAGINACEAE.

TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMA L.— In crevices, rocky shore; mature
fruit.

GRAMINEAE.

PANICUM HUACHUCAE Ashe.— In wet peaty pasture, mature fruit,
Nov. 2; on exposed shore, plants only 4.5 cm. long, fruits fallen,
October 30.

SETARIA GLAUCA (L.) Beauv.— In gardens; mature fruit.

ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM L.— Mature fruit.

HIEROCHLOË ODORATA (L.) Wahlenb.— “ INDIAN or SWEET GRass.”’
Common in a marsh near beach, lighter green than surrounding
vegetation. Formerly used by Indians for basketry; used by present
inhabitants to repel clothesmoths.

PHLEUM PRATENSE L.— Here the name “ HERps Grass”’ is actually
in use.

AGROSTIS ALBA L.— Abundant. Var. MARITIMA (Lam.) G. F. W.
Mey. also collected; mature fruit.

AGROSTIS HYEMALIS (Walt.) B. S. P.— Fruit mostly fallen.

CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS (Michx.) Beauv. — Common in
marshes; mature fruit.

. AMMOPHILA ARENARIA L. ‘“ THATCH,’ a name introduced from
England. An extensive colony on sandy northeastern shore; mature
fruit.

SPARTINA MICHAUXIANA Hitche.— In strict clumps on rocky shore;
mature fruit.

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

SPARTINA PATENS (Ait.) Muhl.— About edges of tide pools rocky
shore; mature fruit.

DANTHONIA SPICATA (L.) Beauv.— Common; glumes empty.

Poa ANNUA L.

Poa PRATENSIS L.— Both common.

GLYCERIA CANADENSIS (Michx.) Trin.— Bogs; glumes empty.

AGROPYRON REPENS (L.) Beauv.

AGROPYRON TENERUM Vasey.— Both with mature fruit.

Ervwus virainicus L.— “Wip Oats”; mature fruit.

`

CYPERACEAE.

Errocuamrs oBTUSA (Willd.) Schultes.— Common; mature fruit.

Erkocnanrzs TENUIS (Willd.) Schultes.— Mature akenes exposed.

SCIRPUS OCCIDENTALIS (Wats.) Chase.— In Black Duck and Ice
Ponds; mature fruit.

SCIRPUS CYPERINUS (L.) Kunth.— Common in bogs; mature fruit.

EnroPHORUM VIRGINICUM L.— Common in bogs.

RYNCHOSPORA ALBA (L.) Vahl.— Mature fruit.

CAREX STELLULATA Good. var. EXCELSIOR (Bailey) Fernald.

CAREX PAUPERCULA Michx. var. mRRIGUA. (Wahlenb.) Fernald.—
Abundant in bogs.

CAREX OEDERI Retz. var. PUMILA (Cosson & Germain) Fernald.

CAREX LURIDA Wahlenb.— All species of Carer had mature fruit.

ARACEAE.

SYMPLOCARPUS FOETIDUS (L.) Nutt.— Spathes ready for the spring
opening were numerous in some of the bogs.

JUNCACEAE.

Juncus BUFONIUS L.— Common along wet paths.

Juncus pnICHOTOMUS Ell. var. PLATYPHYLLUS Wiegand.

Juncus BALTICUS Willd. var. trrroraLis Engelm.— On wet rocky
shore.

Juncus EFFUSUS L. var. coMPACTUS Lejeune & Courtois.—Com-
mon in bogs.

1916] McAtee,— Plants of Matinicus Island 35

JUNCUS BREVICAUDATUS (Engelm.) Fernald.— In bogs.

Juncus ARTICULATUS L.— In bog. An interesting. submerged
form! is abundant in Black Duck Pond. All species of Juncus had
mature fruit.

IRIDACEAE.

[RIS VERSICOLOR L.— Plants with mature capsules very common.
SISYRINCHIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Mill.— Numerous in dry rocky
pasture; some seeds yet remaining in capsules.

ORCHIDACEAE.

HABENARIA CLAVELLATA (Michx.) Spreng.— Old plants with entire
capsules numerous in bogs.

SPIRANTHES CERNUA (L.) Richard.— Common in flower, some
plants under 7 cm. in height.

EPIPACTIS REPENS (L.) Crantz var. OPHIOIDES (Fernald) A. A.
Eaton.— Basal leaves only of small plants collected.

SALICACEAE.

SALIX DISCOLOR Muhl.

SALIX PETIOLARIS Sm.

POPULUS TREMULOIDES Michx.— "PorpLE." In swamp and on
rocky hillside.

MYRICACEAE.
Myrica GALE L.— The most luxuriant plant observed was among
rocks very near the sea.

Myrica CAROLINENSIS Mill.— Abundant, full of fruit.
Myrica ASPLENIFOLIA L.— Uncommon.

BETULACEAE.

Berua LUTEA Michx.
BETULA ALBA L. var. PAPYRIFERA (Marsh.) Spach.— Of the birches

! Identification confirmed by F. V. Coville.

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

this species tends to be restricted to dry situations and the other to
wetter places.
ALNUS INCANA (L.) Moench.

URTICACEAE.

Urtica LYALLI Wats.— One colony on rocky shore; mature fruit.

POLYGONACEAE.

Rumex crispus L.— The common dock of fresh water marshes,
etc.; mature fruit.

RvMEX PALLIDUS Bigel.— The beach dock; mature fruit.

RUMEX ACETOSELLA L.— Common.

POLYGONUM FOWLERI Robinson.— Only one mat observed; on
beach; immature fruit.

PoLYGONUM AVICULARE L. var. LITTORALE (Link) Koch.— On
tennis court; flowers to immature fruit.

POLYGONUM nvpRoPIPER L.— In bogs; mature fruit.

POLYGONUM PERSICARIA L.— "Hranr's EASE.” In gardens, flow-
ers to mature fruit. Decoctions of this plant and of pennyroyal are
used as driving potions, as in measles and colds, also for pain in gen-
eral.

CHENOPODIACEAE.

CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L.— In gardens; mature fruit.

ATRIPLEX PATULA L. var. HASTATA (L.) Gray.— Common along
shore; mature fruit.

SALSOLA KALI L.— On sandy beaches; mature fruit.

CARYOPHYLLACEAE.

SPERGULARIA RUBRA (L.) J. & C. Presl.— The typical form occurs
in dense tufts or colonies of short plants on bare banks along shore;
occasionally one encounters a long lax variety referable to var. PEREN-
NANS (Kindb.) Robinson. Referred to this also is a compact fleshy
mat collected in a wet peaty pasture; mature fruit.

1916] McAtee,— Plants of Matinicus Island 37

SPERGULA ARVENSIS L.— In gardens; immature fruit.

SAGINA NODOSA (L.) Fenzl var. GLANDULOSA (Bess.) Asch.— Old
plants, capsules empty.

ARENARIA PEPLOIDES L. var. RoBUSTA Fern.— Some large mats
present on the beaches.

STELLARIA BOREALIS Bigel.— Mature fruit.

STELLARIA MEDIA (L.) Cyrill.— Flowers to mature fruit.

CERASTIUM VULGATUM L.— Common; flowers to mature fruit.

NYMPHAEACEAE.

CASTALIA ODORATA (Ait.) Woodville & Wood.— Ice pond; purposely
introduced.

RANUNCULACEAE.

RANUNCULUS AcRIS L.— Still in bloom everywhere in wet soil.

THALICTRUM PoLYGAMUM Muhl.— Akenes still hanging to old
plants in marsh near beach.

COPTIS TRIFOLIA (L.) Salisb.— “ YELLow-noor." On Sphagnum-
covered knolls. Used in treatment of canker, sore-throat, and
indigestion.

CRUCIFERAE.

CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic.— Gardens; flowers to ma-
ture fruit.

CAKILE EDENTULA (Bigel.) Hook.— “WILD PEPPER GRASS.”
Beaches; flowers to mature fruit.

Brassica NIGRA (L.) Koch.— Gardens; flowers to mature fruit.

BRASSICA CAMPESTRIS L.— Stubblefield; flowers and immature
fruits.

SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop.— Gardens and flower-beds;
flowers and immature fruits.

CARDAMINE PENNSYLVANICA Muhl.— Young plants, submerged,
Ice Pond.

SAXIFRAGACEAE.

RIBES HIRTELLUM Michx. var. CALCICOLA Fern.— “SKUNK CUR-
RANT.” A few leaves left on the bushes,

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

ROSACEAE.

SPIRAEA LATIFOLIA Borkh.— Many leaves persisting on sheltered
plants.

SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA L.— A few leaves still hanging.

Pyrus communis L.— A young tree along a stone wall, undoubtedly
escaped, had very stiff and thorny branches.

Pyrus MALus L.— Numerous escaped trees.

PYRUS ARBUTIFOLIA (L.) var. ATROPURPUREA (Britton) Robinson.—
"SHORE BERRY." Common in swamps; full of fruit.

Pyrus AMERICANA (Marsh.) DC.— “ Rounpwoop or Rounp-
woop TREE.” One tree in spruce woods, and several on an open
rocky hillside.

AMELANCHIER OBLONGIFOLIA (T. & G.) Roem.— “ WILD PEAR.”

FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA Duchesne.— Numerous plants in flower in
upland pasture.

POTENTILLA MONSPELIENSIS L.— Pastures and gardens; flowers
to mature fruit.

POTENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA L.
fruit.

POTENTILLA TRIDENTATA Ait.— Pastures.

POTENTILLA ANSERINA L.— Among rocks near shore.

RUBUS IDAEUS L. var. ACULEATISSIMUS (C. A. Mey) Regel & Tiling.
— Common, some old dry fruit remaining.

Rusus PERGRATUS Blanchard.— Common.

Rusus serosus Bigel. The most common Rubus; immature
(red) fruit rather plentiful.

RUBUS PROCUMBENS Muhl.— In wet woods. :

Rosa nuMiLIS Marsh.— Common; full of fruit. Leaves on some

On bluff rocky shores; mature

bushes still green.
PRUNUS PENNSYLVANICA L.— On rocky hillside.

LEGUMINOSAE.

» TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE L.

TRIFOLIUM REPENS L.

TRIFOLIUM PROCUMBENS L.— “SHAMROCK.” All three species of
clover were in bloom,

1916] — MeAtee,— Plants of Matinicus Island 30

LATHYRUS MARITIMUS (L.) Bigel.— Common, pods empty.
LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS L. var. PILOSUS (Cham.) Ledeb.— Less com-
mon than last.

GERANIACEAE.

GERANIUM ROBERTIANUM L.— Seen only near shore, and under
rose-bushes; grazed off elsewhere?

EMPETRACEAE.

EMPETRUM NIGRUM L.— *PrcEoN Berry.” “Heata.” Rather
widely distributed in bogs, and woods, but most abundant on bluffs

near the sea. l
COREMA CONRADIL Torr.— Common on rocky bluffs, tending to
occupy a zone back of the Empetrum mats.

ANACARDIACEAE.

Raus TvPHINA L.— One plant among boulders on exposed beach.
Raus vernix L.— “Mercury.” Common in swamps; fruit
present.

AQUIFOLIACEAE.

ILEX VERTICILLATA (L.) Gray.— " Doa BERRY." “PIGEON BERRY."
“WHITE ALDER.” Common, full of fruit.
NEMOPANTHUS MUCRONATA (L.) Trel.— In bogs.

BALSAMINACEAE.

IMPATIENS BIFLORA Walt. — *CELANDINE." | Among buildings
about harbor. Flowers to mature fruit; juice used in treating Rhus
poisoning.

MALVACEAE.

MALVA ROTUNDIFOLIA L,— Barnyards; flowers to mature fruit.

40 | Rhodora [FEBRUARY

HYPERICACEAE.

Hypericum MAJus (Gray) Britton.— Mature fruit.

HYPERICUM CANADENSE L.— Mature fruit; plants under 10 cm.
high were found with 11 capsules, and under 4 cm. in height with 7
capsules.

VIOLACEAE.

VIOLA CUCULLATA Ait.

VIOLA SEPTENTRIONALIS Green.

VIOLA PRIMULIFOLIA L.— This and the preceding two species were
found in a wet peaty pasture, and in all stages from flower to mature
fruit.

VIOLA PALLENS (Banks) Brainerd.— This is the common violet of
shaded situations, but was not found in flower.

ONAGRACEAE.

EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM L.— “ MoosE-TONGUE." A young plant
was found in a clearing, and frayed remains of numerous old ones on
a rocky hillside.

EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON Haussk.— With weeds near a store;
mature fruit.

OENOTHERA MURICATA L.— *ScaBroUs." On or near the beach;
flowers to mature fruit. Used in making poultices for sores.

OENOTHERA PUMILA L.— Garden; mature fruit.

ARALIACEAE.

~%

ARALIA ĦISPIDA Vent.— Bare stems found on rocky wooded hillside.

UMBELLIFERAE.

CICUTA MACULATA L.— Fruit remaining on old plants in marsh
near beach.

Ligusticum scoraicum L.— Found both in woods and among
rocks along shore; mature fruit,

1916] MceAtee,— Plants of Matinicus Island 41

COELOPLEURUM ACTAEIFOLIUM (Michx.) Coulter & Rose.— “WILD
PARSNIP." On the rugged sea bluffs it frequents, with its large
leaves and the contrasted lacy white and green flowers, and the
abundant brown fruits borne on stocky stems 2 inches in diameter at
base, and from 4 to 5 feet high, this species appears a truly magnificent
herb.

HERACLEUM LANATUM Michx.— Fruits fallen.

Daucus carora L.— Still in flower.

CORNACEAE.

CORNUS CANADENSIS L.— Several plants seen in flower; one shoot
with 5 whorls of leaves collected.

ERICACEAE.

CHIMAPHILA UMBELLATA (L.) Nutt.

MoNESES UNIFLORA (L.) Gray.— “SNOWDROP.”

PyroLa sECUNDA L.— These three Pyroleae were scarce in rocky
woods.

KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA. L.— “Mountain Lauren.” Abundant;
mature fruit.

GAULTHERIA PROCUMBENS L.— " BoxBERRY." Common in open-
ings among spruce; immature fruit.

CHIOGENES HISPIDULA (L.) T. & G.— “SUGAR PLUM,” "SNow-
BERRY," “ Moxie VINE.” Common on sphagnum mounds.

GAYLUSSACIA BACCATA (Wang.) C. Koch.— Abundant; fruit in all
stages from green to ripe plentiful.

VACCINIUM PENNSYLVANICUM Lam.— Abundant; a few flowers seen;
Varieties ANGUSTIFOLIUM (Ait.) Gray and MyrRTILLOIDES (Michx.)
Fern., also collected.

VACCINIUM CORYMBOSUM L. var. AMOENUM (Ait.) Gray.— Common.

VACCINIUM VITIS-IDAEA L. var. Minus Lodd. “Woops or Hicnu-
LAND CRANBERRY.” Common.

Vaccinium oxycoccos L.

“Hoe CRANBERRY.” Common in
sphagnum. Fruit present; noticeably more speckled in appearance
than large cranberry.

VACCINIUM MACROCARPON Ait, — "Boc or MARSH CRANBERRY.”

42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Fruit present. Leaves of plants of bogs have 3 times more surface
area than those of plants from open marshes. Grows in pools and
marshes very near salt water.

PRIMULACEAE.
LYSIMACHIA TERRESTRIS (L.) B. S. P.— Edge of ice pond; with
numerous bulblets.
LYSIMACHIA NUMMULARIA L.— “Myrte.” House yard.

GLAUX MARITIMA L. var. OBTUSIFOLIA Fern.— In crevices rocky
shore; mature fruit.

CONVOLVULACEAE.

CONVOLVULUS SEPIUM L. var. PUBESCENS (Gray) Fern.— Unopened
capsules remaining on dead vines, gravelly beach.

BORAGINACEAE.

MERTENSIA MARITIMA (L.) S. F. Gray.— “ BLUE IRIS.” Common;
mats 5 to 6 feet in diameter on the beaches; flowers to mature fruit.

LABIATAE.

SCUTELLERIA GALERICULATA L.— Marsh near beach; seeds fallen;
used as a nerve medicine.

NEPETA HEDERACEA (L.) Trevisau.— In woods, uncommon.

PnuNELLA VULGARIS L.— “Bruer Lucy.” Common in pastures
and boggy places; flowers to mature fruit.

GALEOPSIS TETRAHIT L.— Flowers to mature fruit.

Lronurus CARDIACA L.— Near house, in flower; used to relieve
pain.

HEDEOMA PULEGIOIDES (L.) Pers.— Scarce; mature fruit.

Lycopus vNiFLORUS Michx.— In wet places; mature fruit.

SOLANACEAE.

SOLANUM NIGRUM L.— Gardens; flowers to mature fruit.

1916] McAtee,— Plants of Matinicus Island 43

SCROPHULARIACEAE.

LINARIA CANADENSIS (L.) Dumont.— Common, widespread; flowers
to mature fruit; one plant only 6 em. high bore ripe capsules.

CHELONE GLABRA L.— Mature capsules remaining on plants in
marsh near beach; used to induce sweating.

VERONICA AMERICANA Schwein.

RHINANTHUS CRISTA-GALLI L.— Capsules remaining on old plants
in marsh near beach.

PLANTAGINACEAE.

PLANTAGO MAJOR L.— Door-yards; bruised leaves used in treating
Rhus vernix poisoning.

PLANTAGO DECIPIENS Darneoud. — ‘GOOSE-TONGUE, “Nova
Scotia GREENS.” Abundant in various situations near shore.

PLANTAGO LANCEOLATA L.— Common in yards; all plantains had
mature fruit.

RUBIACEAE.

GALIUM CLAYTONI Michx.— Submerged in Ice Pond, also threaded
through rushes and sedges in bogs.

CAPRIFOLIACEAE.

LINNAEA BOREALIS L. var. AMERICANA (Forbes) Rehder.— “ CINNA-
MON VINE," “ EGLANTINE.” Abundant in woods and bogs; one plant
seen in flower.

VIBURNUM CASSINOIDES L.— ""TEA-BERRY." Common.

SAMBUCUS CANADENSIS L.— “STINKING ELDER.” Common; one
large clump retained most of its leaves and had an abundance of
immature (red) fruit; one tree 4 inches in diameter near ground.

LOBELIACEAE.

LoBELIA INFLATA L.— Edge of garden; in flower.

44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

COMPOSITAE.

SOLIDAGO BICOLOR L.— Mature fruit.

SOLIDAGO SEMPERVIRENS L.— Common along shore; flowers to
mature fruit.

SoLmbAGO RUGOSA Mill.— Common in old fields and pastures;
flowers to mature fruit; a plant under 10 em. in height bore 10 flower
heads. Var. vitLosa (Pursh) Fernald also collected.

SOLIDAGO NEMORALIS Ait.— Cultivated field; in full flower, on
ripe akenes.

ASTER LATERIFLORUS (L.) Britton.— Common; in flower.

ASTER NOVI-BELGII L.— “SUMMER FAREWELL.” Abundant; flow-
ers to mature fruit. Var. LAEVIGATUS (Lam.) Gray also collected.

ASTER ACUMINATUS Michx.— Leaves only.

ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) B. & H.— Common; involucres
empty.

GNAPHALIUM ULIGINOSUM L.— Common in a bare rocky pasture;
involucres empty.

AMBROSIA ARTEMISIFOLIA L.— Gardens; flowers to mature fruit.

BipENs FRONDOSA L.— Edge of Ice Pond; mature fruit.

ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L.— Common; flowers to mature fruit.

ACHILLEA OCCIDENTALIS Raf.— Occasional among rocks, delicate
and fern-like; flowers.

ANTHEMIS COTULA L.— "SriNKING MAYWEED.” Barnyards; flow-
ers to bare involucres.

MATRICARIA SUAVEOLENS (Pursh) Buchenau.— Among weeds
near store; in flower.

CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM L. var. PINNATIFIDUM Lecoq &
Lamotte.— In flower in rocky pasture.

TUSSILAGO FARFARA L.— Basal leaves only; numerous in one local-
ity on bare bank along shore.

SENECIO SYLVATICUS L.— Fairly common; mature fruit.

AncrIUM MINUS Bernh.— Barnyards; in flower.

CIRSIUM LANCEOLATUM (L.) Hill.— Near old houses and barns;
flowers to mature fruit.

CIRSIUM ARVENSE (L.) Scop.— In wet places and near shore.

LEONTODON AUTUMNALIS L.— “ Arnica.” — Typical form and var.
PRATENSIS (Link) Koch. Common in gardens and fields; flowers to
mature fruit,

1916] Sargent,—— The Name of the Red Oak 45

TARAXACUM OFFICINALE Weber.— Very common, flowers seen.

SoNCHUS ASPER (L.) Hill.— In gardens and fields; flowers to mature
fruit.

PRENANTHES TRIFOLIOLATA (Cass.) Fern.— Basal leaves only; in
woods.

PRENANTHES ALTISSIMA L.— Among rocks, along shore; in the
axils of the withered leaves of thick stem there were many short
clusters of flowers, giving the appearance of fresh flowers springing
from a dead plant.

HIERACIUM AURANTIACUM L.— Common in a few fields.

HIERACIUM PRATENSE Tausch.

HiERACIUM CANADENSE Michx.— Gardens; all of the hawkweeds
exhibited all stages from flowers to mature fruit.

BrioLoaicAL Survey, Washington, D. C.

THE NAME OF THE RED OAK.
C. S. SARGENT.

IN the one hundred and ninety-fourth issue of RHopora (February
1915) I showed that the name Quercus rubra Linnaeus (5 pecies Plan-
tarum, 996) belonged to the tree which was later called Quercus falcata
by Michaux and not to the tree which has always been 'alled. Red
Oak in the northern states. This change of name is one of the most
unfortunate which the study of the old specimens of American plants
has made necessary, for the Red Oak is one of the very few North
American trees which has not been burdened with a variety of surplus
names. That Linnaeus did not understand the tree which he called
Quercus rubra is further shown by the fact that in his herbarium are two
sheets of American Oaks collected by Kalm which therefore might
have been before him when the first edition of the Species Plantarum
was published. The two sheets were labeled by Linnaeus “rubra.”
On the first sheet there is a branch with half-grown leaves and withered
catkins of staminate flowers. The name “ palustris" was written on
this sheet by J. E. Smith. Judging by the truncate base of the leaves
it is a specimen of Quercus coccinea rather than of Q. palustris: it

46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

certainly does not represent any form of the Red Oak. On the second
sheet there is a branch with four fully grown leaves and a single de-
tached leaf. This was also called “palustris” by Smith and also
represents, I believe, Quercus coccinea. There are photographs of
these specimens in the herbarium of the Arboretum.

The earliest description of the northern Red Oak appears to be
that of Plukenet in the Almagestum Botanicum (p. 309, t. 54, f. 5, not
f. 1 as quoted by Linnaeus) published in 1696. Catesby's Quercus
Caroliniensis virentibus venis muricata (i. 21, t. 21, f. 1), judging by
the figure of a single leaf and of an acorn also well represent the
Red Oak. Linnaeus's “Quercus foliorum sinubus obtusis: angulis
acutis seta terminatis, intermediis vix tridentatis, margine integer-
rimo" in the Hortus Cliffortianus (p. 448) is based on the description
and figures of Plukenet and Catesby, and on a specimen presumedly
from Clifford’s garden now preserved in the British Museum. Of
this specimen there is a photograph in the herbarium of the Arbore-
tum. This is a leaf of the Red Oak and it was on this specimen
and on the description in the Hortus Cliffortianus that Linnaeus `
based his Quercus rubra, var. 8 in the Species Plantarum which, as
I suggested, in Rnopona last year, is our northern Red Oak.

As the name Quercus rubra Linnaeus must be transferred to the tree
which later was called Quercus falcata by Michaux, the Red Oak of
the southern states, another must be found for the common northern
Red Oak. The Gray Oak, as Michaux called it, which I believe is
only a variety of this tree and which is common in the north, was
distinguished by him in his Histoire des arbres forestiéres de l' Amérique
septentrionale as Quercus ambigua. This tree only differs from the
more widely distributed and more common form of the Red Oak with
broad shallow cups of the fruit by its usually smaller acorns with
deeper cups. "The two trees often grow together; in habit, bark and
foliage they cannot be distinguished, and individual trees with fruit
intermediate between the two in size and in the shape of the cups are
not rare. Although the tree with the deep cups is most common along
the northern border of the United States and in Canada, it extends
into western New York and a specimen collected by Cocks in St.
Tammany Parish, Louisiana, is clearly this northern tree.

There is some doubt about the correct name for the Gray Oak.
The younger Michaux who first distinguished it called it Quercus
ambigua. There was, however, an earlier Quercus ambigua used for a

1916] Sargent,— The Name of the Red Oak 47

Mexican species by Humboldt & Bonpland. This fact was recognized
in the first English translation! of a part of Michaux’s book and the
name Quercus borealis was there substituted for it. Although the fact
is not stated very clearly, this change was evidently made or suggested
by Michaux himself, for the translator says,— “This (the name
ambigua) which I have adopted in the French edition, circumstances
have compelled me to change; MM*. Humboldt & Bonpland having
previously applied it to an Oak of New Spain. I have therefore
substituted the name borealis, as it grows further to the north than
any of the Oaks of North America." It is probably right, therefore,
to credit Michaux fils with the combination Quercus borealis which
should be adopted for the Red Oak species, for although Humboldt &
Bonpland's Quercus ambigua is now considered a synonym of another
species it is not impossible, judging from their plate in the Plantae
Aequinoctiales, that with fuller knowledge of the Mexican Oaks than
we now possess it will be shown that it is a distinet species.

Quercus borealis being used as the name for the Red Oak, it is
desirable to distinguish by a varietal name the tree with the large
acorns and the broad shallow cups, that is the Red Oak, as all modern
authors have understood it. There were two varietal names given
to this tree in 1785? Marshall’s var. maxima and Lamarck’s var.

1 This first English translation of a part of the younger Michaux's Histoire des arbres fores-
Liéres de l' Amérique seplentrionale appears to be little known. It is not found in the catalogues
of the libraries of the British Museum or in that of the Royal Gardens at Kew. — Pritzel describes
the first English edition of the work as being in four volumes, giving the date of publication
as 1817-1819, and it is possible therefore that he considered this earlier translation as a first
volume of Hillhouse's English edition, which is really in three volumes. It is an octavo volume
of two hundred and sixty-eight pages without illustrations and is devoted entirely to the
Oaks. The title-page differs from that of the Hillhouse edition only in the omission of the
names of several scientific societies following the name of Michaux, in the difference of the
date of publication which is 1817, the date of Hillhouse's edition being 1819, and in the place
of publication which, although the book was printed in Paris, is given as Philadelphia where
it was sold by Thomas Dobson-Solomon Conrad. Both of these editions were printed in Paris
by C. D'Hautel, but the names of the booksellers are omitted from the title-page of the Hillhouse
edition. There is a preface by Hillhouse to his edition dated Paris 1819, but there is no preface
to this 1817 edition, and the English translation of Michaux's introduction has an entirely
different phraseology in these two editions. I have not been able to discover the name of the
translator of the 1817 fragment which was probably prepared in Paris and then abandoned
on account of the appearance of the Hillhouse translation. That it was not made by Hill-
house would seem to be shown by the fact that, although he placed the name of “borealis” at
the head of the article on the Gray Oak he failed to change “ambigua” to “borealis” in the
body of the article and made no reference to the reason for the change of name given in the
1817 edition. The same mistake occurs also in J. J. Smith's Philadelphia edition of 1865.

2 The date on the title-page of the first volume of the Encyclopedie Méthodique is 1783, but it
is stated in the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum that this volume was issued in
two parts and that the second part, which must have contained the article on the Oaks, did not
appear until 1785.

48 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

latifolia. There is no means of knowing which was actually published
first; and as there is an error in Lamarck’s citation of synonyms and
some vagueness in his description of the cup of the fruit, it seems best
to take up Marshall’s name as his description clearly refers to the
common Red Oak.

If my idea that Quercus borealis and Quercus rubra of modern authors
are varieties of one species, to be distinguished as such, is correct, the
name of the species is Quercus borealis Michaux fils and the name and
synonymy of the variety is as follows:

QUERCUS BOREALIS, var. Maxima, nov. comb.

Quercus rubra, 8 Linnaeus, Spec., 996 (1753).

Quercus rubra Du Roi, Harbk. Baumz. ii. 265 (excl. syn. Linnaeus &
Catesby, not Linnaeus, t. 5, f. 2 [1772]) and all later authors.

Quercus rubra maxima Marshall, Arbust. Am. 122 (1785).

Quercus rubra, a latifolia Lamarck, Encycl. Meth. i. 721 (excl. syn.
Plukenet) (1785).

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

STAMINODY OF THE PETALS IN AMELANCHIER.
C. A. WEATHERBY.

Last spring I saw, for the first time in the field, the little shad-bush
with reduced petals which has been called Amelanchier oblongifolia,
var. micropetala by Dr. Robinson,! A. nantucketense by Mr. Bicknell,”
and a hybrid of A. oblongifolia and A. stolonifera by Prof. Wiegand.
Since this was my first sight of it, I examined it with more than usual
‘are and presently noticed that, in many of the tiny petals, the margins
were inrolled and of a yellowish hue for a certain distance on each side.
Subsequent examination of the inrolled portion showed it to be thinner
than the rest of the petal and of a different cell-structure; and, in
the latter respect as well as in color, to be precisely similar to the walls
of the anther. Moreover, it contained more or less granular matter

1 Rhodora x. 33.
2 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxxviii. 453.
3 Rhodora xiv. 133.

1916) Weatherby,— Staminody of Petals in Amelanchier 49
which, under the microscope, proved to be indistinguishable in ap-
pearance from pollen-grains.

I have since examined the readily available herbarium material of
the small petaled plant — about a dozen sheets in all, from Blue Hill
in Milton, Mass., from Nantucket and from various localities in Con-
necticut. Every one shows the same condition to a greater or less
extent. I have not seen the actual specimens from which Mr. Bick-
nell described A. nantucketense, but the fact that he speaks of the
petals as “often involute" ! indicates that it is not unlike the rest.
The degree to which modification of the petals has progressed varies
in different individuals and in different flowers on the same shrub —
even in the same flower. Some are oblanceolate to obovate and show
only an inrolling of parts of the margin; others possess more fully-
formed anther-sacs and have a narrow claw and a short, sub-orbicular
blade, suggestive of filament and anther in outline, but petaloid in
texture; in still others, the lower part of the claw has the heavier
texture of true filaments; and in a few, the whole has the texture of
the true stamens and can be distinguished from them only by the
broader and flatter filament, the longer anther-sacs and the broad
connective, corresponding to the blade of the petal.

Such a series of structures could, of course, be produced in the
comparatively common phenomenon of "doubling" — the trans-
formation of stamens into petals. But in that case one would expect
to find the usual number of normal petals in addition to the partially
developed ones, and a reduction in the number of stamens correspond-
ing to the number of the latter. No such condition appears. Whether
inodified or not, the petals are five and no more; and the number of
stamens, though variable, as usually in Amelanchier, averages about
the same as in normal flowers. It seems plain, then, that we have here
a case of transformation of petals into stamens, and that to this
teratological tendency is due the dwarfing of the petals in this puzzling
plant. What the underlying cause of the tendency may be, I cannot
now suggest. This note is published in the hope that others may be
moved to make observations of the plant in the field, to see if any
evidence of disease or other external cause can be found. I noticed
none in my one meeting with the growing plant; but I was not then
looking for it.

East HARTFORD, CONN.

1]. c. 484.

50 Rhodora | FEBRUARY

ANCHUSA IN NEW ENGLAND.
J. FRANCIS MACBRIDE.

THE genus Anchusa is not included in any of the floras covering New
England although it has been known locally for twenty years. A.
officinalis L. was collected by Prof. J. F. Collins at Providence, Rhode
Island, July 2, 1895. On October 8, 1897, Mr. Sidney Harris secured
it on waste ground bordering the Fens, Boston; and September 20,
1899, Judge Churchill collected it on a “dump” at the beach at Fair-
field, Connecticut. These three collections were referred to Lycopsis
arvensis L., a plant which closely simulates, in aspect, A. officinalis.
In Ruopona, iii. 214 (1901) Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain mentions
the specimen from Providence under its correct name, and in the same
publication [x. 154 (1908)], Mr. William P. Rich, in an entertaining
article on " City Botanizing," in which he bases his observations on
plants growing wild in Boston, records A. officinalis as occurring “ on
several gravelly banks in August and September." He indicates that
he mistook it for Lycopsis arvensis L., and is indebted to Dr. E. H.
Eames for the correct determination. The genera Anchusa and Lycop-
sis are, indeed, very closely related and some of the more recent
Suropean botanists have united them. Men who have treated the
group monographically, however (and these include some of the
greater botanical students) without exception maintain both genera.
Anchusa as so far represented in America, at least, may be distin-
guished from Lycopsis (in addition to the straight corolla) by the charac-
ter of a flat receptacle; the nutlets of L. arvensis are attached to a
more or less elevated gynobase.

The following specimens, cited from the Gray Herbarium (Gr.)
and the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club (N. E.),
seem to indicate that the plant is locally well established, particularly
at Boston and at Fairfield, Connecticut. However, the fact that no
additional stations are given for its occurrence in “The Flowering
Plants and Ferns of Connecticut” 329 (1910), would lead one to
believe that it is not inclined to spread rapidly, since, as observed
above, Judge Churchill found it at Fairbanks as early as 1899.—
MassacnusETTS: Back Bay region, Boston, Oct. 8, 1897, Sidney
Harris (N. E.); Sept. 15, 1901, W. P. Rich (Gr.); June 23, 1903,

1916] Macbride,— Anchusa in New England 51

E. F. Williams (Gr); Oct. 9, 1906, A. S. Pease (N. E.); June 24,
1908, C. H. Knowlton (Gr. & N. E). Ruopk IsraNp: “north cove
lands," Providence, July 2, 1895, J. F. Collins (N. E.). CONNECTICUT:
“Dump” on the Beach, Fairfield, Sept. 20, 1899, J. R. Churchill
(N. E. & Gr.); Aug. 17, 1900, E. H. Eames (N. E.) and July 8, 1907
(N. E.).

Another plant, very closely related to A. officinalis, was collected
Sept. 7, 1903, by Dr. O. W. Knight on a railroad embankment at
Bangor, Maine, and in Ruopoma, vi. 91 (1904) he mentions this
collection. Two years later Dr. Knight (l. c. vin. 72) wrote that the
plant, “though not spreading seems to hold forth where first found by
us." No later report seems to have been published, but if one may
judge from A. officinalis L., there is little doubt about the plant
becoming established. Therefore it seems advisable to call atten-
tion to the relationship of the two introductions. "The Maine speci-
men was reported (l. e.) as Æ. arvalis Reichenb. This species has
often either been reduced to A. officinalis, or ignored by makers of
European manuals. However, Schinz & Thellung in Naturf. Ges.
Zürich, lin. Heft. iv. 557 (1909), have treated Reichenbach's plant
as a variety of A. officinalis, identifying it with A. angustifolia of
Linnaeus. According to this disposition its name is A. officinalis L.
var. angustifolia (L.) A. DC. Rouy, in Rouy & Foucaud's Flore de
France, x. 288 (1908), also regarded A. arvalis as only a variety of A.
officinalis, but he used Reichenbach’s name varietally and referred
A. angustifolia L. to another species. Schinz & Thellung, however,
on the testimony of Rob. N. Rudmose Brown, who is monographing
the genus, show that the identity of A. angustifolia L. Sp. Pl. 133
(1753) is with Reichenbach's species.

It seems to me that this disposition is justifiable. At least our
European material shows that many intergrades occur between the
two forms. The variety, typically, has a looser inflorescence, even
the later flowers becoming remote in fruit, the leaves are more or less
distinctly denticulate, and the calyx-divisions are less connivent over
the fruit. The correct name, then, for the plant introduced at Bangor,
Maine, is Anchusa officinalis L., var. angustifolia (L.) A. DC.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

52 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

A PUBESCENT Form or SALIX Uva-unsr.— The common matted
willow, Salix Uva-ursi Pursh, of the granitic alpine summits of
northern New England, the Adirondacks, and the region northward
to Labrador has its small crowded leaves quite glabrous, glaucous
beneath but dark green and lustrous above; so that the bearberry-
like carpets make conspicuous glistening mats on the mountain crests.
In the White Mountain region the shrub abounds on the Presidential
and Franconia Ranges and is generally quite typical; but near the
base of the western spur of Mt. Lincoln are considerable carpets which
at once arrest the attention by their dull whitish color. Examination
shows that in these colonies the foliage, instead of being glabrous, is
canescent with a close somewhat arachnoid but persistent pubescence.
In this character the pubescent shrub of Mt. Lincoln simulates some
of the Arctic-alpine species of Gaspé, Newfoundland and Labrador,
S. cordifolia Pursh for instance, but in all other characters it seems to
be pure S. Uva-ursi; and the beautifully definite key-character, of
glabrous foliage, which has so long separated it from some other spe-
cies of the North now unfortunately becomes weakened. This
extreme form may be called

SALIX Uva-urst Pursh, forma lasiophylla, n. f., foliis pubescen-
tibus, pilis canescentibus plus minusve arachnoideis.

Leaves with more or less arachnoid canescent pubescence.— NEW
HAMPSHIRE: granitic gravel and peaty slopes, western spur of Mt.
Lincoln, Franconia, August 11, 1915, Fernald, no. 11,665 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).— M. L. FERNALD.

Vol. 18, no. 205, including pages 1 to 28 and plates 114 to 117, was issued 31
January, 1916.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 18. March, 1916. No. 207.

LIMONIUM IN NORTH AMERICA AND MEXICO.
S. F. BLAKE.
(Plates 118 and 119.)

Tue first mention of a North American Sea Lavender in literature
seems to have been made by Gronovius! in 1743. This record, based
on Clayton's number 573, now in the British Museum, was included
by Linnaeus? in the synonymy of Statice Limonium in the first edition
of the Species Plantarum. Clayton’s specimen has a peculiar calyx
not matched by any other specimen examined and may be a hybrid
of L. carolinianum and L. trichogonum.

Walter's Statice caroliniana, described from the coast of Carolina
in 1788, was retained by Pursh and Nuttall but synonymized with
S. Limonium by other early writers on American botany. Boissier
in 1848 recognized it as distinct but confused two species under the
name. Eight years later it was reduced by Gray to varietal rank
under S. Limonium, a disposition maintained in the Synoptical Flora
and in the sixth edition of Gray's Manual. Ever since its original
publication the name has almost universally been considered to apply
to the common northeastern species with a rather large calyx strongly
pilose on the ribs and with acuminate lobes, but examination of
Walter's type in the British Museum shows it to belong to the south-
ern plant with smaller quite glabrous calyx with deltoid obtuse lobes
which recent authors, following Gray, have identified with Statice
brasiliensis Boiss. Type material of the latter in the Kew Her-

! Gron. Fl. Virg. ed. 1. 150 (1743).

? L. Sp. i. 274 (1753).
5 Boiss. in A. DC. Prod. xii. 644 (1848).

54 | Rhodora P [MARCH

barium, however, differs widely in its verrucose branches and other
characters from the plant of our southern coast, and the name Limo-
nium brasiliense or Statice brasiliensis should disappear from the North
American list. In the second edition of Britton & Brown's Illustrated
Flora the range of “L. carolinianum” (not the plant of Walter) is
extended to include Bermuda, thereby implying its identity with
L. Lefroyi (Hemsl.) Britton! (Statice Lefroyi Hemsl.), which Wan-
gerin? had already suggested in 1911. The type of that species in the
Kew Herbarium, collected by Sir J. H. Lefroy at Walsingham, Ber-
muda, as well as other Bermudan material examined, represents a
different species with the lobes of the villous-ribbed calyx merely
short-deltoid, obtusish, and mucronulate, and our common plant of
the northeast is left unprovided with a name.

In Boissier’s monograph ? of Statice (= Limonium) in 1848 two
species were recognized from North America — S. caroliniana, a
mixture as to specimens of Limonium angustatum (Gray) Small, and
of the northeastern species with strongly pubescent calyx to which
Boissier’s description exclusively applies; and the new S. californica
from San Francisco (Barclay) and Santa Clara (Sinclair). In 1878,
in the Synoptical Flora, Gray also recognized two species — the
European S. Limonium L., represented in America by var. caroliniana
and var. californica, and S. brasiliensis (— true S. caroliniana) with
the new var. angustata from Florida. In 1897 Small raised var.
angustata. to specific rank under Limonium, and described L. Nashü
from Florida, and in the following year L. limbatum from Texas and
New Mexico, the latter said to be distinguished from L. californicum
among other features by the “calyx. ..tube hirsute” in opposition to
the “calyx...tube glabrous" of L. californicum, despite Boissier’s
description of S. californica as with the calyx-tube "ad 5 costas
breviter hirsuto." This error is repeated in Small's Flora, where
the species called L. californicum is apparently the one here described
as L. mexicanum.

An important review of the Statice Limonium group has recently

1 Britton, Journ. N. Y. Bot. Gard. vi. 154 (1905). Statice Lefroyi Hemsl. Journ. Bot. xxi. 105
(1883); Voy. Challenger Bot. i. pt. 1. 47. t. 4 (1884). The petals are described by Hemsley as
shorter than the calyx-tube, but good material collected by F. S. Collins at the type locality
(no. 244) shows this to be an incorrect observation due probably to the over-maturity of
Hemsley's type. The petals are lavender and exceed the calyx by 1-1.5 mm.

2 Wangerin, Zeitschr. Naturw. Halle Ixxxii. 429 (1911).

3 Boiss. in A. DC. Prod. xii. 634 et seq. (1848).

1916] Blake,— Limonium in North America and Mexico 55

been published by Wangerin,' who recognizes, in addition to the new
Statice Endlichiana from Tamaulipas, the first species of the genus
to be described from Mexico, six North American Species — S. angus-
tata (* Small" = Gray) Wangerin, S. brasiliensis Boiss. (not seen from
North America by Wangerin), S. caroliniana Walt., S. californica
Boiss., S. Nashii (Small) Wangerin, and S. limbata (Small) Wangerin.
Wangerin's discussion of the variation of these species, which is
accompanied by a key and brief synonymy, makes this a very impor-
tant contribution to the knowledge of the American species of the
genus.

All the North American species are closely related to one another
and belong to the sect. Limonium § Genuinae of Boissier’s revision.
The chief characters for specific discrimination are to be found in the
pubescence, size, and form of the calyx-tube, in the shape of its lobes,
the shape of the flowering bractlets, and the degree of aggregation
of the flowers.

The generic name to be used for this genus in accordance with the
International Code of Nomenclature is at present in some dispute,
American authors using Limonium while English and Continental
authorities for the most part still adhere to the usage of Boissier,
applying Statice to the Sea Lavenders and using Armeria Willd. for
the Thrifts, basing their case on the clause of Art. 45 of the Inter-
national Rules which states that when a genus having no subdivision
which can be regarded as its type is divided into two, the original
name shall be retained for the segregate having the greater number
of species. he history of the case in brief is as follows. The two
genera were distinguished in their modern acceptation by Tournefort
in 1700, and described and figured in his Institutiones (i. 341. t. 177).
Linnaeus united them in the Genera Plantarum (ed. 1. 88. no. 252
(1737); ed. 5. 135. no. 348 (1754)) under the name Statice, quoting
Limonium as a synonym, and remarking in his observations under
the genus “Statice authorum calyce communi triplici, florem sub-
rotundum. componit. Limonium authorum calyce communi imbricato
flosculos serie oblonga exhibit." Of the thirteen species of Statice
in the first edition of the Species (i. 274) one only, the first, is a Thrift,
the others Sea Lavenders. The first binomialist to separate them was
Miller, who in his Gardener's Dictionary ed. 8 (1768) returned to

1 Wangerin, Zeitschr. Naturw. Halle Ixxxii. 401—145 (1911).

56 Rhodora [MancH

the genera as proposed by Tournefort, as he had in the non-binomial
Gardn. Dict. Abr. ed. 4 (1754), and as the non-binomialists Hill (Brit.
Herb. 343, 345 (1756)) and Adanson (Fam. ii. 283 (1763)) did also.
Miller reckons twelve species of Limonium and only three of Statice,
and the proportion was nearly the same in the case of Hill and Adan-
son, so that if the provision of Art. 45 relating to the numerical com-
position of the segregates of a genus were strictly followed the name
Statice would have to be used for the Sea Lavenders. It is a satis-
faction to find a loophole of escape from this course, so repugnant alike
to justice and to common sense in that the act of Miller (or Adanson)
is taken as determining the application of the name (Statice) while
his own use of it is absolutely reversed, in Linnaeus' notes on his
combined genus quoted above. His “Statice authorum" and “ Limo-
nium authorum" even if not given definite rank can certainly, as
Druce! has recently argued, be considered as subdivisions which
came within the meaning of Art. 45 and fix the typical group of the
genus, and the names Limonium and Statice be retained in their
modern, which is also their original sense, in place of Statice and
Armeria of Willdenow.? It should be noted that Willdenow's names
are in point of priority in conflict with Taxanthema Neck.? (1790) for
Statice Willd. and Polyanthemum Medic.’ (1791) for Armeria, and
that the case will probably have to come before the next International
Botanical Congress for settlement.

In the preparation of the present revision the material in the
British Museum, the Kew Herbarium, and the Gray Herbarium,

! Druce, Journ. Bot. liii. 357 (1915).

? Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. i. 333, 335 (1809).

3 Neck. Elem. i. 115 (1790).

* The dubious genus Plegorhiza Mol. (Sag. Chil. “ed. 1. 164, 351 (1782) "; ed. 2. 140, 287
(1810)) was mentioned by Philippi many years ago (''Anal. Univ. Chil. 1861, 58"; Linnaea
xxxiii. 220 (18604—65)) as a probable synonym of his Statice chilensis, and later compilers (Ind.
Kew., Dalla Torre & Harms, Post & Kuntze) have followed him in referring the name to the
synonymy of Statice Willd. (Limonium). Aside from the essential identity of Molina's ver-
nacular name for his genus, ‘“‘ Guaycuru” — which, however, as Molina remarks, “proviene
dalla lingua del Paraguay" and is evidently taken from Pernetty's account (Journ. Voy.
Malouines i. 306 (1769), under date 4 Jan. 1764), cited by Molina, of a Paraguay Limonium
considered by Molina identical with his Plegorhiza — with the name '* Guaicurü " by which,
according to Schmitthenner (Phil. l. c ), Stalice chilensis is popularly known, there seem to
be few points of likeness in the two plants. Molina’s description of the flowers of his plant as
“senza calice; corolla monopetala campaniforme intiera; stami nove brevissimi;....stilo
corlissimo" and his reference of it to the Enneandria Monogynia absolutely preclude the
possibility of its identity with Limonium. It would seem that Plegorhiza should again take
the place among the Genera Incertae Sedis which it held for a century after its publication.

5 Medic. ''Staatsw. Vorles. churpf. phys. ókon. Ges. i. 228 (1791)."

1916] Blake,— Limonium in North America and Mexico 57

including type material of all the species recognized except L. Endlich-
ianum, has been examined, and my best thanks are due the authorities
of these institutions for the opportunity to study the collections under
their charge. Through the kindness of Dr. Otto Stapf of the Kew
Herbarium tracings and fragments of several types have been acquired
. for the Gray Herbarium. Unless otherwise noted, all specimens
cited are in the Gray Herbarium.

KEY To SPECIES.

: Calyx glabrous (rarely with one or two hairs in nos. 2 and 3).
Branchlets loosely flowered; Atlantic coast species.
Calyx-lobes deltoid or oval, obtuse or rounded, 0.5(-1) mm. long; inner-
most bractlet oval, usually minutely retuse at the obtuse to rounded

Rposisoimmeulongc cr cu M cM EE l. carolinianum
Calyx-lobes lance-ovate, acute, 0.7-1 mm. long; innermost bractlet
broadly oblong, acute, 4.5 mm. long............... 2. angustatum
Branchlets densely flowered; Pacific coast species.........3. mexicanum

Calyx pubescent at least at base.
Calyx-limb erect.
Calyx (5.3) 6-7.5 mm. long, its lobes 1-1.7 mm. long.

Calyx x diee only at extreme base, or sometimes on one or two of
the ribs to the middle; outermost bractlet ovate, acute to acumi-
nate, 1.8-2 mm. long.

Seape strongly branched from near the base, the branches flexuose-
spreading; innermost bractlet broadly hyaline-margined, 5-6
mmelong- s E P NUNT DEEST 4. Endlichianum.

Scape branched from near the middle, the branches spreading-
ascending; innermost bractlet rather narrowly hyaline-mar-
emed 13:8-ÆA5 mm lonk 0 cen es a NATL

Calyx strongly pubescent to middle or beyond on all the ribs (rarely
one or two of them only sparsely hairy); outermost bractlet oval,
abruptly pointed, 2.5-3.5 mm. long............. 6. trichogonum

Calyx 4.3-5.5 mm. long, the lobes 0.4—0.8 mm. long.

Calyx-lobes obtuse to subacute; hairs of calyx ca. 0.5-0.6 mm. long;
branchlets loosely flowered; Atlantic coast species.

7. obtusilobum

Calyx-lobes acute or acutish; hairs of calyx ca. 0.2-0.3 mm. long;
branchlets densely flowered; Pacific coast species.

8. californicum
Calyx limb wide-spreading............ a cee cee ee eeues 9. limbatum

1. LiMONIUM CAROLINIANUM (Walt.) Britton (as to syn. only).
Scape slender, solid, 2-6 dm. high. Leaves lance-spatulate to oblong-
obovate, obtuse or retuse at the often cuspidate apex, tapering into a
petiole about equal to blade, the lamina 5.3-17.5 cm. long, 1-5.2 em.
wide. Panicle pyramidal, 14.5-30.5 em. wide, the flowers loosely
secund on the ultimate branchlets; spikelets 1—2-flowered. Outer-
most bractlet of spikelet elliptic-ovate, often mucronulate or apicu-
late at the acute or acutish apex, with green midrib and base, broadly
hyaline-margined above, 1.5-2.2 mm. long; middle ovate, hyaline,

n s

58 Rhodora [Marcu

$

' .

obtuse, with greenish midrib, 2.5 mm. long; innermost oval, mostly
minutely retuse at the obtusish to rounded apex, with green center
and base and broad hyaline margin, 3.6 mm. long. Calyx funnel-
form, glabrous, 4.5-5 (6.5) mm. long, the lobes deltoid or oval, obtuse
or rounded, not mucronate, 0.5(-1) mm. long; intermediate teeth
lanceolate to lance-oblong, obtuse, acutish, or retuse, about half as
long. Petals apparently pale lavender. Fruit exceeding calyx.
PLATE 118, fig. A.

Statice ? caroliniana Walt.! Fl. Carol. 118 (1788), not of most auth.;
Chapm. Fl. S. U. S. ed. 1. 278 (1860) & ed. 3. 300 (1897), ex char.

Statice Limonium L. var. caroliniana (Walt.) Gray, Man. ed. 2. 270
(1856), as to syn. only; Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1. 54 (1878), as to syn.
only.

Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton, Mem. Torr. Club v. 255
(1894), as to syn. only; not of later auth.

Statice brasiliensis Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1. 54 (1878), as to specim.
and descr., not S. brasiliensis Boiss. in A. DC. Prod. xii. 644 (1848).

Limonium brasiliense Small, Bull. Torr. Club xxiv. 488 (1897), but
not as to Statice brasiliensis Boiss., the name-bringing synonym,
nor L. brasiliense (Boiss.) Ktze. Rev. i. 395 (1891); Limonium brasi-
liensis Heller, Cat. N. Am. Pl. ed. i. 6 (1898), but not as to S. brasilien-
sis Boiss., the name-bringing synonym.

Norru CAROLINA: Ocracoke, M. A. Curtis.

Sourn CanRoLINaA: Walter (rype in Brit. Mus.).

Fiorwa: low black soil, near St. Petersburg, 19 Nov. 1907, Mrs.
C. C. Deam 2943; Palm Key, 8 Dec. 1901, Tracy 7473 (distr. as
L. Nashii); Cedar Keys, 1874, Palmer 332; without definite locality,
Ware.

Mexico: Tamaulipas: field near Santa Teresa, Oct. 1830, Ber-
landier 3179 (in part).

There is also a panicle in Brit. Mus. (herb. Roemer) labelled “ Sta-
tice nova species Carolina ita misit D. Decandolle qui in omnibus
speciminibus folia deesse dicit." Berlandier 3179 is placed by Wan-
gerin (l. c. p. 43) under Statice Nashii.. Of the two specimens, of
different dates (and perhaps confused), in the Gray Herbarium under
that number one is L. Nashii, the other L. carolinianum. The latter
differs from any others examined in its more densely flowered and
rather stiffly erect branches and slightly less obtuse calyx-lobes, but
it is somewhat approached in the former character by Deam 2943, and
in the latter by Palmer 332. The calyx is also considerably larger
(6.5 mm.) with larger teeth (1 mm.), having however the same shape.
Further Mexican material may show its distinctness from L. caro-
linianum, but at present it does not seem advisable to distinguish it
by a name.

2. LIMONIUM ANGUSTATUM (Gray) Small. Similar; leaves linear
or linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, the blade 5.5-8.5 cm. long, 4.5-
20.5 mm. wide, equalling or exceeding the petiole. Panicle 12.5-24

1916] Blake,— Limonium in North America and Mexico 59

em. wide, loosely flowered; spikelets apparently always 1-flowered.
Outermost bractlet ovate, acute to acuminate, with hyaline margin,
2-2.5 mm. long; middle ovate, hyaline, with greenish midrib, acutely
mucronate, 2.5-3 mm. long; innermost broadly oblong, acute, hyaline-
margined, 4.5 mm. long. Calyx obconic, glabrous (rarely with one or
two tiny hairs), 5.4-6.2 mm. long; lobes lance-ovate, acute, 0.7-1 mm.
long; teeth bifid or entire, minute, about 0.2 mm. long. Otherwise
as in L. carolinianum. | PLATE 118, fig. D.

Statice caroliniana Boiss.! in A. DC. Prod. xii. 643 (1848), as to
specim. in part, not Walt.

Statice brasiliensis Boiss. var. angustata Gray! Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1. 54

(1878).

Limonium angustatum (Gray) Small, Bull. Torr. Club xxiv. 488
(1897).

Statice angustata (Small) Wangerin, Zeitsch. Naturw. Halle Ixxxii.
439 (1911).

Statice brasiliensis Chapm. Fl. S. U. S. ed. 2. 634 (1883) & ed. 3.
300 (1897), ex char., not Boiss.

Fiorma: salt marsh, Myers, Lee Co., July-Aug. 1900, Hitchcock
194; salt marsh, Pine Key, Blodgett (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Texas: Galveston Bay, July 1847, Lindheimer (hb. Kew., fragm.
in Gray Herb.); without definite locality, Drummond (hb. Kew.,
fragm. in Gray Herb.).

Although closely related to L. carolinianum, the present plant seems
specifically distinct in characters of bractlets and calyx. Hitchcock
194 agrees in the latter features with the originals of Blodgett and
must be referred to this species; its leaves however are much broader,
and indicate that the narrow leaves by which the plant was first dis-
tinguished as a variety are an individual feature of no great impor-
tance. The specimens of Lindheimer and Drummond from Texas,
cited by Boissier under Statice caroliniana, are certainly referable to the
present species, and considerably extend the known range of the plant.

3. Limonrum mexicanum Blake, n. sp. Perenne erectum scapo-
sum glabrum e radice subcylindrica ca. 13 em. longa 0.8 em. crassa.
Scapus subvalidus vix bracteatus supra mediam partem paniculate
ramosus. Folia oblonga vel oblongo-obovata vel obovata apice
rotundata vel retusa interdum cuspidulata glabra coriacea crassius-
cula venosa sensim in petiolum cuneate angustata, lamina 4.721 em.
longa 1.8-7.3 cm. lata in petiolis 2-9.5 cm. longis. Panicula pyra-
midalis 1.6-3.5 dm. lata, ramis divergenti-ascendentibus, ramulis
ultimis dense floriferis spicas 1.3-2 em. longas formantibus; spiculis
saepissime 2-floris. Bractea extima orbicularis vel late orbiculari-
ovata obtusa vel acuta breviter mucronata infra herbacea crassula
punctata margine hyalino donata 1.5-2.5 mm. longa; mediae oblongo-
ovatae obtusae hyalinae; intima elliptico-obovata apice apiculata
late hyalino-marginata 3.6-4 mm. longa. Calyx anguste infundibuli-
formis glaberrimus (rare sparsissime pubescens) 5-costatus 4.6-5.2

60 Rhodora (Marcu

mm. longus, limbo albido erecto 5-lobato, lobis deltoideo-ovalibus
apiculato-acutatis 0.5-0.7 mm. longis, dentibus intermediis subnullis.
Petala coerulea.

Erect glabrous perennial, scapose from a subcylindric root about 13
cm. long, 0.8 cm. thick. Scape stoutish, scarcely bracted, paniculately
branched above the middle. Leaves oblong, oblong-obovate, or
obovate, rounded or retuse at the sometimes cuspidulate apex, gradu-
ally narrowed into the petiole, glabrous, coriaceous, thickish, veiny,
the blade 4.7-21 cm. long, 1.8-7.3 em. wide, on petioles 2-9.5 cm. long.
Panicle pyramidal, 1.6-3.5 dm. wide, the branches divergent-ascend-
ing, the ultimate branchlets densely flowered, forming spikes 1.3-2 cm.
long; spikelets nearly always 2-flowered. Outermost bractlet orbicu-
lar or broadly orbicular-ovate, obtuse to acute, short-mucronate, with
thickish punctate herbaceous body and hyaline margin, 1.5-2.5 mm.
long; middle ones oblong-ovate, obtuse, hyaline; innermost elliptic-
obovate, apiculate, broadly hyaline-margined, 3.6-4 mm. long.
Calyx narrowly infundibuliform, glabrous (rarely with a few hairs),
5-ribbed, 4.6-5.2 mm. long, the whitish limb erect, 5-lobed; the lobes
deltoid-oval, apiculate-acute, 0.5-0.7 mm. long; intermediate teeth
obsolescent. Petals bluish. PLATE 118, fig. C.

Limonium californicum Small, Bull. Torr. Club xxv. 318 (1898), and
Fl. S. E. U. S. 900 (1903), ex char., not Statice californica Boiss.

CALIFORNIA: San Diego, 1876, Palmer 216 (rypEs in Gray Herb.
and Brit. Mus.); Ocean Beach, near San Diego, 17 Aug. 1894, Mearns
4036.

Lower CALIFORNIA: Playa Maria, July—Oct. 1896, Anthony 117.

Anthony’s collection of this species is of especial interest as affording
the first West-Mexican collection of the genus. Mearns 4036 devi-
ates slightly from the other collections in that some of the calyces
bear a very few short hairs near the middle, but, as in the case of
similar specimens of L. angustatum, the essentially glabrous char-
acter of the calyx is easily recognized and there is no danger of con-
fusion with the species with strongly pubescent calyx (nos. 4-9).

4. Limonium Endlichianum (Wangerin) Blake, n. comb. Gla-
brous. Leaves oblong, coriaceous, 8.5 cm. long, 2.5 cm. wide; petioles
5.5 cm. long. Scape 3.5 dm. high, strongly branched nearly from base,
the primary branches flexuose-spreading, several times dichotomous,
the secondary curved-ascending, partly sterile, the flowering branch-
lets very loose, slightly elongate, recurved, the spikelets 2-flowered,
loose or somewhat approximate, the whole forming a very broad loose
broom-like panicle. Outermost bractlet ovate, acute or shortly mu-
cronulate, narrowly membranaceous-margined, 2 mm. long; middle
hyaline, nearly 4 mm. long; inmost obtuse, usually incised at apex,
broadly hyaline-margined, 5-6 mm. long. Calyx 7 mm. long, long-
obconic, pilose at base along the two inner ribs; lobes lance-tri-
angular, acute, 1.5 mm. long, three times as long as the intermediate
teeth. Corolla bluish.

1916] Blake,— Limonium in North America and Mexico 61

Statice Endlichiana Wangerin, Zeitsch. Naturw. Halle Ixxxii. 441
(1911).

Mexico: Tamaulipas: Rincón del Toro, on the exsiccated maritime
creek Laguna Madre, June 1904, R. Endlich 549 (type in Herb. Berol.).

Not seen; description translated from Wangerin's original diagnosis.
The species seems doubtfully distinct from L. Nashii.

9. Limontum Nasu Small. Plant 2.7-8.4 dm. high, the scape
solid. Leaves oblong or oblong-spatulate to obovate, obtuse or
rounded or retuse at the barely mucronulate apex, narrowed into the
petiole, the lamina 5-17 em. long, 1.7-4.5 em. wide, on petioles 4.5-
16.5 em. long. Scape paniculately much branched from near the
middle, the panicle 1.8-3 dm. wide, the branches spreading-ascending,
the ultimate branchlets loosely flowered; spikelets 1-2(usually 1)-
flowered. Outermost bractlet ovate, acute to acuminate, mucronate,
hyaline-margined, 1.8-2 mm. long; middle oblong, erose at the obtuse
apex, hyaline with distinct midrib, 2.5-4 mm. long; innermost ellip-
tic, rounded or retuse, hyaline-margined, 3.8-4.5 mm. long. Calyx
obconie, sparsely or rather densely short-pilose at extreme base and
often on one or two of the ribs for about 4—4 their length, 6.2-6.8 mm.
long; limb erect, whitish, 5-lobed; lobes lanceolate-ovate, acuminate,
1-1.5 mm. long; teeth very short and bifid or obsolescent. Petals
violet. PLATE 118, fig. D.

Statice Limonium L. var. carolinianum Gray! Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1. 54
(1878), in part, not S. caroliniana Walt.

Limonium Nashii Small! Bull. Torr. Club xxiv. 491 (1897); Harper,
Bull. Torr. Club xxviii. 478 (1901) (Tybee Island, Georgia, Harper
748).

Statice Nashii (Small) Wangerin, Zeitschr. Naturw. Halle Ixxxii.
440 (1911).

SoUTH CAROLINA: Morris Island, 1864, Dr. Grosvenor.

Frommpa: Titusville, Brevard Co., 30 July-1 Aug. 1895, Nash 2305
(COTYPE COLL.).

TExas: Galveston Island, 23 Sept. 1901, Tracy 7474 (distr. as L.
californicum); Galveston Bay, July 1842, Lindheimer.

Mexico: Tamaulipas: maritime fields, May 1843, Berlandier 3179
(in part).

Tracy 6475, from St. Vincent, Florida, 4 Sept. 1899, is very puzzling,
having the bractlets of L. carolinianum, a calyx 6.5 mm. long, pu-
bescent at extreme base and on two of the ribs to middle or nearly so,
and ovate merely acute calyx-lobes about 0.7 mm. long. It may be a
hybrid of L. carolinianum and L. Nashii.

6. LriwowrUM trichogonum Blake, n. sp. Perenne pluriscaposum
erectum 2-6 dm. altum et ultra. Folia obovata vel obovato-spathu-
lata acuta vel obtusa valde cuspidata basi in petiolum cuneate angus-
tata glabra penninervia, lamina 4-12.5 em. longa, 1.24.8 cm. lata,
in petiolis 3-15 cm. longis. Scapus fistulosus e medio paniculate
ramosus; panicula plus minusve pyramidalis 1-3 dm. lata, ramis

62 ud Rhodora [MarcH

adscendenti-patentibus laxifloris rectis vel paullum recurvis, spiculis
1-2-floris. Bractea extima suborbiculari-ovata vel ovalis valde
mucronata hyalino-marginata 2.5-3.5 mm. longa; mediae oblongo-
ovatae obtusae hyalinae; intima oblongo-ovalis obtusa vel rotundata
irregulariter erosa late hyalino-marginata 4—5.5 mm. longa. Calyx
cylindrico-obconicus costis 5 e basi ad mediam partem et supra valde
pilosis (5.3) 6-7.5 mm. longus, limbo albido pallide lavendulaceo-
tincto, lobis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis 1.5-1.7 mm. longis, dentibus
intermediis triangularibus saepius bifidis ad 0.3 mm. longis. Petala
lavendulacea.

Erect perennial, several-scaped, 2-6 dm. high and more. Leaves
obovate or obovate-spatulate, acute to obtuse, strongly cuspidate,
cuneately narrowed into the petiole, glabrous, penninerved, the blade
4-12.5 em. long, 1.24.8 em. wide, on petioles 3-15 cm. long. Scape
fistulose, paniculately branched from the middle; panicle more or less
pyramidal, 1-3 dm. broad, the branches ascending-spreading, loosely
flowered, straight or slightly recurved; spikelets 1—2-flowered. Outer-
most bractlet suborbicular-ovate to oval, strongly mucronate, hyaline-
margined, 2.5-3.5 mm. long; inner oblong-ovate, obtuse, hyaline;
innermost oblong-oval, obtuse or rounded, irregularly erose, broadly
hyaline-margined, 4-5.5 mm. long. Calyx cylindric-obconie, the five
ribs strongly pilose to above the middle, (5.3) 6-7.5 mm. long, the
limb palely lavender-tinged; lobes ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, 1.5-
1.7 mm. long; intermediate teeth triangular, usually bifid, about
0.3 mm. long. Petals lavender. PLATE 119, fig. E.

Statice Limonium Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 1. 75 (1814), and other early
Amer. auth., not L.

Statice caroliniana Pursh, Fl. i. 212 (1814), not Walt.; Bigelow,
Am. Med. Bot. ii. 51. t. 25 (1818), and auth., not Walt.; Boiss!
in A. DC. Prod. xii. 643 (1848), as to descr., and specim. in part, not
Walt.

Statice Limonium L. var. carolinianum (Walt.) Gray! Man. ed.2.
270 (1856) and auth., excl. name-bringing syn.

Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton, Mem. Torr. Club v. 255
(1894), and later auth., not Statice caroliniana Walt.; Britton &
Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2. ii. 718 (1913), not Statice caroliniana Walt., and
excl. Bermudan range.

Newfoundland to New Jersey, and probably further southward.
Among the numerous specimens examined, the following may be cited:

NEWFOUNDLAND: Miss Brenton (hb. Kew., fragment in Gray Herb.).

LABRADOR: southern part, Storer (“passing to bahusiensis," Gray
in sched.).

New Brunswick: brackish sands, Neguac Island, 16 Sept. 1913,
Blake 5666; brackish marsh along Black River, Loggieville, 5 Sept.
1913, Blake 5624 (rype in Gray Herb.).

Prince Epwarps Istanp: Bunbury, 28 Aug. 1912, Fernald, Long &
St. John 7931; Mt. Stewart, 30 July 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long &
St. John 1930.

t

1916] Blake,— Limonium in North America and Mexico 63

QuEBEC: Anse à Persil, Rivière du Loup, July 1913, Bro. Victorin 53.

New ENGLAND: common on the coast.

New York: Hawthorne Beach, Port Chester, 28 Aug. 1888, L. M.
Stabler.

New Jersey: Point Pleasant, Ocean Co., 8 Aug. 1908, Bartram;
Atlantic City, 1884, L. F. Ward.

The commonest and most widespread of our species, and the only
one found on the Atlantic coast north of North Carolina, so far as
yet known. "This beautiful species, well distinguished by its strongly
pilose calyx with acuminate teeth 1.5-1.7 mm. long, has passed for
more than a century as Statice caroliniana Walt., but the type of that
species belongs to a very different species with glabrous calyx (see
no. l). Occasionally the hairs on one or two of the ribs are sparse,
but even in such extreme cases a few may generally be found reaching
to the middle of the tube or beyond. At least three of the ribs seem
to be always strongly haired, and no sign of intergradation with the
southern L. Nashii has yet been seen. A puzzling specimen from
Virginia (Clayton 573, Brit. Mus.) has the calyx-teeth and other fea-
tures of L. trichogonum, but the absolutely glabrous tube of L. caroli-
nianum, and may be of hybrid origin.

7. LiwowivM obtusilobum Blake, n.sp. Perenne scaposum erec-
tum 2.9 dm. altum. Scapus tenuis supra subsimpliciter ramosus.
Folia anguste lanceolato-spathulata acuta mucronata basi in petio-
lum angustata coriacea glabra vix venosa, lamina 3.5-4.5 cm. longa
4.5-6 mm. lata, in petiolis 3-4.5 em. longis. Panicula subpyramidalis
1.2 dm. lata, ramis adscendentibus ramulis ultimis sublaxifloris rectis
vel recurvatis spicas 1-2.2 em. longas gerentibus; spiculis 1-(saepius)2-
floris. Bractea extima ovata vel orbiculari-ovata obtusa vel sub-
acuta non mucronata hyalino-marginata 1 mm. longa; mediae hya-
linae ovales obtusae; intima elliptica apice rotundata non mucronata
hyalino-marginata 2.5 mm. longa. Calyx obconicus 4.3-4.7 mm.
longus costas 5 secundum ad mediam partem plus minusve dense pilo-
sus pilis 0.5-0.6 mm. longis, lobis 5 deltoideo-ovatis obtusis ad sub-
acutis 0.4 mm. longis, dentibus intermediis subovalibus integris
0.1-0.2 mm. longis. Petala pallida.

Scapose erect perennial, 2.9 dm. high. Scape slender, subsimply
branched above. Leaves narrowly lance-spatulate, acute, mucronate,
narrowed into the petiole, coriaceous, glabrous, scarcely venose,
the blade 3.5-4.5 em. long, 4.5-6 mm. wide, on petioles 3-4.5 cm.
long. Panicle subpyramidal, 1.2 dm. wide, the branches ascending,
the ultimate branchlets rather loosely flowered, straight or recurved,
bearing spikes 1-2.2 cm. long; spikelets 1-(usually)2-flowered.
Outermost bractlet ovate or orbicular-ovate, obtuse or subacute,
not mucronate, hyaline-margined, 1 mm. long; middle hyaline, oval,
obtuse; innermost elliptic, rounded at apex, not mucronate, hyaline-
margined, 2.5 mm. long. Calyx obconie, 4.3-4.7 mm. long, more or
less densely pilose on ribs to the middle with hairs 0.5-0.6 mm. long;

64 Rhodora [Marcu

lobes 5, deltoid-ovate, obtuse to subacute, 0.4 mm. long; intermediate
teeth suboval, entire, 0.1-0.2 mm. long. Petals pale. PLATE 119,
fig. F.

Fromipa: without further data, Chapman (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

This new species, known only from a single specimen, is very dis-
tinct among eastern species in its combination of pilose calyx with
short obtusish calyx-lobes. Were it not for its minute flowering bract-
lets, much smaller than any seen in L. carolinianum, it might perhaps
be considered a hybrid of that species with L. Nashii. Further speci-
mens are much to be desired to determine the exact habitat of the
species and to test its status.

8. LiMONIUM CALIFORNICUM (Boiss.) Heller. Plant 2-4 dm. high
and more. Leaves obovate or oblong-obovate, obtuse or rounded to
retuse at the barely mucronulate apex, narrowed into the petiole,
coriaceous, veiny, fleshy, the blade 4.5-16.5 em. long, 1.5-5.5 em. wide,
on petioles 2-10 cm. long. Scape stoutish, solid, paniculately much
branched usually from below the middle to apex. Panicle 3.5-35 em.
wide, subpyramidal, the branches strongly ascending, densely flowered
at their apices, forming spikes 1-3.7 cm. long; spikelets 1—2-flowered,
distichously arranged. Outermost bractlet elliptic, obtuse to acute,
mucronate or apiculate, hyaline-margined, 2-2.5 mm. long; middle
hyaline, with strong green midrib, subacute, 3.3 mm. long; innermost
elliptie, obtusish to acutish, rarely subapiculate, hyaline-margined,
4 mm. long. Calyx obconic, 4.5-5.5 mm. long, the ribs pubescent to
above the middle with short hairs ca. 0.2-0.3 mm. long; lobes del-
toid-ovate, acute or acutish, 0.5-0.7 mm. long; intermediate teeth
obsolescent or absent. PLATE 119, fig. G.

Statice californica Boiss.! in A. DC. Prod. xii. 643 (1848).

Statice Limonium L. var. californicum (Boiss.) Gray! in Brewer &
Watson, Bot. Calif. i. 466 (1876); Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1. 54 (1878), in part.

Limonium commune S. F. Gray var. californicum (Boiss.) Greene,
Man. San Francisco Bay Reg. 235 (1894).

Limonium californicum (Boiss.) Heller, Cat. N. Am. Pl. ed. 1. 6
(Mar. 1898); Small, Bull. Torr. Club xxv. 318 (June 1898), as to
name-bringing syn. only; Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 900 (1903), as to name
only. |

Statice Limonium Rattan! Calif. Fl. 72 (1879), not L.

CALIFORNIA: salt marshes, Humboldt Bay, June 1878, Rattan;
West Berkeley, June 1891, Michener & Bioletti 193; Oakland, 7 July
1881, Jones 2367 (Brit. Mus.); salt marshes, Oakland, 11 Aug. 1891,
Blankinship: salt marshes, San Francisco, Oct. 1837, Barclay 1577
(COTYPE COLL.: Brit. Mus.); marshes, Palo Alto, 30 Aug. 1902, C. F.
Baker 1516; Santa Clara, Sinclair (coryPE corr.: hb. Kew., tracing
and fragm. hb. Gray); salt marshes, Wilmington, Oct. 1882, Parish
Bros. 959; margins of bay, San Pedro, 6 Sept. 1904, Abrams 4184;
without definite locality, 1846, Frémont.

9. LIMONIUM LIMBATUM Small. Plant 5 dm. high and more,

1916) Blake,— Limonium in North America and Mexico 65

glaucescent. Leaves obovate, rounded or retuse at the barely mu-
cronulate apex, narrowed into the petiole, thick, leathery, venose, the
blade 6-14 cm. long, 2.4-4.5 cm. wide, on petioles 5.5-10 cm. long.
Scape stout, much branched from below the middle upwardly. Panicle
large, 2.3-3 dm. wide and more, the branches divergent-ascending,
the 2-flowered spikelets densely and distichously aggregated in 0.8-
1.4 em. long spikes on the ultimate branchlets. Outermost bractlet
ovate-orbicular or orbicular, acute or acutish, mucronate or apiculate,
hyaline-margined, 1-1.4 mm. long; middle oblong-oval, retuse at
apex, hyaline with green midrib, 3 mm. long; innermost very firm,
elliptie, rounded or retuse at apex, hyaline-margined, 3-3.5 mm. long.
Calyx trumpet-shaped with wide-spreading limb, ca. 3.7 mm. long,
two or three of the ribs pubescent to middle, the others generally
only at extreme base or not at all; lobes deltoid-ovate, obtuse to
acute, ca. 0.7 mm. long; intermediate teeth depressed-deltoid, about
0.2 mm. long, or obsolescent. “Corollas light blue." PLATE 119,
fig. H.

Statice californica Torr.! in Sitgreaves' Rep. 167 (1853), not Boiss.

Statice Limonium L. var. californicum Gray! Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1. 54
(1878), in part, not S. californica Boiss.

Limonium limbatum Small! Bull. Torr. Club xxv. 317 (1898).

Statice limbata (Small) K. Sch. in Just's Jahresber. xxvi. pt. 1. 390
(1900); Wangerin, Zeitschr. Naturw. Halle Ixxxii. 441 (1911).

Texas: salt flats near Pecos City, 5-6 July 1900, Eggert.

New Mexico: plains west of White Mts., Lincoln Co., alt. 1250 m.,
19 July 1897, Wooton 172 (corvPE corr.); Zuni Mts., 1851, Woodhouse
(corYPE COLL.); near Escondido Creek, June 1851, Wright 1435 (co-
TYPE COLL.); Roswell, Chaves Co., alt. 1158 m., Aug. 1900, Earle 341
(Brit. Mus.).

The most distinct of all our species by reason of its flaring calyx-
limb and very densely aggregated spikelets with strongly thickened
bractlets.

ExPLANATION OF PLATES 118 AND 119.

Puate 118. Fig. A. Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton. 1, flowering
branchlet, X 1i; 2, fruiting calyx, X 9; 3, outermost bractlet of spikelet,
X 9; 4, innermost bractlet of spikelet, X 9. Drawn from Tracy 7473.

Fig. B. L. angustatum (Gray) Small. 1, flowering branchlet, X 455;
2, fruiting calyx, X 9; 3, outermost bractlet, X 9; 4, innermost bractlet,
X 9; 5, lobe and tooth of fruiting calyx, X 18. Drawn from type (Blodgett).

Fig. C. L. mexicanum Blake. 1, spike, X 2; 2, fruiting calyx, X 9; 3,
outermost bractlet, X 9; 4, innermost bractlet, X 9; 5, lobe of fruiting calyx,
X18. Drawn from type (Palmer 216).

Fig. D. L. Nashii Small. 1, portion of flowering branchlet, X 14; 2,
fruiting calyx, X 9; 3, outermost bractlet, X 9; 4, innermost bractlet, X 9.
Drawn from cotype collection (Nash 2305).

66 Rhodora [Marcu

Puate 119. Fig. E. L.trichogonum Blake. 1, portion of flowering branch-
let, X 11; 2, fruiting calyx, X 9; 3, outermost bractlet, X 9; 4, innermost
bractlet, x 9. Drawn from type (Blake 5624).

Fig. F. L. obtusilobum Blake. 1, flowering branchlet, X 2; 2, fruiting
calyx, X9; 3, outermost bractlet, X 9; 4, innermost bractlet, X 9.
Drawn from type (Chapman).

Fig. G. L.californicum (Boiss.) Heller. 1, spike, X 2; 2, fruiting calyx,
x 9; 3, outermost bractlet, X 9; 4, innermost bractlet, X 9. Drawn from
fragments of cotype (Sinclair) in Gray Herb., except fig. 1 which is from Baker

1516.

Fig. H. L. limbatum Small. 1, spike, X 13; 2, fruiting calyx, X 9; 3,
outermost bractlet, X 9; 4, innermost bractlet, X 9. Drawn from co-
type collection (Wooton 172).

DISCOVERY OF PRUNUS CUNEATA IN SOUTHERN
NEW JERSEY.

BAYARD LONG.

Dr. Witmer SroxE's The Plants of Southern New Jersey! bears a
significant subtitle which must not be overlooked — with Especial
Reference to the Flora of the Pine Barrens. His work was originally
intended as a study of the Pine Barrens alone but upon the persuasion
of the authorities of the New Jersey State Museum it was later en-
larged to include the whole of southern New Jersey.

Of the life-areas of the southern part of the state, it is to be recalled
that there may be recognized, besides the Pine Barrens and a M aritime
region, the Middle District of West Jersey and the recently discovered
Coast Strip ? on the eastern edge of the Pine Barrens. (The Cape May
District of Stone is really a complex of all the other areas.) It was well
recognized at the time of publication that the original work done upon
the Middle District and the Coast Strip was incomparably meager
to that done upon the Pine Barrens. Many more species, it was felt,
would be added in time to the Middle District flora, while the Coast
Strip hàd been so slightly touched and so little systematized work done
upon it, throughout its length, that its exploration was really only

1 Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910, 23-828 (1912).
2 See Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1907, 452 (1908) and Bartonia, i. 20 (1909).

1916] Long,— Prunus cuneata in southern New Jersey 67

begun. Much time had been spent upon the Pine Barrens, however,
and it was hoped that its plant life had been worked out with a fair
degree of completeness. "Though a number of species, having a general
distribution in the Middle District, have been shown to have an occur-
rence, or a wider distribution, in the Pine Barrens than was originally
supposed, this hope has been in large measure realized. In fact no
species of any particular significance, so far as I am aware, has been
added to the Pine Barren flora until during the past summer. The
discovery in the “Pines” of an apparently indigenous species, hereto-
fore unknown in southern New Jersey, is therefore of some interest
to at least the local botany of the region.

On July 10, 1915, on the middle eastern edge of the Pine Duns
I was hurrying over the supposedly quite uniform dry pine woods
in order to spend the time more advantageously at interlying bogs
and streams, between two obscure flag-stations on the Tuckerton
Railroad called Waretown Junction and Lacy. I had been seeing
so frequently the low bushes of Black Chokeberry, Aronia melano-
carpa, in immature fruit, that my casual glance had almost passed
some similar little shrubs, when their dark fruit and pale foliage stirred
a recollection of sand-plain New England, and I found myself standing
on the edge of a colony of Prunus cuneata, in abundant ripe and green
fruit. i

The locality is southeast of Lacy on the North Branch of Forked
River where it crosses the Tuckerton Railroad. At the summit of
the deep railroad cut through the rise of ground immediately southeast
of the Branch it appears to be most abundant, thriving in the regula-
tion dry, sandy, scrubby growth of the Pine Barrens, among Sweet
Fern, Black Huckleberry, Low Blueberry, Scrub Oaks, ete. Some of
the plants are on the very edge of the cut with the long, stocky roots
exposed in the sliding yellow gravel, but most of them are some dis-
tance back in the thin, open scrub-growth.

This general region is rather subject to forest fires and the railroad
right-of-way is kept well cleared. Much of the shrubbery has suffered
from the scythe and the low habit of some of the Prunus plants ap-
pears to be due to this chance pruning. Further northwest, on the
gravel fill connecting the bridge over the North Branch, the plant is
again frequent. It is here much taller and more luxuriant, becoming
a foot or more in height with tall rank shoots of the year and large
leaves.

"

68 Rhodora [MARCH

This fact of the plant being frequent on the transported soil of the
gravel fill does not argue its introduction into southern New Jersey
by the railroad, it appears to me, but represents only another example
of the very common occurrence of native plants which are carried
along with transported soil, and find the loose, well-drained, semi-
cleared gravel embankments of the railroads a very favorable place
for luxuriant growth. In this present case of very local introduction,
the gravel used in building this fill, I think, without much need of
question, came from the nearby cut. Although the fill stands upon a
cleared cedar swamp bordering the stream, its slopes bear a vigorous
growth of numerous dry ground native species: Andropogon scoparium,
Aronia melanocarpa, Neopieris mariana, Vaccinium vacillans, Aster
spectabilis, Aster gracilis — all of which could without doubt be found
in natural habitats in the immediate neighborhood. With this asso-
ciation of species occurs Prunus cuneata on the fill. I think there need
be no hesitation in believing that it was derived from the colony at
the summit of the nearby slope.

Native species which are commonly recognized as weeds, or are well
known as likely of introduction; species in cultivation or wild species
whose fruits are collected and shipped to the market — these, and
plants of numerous other categories, are always open to suspicion
when they are credited as being native in a botanically well known
region where previously unrecorded. The common occurrence of
peaches, pears, apples in natural habitats in New Jersey offers no
problem to the field botanist, but the presence of certain species of
blackberries, strawberries, or blueberries along railroads in districts
where small fruits are grown or collected is to be looked upon as a very
different case.

As regards the possibility of introduction of Prunus cuneata, how-
ever, the chances seem rather slight: —

It is a plant of somewhat restricted distribution, commonly recorded
from habitats which bear little or no close relation to lands subject to
cultivation. I have found no published records of the species ever
occurring as an introduction, and with the exception of a locality
brought to my attention in conversation with Mr. K. K. Mackenzie,
it appears to be known from only wild and undisturbed areas. In a
recent letter Mr. Mackenzie describes this occurrence of Prunus
cuneata as “a few bushes, possibly six, near a place called Wortendyke,
north of Paterson, New Jersey. These bushes were at the edge of a

1916] Long,— Prunus cuneata in southern New Jersey 69

plowed field — between the edge of the field and the fence. The soil
was rather sandy and in the immediate vicinity was a good deal of
scrub oak with small openings between. I, however, found no other
specimens of Prunus. Hence I have often doubted whether it was
native in this particular locality." But, as he says further on, in
general comment, "whether Prunus cuneata is native or not at any
particular location would have to be decided by a consideration of all
factors involved," and no doubt arguments could be advanced on the
possibility of this being a really indigenous colony.— 'The species is
not known in the immediate vicinity of this new locality at Lacy,
while the nearest well known stations are along the coast of Connecti-
cut, the Highlands of the Hudson, the summits or upper slopes of the
Kittatinny Mountains of northern New Jersey and eastern Pennsyl-
vania, and very locally in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania — a dis-
tance averaging nearly a hundred miles. Distance always removes
certain possibilities of chance introduction, but on the other hand a
distance of a hundred miles is not at all to be construed as too far
removed for the outposts of a natural distribution. There are too
many well known cases of even greater distances between outlying
stations to require specific comment.— 'The fruit is scarcely palatable
and does not seem to be collected. L. H. Bailey says: “Not in the
trade, so far as known." ! and W. F. Wight in his comprehensive
treatment of Native American Species of Prunus states: “It has
apparently not been utilized in horticulture." ?

The above facts seem to remove at least some of the more readily
possible sources of introduction.

'The most interesting evidence, it would seem, of the likelihood of
the plant being indigenous on the Coastal Plain of New Jersey is fur-
nished by its well known occurrence in the sand-plain region of New
England. Until the summer of 1913 I had been familiar with the
species only on rocky slopes and summits of the Poconos and Kitta-
tinnies. When botanizing with Prof. M. L. Fernald in eastern
Massachusetts, in the town of Lakeville, August 26, 1913, the occur-
rence of Prunus cuneata in the flat, sandy region of Plymouth County
was greeted by me with some surprise, but I was assured that this was
not an unusual species of this area. Several days later the plant was
seen again in Plymouth County in a habitat. very similar, as I recall it

1 Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 1451 (1901).
? Wight, U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. No. 179. 67 (1915).

70 Rhodora [Marcu

now, to that at Lacy, New Jersey — a dry,' open, sandy, undulating
slope, bearing scattered, scrubby thickets, backed by low trees, and
descending into a bog along a streamlet.

Prof. Fernald writes me that “in New England the species is
emphatically one of the coastal sands and sterile rocky barrens, and
we should not expect to see it elsewhere. All of our material comes
from the southern tier of states or from the sand-plain areas of the
interior extending inland and northward to the sands about Lake
Champlain, the sandy shores (along with Hudsonia, Polygonella &c.)
of the Winnepesaukee and Ossipee region and the sandy plains of
southwestern Maine, as well as the sand-plain of the Housatonic and
Connecticut valleys."

Dr. N. L. Britton, in two papers on the flora of the Kittatinny
Mountains, in calling attention to the existence there of sand-plain
types, many years ago recognized this species as a sand-loving plant,
and although at that time supposing it to be conspecific with Prunus
pumila, which is “more commonly found on sandy river shores, though
not a coastal plant,” ? he nevertheless associated it, and quite correctly,
as a further knowledge of our Coastal Plain flora has shown, with
“plants whose ordinary habitat is in sandy soil near the Atlantic
Coast.” ?

That this little Sand Cherry is frequent in the sand-plain areas of
New England and very rare in southern New Jersey may possibly
be a case parallel in some measure to the abundance of such species as
Sabatia dodecandra, Coreopsis rosea, Chrysopsis falcata in the New
England areas having a Coastal Plain flora, and their comparative
infrequence in south Jersey! — not a case of plants of similar distribu-
tion but plants which are definitely sand-loving and might be supposed
to occur in increased abundance in the extensive sands of the Coastal
Plain.

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

1 The rather frequent insistence, in manuals and floras, of a moist rather than a dryish habitat
is perhaps worthy of comment. This may be correct, without doubt, for some portions of
the range, possibly to the northwestward. But, though there is sometimes “sandy,” “rocky,”
“or among rocks” included, frequently the habitat noted does not very satisfactorily describe
the usually dry, sandy, sterile or rocky situation in which the plant commonly occurs in the east.
In the volumes used in daily reference we find the species recorded from ‘moist, sometimes
rocky soil or meadows,” “wet soil," **bogs and other cool land," “near lakes and about bogs or
other moist situations."

2 Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xiv. 187 (1887).

s,

1916] Flynn,— Meetings of the Vermont Botanical Club — 71

MEETINGS or THE VERMONT BorANICAL CLuB.— The twenty-
first annual field meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club was held at
St. Johnsbury, July 6- -10, 1915, in conjunction with the Vermont Bird
Club. The weather was fine with the exception of one day and trips
were made to Danville, Barton which lies at the junction of the
Connecticut and Passumpsic Rivers, Lunenburg and some rich woods
on the outskirts of the village.

Near Danville a fine station for the ragged robin, Lychnis Flos-
cuculi, was found. The small toadflax, Linaria minor, was growing
along the railroad at Danville station. Not far from here two wooded
swamps were visited. In one nothing of special interest was observed,
but the other had quite an abundance of that rare orchid, Calypso
borealis. This unfortunately was past its blooming season, but the
twayblade, Listera convallarioides, and the rein orchis, Habenaria
obtusata, were just in their prime and in abundance. The showy and
yellow lady's slippers, Cypripedium hirsutum and C. parviflorum, var.
pubescens, were also growing there with many other plants of interest.

Two swamps between Danville and St. Johnsbury which were
explored had plenty of the Habenaria obtusata but no Listera. The
one-flowered pyrola, Moneses uniflora grew here in the greatest pro-
fusion however and the twin-flower, Linnaea borealis var. americana
rioted over everything on the ground.

At Barton the specially interesting plants were the false asphodel,
Tofieldia glutinosa, and the rein orchis, Habenaria flava, on the wet shore
of the Connecticut, the horned pondweed, Zannichellia palustris, var.
pedunculata, in a small pool in the rock ten or twelve feet above the
surface of the water at the junction of the two rivers and the bearberry,
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, on the high ground back of the river.

At Lunenburgh it was too wet after the storm of the day before to
climb the mountain to see the station for the goldenrod, Solidago
Cutleri, and nothing of special interest was seen.

The twenty-first annual winter meeting of the Vermont Botanical
Club was held at Rutland, January 21 and 22nd, 1916, in conjunction
with the Vermont Bird Club. "Twelve botanical papers were read and
discussed. The more important were: “Notes on my Trip to Cali-
fornia," by Dr. Ezra Brainerd of Middlebury; “A Study of Light in
Forests,” by Prof. George P. Burns of the University of Vermont,
Burlington; “Germination of Pollen of hybrid Blackberries," by
A. K. Peitersen, University of Vermont; and “ Additions and Correc-
tions to the Vermont Flora," by W. W. Eggleston, of Washington.

A very interesting lecture was given Friday evening by Prof.
George P. Burns on “The Use of native Trees and Shrubs in Land-
scape Design," a paper well illustrated by a series of excellent lantern-
slides.

The two Clubs have now practically united, and the officers of both
are as follows: President, Dr. Ezra Brainerd of Middlebury; Vice-

72 Rhodora [MARCH

President, Dr. H. F. Perkins, University of Vermont, Burlington;
Secretary, Prof. G. P. Burns, University of Vermont; Treasurer,
Mrs. Nellie F. Flynn, Burlington; Editors: G. L. Kirk, Rutland, and
Prof. A. E. Lambert, Middlebury; Librarian, Miss Phoebe M.
Towle, Burlington.

The summer meeting of 1916 will be held at Wallingford, probably
in the early part of July.— NELLIE F. FLYNN, Burlington, Vermont.

CHELONE GLABRA L., forma rosea, n. f., corolla rosea fauce purpurea.

Corolla rose-color, with purple throat.— New HaMPsurRE: borders
of wet woods near The Flume, Lincoln, September 1, 1915, Fernald, no.
11,871 (rvr& in Gray Herb.).

A very handsome form, in color suggesting the more southern C.
obliqua L. and C. Lyoni Pursh, but with the entire bracts of C. glabra,
in which the corolla is ordinarily white or whitish with a pearly-pink
or roseate throat.— M. L. FERNALD.

RYNCHOSPORA MACROSTACHYA WITHIN THE Boston DisTRICT.—
In looking over past numbers of Ruopora recently, I noticed the
absence from the “Flora of the Boston District" of a sedge that is
locally abundant at North Easton and I think that a report of it
may be of interest to some of the readers. On September 13, 1915,
I collected: specimens of Rynchospora macrostachya "Torr. growing
abundantly about a pond in North Easton, Massachusetts. All
gradations of this species and its variety inundata (Oakes) Fernald
seemed to thrive along one shore of this particular pond. This station
appears to have been unrecorded, although there are recorded stations
slightly to the northeast, at Great Pond, South Weymouth and at
Great Pond, Braintree (see Blake, Ruopora, xv. 19).— CHARLES
ScuwEINFURTH, North Easton, Massachusetts.

Vol. 18, no. 206, including pages 29 to 52, was issued 13 March, 1916.

Rhodora Plate 118

È

A Ma tre

S. F. B. del.

T

LIMONIUM IN NORTH AMERICA AND MEXICO.

Plate 119

Rhodora

—
i semeia iem e z5 Se

ey

ee 7
Q

Sete
GA

MPH

5
"Ms

S. F. B. del.

LIMONIUM IN NORTH. AMERICA AND MEXICO.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

No. 208.

Vol. 18. April, 1916.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON RHODODENDRON MAXIMUM
IN NEW HAMPSHIRE.

Hanorp Sr. Jonn.

Pror. Fartow’s recent article recording the occurrence of Rhodo-
dendron maximum L. between Mt. Chocorua and Mt. Paugus ! immedi-
ately called up the memory of my experiences with this plant in this
immediate region. I wish here to put these on record.

During the summer of 1908, Mr. Piper, the proprietor of a hotel
in Albany, New Hampshire, the Piper House, as it was then called,
told me about a nearby patch of the Great Laurel. As soon as we
could arrange the trip, he drove my mother and me to Chase Farm,
a vantage point in the township of Albany, which is familiar to tourists.
From here, following Mr. Piper's directions, we crossed the pasture
on the opposite side of the road from Chase Farm and started into the
woods in a westerly direction. After topping a wooded ridge, we slid
down a steep bank and made our way across a thickly wooded swamp.
On the opposite bank, by climbing up through a lumber slashing, we
found a wood road and followed its winding course up the hillside.
When we had travelled about a mile from Chase Farm, we left the
wood road at a place where Habenaria Hookeri Torr. was abundant
and turned to the right through the woods. On a north facing slope
below an intervening cliff, we found the Rhododendron maximum.
The trees, fifteen feet in height, made a solid stand over an acre of
ground. It was so late in the season that we found but a single,
undersized, belated flower.

1 Ruopora, xviii. 25-26 (1916).

74 Rhodora [APRIL

In the following summer, 1909, I had the pleasure of revisiting
this station, in the company of our fellow member, Mr. Charles
Schweinfurth, and in finding the trees in full bloom. Specimens were
collected by each of us. I cite the one preserved in my herbarium,
with corrected data: woods, one mile west of Chase Farm, Albany,
Carroll County, New Hampshire, July 26, 1909, H. St. John, no. 170.

Chase Farm is most easily accessible from Conway, lying about two
miles southeast by east from that village. This station for the
Rhododendron is worthy of record not simply because it lies about six
miles to the northeast of those recorded by Prof. Farlow, but because
the trees were in such thriving condition and so thoroughly at home.
It lies in the valley of the Swift River, in the township of Albany,
instead of Conway, as I supposed at the time, and iust within the
boundaries of the new White Mountain National Forest.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— XIII.
ALEXANDER W. EVANS.
(Plate 120.)

IN the recent parts of Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora, Müller
treats the genera Scapania, Radula, and Porella (or Madotheca). He
not only gives full descriptions of the various species represented in the
European flora but appends interesting remarks on geographical dis-
tribution. Many of these remarks relate to North American records,
and among the species which he cites from New England the following
may be particularly noted: Scapania Oakesii Aust. (from New Hamp-
shire), S. paludicola Loeske & K. Müll. (from Connecticut), and
Radula Lindbergiana Gottsche (from Vermont). These species do not
appear in the writer’s Revised List of New England Hepaticae,?
although S. Oakesii is really included under S. dentata Dumort. and
S. paludicola under S. irrigua (Nees) Dumort. The reasons for con-

1 Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory.
2 Raopora 15: 21-28. 1913.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 75
sidering them distinct will be given below. Müller's record for Radula
Lindbergiana was based on specimens accredited to Miss Lorenz.
She suspects, however, that there must be some error about them,
and the occurrence of this species in North America, where it is surely
to be expected, must therefore await further confirmation. According
to Miiller Scapania gracilis (Lindb.) Kaalaas, which has been twice
reported from New England, is restricted to Europe and the Atlantic
Islands, the North American specimens which have been referred to
this species representing a form of S. nemorosa (L.) Dumort.; S.
gracilis, therefore, should no longer be included in our flora.

Miiller’s treatment of the genus Porella is of especial interest to
students in America, where most of the European species are repre-
sented. In New England three species, P. pinnata L., P. platyphylla
(L.) Lindb., and P. rivularis (Nees) Trevis., have been reported.
The writer now feels convinced, however, from the study of recent
descriptions and a representative collection of specimens, that the
true P. platyphylla is much rarer than supposed, being largely replaced
by the closely related P. platyphylloidea (Schwein.) Lindb.; and that
P. rivularis does not occur in eastern North America at all. The
specifie characters of the New England species are discussed below.
It may be noted in this connection that a strong tendency prevails in
Europe to supplant the old generic name Porella, dating from 1753,
by the more recent name Madotheca, dating from 1822. The name
Porella has been in use on this side of the Atlantic for many years, and
Howe ! has given excellent and convincing reasons for not giving it up.
It is possible, at some future International Botanical Congress, that
Madotheca may be placed among the “nomina conservanda". Until
such action is taken, however, the writer would recommend that the
use of the name Porella be maintained although, to avoid confusion,
Porella and Madotheca are used interchangeably in some of the
following discussions.

As in previous papers of this series additions to local state floras
and a census of the New England species will be given at the close.

l. ScaAPANIA Oakksr Aust. Bull. Torrey Club. 3: 10. 1872.
Scapania dentata, e. Oakesii K. Müll. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.-
Carol. Akad.'83: 102. 1905. On rocks and banks, mostly at eleva-
tions above 600 m. Maine: Big Alder Gorge near Round Mountain

1 See Bull. Torrey Club 24: 512-515. 1897; 25: 96-103. 1898: Rev. Bryol. 25: 76-78.
1898.

76 Rhodora [APRIL

Lake, Franklin County (A. Lorenz). New Hampshire: White Moun-
tains (W. Oakes, C. F. Austin, distributed in Hep. Bor.-Amer. 14).
Vermont: Handcock and Rochester! (D. L. Dutton 633, 906). In
addition to the stations given by Austin and Howe the following sta-
tion outside New England may be noted: valley of the Barrasois
River, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia (G. E. Nichols 294).

The history of Scapania Oakesii gives evidence that its claims for
recognition as a species are not very strong. As originally proposed by
Austin it was based on four specimens, the first two from the White
Mountains, New Hampshire, collected by Oakes, the third from the
“Lake Superior region, Canada,” collected by Macoun, and the fourth
from “Observation Inlet, Columbia, Oregon," collected by Scouler.

- These are described as varieties a, 8, y and ô, respectively. In Hep.

Bor.-Amer. 14 (1873) Austin distributed specimens from the White
Mountains collected by Oakes and by himself. He compared the spe-
cies with S. undulata, var. purpurea Nees, but emphasized the large
spur-like teeth on the keels of the uppermost leaves as an important
distinguishing character.

Nothing further was added to our knowledge of S. Oakesii until
Howe? described and figured it from specimens which he found at
Eureka and Kneeland Prairie Road, California. According to his
account the plants from California are usually smaller than those
from New Hampshire but agree closely with those from Observatory
Inlet. He notes their superficial resemblance to S. nemorosa but
considers them distinct both from this species and from S. undulata
(L.) Dumort.

In his monograph of the genus Scapania, Müller, in reducing S.
Oakesii to a variety of S. dentata Dumort., stated that he had examined
Austin's plant in two different sets of exsiccati. In one he found
nothing but S. nemorosa; in the other a mixture of two plants, one'
being a green form of S. undulata and the other a reddish plant which
he took to be the true S. Oakesii. He finds no important characters
to separate this plant from S. dentata, and remarks that the carinal
teeth, upon which both Austin and Howe laid emphasis, represent
an uncertain character found now and then in many other species of
Scapania. In the fourth series of the writer's Notes on New England

1 The Rochester specimens were cited under S. dentata in Ruopora 12: 204. 1911.
2 Mem. Torrey Club 7: 151. pl. 108, 109. 1899.
3 Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. 83: 102,114. 1905.

1916] Evans, — Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII — 77

Hepaticae,' the example of Müller is followed, and S. Oakesii is in-
cluded among the synonyms of S. dentata.

A few years later Kaalaas ? found an ambiguous Scapania in Sónd-
more, Norway, at an altitude of 800 m. He considered it distinct
from all the known European species and identified it as S. Oakesii,
which he knew from description only. In distinguishing his plant
from S. dentata and S. undulata, he again emphasizes the carinal teeth
but states that this character is associated with a series of others, both
lobes, for example, being rounded as in S. subalpina (Nees) Dumort.,
while the dorsal lobe arches far across the stem and the keel is curved.
Müller? now shares the views of Kaalaas, at least to the extent of
considering S. Oakesii a “kleine Art," and includes it among the
species of Europe, citing the Norwegian station as the only one known
at the present time. For North America he cites Eureka, California,
in addition to the New Hampshire localities.

The writer has examined Austin’s specimens of S. Oakesii in two
sets of his exsiccati and has found in both cases a mixture of S. undulata
and the plant which Müller regards as Austin’s type. Since the S.
undulata has no carinal teeth while the other plant exhibits them in
abundance, Miiller’s views are clearly correct. The plant with the
carinal teeth shows further the other characteristics pointed out by
Kaalaas, and the same thing is true of the specimens from Maine and
Vermont which are quoted above. The carinal teeth are by no means
constant, some of the leaves developing five or more while others
show few or none, but leaves with teeth of this character apparently
occur on every well-developed stem and form a very striking feature
of the species. In reinstating S. Oakesii as a member of the New
England flora the writer admits that its characters are less definite
than might be desired; at the same time they are fully as satisfactory
as the characters of such species as S. dentata, S. subalpina, and S.
undulata, species which are universally recognized but which are
nevertheless connected by transitional forms. The four varieties
distinguished by Austin need further investigation.

2. SCAPANIA PALUDICOLA Loeske & K. Müll.; K. Müller, Raben-
horst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6?: 425. f. 125, 126. 1915. In peat bogs.
Maine: near Schoodic Lake, Piscataquis County (4. W. E.); Round

! Rnopona 8: 41. 1906.

? Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 19107: 26. 1911.
3 Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora 62: 460. 1915.

78 Rhodora [APRIL

Mountain Lake, Franklin County (4. Lorenz). New Hampshire:
Eagle Lake, Mt. Lafayette (C. C. Haynes, A. Lorenz & A. W. E.).
Vermont: Bloodsucker Pond, Jamaica (F. Dobbin); Willoughby (A.
Lorenz & A. W. E.); Franklin and Burke (4. Lorenz). Connecticut:
Bethany (A. W. E.), cited by Müller; specimens from the same local-
ity (F. Bement) but incorrectly labeled “ Lebanon" were distributed
in Hep. Amer. 190, as S. irrigua; Norfolk and New Fairfield (G. E.
Nichols); Bailey's Pond, Voluntown (4. W. E. The following
stations outside New England may likewise be recorded: St. Ann’s
Mountain, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia (G. E. Nichols 213); Campo-
bello, New Brunswick (W. G. Farlow); St. Hubert, Quebec (Brother
Victorin); near Ottawa, Ontario (J. Macoun 1); Port Clarence,
Alaska (W. H. Brewer & W. R. Coe 673), cited by Müller; Podunk
Marsh, West Fort Ann, New York (S. H. Burnham); near Superior,
Wisconsin (G. H. Conklin 1009, 1258).

In describing S. paludicola as a “kleine Art," Müller calls attention
to the strong superficial resemblance which it bears to S. paludosa K.
Müll. In his opinion, however, the two species are not as closely
related as might be supposed; he considers that 5. paludosa has been
derived from S. undulata, while S. paludicola has been derived from
S. irrigua. In S. undulata and S. paludosa he finds that the leaf-cells
are either thin-walled throughout or develop uniformly thickened walls
(in which trigones are usually absent altogether), while in S. irrigua
and S. paludicola, trigones are invariably present and may be very
conspicuous. Apparently S. paludicola is not uncommon in northern
North America, having been confused with S. irrigua. In fact several
of the stations cited above have already been reported under the older
species. Müller brings out the fact that S. paludicola prefers calcare-
ous bogs, without being confined to them, and this preference is
apparent from its North American stations.

The occurrence of S. paludicola in bogs, its robust habit, its deeply
divided leaves, its short and arched keel usually without alar out-
growths of any sort, its deeply cordate dorsal lobes directed toward
the apex of the stem rather than obliquely outward, and the trigones
in its leaf-cells will usually make its recognition an easy matter. The
margins of the leaves may be sparingly and minutely toothed or sub-
entire and both lobes are often distinctly apiculate. The short and
strongly arched keel and the cordate dorsal lobe directed forward will
distinguish the species at once from both S. irrigua and S. undulata,
while the trigones will readily separate it from S. paludosa.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 79

3. PorELLA PINNATA L. Sp. Plant. 1106. 1753. Jungermannia
Porella Dicks. Trans. Linn. Soc. 3: 239. pl. 20, f. 1. 1797. Junger-
mannia distans Schwein. Spec. Fl. Am. Sept. Crypt. 9. 1821. Mado-
theca Porella Nees (in part), Naturg. der europ. Leberm. 3: 201.
1838. Madotheca involuta Hampe; Lehmann & Lindenberg, Pug.
Plant. 7: 10. 1838. Cavendishia Porella Carruth. Seemann’s Jour.
Bot. 3: 301. 1865. Madotheca Sullivantii Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 3:
15. 1872. Porella Sullivantii Underw.; A. Gray, Man., ed. 6, 709.
1890. Madotheca microrhyncha Tayl.; Stephani, Species Hepat. 4:
251. 1910. [Text figs. 1-13.]

The geographical distribution of P. pinnata extends, in North Amer-
ica, from Nova Scotia westward to Ontario and Minnesota and south-
ward to Cuba, Florida, and Louisiana, numerous stations being known
from New England. In Europe its range is restricted to the British
Isles and the western coast of France, with a possible extension into
Portugal. In North America the species is abundant; in Europe,
exceedingly rare. It grows on stones and logs in streams as well as
on the banks, and is completely submerged during a part of the year.
Apparently the sporophytes reach maturity only when the plants
are exposed to the air.

The species has been repeatedly described so that little need be
said about its general features and great variability. There are certain
details, however, which the descriptions do not bring out very clearly,
and a few words about these may be in place. Attention will likewise
be called to certain synonyms of the species. |

The complete, or almost complete, absence of marginal teeth on the
leaves, underleaves and bracts, in a genus where teeth are so frequently
present, is one of the most important characteristics of P. pinnata.
Close to the dorsal base of the lobe, to be sure, close to the inner base
of the lobule and along the margins of the perichaetial bracts and
bracteoles a few slime papillae (or their vestiges) can be demonstrated
(Fig. 12) and these are sometimes borne on short stalks, but even here
anything approaching an actual tooth in size is exceedingly rare.

The lobes of the leaves (see Fig. 1) which are ovate to oblong in form
and rounded at the apex, are attached by an arched line and are com-
monly plane except close to the lobule, where the margin is slightly
inflexed. In plants exposed to the air this portion of the margin is
often more or less involute. At the dorsal base the lobe is somewhat
dilated but scarcely enough to be called cordate; at the ventral base

80 Rhodora [APRIL

(where it meets the lobule) it is usually not dilated at all and may
even be slightly decurrent, the keel being often obsolete. The small
and narrow lobules, rounded or very bluntly pointed at the apex, are
attached by a line which is straight or only slightly arched, and the
inner edge is usually shorter than the outer, an unusual condition in
the genus Porella. The leaf-cells average about 20 u in the middle of

2

Figs. 1-13. PonELLA PINNATA L.

1. Branch (of first order) bearing a female branch with a perianth, and also a sterile branch,
ventral view, X 15. 2-4. Bracts and bracteole from a single involucre, X 35. 5. A bract
from another involucre, X 35. 6-8. Bracts and bracteole from a third involucre, X 35
9-11. Bracts and bracteole from a fourth involucre, X 35. 12. Cells from the base of a
bract (lobe), showing papillae, X 200. 13. Teeth from the mouth of an immature perianth,
X 200. Figs. 1-5 were drawn from a specimen collected at Columbus, Kentucky, by N. L. T.
Nelson 1497; Figs. 6-8, 12, 13 from a specimen collected at Granby, Connecticut, by G. E.
Nichols; Figs. 9-11, from the type specimen of Madotheca microrhyncha in the Taylor herbarium.

the lobe and show small but distinet trigones. In the inflexed por-
tion the marginal cells extend at right angles to the edge and form a
distinet border. The underleaves (Fig. 1) are slightly if at all de-
current, the line of attachment (as in the case of the lobules) being
straight or only slightly arched.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII — 81

The perichaetial bracts (Figs. 2, 3, 5-7, 9, 10) are not very fully
treated in most descriptions, although Gottsche! has given a good
account of them. They are commonly reduced to a single pair and the
difference in size between the inner and outer bracts is not marked.
The bracts are unequally bilobed, both lobe and lobule being ovate to
oblong and usually rounded at the apex; in the case of the lobule,
however, the apical portion is sometimes distinctly narrowed and the
apex itself may be subacute. The bracteoles (Figs. 4, 8, 11) are
oblong to obovate and usually rounded or truncate at the apex.
According to Stephani? the lobule is lanceolate and long-attenuate,
while the bracteole is suborbicular and highly coalescent on one side
with a lobule. So far as the writer has been able to observe, however,
the bracteole is usually quite free from the lobules, coalescence being
either absent altogether or very slightly marked.

The mouth of the perianth is described as slightly crenulate, or
minutely crenulate, or dentate. These expressions, however, do not
depict the condition of the mouth accurately and were probably based
on old and disintegrated specimens. In uninjured perianths (see
Fig. 1) the mouth is shortly and closely ciliolate, the cilia varying
from one to four cells in length (Fig. 13). The spores and elaters
are well described by Howe.’

Of the synonyms cited above Madotheca Sullivantit and M. micro-
rhyncha require a few words of explanation. M. Sullivantii was based
on specimens collected by W. S. Sullivant in the “ Alleghany Moun-
tains” and distributed by Austin in his Hep. Bor.-Amer. 94. It was
first included among the synonyms of P. pinnata by Howe, but neither
Stephani nor Müller follows his example. Stephani gives it among
the synonyms of M. Thuja, while Müller * considers it a valid species.
The specimens in Austin’s distribution show, in the writer's opinion,
that Howe was undoubtedly correct in considering the species synony-
mous with P. pinnata. They represent a small and slender form with
perianths, and evidently grew in a more or less exposed position.
The habit of the plants, which Müller emphasizes in maintaining the
validity of the species, is not a constant feature and is not supported
by characters drawn from the leaves and floral organs.

The habitat of M. mierorhyncha is given by Stephani as “Ohio.”

1 Gottsche & Rabenhorst, Hep. Eur. 639 (accompanying text).
2 Species Hepat. 4: 252. 1910.

3 Bull. Torrey Club 24: 517. 1897.

4 Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen Flora 62: 571. 1915.

82 Rhodora [APRIL

Through the kindness of Professor Farlow it has been possible to
examine a portion of the type material from the Taylor herbarium.
On the original packet the following words are written: “ Junger-
mannia microrhyncha Tayl. Mss. (Madotheca). Ohio: Sir W. J.
Hooker. 1843." Apparently Taylor had little faith in his species,
for he never published it formally, but it is cited (as a manuscript
species) among the synonyms of Madotheca Porella in the Synopsis
Hepaticarum. Stephani was the first to give it adequate publication.
Among the characters which he emphasizes are the following: the
small, slightly projecting and minutely crenulate mouth of the peri-
anth; the ovate-oblong lobes of the perichaetial bracts, rounded
at the apex; and the small triangular lobules, discrete almost to the
base. In M. Porella he gives, as more or less contrasting characters:
the small, shortly rostrate, and minutely crenulate mouth of the peri-
anth; the oblong and obtuse lobes of the perichaetial bracts; and
the lanceolate lobules, discrete to about the middle. These differ-
ences, even if they were constant and accurately described, are so
slight that they would have but doubtful specific value. As a matter
of fact the type specimens, when compared with P. pinnata, do not
show the differences which Stephani brings out. "The two plants are
essentially alike in all important respects, and there seems to be no
reason for considering M. microrhyncha a distinct species. The same
conclusion was reached by Underwood, who examined Taylor’s type
many years ago and placed it under P. pinnata.

Müller objects to the use of the specific name " pinnata" for the
present species and gives two reasons. First, because he considers it
disadvantageous to use so old a name for a plant which has been so
much confused even in recent times; and, second, because Linnaeus
could hardly have understood this plant under his Porella pinnata on
account of its great rarity in Europe. These reasons are not very
convincing. In the first place, writers who have used the specific
name “pinnata” (such as Lindberg, Howe, Underwood, and Pearson)
have used it in’ a very definite sense and! have based their use of the
name on the specimen in the Dillenian herbarium, which represents
the type of the Porella pinnata of Linnaeus; and, in the second place,
Linnaeus cites the species from Pennsylvania only, the date of its
discovery in Europe being much later.

4. PoRELLA PLATYPHYLLA (L.) Lindb. Acta Soc. Sei. Fenn. 9: 339.
1869. Jungermannia platyphylla L. Sp. Plant. 1134. 1753. Antotria
vulgaris Raddi, Mem. Soc. Sci. Modena 18: 19. pl. 2, f. 1. 1818.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 838

Cavendishia platyphylla S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. British Pl. 1: 690. 1821.
Madotheca platyphylla Dumort. Comm. Bot. 111. 1822. Porella
Notarisii Trevis. Rend. Ist. Lomb. II. 7: 785. 1874. Bellincinia
platyphylla O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Plant. 833. 1891. [Plate 120.]

On rocks and trees. Maine: Dover (J. F. Collins 1685); Vassal-
boro (E. B. Chamberlain 966). Vermont: Stowe (E. G. Britton);
Willoughby (E. Faxon; A. Lorenz & A. W. E.); Jamaica (F. Dobbin).
Connecticut: New Haven (D. C. Eaton); Brookfield, Sherman, and
New Milford (A. W. E.); West Hartford (A. Lorenz). The following
specimens from stations outside New England may likewise be
recorded: Bic, Quebec (4. W. E.); Syracuse, New York (L. M.
Underwood & O. F. Cook, distributed in Hep. Amer. 29); Dresden
Station, Adirondack Mountains, New York (C. H. Peck 60); Narrows-
ville, Pennsylvania (T. P. James); near Yellow Springs, Ohio (W. S.
Sullivant, distributed in Hep. Bor.-Amer. 91b, as Madotheca rivularis);
near Big Bay, Lake Superior region, Wisconsin (L. S. Cheney 5705);
Vermilion Lake, Minnesota (Arthur, Bailey & Holway 114a); Vasa,
Minnesota (N. L. T. Nelson 5, 945 1/2); Fall Lake, Minnesota
(J. M. Holzinger), male plants, doubtful; Iowa City, Iowa (B. Shimek).
In Europe the species is exceedingly abundant.

Although Porella (or Madotheca) platyphylla has long been recog-
nized as one of the commonest and most widely distributed of the
Hepaticae, questions have arisen from time to time regarding the
limitations of the species. By many writers it has been understood
in a broad sense, with characters varying within wide limits, the
variations, however, being thoroughly unstable and due to environ-
mental conditions. By other writers it has been understood in a
narrower sense, and one or more closely related species, forming with
P. platyphylla a well-defined aggregate, have been distinguished.
The difficulties involved were well stated by Nees von Esenbeck.!
In discussing certain Mexican specimens of Madotheca platyphylloidea,
the species most frequently segregated from M. platyphylla, he
remarked that they were really intermediate between his earlier
conceptions of these two specles. And he stated further that two
conclusions were possible: either, that M. platyphylloidea and M.
platyphylla formed a single series of forms (that is, a single species),
the extremes being connected by the Mexican specimens; or, that
M. platyphylloidea should be made to include the forms which he had

1 Naturg. der europ. Leberm. 4: 497. 1838.

84 Rhodora [APRIL

previously referred to M. platyphylla 8 major, thus ascribing to the
two species ranges of variability different from those at first assigned.
As to which conclusion was correct he made no attempt to decide.
In spite of this uncertainty both species were recognized as valid in
the Synopsis Hepaticarum, published a few years later by Nees von
Esenbeck, in collaboration with Gottsche and Lindenberg.

Lindberg, in his revision of the Scandinavian species of Porella,
published in 1869,' expressed the opinion that Nees von Esenbeck’s
" M. platyphylloidea” was a mixed species. He considered that part
of it belonged to the var. major of P. platyphylla, and that the other
part (which he thought might be synonymous with the original
Jungermannia platyphylloidea) was a synonym of P. Thuja (Dicks.)
Lindb. A few years later ? he added the interesting observation that
he had examined many North American specimens labeled P. platy-
phylla but that they were all referable to P. Thuja, and he commented
on the rarity and restricted range of this latter species in Europe.
Soon afterwards he published the combination Porella platyphylloides
(Schwein.) Lindb.? and the same name reappears in his last general
synopsis of the Scandinavian bryophytes. Apparently he used this
name as a substitute for P. Thuja, although this conclusion could
hardly be deduced with certainty from his published writings. If he
did make this substitution, it is difficult to understand why he pre-
ferred Schweinitz's specific name to the older name of Dickson, and
it is to be regretted that he did not explain his use of the name P.
platyphylloides more fully. In any case, however, it is clear that he
considered Schweinitz's species distinct from P. platyphylla.

Among American writers the tendency has been to define P. platy-
phylla in a broad sense. This is the course pursued by Howe ? in his
treatment of the North American species of Porella, published in 1897.
He admits that the species is very variable and that the common
form in America corresponds with the Jungermannia platyphylloidea
of Schweinitz better than with the common European form. He
maintains, however, that the European form does occur in America
and that there are so many transitional conditions that any attempt
at segregation would be ill-advised.

A few years later an important paper on certain European species

1 Acta Soc. Sci. Feun. 9: 329-345. 1860.
? Ibid. 10: 493. 1875.
3 Hepat. Utveckl. 20. 1877.

* Musc. Scand. 3. 1879.
* Bull. Torrey Club 24: 521. 1897.

Q

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII — s

of Madotheca was published by Schiffner.! He not only recognized
M. platyphylloidea as valid but segregated two other species from M.
platyphylla, describing them as new under the names M. Baueri and
M. Jackii. He pointed out further that Lindberg was in error when
he confused M. platyphylloidea with M. Thuja, and he emphasized
the fact that the true M. Thuja was a species of western and southern
Europe, allied to M. laevigata (Schrad.) Dumort. rather than to M.
platyphylla. Basing his opinion on the material at his disposal he
stated that the true M. platyphylla was totally lacking in America,
being everywhere replaced by M. platyphylloidea. The latter species
he did not report from Europe at all, although he pointed out that
M. Jackit was an exceedingly close ally. In his descriptions he laid
especial stress on specific characters drawn from the sporophyte and
particularly from the elaters. Some of these characters had been
noted by previous writers but had not been employed to any great
extent in separating species, and Schiffner deserves credit for recog-
nizing their value.

In his monograph of the genus Madotheca, published in 1910,
Stephani accepts M. Baueri and M. Jackii as valid but does not follow
Schiffner in his treatment of M. platyphylloidea. This species he
includes among the synonyms of M. Thuja, as Lindberg had done
forty-one years before. Both M. Thuja and M. platyphylla are quoted
from Europe and North America. Although the sporophytes are
described in the case of M. Baueri and M. Jackii, nothing is said about
them in the descriptions of M. Thuja and M. platyphylla, so that |
Stephani apparently regards their features as of secondary importance.

Müller? in his treatment of M. platyphylla and its allies, follows
Schiffner in most respects but reduces M. Jackii to synonymy under
M. platyphylloidea and thus gives the latter species a much wider
geographical distribution than Schiffner had assigned to it. He
quotes the true M. platyphylla from North America, Africa, and Asia,
as well as from Europe, but restricts the range of M. Baueri to Europe.
In his opinion M. Baueri is a “ kleine Art," because he finds transitional
conditions between the gametophyte of this species and that of M.
platyphylla, but he apparently finds little difficulty in separating M.
platyphylloidea from M. platyphylla.

(To be continued.)

! Lotos 48: 346—350. 1900.
? Species Hepaticarum 4: 241-315. ` 1910.
3 Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora 6’: 573-584. f. 161, 164-166. 1915.

S6 Rhodora [APRIL

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,— XXII.

CARYOPHYLLACEAE.
AGROSTEMMA.

A. Girnaco L. Grain-fields and waste places, occasional.

ARENARIA.

A. lateriflora L. Grassland, frequent throughout.

A. peploides L., var. robusta Fernald (RHopora xi. 109-115, 1909).
Sandy and gravelly seashore, from Rockport northward, also at
Scituate, Marshfield and Duxbury; King's Beach, Lynn, according
to Tracy in Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 38, 1880.

A. SERPYLLIFOLIA L. Dry soil; frequent, and often abundant.

CERASTIUM.

C. arvense L. Coarse dry soil; occasional in central portion,

especially near the coast.
C. vunLGATUM L. Gardens and waste places, common throughout.

DIANTHUS.

D. Armerta L. Dry fields and roadsides, occasional; rather
abundant in Hingham and vicinity.

D. BARBATUS L. Escaped from cultivation at Beverly, Danvers,
Wilmington, Westford, Sherborn and Scituate.

D. pELTOIDES L. Escaped from cultivation at West Newbury,
Winchester, Lexington, Ashland, Framingham, Sherborn, Hingham
and Scituate.

GYPSOPHILA.

G. MURALIS L. Roadsides and fields, Dracut, Lowell, Bedford,
Hopkinton, Wellesley, Hingham, rare.
LYCHNIS.

L. aBa Mill. Waste places, frequent throughout.
L. cHALCEDONICA L. Well established and spreading at Boxford

1916] Flora of the Boston District, — XXII . 87

(E. F. Williams, Aug. 9, 1906); Scituate (E. F. Williams, July 9,
1898); old garden, Blue Hill Reservation, according to Deane, Fl.
Metrop. Park Comm. 12, 1896.

L. coELI-rosa Desv. Weed in garden, Cambridge (C. F. Batchelder,
Sept. 13, 1913). From the Mediterranean region.

L. cogoNaRiA (L.) Desr. Danvers (J. H. Sears, July 5, 1885);
Scituate (Mrs. Henry T. Bailey).

L. prorca L. Waste places, rare.

L. Fros-cvcuurL. Fields and waste places, Gloucester, Chelmsford,
Brookline, Milton, Easton.

SAGINA.

S. decumbens (Ell.) T. & G. Path halfway to Cranberry Pond,
Braintree (N. T. Kidder, June 12, 1886).

S. nodosa Fenzl, var. glandulosa (Bess.) Asch. Rocks by sea-
shore at Rockport and Gloucester, its southern limit.

S. procumbens L. Moist places; common along the coast, occa-
sional inland.

SAPONARIA.

S. oFFICINALIS L. Waste places, common throughout.
S. Vaccarta L. Grain fields and waste places, rare.

SILENE.

§. antirrhina L. Dry gravelly soil and waste places, rather com-
mon throughout.

S. antirrhina L., forma Deaneana Fernald. (See Fernald,
RuHopora xvii. 96-97, 1915, and Deane, Ruopora xii. 129-131, 1910.)
“Typer: recently cleared land near Winter Pond, Winchester, Massa-
chusetts, June 22, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 9494 (herb. New England
Botanical Club)." Occasional with the species.

S. antirrhina L., var. divaricata Robinson. Wooded hillside,
Lexington (C. W. Swan & C. W. Jenks, Aug. 6, 1883); Waltham
(W. Boott, —, 1871); Newton Highlands (J. R. Churchill, July 28,
1888).

[S. APETALA Willd. In Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co., 15,
1888, is the following reference to this species: “Lexington, growing

88 Rhodora [APRIL

with Anychia capillacea, on a wooded hillside, Aug. 6, 1883 (C. W.
Jenks). Probably adv. from Eu.” Prof. B. L. Robinson in RHODORA
v. 235, 1903, states that this plant is S. antirrhina L., var. divaricata
Robinson.]

S. ARMERIA L. Waste places, occasional.

S. picnotoma Ehrh. Fields and waste places, at nine scattered
stations.

S. GALLICA L. Reading (W. H. Manning, July 12, 1882, specimen
in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

S. LATIFOLIA (Mill) Britten & Rendle. Waste places, common
throughout.

S. NocTIFLORA L. Waste places, frequent throughout.

S. pennsylvanica Michx. Dry sand and gravel, frequent in a
belt from Medford and Dedham west; “reported at Danvers, Andover,
and occasionally in other parts of the county," Robinson, Fl. Essex
Co. 38, 1880; Scituate (Mrs. Henry T. Bailey).

SPERGULA.

S. ARVENSIS L. A common weed in dry soil throughout.

SPERGULARIA.

S. canadensis (Pers) Don. Mystic River marshes, Medford
(F. S. Collins, Aug. 21, 1881, June 21, 1885); Cambridgeport, salt
marshes, banks of Charles River (B. L. Robinson, Sept. 18, 1898);
within tidewater, W. Boston flats (C. W. Swan, Sept. 26, 1882).

S. leiosperma (Kindb.) F. Schmidt. (See Ruopona xii. 157-163,
1910.) Salt marshes, common all along the coast.

8. rubra (L.) J. & C. Presl. Dry soil, common.

S. salina J. & C. Presl. (See Ruopora xii. 157-163, 1910.) Salt
marshes, Gloucester, Nahant, Revere, Charlestown, Cambridge, Bos-
ton, Dorchester, Quincy, Scituate.

STELLARIA.

S. APETALA Bernardinus. Weed in greenhouses, Cambridge (M.
L. Fernald, April 30, 1906; specimen in Gray Herb.). Adventive
from Europe.

1916] Flora of the Boston District, — XXII 89

S. AQUATICA (L.) Scop. Beside railway track, Newtonville (C. J.
Sprague, August, 1881; specimens in Gray Herb. and herb. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist.).

S. borealis Bigel., var. floribunda Fernald. (See RHODORA xvi.
150-151, 1914). Waltham (F. 5. Collins, June 17, 1886; specimen
in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

S. borealis Bigel, var. isophylla Fernald. (See above.) Wet
woods and brooks in central portion of district, rare.

S. anaMINEA L. Moist fields, frequent.

S. longifolia Muhl. Moist grassy places; Newburyport, Danvers,
Andover, Lowell, Woburn, Brookline, Roxbury; Lynnfield and
Salem, according to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 38, 1880.

S. MEDIA (L.) Cyrill. A very common garden weed in rich soil
throughout, blossoming at all seasons.

S. uliginosa Murr. Wet places, occasional, but not reported
south of Hingham and Canton.

PORTULACACEAE.
PORTULACA.

P. OLERACEA L. A common garden weed in our territory and the
least often collected.

[CLAvTONIA VinaiNICA L. is reported rather vaguely in Robinson,
Fl. Essex Co. 40, 1880, but there are no specimens from Essex Co. in
the herbarium of the Peabody Academy of Science.]

CERATOPHYLLACEAE.
CERATOPHYLLUM.

C. demersum L. Ponds and slow streams; occasional, but not
reported south of Boston.

NYMPHAEACEAE.
BRASENIA.

B. Schreberi Gmel. Shallow ponds and slow streams, frequent.

90 Rhodora [APRIL

CASTALIA.

C. odorata (Ait.) Woodville & Wood. Ponds and still waters,
common.

NELUMBO.

N. lutea (Willd.) Pers. W. Peabody (George Larrivee, Aug. 14,
1913; J. Dawson, Aug. 22, ——); introduced, cove in Assabet River,
Concord (Martha Bartlett, September, 1886; W. Deane, July 23,
1893); a large colony of it well established in a small pond near the
railway in Lynnfield Center (J. Richard Lunt, Aug. 24, 1915).

NYMPHAEA.

N. advena Ait. Still water, common.

N. variegata (Engelm.) G. S. Miller. (See Ruopora xvi. 137-141,
1914.) Occasional, north and west of Boston.

N. microphylla Pers. Still water of Sudbury and Concord Rivers
at Sudbury, Concord and Billerica; also at Round Pond, Woburn.

X ? N. rubrodisca (Morong) Greene. Martin's Pond, N. Reading
(A. S. Pease, June 25, 1904; July 11, 1908); deep water of Concord
River, Concord (J. R. Churchill, May 30, 1894).

C. H. NN Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

NOTES FROM THE WOODS HOLE LABORATORY — 1915.

Edited by F. S. Corus.
I. PnasIOLA sTIPITATA Suhr.

Turis species was found throughout the summer. It occurred at
the Spindle Ledge on the surface of large boulders just above the high
tide line where it was washed by spray. While not widely distributed,
it grew luxuriantly where it was found. There is no indication from

1916] Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory — 1915 91

its vegetative and reproductive vigor that it is not perfectly at home
in this region. It has been previously reported! from Ireland,
Norway, Sweden, Denmark, France, and Silesia.

During June and the first half of July it was found on only one stone.
Later in the season,
however, it had spread
to other suitable spots
in the neighborhood of
the Spindle, and seemed
to be in a fair way to
become generally dis-
tributed. It forms a

short dense turf, which Fic. 1.— Prasiola stipitata, mature plant. A, regions
seems at first sight to of akinete formation and liberation. h, holdfast. X 20.

be composed of small Monos-
troma plants. The turf forms
green patches a foot and more
CD in diameter on the surface of the

Vy UO boulders.
2 4 The habit of the plant is char-

acteristic, very much like Mo-

nostroma except that it is from

the beginning filamentous and
* 9 — Praai £ stinitats . el

Fin, Pra iie t, smal ois never saceate, Several fronds

stages of akinetes. X 410. arise from a single base (fig. 1).

Reproduction was found to be

entirely by means of akinetes, as is characteristic of the family of
Prasiolaceae. This method of reproduction was general and effective.
From the standpoints of multiplication and dissemination of the spe-
cies, the akinetes seem to be as efficient as the zoospores of the nearly
related Ulvaceae. The akinetes are formed in large areas covering
the ends of the fronds (fig. 1, A), and in these areas every cell is
involved. The cells here cease to divide, and become less clearly
green. At the same time the walls become swollen and softened. In
this condition the walls dissolve along their outer faces, though the
side walls persist for some time. Dissolution of the walls allows the

1 De Toni, Sylloge Algarum, Pavia, 1889, Vol. 1, p. 145.

92 Rhodora [APRIL

escape of the protoplasts as naked akinetes. "These at first retain the
shape they had when enclosed in the walls, but in a few hours round
off and begin to increase in size. On germination, which takes place
without any resting period, they produce short monosiphonous fila-
ments (fig. 2, b, c, d). These become flat thalli, one cell in thickness,
by cell-division in two planes.

Specimens of this alga, which was kindly identified by Mr. F. S.
Collins, were prepared for distribution in the Phycotheca Boreali-
Americana of Collins, Holden and Setchell.— I. F. LEwirs.

IL. CHAMAESIPHON INCRUSTANS Grun.

Chamaesiphon incrustans was found growing in great abundance on
the leaves of Fontinalis sp. collected from a pond on Cuttyhunk
Island. The leaves were found to be encrusted with Coleochaete
scutata and occasional small plants of Bulbochaete. The Chamae-
siphon appeared either in patches or scattered all over the surface of
the Fontinalis leaves, in some cases running over the Coleochaete.
This species probably has a very wide distribution, but has not hitherto
been recorded from Massachusetts. Specimens were preserved for
distribution in the Phycotheca.— I. F. Lewis and R. H. Couey.

III. CowPsoPoGoN COERULEUS (Balbis) Mont.

Large floating masses of a species of Compsopogon were found in
the summer of 1914 in the water garden on Mr. Charles R. Crane's
estate by Dr. G. R. Lyman. In structure, size, and method of
macro-aplanospore formation the species agrees with the description
of Compsopogon coeruleus (Balbis) Mont. The normal habitat of
this species is given! as Florida, the Antilles, and Algeria. Its pres-
ence as far north as Woods Hole is probably due to its introduction
with water-plants sent from Florida. While vigorous and abundant
in 1914, the species has not been found this season. It may have been
winter-killed, or perhaps crowded out by a large species of Cladophora
which has spread over the bottom of the pond.— R. H. Couey.

1 Thaxter, R. Note on the structure and reproduction of Compsopogon. Bot. Gazette,
Vol. 29, p. 259, 1900.

Vol. 18, no. 207, including pages 53 to 72 and plates 118 and 119, was issued
28 March, 1916.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 18. May, 1916. No. 209.

THE WINTER FLORA OF MUSKEGET ISLAND, MASSA-
CHUSETTS.

W. L. McATEE.

Waite on Muskeget Island, Massachusetts, from November 24 to
December 1, 1915, in the interests of the United States Biological
Survey, the writer was enabled to make a collection of plants. The
island was well covered and the collection is believed to be complete
for the period indicated.

Muskeget is pure sand and is constantly being remodeled by wave
action. The western side is now being worn away most rapidly. A
keypost used by the Coast Guard was reset 27 paces inland during
the spring of 1915, and in December it was apparent that the post
would soon have to be moved again. It is said that formerly the
island projected three-quarters of a mile farther on this side than it
does now. Noticeable addition to the island seems to be limited to
the southeast point.

The main body of Muskeget Island is approximately a semicircle
with the diameter about a mile in length. "The convex side is toward
the north and at the southeast and southwest extremes are long points,
the latter being much the longer. 'The south side of the island is
occupied by 3 bays of which the middle one shoals off into a salt marsh
which extends long arms into the body of the island. In the south-
eastern quarter of the island are a number of small fresh water marshes.

The strongest impression made by the vegetation of Muskeget
Island, at the time the writer saw it, was due to the waving sea of
straw-colored Ammophila. Dotted here and there were dark islands
of which those occupying the elevations were largely composed of

94 Rhodora ! [May

beach plum, and those in the low spots of bayberry. Scattered among
the Ammophila, and almost uniformly distributed were Solidago
sempervirens and Artemisia caudata.

Nowhere has the writer seen poison ivy so common, nor so peculiar
in habit. There being nothing on which to climb, it simply sprawls
over the sand. It is vigorous, however, taking complete possession
of some areas and producing an enormous crop of fruit. Indeed while
walking over most parts of the island, one’s footsteps are accompanied
by a constant rattle of dislodged poison ivy fruits.

In the fresh water marshes, which in origin are detached extremities
of arms of the salt marsh or depressions between old beaches, there
is an interesting zonation of plants. The outer or shrubby zone is
composed largely of bayberry and Rosa humilis threaded with Rubus
procumbens and toward the inner side with Spiraea tomentosa, Aster
novi-belgii and Agrostis perennans. The next zone, rather an indefi-
nite one is that of Scirpus cyperinus and cat-tails. The inner basin of
the marshes usually is a mass of Juncus canadensis, and Aspidium
thelypteris with scattered Scirpus cyperinus. In one marsh this area
is partly taken up by a bed of sphagnum and Vacciniwm macrocarpon.

In the salt marsh, there is a strand zone where grow Spergularia
leiosperma (found to some extent elsewhere), Salicornia mucronata,
S. europaea and Suaeda linearis. The next zone is dominated by
Spartina patens, among which are scattered Limonium and Salicornia
ambigua. The next zone is occupied by Spartina glabra var. pilosa,
beyond which no emersed vegetation appears, but submerged eel-grass
is abundant. |

The shrubs on Muskeget, particularly the beach plum, are covered
with lichens, among which are Lecanora varia (Ehrh.) Ach., Parmelia
sulcata Tayl., Ramalina calicaris (L.) Nyl., and Usnea florida (L.)
Hoffm. Two lichens ! grow commonly on the sand, namely, Cladonia
sylvatica (L.) Rabenh. forma laxiuscula Del. and Cladonia boryi Tuck.
forma reticulata (Russ.) Merl.

The number of species of vascular plants collected on Muskeget
Island was 54 of which 9 seem clearly to have been recently introduced
by man. A small patch of turnips was cultivated during the summer
of 1915 and at the time of my visit there remained on this area some
of the turnip plants, and a few pioneers of the irrepressible Panicum

1 All of these lichens were kindly identified by Mr. G. K. Merrill.

1916] McAtee,— Winter Flora of Muskeget Island 95

capillare. On a single refuse heap near a fisherman's house were
found the only specimens of mullein, wild carrot, Raphanus raphanis-
trum, Poa pratensis, Triticum sativum, and Festuca rubra, and only in
the vicinity of fishing shacks were Chenopodium album and Convol-
vulus sepium obtained.

The vascular plants found on Muskeget Island belong to 23 families
of which 16 are represented by only one species each; while the
Rosaceae have 6 species, the Chenopodiaceae and Compositae 8 each,
and the Gramineae 9 species.

Such is the general summary of the winter flora of a mile-wide and
isolated sand patch twenty miles off the southern shore of Cape Cod,
Massachusetts.

LIST OF SPECIES.!
POLYPODIACEAE.

ASPIDIUM THELYPTERIS (L.) Sw.— The only fern present; abundant
in fresh water marshes; covered with fruit dots.

TYPHACEAE.

TypHa LATIFOLIA L.— Numbers present in a few of the fresh water

marshes.

NAIADACEAE.

ZOSTERA MARINA L.— Exceedingly abundant in shoal waters sur-
rounding Muskeget.

GRAMINEAE.

PANICUM CAPILLARE L.— Only in a little garden; mature fruit.

AGROSTIS PERENNANS (Walt.) Tuckerm.— The long, thin culms
growing up among shrubs in the fresh water marshes.

AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link.— The most abundant plant;
mature fruit.

SPARTINA GLABRA Muhl. var. PriLOSsA Merr.— The outermost
emersed plant of the salt marsh; mature fruit.

1 Identification of plants mentioned in this list was kindly made by Professor M. L. Fernald,
with the exception of 3 species of grasses named by Professor A. S. Hitchcock.

96 Rhodora [May

SPARTINA PATENS (Ait.) Muhl.— The dominant plant of the shal-
lower parts of the salt marsh; spikelets fallen.

PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS Trin.— One considerable colony on rather
high ground.

TRITICUM SATIVUM L.

Poa PRATENSIS L.

FESTUCA RUBRA L.— Of the last two and of this species there was
found only one tuft of each on a fisherman's refuse heap.

CYPERACEAE.

SCIRPUS CYPERINUS (L.) Kunth.— Common in fresh water marshes.

JUNCACEAE.

JUNCUS CANADENSIS J. Gay.— The dominant plant of the central
parts of the fresh-water marshes; capsules empty.

MYRICACEAE.

Myrica CAROLINENSIS Mill.— Abundant about margins of marshes
and other damp spots; in full fruit.

POLYGONACEAE.

RUMEX ACETOSELLA L.— Very abundant, growing both in the open
and in shade of other plants.

PonvcoNuM AcRE HBK. var. LEPTOSTACHYUM Meisn.— Common
in fresh marshes; mature fruit.

CHENOPODIACEAE.

CHENOPODIUUM ALBUM L.— A few plants on fisherman's refuse
heap. !

ATRIPLEX PATULA L. var. HASTATA (L.) Gray.— Scattered rosettes
seen; mature fruit.

ATRIPLEX ARENARIA Nutt.— Mature fruit.

SALICORNIA MUCRONATA Bigel.

1916] McAtee,— Winter Flora of Muskeget Island 97

SALICORNIA EUROPAEA L.— These two species on strand of salt
marsh.

SALICORNIA AMBIGUA Michx.— Growing among Spartina patens.

SUAEDA LINEARIS (Ell.) Moq.— Scarce; mature fruit.

SALSOLA KALI L. Frequent; mature fruit.

i CARYOPHYLLACEAE.

SPERGULARIA LEIOSPERMA (Kindberg) F. Schmidt.— Frequent on
strand of the salt marsh.

ARENARIA PEPLOIDES L. var. ROBUSTA Fernald.— Several mats on
Southwest point, scarce elsewhere.

CRUCIFERAE.

LEPIDIUM VIRGINICUM L.— Common, scattered everywhere; mature
fruit.

CAKILE EDENTULA (Bigel.) Hook.— Frequent; flowers to mature
fruit.

RAPHANUS RAPHANISTRUM L.— Only on fisherman’s refuse heap.

ROSACEAE.

SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA L.— Frequent in shrub zone of the fresh water
marshes.

FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA Duchesne.— In high dry situations; infre-
quent.

RUBUS PROCUMBENS Muhl.— Abundant; most plentiful in shrub
zone of fresh water marshes.

Rosa RvGosA Thunb.— One clump about 25 feet in diameter, which
is known to have originated from a single bush brought ashore by the
tide some 7 to 8 years ago; called “JAPANESE ROSE"; mature fruit.

Rosa HUMILIS Marsh.— Rose bushes are abundant and if the curved
or straight shape of spines is a safe criterion, both this species and R.
VIRGINIANA Mill. are represented. The straight-spined plants tend
to be restricted to the higher ground, and those with curved spines
to the swamps; fruit present.

Prunus MARITIMA Wang.— Abundant; apparently the only plant
of economie value. "The crop of fruit is said usually to be large.

98 Rhodora [May

LEGUMINOSAE.

LATHYRUS MARITIMUS (L.) Bigel.— Fairly common; confined to
vicinity of shore.

ANACARDIACEAE.

REUS ToxicoDENDRON L.— Abundant, sprawling over the sand on
higher ground and occupying some areas exclusively. The fruiting
branches are erect, usually only a few inches high, and never over
eighteen. In one instance seen climbing between shingles forming
side of fisherman’s house. Fruit very abundant.

HYPERICACEAE.

Hypericum VIRGINICUM L. Scarce in swamps; capsules empty.

ONAGRACEAE.

OENOTHERA MURICATA L.— Fairly common; mature fruit.

UMBELLIFERAE.

Daucus carota L.— One plant on fisherman's refuse heap.

ERICACEAE.

VACCINIUM MACROCARPON Ait.— Plentiful in one fresh-water marsh
which this plant and sphagnum are transforming into a bog; fruit
present.

PLUMBAGINACEAE.

LIMONIUM CAROLINIANUM (Walt.) Britton.— Frequent in outskirts
of salt marsh.

CONVOLVULACEAE.

CONVOLVULUS sEPIUM L.— A few plants near fishermen's cabins.

TÉ

CAMPUS Te w

1916] McAtee,— Winter Flora of Muskeget Island 99

LABIATAE.

TEUCRIUM CANADENSE L. var. LITTORALE (Bicknell) Fernald.—
Fairly common; mature fruit.

SCROPHULARIACEAE.

VERBASCUM THAPSUS L.— A few plants on fisherman’s refuse heap.

COMPOSITAE.

SOLIDAGO SEMPERVIRENS L.— Abundant, scattered everywhere,
still in flower.

ASTER NOVI-BELGII L.— Frequent in shrub zone of fresh water
marshes, particularly on the inner border of this area; mature fruit.

GNAPHALIUM POLYCEPHALUM Michx.— Common on higher land;
empty involucres.

XANTHIUM ECHINATUM Murr.— Not common; mature fruit.

ARTEMISIA CAUDATA Michx.— Abundant, scattered everywhere in
drier soil; involucres empty.

ARTEMISIA STELLERIANA Bess.— Infrequent; involucres empty.

ERECHTITES HIERACIFOLIA (L.) Raf.— Common in both wet and
dry situations; involucres empty.

LACTUCA CANADENSIS L.— Infrequent; mature fruit.

-

BroroaicAL Survey, Washington, D. C.

100 Rhodora [Mav

A CALCIPHILE VARIETY OF ANDROMEDA GLAUCO-
PHYLLA.

M. L. FERNALD.

THE common Andromeda of eastern America, A. glaucophylla Link.!
is characteristic of acid peat and inundated sphagnous bogs. So gen-
erally is this the case that, in 1910, when Professor Wiegand and the

1 A. glaucophylla Link, Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. pars. i. 394, was listed in the enumeration
immediately after A. Polifolia with which Link obviously did not consider it identical. Link's
description was as follows:

“3960. A. GLAUCOPHYLLA. Foliis linearibus margine revolutis Breen albidis, floribus
aggregatis terminalibus, pedunculis corolla ovata parum majoribus, antheris versus apicem
aristatis. A. polifolia 8 Pursh am. i. 291. Differt a praecedente cui similis pedunculorum
magnitudine, qui in illa duplo longiores corolla et ultra. Folia subtus alba nec tomentosa.
Glandulae inter stamina."

From this it would appear that Link was giving a specific name to A. Polifolia 8 of Pursh.
The latter plant, as Pursh's treatment shows, was the earlier published A. Polifolia, a latifolia
Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 68 (1789) from North America, as contrasted with his A. Polifolia 8 media,
the ** Common Marsh Andromeda, or Wild Rosemary” of Britain. As already shown by the
present writer in Rnopona, v. 67-71 (1903), the European Andromeda Polifolia differs in many
characters from the common American plant, A. Polifolia with us being an arctic and subarctic
species of very doubtful occurrence along the northern borders of the United States. In addi-
tion to definite fruit-characters, the common American plant differs from the European in its
more glaucous new shoots and mature foliage, its shorter thicker pedicels (rarely twice as long
as the corolla; the pedicels of A. Pelifolia being 2—4 times as long as the corolla), in more spread-
ing whitish sepals, and in having the lower surfaces of the leaves very minutely tomentulose
(under a strong lens), not glabrous as in the European species. The writer has previously
identified the common American shrub with Link's A. glaucophylla; but recently Dr. J. K.
Small, asserting that A. glaucophylla is true A. Polifolia, has described the common American
plant as a new species, A. canescens Small in N. A. Fl. xxix. pt. 1, 61 (1914). As leading charac-
ters of his new species, A. canescens, Small recognizes the *' pedicels once or twice as long as
the corolla or capsule” as opposed to A. Polifolia with “pedicels several times as long as the
corolla or capsule” and calyx with ‘‘lobes. ..usually whitish and spreading" as opposed to A.
Polifolia with “lobes. . . usually reddish or pale, and ascending."

In thus reducing Link's A. glaucophylla to A. Polifolia with very long pedicels and ascending
reddish calyx-lobes, it would seem that Dr. Small has laid emphasis upon only a minor point
in Link's description; for, as indicated by its most pronounced characters, Link was clearly
describing, as were Aiton and Pursh before him, the common American species recently re-
christened A. canescens. "Thus, in his account Link very particularly emphasizes the short
peduncles, saying: ‘‘ peduncles little longer than the ovate corolla," and again *' Differs from
the preceding [A. Polifolia] to which it is similar, in the length of the peduncles, which in that
[A. Polifolia] are twice as long as the corolla and more." Furthermore, in the description of A.
Polifolia a latifolia Ait. or 8 latifolia Pursh, the earlier published plant to which Link gave the
binomial A. glaucophylla, both Aiton and Pursh emphasized the calyx-character which dis-
tinguishes Small's A. canescens, both saying: ‘‘laciniis calycinis patentibus ovatis albis." The
contradictory, or possibly contradictory statement is Link's ‘‘ Folia subtus alba nec tomentosa.”

_If this comment contrasted A. glaucophylla with the preceding species, it alone would indicate
the possibility that Link's species is A. Polifolia; if, on the other hand, it was meant to contrast
A. Polifolia with A. glaucophylla there is no dilemma. In view of the short peduncles and the
spreading white calyx-lobes emphasized in the original descriptions of A. glaucophylla or of A.
Polifolia B latifolia Pursh (or a latifolia Ait.) upon which it rests, there had appeared to the

1916] — Fernald,— A Variety of Andromeda glaucopylla 101

writer were botanizing on the west coast of Newfoundland, it was a
great surprise to find the species, very dwarfed but freely fruiting, on
the limestone barrens about Ingornachoix Bay. In fruit the material
from the limestone barrens seemed inseparable from the dwarfest ex-
tremes of the common plant of acid peats; but in 1914 Mr. Harold
St. John and the writer were fortunate enough to find a dwarfed plant,
which was quite similar in aspect to the Ingornachoix Bay material,
forming extensive mats on the limestone tableland of Table Mountain,
back of Port à Port Bay. There the tiny shrub was associated, as it
was about Ingornachoix Bay, with very characteristic calciphiles:
Equisetum variegatum Schleicher, Poa alpina L., Kobresia caricina
Willd., Juncus triglumis L., Tofieldia palustris Huds., Salix vestita
Pursh, Anemone parviflora Michx., Lesquerella arctica (Richardson)
Watson, var. Purshii Watson, Saxifraga oppositifolia L., Potentilla
nivea L., Dryas integrifolia Vahl., Viola nephrophylla Greene, Lobelia
Kalmii L., Erigeron hyssopifolius Michx., etc.— an association of
plants which we never find in the acid peats and sphagnous bogs
where typical Andromeda glaucophylla abounds.

On Table Mountain the Andromeda was in full flower and we were
at once impressed by the fact that the corolla was much shorter than
in the familiar bog-shrub, and oblate-globose in form, shorter than
broad; the longer corolla of typical A. glaucophylla being ovoid-urceo-
late. In typical A. glaucophylla, furthermore, the anthers are pale
brown in color; in the Table Mountain plant purple or purplish-
black and unusually short, while the filaments, too, are shorter and
broader-based than in the plant on the acid bogs. One other char-
acter, apparently post mortem, is of interest. In practically all the
specimens of the Table Mountain plant with oblate-globose corollas
and purple anthers, the corollas, under pressure, have split deeply
into five lobes, so that in the herbarium-material the corollas have
become campanulate, thus strongly suggesting those of Cassiope.
writer to be no real doubt that Link was describing the common American representative of the
European species; but on account of the different interpretation by Dr. Small, it has seemed
wise to have the type of Aiton's var. latifolia, upon which A. glaucophylla rests, examined.
This was kindly undertaken by Mr. S. F. Blake, who in a letter of February 3, 1915, wrote:
“a latifolia Ait. Type (ex. Hort. Pitcairne, 1778) is A. glaucophylla of Manual, ed. 7, with

oblong slightly revolute leaves tomentulose beneath, the larger 3-4 cm. X 6-10 mm. Tracing
sent.”

Whether Link had material which was essentially different from that of Aiton cannot now be
readily determined, but in view of the emphasis given by Link to the short peduncles and the
clear identification of Aiton’s var. latifolia, there seems no reasonable doubt that A. canescens
Small is A. glaucophylla Link,

102 Rhodora [May

In very rare instances short subglobose corollas occur on the bog
plant with pale anthers, and in one case typical 4. glaucophylla has
been seen with a tendency to post mortem splitting of the corolla;
but, differing from the true A. glaucophylla in its almost unique corolla
and anther-characters, the plant of the Newfoundland limestones
seems to be worthy at least varietal designation.

In its very reduced foliage and in its fruit and its spreading whitish
calyx-lobes the limestone plant is quite inseparable from dwarfed
extremes of true A. glaucophylla. In fact, the original material of
Aiton's A. Polifolia y angustifolia, which was collected by Sir Joseph
Banks at Croque in nórtheastern Newfoundland and which has been
compared for the writer by Mr. Blake, is quite inseparable from the
Table Mountain plant in its foliage; but most unfortunately the
Aiton type is quite destitute of flowers. Pursh, taking up Aiton's Y
angustifolia as a angustifolia, said: “ I strongly suspect the variety a
to be a distinct species which might be called A. rosmarinifolia”;
but owing to the lack of flowers on the Aiton material it is now quite
impossible to say whether it is a dwarf form of true 4. glaucophylla
or the plant of Table Mountain. | Under these circumstances the
Table Mountain plant may be called

ANDROMEDA GLAUCOPHYLLA Link., var. iodandra, n. var., depressa,
ramis 0.3-1.5 dm. altis; foliis linearibus 1-2.4 cm. longis valde revo-
lutis; corollis oblato-globosis 3-4 mm. longis in statu siccato cam-
panulatis valde lobatis; antheris purpureis vel atropurpureis 0.6-
0.8 mm. longis, filamentis 1.4 mm. longis basi latis.

Depressed; the branches 0.3-1.5 dm. high: leaves linear, 1-2.4
cm. long, strongly revolute: corolla oblate-globose, 3-4 mm. long, in
the dried condition campanulate and deeply lobed: anthers purple or
purplish-black, 0.6-0.8 mm. long; filaments 1.4 mm. long, broad at
base.— NEWFOUNDLAND: in humus or turf on the limestone table-
land, altitude 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay, July 16
and 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,857 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).
Fruiting specimens from dry rocky limestone barrens, near sea-level,
Ingornachoix Bay, August 2 & 4, 1910 (Fernald & Wiegand, nos.
3,840, 3,841) seem to belong here.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 103

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— XIII.

ALEXANDER W. EvANs.

(Continued from page 85.)

In P. platyphylla, according to Müller and other recent writers who
define the species in a narrow sense, the secondary stems are more or
less regularly bipinnate or even tripinnate, thus giving the shoot-
system a fern-like appearance; the lobes of the leaves are closely im-
bricated and. ovate when spread out flat, the base being cordate, the
apex rounded, and the margin entire or nearly so; the lobules are
much smaller than the lobes, about half again as wide as the stem,
ovate, gradually narrowed toward the blunt apex, scarcely or not at all
decurrent at the base, recurved along the outer side, and entire along
the margin; the leaf-cells average 25 u in diameter in the middle of
the lobe, the cell-walls are thin and the trigones small and triangular;
the underleaves are two or three times as broad as the stem and about
twice as wide as the lobules, their outline is rotund-quadrate, and they
are broadly long-decurrent on both sides, the decurrent portion being
sometimes sparingly toothed, while the rest of the margin is narrowly
revolute and entire; the perichaetial bracts, which are reduced to a
single pair, are smaller than the leaves, and subequally bifid one-half
to two-thirds, the lobe being blunt, the lobule pointed, and the mar-
gin entire throughout; the perichaetial bracteole is broadly oval, en-
tire, and reflexed in the upper part; the perianth is shortly pyriform,
bluntly three-keeled in the lower part and dorsi-ventrally compressed
in the upper part, the mouth being two-lipped and bearing scattered
teeth; the capsule is deeply divided into four valves, which are often
unequal and further subdivided; the wall of the capsule is two or three
cells thick, the cells of the outer wall having small triangular trigones;
the spores measure 45-55 u in diameter, and the elaters measure 8 u
in diameter and have two spirals extending to their very ends. In the
var. subsquarrosa Schiffn., which Müller admits has been the cause of
confusion, the lobes of the leaves are broadly ovate, the lobules are
broader than in the type but are still narrower than the underleaves,
and the cell-walls average about 30 u in diameter in the middle of the
lobe.

A study of numerous specimens, both European and North Ameri-

104 Rhodora [Mav

can, in which the elaters were bispiral throughout, showed that some
of the gametophytic characters relied upon by Müller were subject
to variation, although his characterization of the species was essen-
tially correct. In considering these variations the lobes, the lobules,
the underleaves, the bracts and bracteoles, and the mouth of the peri-
anth will be taken up in order. "The leaves and underleaves discussed
are in all cases those of the stem itself.

Although the lobes are normally ovate as described (see Figs. 1, 2,
4, 5) they are sometimes as broad as long and may be practically
orbicular in outline (Figs. 3, 6). The cordate condition of the base,
moreover, is not always as clear as might be desired. At the junction
with the short keel, to be sure, the base is distinctly dilated into a
cordate expansion, which may be either plane, or slightly crispate or
revolute, but this expansion is by no means as constant on the other
side of the lobe. In the case of the lobes shown in Figs. 4 and 5 the
basal dilations are distinct enough, and similar dilations are shown
in Figs. 1 and 2; but in Figs. 3 and 6 the lobe gradually narrows toward
the base and is actually short-decurrent. It should be noted in this
connection that the line of attachment of the lobe is strongly arched,
so that the extent of the decurrent portion is not easy to define. The
margin of the lobe is not quite so uniformly entire as Müller's descrip-
tion implies, and the portion of the margin which extends from the
dorsal base to the apex is frequently more or less dentate. "The teeth,
which in some cases at least mark the position of slime papillae, are
exceedingly irregular in size, in number and in distribution, and they
are usually little more than blunt and vaguely defined projections
(Figs. 1, 2, 5). Sometimes, however, they are sharper, and it is not
unusual to find one or two sharp and minute teeth close to the base
(Figs. 1, 2). Aside from these basal teeth, a larger and very variable
tooth about midway between the base and the apex is fairly frequent.
The presence of teeth on the lobe is briefly alluded to by Warnstorf.'

In the case of the lobule the line of attachment is even more sharply
arched than in the case of the lobe and makes the degree of decurrence
even more difficult to define clearly. Perhaps the most accurate
method would be to consider the lobule decurrent only when the inner
edge extends farther backward than the outer edge, and this is appar-
ently what is implied in Müller's description. His account of the

! Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg 1: 270. 1902

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 105

form and relative width of the lobule could hardly be improved upon,
but here again the margin is not invariably entire as he maintains.
A very few minute and irregular teeth may be present along the inner
edge (especially when this is slightly decurrent) and also close to the
junction with the lobe, where the lobule is more or less dilated.

Müller's description of the leaf-cells and underleaves portrays very
accurately the conditions which are present in the material studied
by the writer. On account of the strongly arched line of attachment of
the underleaves the decurrent portion is vaguely delimited from the
portion which is not decurrent, but in any case the decurrence is
strongly marked.

His account of the perichaetial leaves, however, deserves a little
amplification. The two bracts are usually unequal in size, the one
(see Fig. 7) which is turned toward the apex of the axis bearing the
female branch (that is, the outer bract) being the smaller of the
two. Although the lobe and lobule are frequently of about the same
size, it is more usual for the lobe to be distinctly larger than the lobule
(see Figs. 7, 8), and the apices of both lobe and lobule vary from acute
to obtuse or even rounded. Marginal teeth are sometimes absent but
this is by no means invariably the case. In some of the bracts exam-
ined both lobe and lobule bore a number of scattered irregular teeth,
some of which were little more than projecting cells while others were
larger and more lobe-like. In connection with some of the teeth
vestiges of slime papillae could be discerned. Similar teeth are some-
times present on the perichaetial bracteole (Fig. 9).

In European specimens of P. platyphylla the mouth of the perianth
with its scattered teeth (Fig. 10) presents a very distinctive appear-
ance. Each lip usually bears from fifteen to twenty teeth, and the
teeth themselves vary from single projecting cells to cilia four or five
cells long and one cell wide throughout or to triangular teeth as long
as such cilia but three or four cells wide at the base. "The teeth are
exceedingly fragile, and their peculiarities cannot always be made out
from old and weathered perianths. Fortunately the perianth starts to
develop even when no archegonia are fertilized and, since the mouth is
the first part to mature, the undeveloped perianths dissected out from
unfertilized inflorescences will usually show the marginal teeth clearly.

In the North American specimens which the writer would refer to
P. platyphylla the teeth show a tendency to be more crowded than in
the European specimens, a condition which Figs. 11-14 clearly bring

106 Rhodora [Mav

out. Some of the teeth, moreover, are large and compound and show
a development of secondary teeth. Teeth of this character are repre-
sented in Fig. 11, which shows one of the sinuses between the lips of
the perianth, and also in Fig. 14, which unfortunately is taken from a
specimen without mature capsules. Sometimes a few surface cells
close to the mouth project slightly, as shown in Fig. 13.

The sporophytic characters of P. platyphylla are well described by
Müller. It might perhaps be added that the two spirals in the
elaters are continuous at the extreme ends and form loops. "This
interesting feature is brought out by Schiffner and is very evident in
both European and North American material. "The writer is inclined
to follow Schiffner and Müller in restricting the name P. platyphylla
to plants in which the elaters are bispiral. The difficulties in deter-
mining material without capsules will be discussed under P. platy-
phylloidea.

The third species of Porella which has been reported from New
England is P. rivularis (Nees) Trevis., the full description of which
by Howe ! may be consulted. "This species has been more or less con-
fused with both P. pinnata and P. platyphylla. Although the name
P. rivularis has been in widespread use for a considerable period,
Müller? has recently shown that the oldest synonym for the species
is Jungermannia Cordaeana Hüben.? and therefore describes it under
the old name Madotheca Cordaeana (Hüben.) Dumort.* In order
to avoid the publication of a new combination, Dumortier's name
will be employed in the present paper. M. Cordaeana is especially
at home on stones and rocks along mountain brooks. In such locali-
ties it is more or less subject to inundation, but in dry seasons may be
exposed to the air for considerable periods. In very shady places it
sometimes grows on trees close to the base. Müller comments on the
variability of the species, due to environmental conditions, and notes
its occurrence in North America, northern Africa, and western Asia,
as well as in Europe. In the writer's opinion, however, the records
not only from New England but from other parts of eastern North
America are based on incorrect determinations, as will be shown below.

In general appearance M. Cordaeana resembles P. pinnata very

! Bull. Torrey Club 24: 519. 1897.
2? Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6?: 585. 1915.

3 Hepat. Germ. 291. 1834.
* Recueil d'obs. sur les Jung. 11. 1835.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 107

strongly although its relationships with P. platyphylla are perhaps
closer. The stems are pinnate or sparingly bipinnate, and the shoot-
system on account of the regularity of the branching may assume a
. fern-like form. This, however, is always less marked than in typical
specimens of P. platyphylla, and in some cases, especially in drier situ-
ations, the branching may be very irregular.

The lobes, lobules, and underleaves differ from those of P. pinnata
in being usually more or less dentate. The dentation, in fact, although
not to be compared with that of the European P. laevigata (Schrad.)
Lindb. in its typical forms, is commonly more marked than in P.
platyphylla and its immediate allies, and often helps in determining
sterile specimens of M. Cordaeana. Taking up the lobes (of the stem-
leaves) more in detail they are found to be ovate and rounded at the
apex, much as in P. platyphylla. In some cases they are not attached
to the lobule at all, no keel being present. In other cases an ex-
tremely short keel can be demonstrated. Whether a keel is developed
or not the lobe is usually distinctly dilated at the carinal base (as it
may be called) and may therefore be described as cordate; at the
dorsal base the cordate, condition is much less frequent, the lobe in
most cases gradually narrowing into a short decurrent portion. "The
teeth of the lobe are much like those of P. platyphylla but tend to be
sharper, more distinct and more numerous.

The lobules afford some of the most distinctive characters of the
species. They are usually much smaller than in P. platyphylla and are
ovate to lanceolate in form, the apex varying from obtusely pointed
to acute.. On branch-leaves the apices may even be acuminate. The
margins of the lobules are often irregularly revolute in places, the
whole lobule being thus variously contorted or crispate. The line of
attachment is sharply arched and the inner edge is usually twice or
three times as long as the outer, so that the decurrence is very evident.
Sometimes, when no keel is present, the outer edge extends farther
backward than the lobe in the form of a narrow wing, but this is never
so long as the inner edge. | Marginal teeth or cilia are restricted for
the most part to the decurrent portions. They are exceedingly vari-
able in number, in form, and in size, but are usually more in evidence
than in the lobules of P. platyphylla. |

The leaf-cells average about 30 u in the middle of the lobe and are
therefore a trifle larger than in typical forms of P. platyphylla and con-
siderably larger than in P. pinnata. They have thin walls and small

108 Rhodora [Mav

but distinct trigones. The underleaves are even more decurrent than
in P. platyphylla and the decurrent portions tend to be more strongly
toothed. In other respects the underleaves are much the same in the
two species, although in M. Cordaeana they are distinctly narrower,
being only a little wider than the stem.

The female branches, which bear a single pair of bracts, sometimes
arise directly from the stem and sometimes from a primary branch.
In most cases, especially when the branch springs directly from the
stem the contrast in size between the bracts is very marked, the inner
bract being much larger than the outer. In the outer bract the lobule
is narrower than the lobe but almost equals it in length; in the
inner bract the lobe tends to be longer and broader than the lobule,
although it is always distinctly smaller than the lobes of ordinary
leaves. With respect to the apices of the lobes and lobules there
is much variety. The lobe of the inner bract, however, is usually
rounded at the apex, while the lobe of the outer bract and the lobules
of both bracts are usually more or less sharply pointed. The bracteole
is much the same as in related species. Both bracts and bracteole are
variously toothed, the teeth varying from slightly projecting cells to
cilia. or broader teeth two to four cells long. The teeth are irregu-
larly scattered but tend to be closer together in the basal regions, where
they sometimes show vestiges of hyaline papillae.

The perianth is especially remarkable on account of the character
of its mouth. In the other North American species of Porella the
mouth is variously ciliate; in M. Cordaeana it is subentire or vaguely
crenulate from projecting cells. Sometimes a slight lobing or indis-
tinctly sinuate appearance is present, but even then the mouth is very
different from what is found in other species. The sporophytic char-
acters are much as in P. platyphylla, the elaters being bispiral through-
out their entire length.

In separating M. Cordaeana from P. platyphylla the subentire mouth
of the perianth, the large inner perichaetial bract, and the small and
long-decurrent lobules yield the most helpful characters. The mouth
of the perianth will likewise distinguish it from P. pinnata, although
there is now little danger of confusing these two species even when
sterile, on account of the blunt, entire, and transversely attached
lobules and underleaves in P. pinnata.

Although M. Cordaeana is not uncommon from the Rocky Moun-
tains westward very few stations from the eastern part of North

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 109

America have been reported. In New England there is one record
for Connecticut ! and one for Vermont. The Connecticut record was
based on poorly developed male specimens collected in 1856 by D. C.
Eaton in the town of Cheshire; the Vermont record, on a few frag-
mentary specimens, apparently quite sterile, which were found in 1910
by F. Dobbin in the town of Jamaica. These specimens do not agree
with the European and western American material of M. Cordaeana.
The Connecticut specimens are hardly determinable but clearly belong
to the P. platyphylla-group. The Vermont specimens agree closely
with the plants from Willoughby, which are listed above under P.
platyphylla, and are therefore included under the same species.

Only two other reports from the region east of the Mississippi are
known to the writer. One was based on specimens collected by W. S.
Sullivant near Yellow Springs, Ohio ?; the other on specimens collected
by T. P. James at Narrowsville, Bucks County, Pennsylvania.
These specimens show rather broad lobules with a short decur-
rence and very immature perianths, in which the teeth at the
mouth are scattered. It seems safe to refer them to P. platyphylla,
as is done above. Two records made by the writer, one from Stair
Portage, Minnesota (MacMillan, Lyon & Brand 42), and the other
from near Estabrook, Platte Canyon, Colorado (J. M. Holzinger),?
seem to be equally open to criticism. "The specimens in both cases
should be referred to the P. platyphylla-group and probably represent
a poorly developed form of P. platyphylla itself; unfortunately it is
not possible to reach a positive conclusion.

According to the statements just made the occurrence of M. Cordae-
ana in eastern North America seems to be improbable. "There are
other European species, however, which are restricted, in North Amer-
ica, to the Pacific Coast region, so that the distribution of M. Cordae-
ana in this respect is by no means unique.

5. PoRELLA PLATYPHYLLOIDEA (Schwein.) Lindb. Hepat. Utveckl.
20. 1877 (as Porella platyphylloides). Jungermannia platyphylloidea

1 See Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 24: 520. 1897.

2 Ruopora 14: 18. 1912.

3 Distributed by Austin in Hep. Bor.-Amer. 91b. 1873. The habitat is given on the label
as follows: “On shaded rocks, near Yellow Springs, Ohio, Sullivant; also in California, Bo-
lander.” In the writer's set the specimens are unlike any form of Porella known from California
and doubtless represent Sullivant's plants.

4 See Porter, Cat. Bry. and Pterid. Pennsylvania 8. 1904.

5 Minnesota Bot. Stud. 3: 144. 1903.

5 Bryologist 18: 47. 1915.

110 Rhodora [May

Schwein. Spec. Fl. Am. Sept. Crypt. 9. 1821. Madotheca platy-
phylloidea Dumort. Recueil d'Obs. sur les Jung. 11. 1835. Mado-
theca Jackii Schiffn. Lotos 48: 348. 1900. Porella Jackii C. Jensen,
Danmarks Mosser 1: 240. 1915. [Text figs. 14-40].

On rocks and trunks of trees. Maine: Auburn (FE. D. Merrill 8);
Mt. Desert Island (E. L. Rand); vicinity of Schoodic Lake, Piscata-
quis County (A. W. E.); Bristol and Madison (E. B. Chamberlain
1344, 1503); Hebron (J. A. Allen); Southwest Harbor (S. A. Linsey);
Pleasant Ridge Township, Somerset County (E. B. Chamberlain 3287);
Farmington (J. F. Collins 1173); near Prospect Harbor (4. R.
Northrop). New Hampshire: Crawford Notch (E. Faxon); Jackson
and Franconia Notch (A. W. E.); Madison (H. H. Bartlett 1250, 1251);
White Mountains (* E. 7.7”). Vermont: Willoughby (A. Lorenz);
Leffert’s Mills, Chittenden County (C. M. Cooke, Jr.); Bolton
(A. W. E); Newfane (M. A. Howe, distributed in Amer. Hep. 87,
as M. platyphylla). Massachusetts: Dedham and Brookline (FK.
Faxon); West Newbury (C. C. Haynes); Woods Hole (A. W. E.);
Brewster (F. S. Collins). Rhode Island: Providence and North
Kingston (J. F. Collins 599, 798); Chepacket (G. W. Burlingame 207).
Connecticut: Hamden (1858), New Haven, Danbury, Bethany and
East Haven (D. C. Eaton); Kent, Ledyard, Hamden, Orange, West
Hartford, Meriden and Salisbury (A. W. E.); Plainfield (J. L. Shel-
don); Stafford, Portland, North Haven, Bolton and Vernon (G. E.
Nichols); Southington ((E. B. Chamberlain 1437); Redding (C. C.
Haynes); Killingworth (F. W. Hall); Canterbury (S. B. Hadley);
Portland and Glastonbury (F. Wilson); East Lyme (C. B. Graves);
Durham (A. Lorenz). To give a further idea of the distribution of the
species in North America the following stations outside of New
England may be given. Nova Scotia: near Indian Brook and in the
valley of the Barrasois, Cape Breton (G. E. Nichols 42, 65, 1545);
Kentville (H. B. Bailey); Big Intervale and Baddeck, Cape Breton
(J. Macoun 55, 58); near Pictou (Howe & Lang 584); near Yarmouth
(J. Macoun 24); Sandy Cove (J. D. Lowe 22). Ontario: Ottawa (J.
Macoun, distributed in Can. Hep. 9, as P. platyphylla); Algonquin
Park (J. Macoun 135); Owen Sound (Mrs. Roy). New York: Chit-
tenago and Clarkson (D. C. Eaton, 1855); Yonkers (E. C. Howe);
Murray Island, Jefferson County (Robinson & Maxon 106); Mt.
Colburn (E. G. Britton 24), somewhat doubtful; Undercliff (C. C.
Haynes 330); Onteora (A. M. Vail 3); Bear's Head, Sand Lake (S. H.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 111

Burnham 2). Pennsylvania: Erie (L. G. Olmstead, 1843); Glen
Riddle and Moylan, Delaware County (A. F. K. Krout), doubtful;
near Conewago, mouth of the Tucquan, near Safe Harbor and near
Penryn (J. K. Small 21, 23, 7, 20, 11); Sayre (W. C. Barbour 8).
Ohio: Colombus (W. S. Sullivant, 1842); Fairfield County (E. C.
Miller). Kentucky: Berea (N. L. T. Nelson 33). Maryland and
District of Columbia: near Washington (J. M. Holzinger); High
Island (F. H. Knowlton). Virginia: Hungry Hollow (Smyth County),
MeMillan's Cave (near Marion), Brushy Mountain and Holston
River (J. K. Small 44, 71, 85); Marion, Dickey's Creek, Pine Moun-
tain, White Top summit, and Holston River (E. G. Britton & A. M.
Vail 81-84, 110-115, 33, 128, 58). West Virginia: Morgantown and
Beaver Spring (C. F. Millspaugh 1291, 1292, 1530); Cheat Bridge
(J. L. Sheldon 2519). North Carolina: Salem (Schweinitz, type
of Jungermannia platyphylloidea); Hendersonville (A. M. Smith);
Blowing Rock, Aunt Sallie Ridge and Grandfather Mountain (J. K.
Small 40, 41, 35, 36). Georgia: Athens (R. M. Harper 59a); Stone
Mountain (J. K. Small 95, 98, 109); near Thompson, McDuffie
County (H. H. Bartlett 917). Florida: West Florida (A. W. Chap-
man). Indiana: near Greencastle (L. M. Underwood). Wisconsin:
Gordon, Douglas County (C. H. Conklin 157); near Mason, Lake
Superior region (L. S. Cheney 5166). Minnesota: Knife River and
Albert, St. Louis County (G. H. Conklin 841, 922); Old Iron Trail
(J. M. Holzinger). Missouri: St. Louis (T. Drummond); Horine,
Cliff Cave, Creve Coeur Lake and Chadwick (N. L. T. Nelson 7703,
820, CC, 1616, 15); Silver Mines, Iron County (C. Russell 4). New
Mexico: Mogollon Mountains, Socorso County (E. O. Wooton);
Eagle Creek, Lincoln County (E. O. Wooton), doubtful; West Fork
of the Gila River (0. B. Metcalfe 490). A number of these stations
have already been recorded under the name P. platyphylla, and the
specimens from Jackson, New Hampshire, have been figured under
this name by the writer. The specimens distributed by Austin
(Hep. Bor.-Amer. 89, 90, as Madotheca platyphylla and M. platyphylla
var.) should also be referred to P. platyphylloidea; they were proba-
bly collected in New Jersey although this fact is not stated on the
labels. The writer has seen no specimens from Mexico. In Europe
Müller gives the species a continental distribution, citing specimens
from Germany, Austria and northern Italy only.

1 Plant World 2: pl. 5. 1899.

112 Rhodora [May

In the account just given of P. platyphylla the history of P. platy-
phylloidea is likewise briefly treated. When Schiffner proposed
M. Jackii as a new species he stated that it differed from M. platy-
phylloidea in its simply pinnate shoots and slightly larger cells, the
North American species being described as closely bipinnate. Müller
considers these differences of but slight importance and was, more-
over, unable to confirm them in his study of authentic specimens of
the two species in question. He therefore reduced M. Jackii to
synonymy and the writer, from a study of European specimens cited
by Müller, sees every reason for following his example.

In P. platyphylloidea, according to Müller's accounts, the plants
are somewhat more robust than in M. platyphylla, and the secondary
stems are usually only once-pinnate with branches of variable length,
the shoot-system thus acquiring an irregular contour; the lobes of the
leaves are closely imbricated and suborbicular (usually as broad as
long or even broader), the base being crispate and auriculate, the apex
broadly revolute, and the margin practically entire; the lobules are
about twice as wide as the stem, broadly ovate, broadly rounded at
the apex, shortly or not at all decurrent, and slightly revolute along
the margin; the leaf-cells average 25 u in diameter in the middle of
the lobe, and the development of the trigones varies according to
the environment; the underleaves are of about the same width as
the lobules, their outline is suborbicular, and they are shortly decur-
rent on both sides, the decurrent portions sometimes bearing a few
small and scattered teeth, while the rest of the margin is entire and
sometimes revolute; the perichaetial bracts, which are reduced to a
single pair as in P. platyphylla, are smaller than the leaves, the lobe is
elongated-ovate and entire, and the lobule is only one-third as large
as the lobe, ovate in form, rounded at the apex, and entire, or indis-
tinctly dentate; the perichaetial bracteole in broadly oval, entire or
sparingly toothed in the basal region; the perianth is ovate in outline,
narrowed toward the two-lipped mouth and shortly dentate or (in
Schiffner's words) densely ciliated with cilia one to five cells long.
The capsules split as in P. platyphylla and the spores average about
46 u (according to Schiffner); the elaters are mostly 9-10 u in diameter
and usually show a single spiral band throughout their length; in
some cases two spiral bands are present in the middle of the elater
but only one extends to each end.

' Since P. platyphylloidea is the commonest species of Porella in

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 113

eastern North America the writer has had abundant material for
study. 'The North American specimens have been carefully com-
pared with European material. A few slight deviations from the

Figs. 14-25. PonELLA PLATYPHYLLOIDEA (Schwein) Lindb.

14. Branch bearing a male inflorescence and two sterile branches, ventral view. 15. A leaf
dorsal view. 16-21. Leaves, ventral view. 22. A leaf at the base of a branch. 23-25.
Underleaves. All magnified about 14 times. The figures are a reproduction of those by
Gottsche, distributed with Gottsche and Rabenhorst’s Hepaticae europaeae 372. They were
drawn from an authentic North American specimen of Jungermannia platyphylloidea Schwein.
in the Lindenberg herbarium.

114 Rhodora [May

published accounts of the species have been noted and these will be
considered in order. The differences between P. platyphylloidea
and P. platyphylla will then be discussed.

Although the lobes (of the stem-leaves) are usually orbicular and
are sometimes even broader than long, as shown in Figs. 16-21, 26-29,
it is not unusual for some of the leaves to be longer than broad and
thus to approach in form the typical leaves of P. platyphylla, a con-
dition shown in Fig. 30. At the junction with the keel the cordate
expansion is strongly developed and tends to be conspicuously cris-
pate or irregularly folded. On the other side of the lobe, however,
although a cordate expansion may be present, as shown in Fig. 30,
it is much more usual for the lobe to narrow gradually and show a short
decurrence, as shown in Figs. 15, 26-29. Marginal teeth are often
present, just as they are in P. platyphylla, and tend if anything to be
more pronounced, but they are essentially the same in character.

In typical material of P. platyphylloidea the lobules are about as
wide as the underleaves and have broad rounded apices and narrowly
revolute margins. Unfortunately this typical condition is not always
realized, a fact clearly brought out by Gottsche's figures of the species,
which were drawn from an authentic American specimen in the
Lindenberg herbarium. These figures were issued with No. 372 of
Gottsche and Rabenhorst's Hepaticae europaeae, and are here repro-
duced as Figs. 14-25. It will be noted that many of the lobules shown
are narrower than the underleaves, that some of them are narrowed
toward the apex, and that the outer side only is recurved. "The objec-
tion might perhaps be brought forward that Gottsche's figure was
drawn from a male individual, and that a plant often produced androe-
cia before it had reached the full luxuriance of which it was capable.!
The writer, however, has observed female plants, bearing mature
sporophytes with unispiral elaters, in which the lobules were fully as
narrow as those in Gottsche's figures and essentially like them in other
respects. Among plants of this character the Virginia specimens
collected by J. K. Small at the Falls of Holston River (No. 85) might
be especially mentioned, although similar specimens have been found
in other localities. It is clear, therefore, that the characters drawn
from the form and relative size of the lobule must be interpreted with
discretion. The remarks made under P. platyphylla with regard to
the degree of decurrence and the occasional presence of teeth near

! Compare Goebel, Organographie, 2d ed. 142. 1913.

T. REE 4 v. e, O Auc OO aS ee

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 115

the base of the lobule would apply equally well to P. platyphylloidea,
although the tendency to bear teeth is rather more pronounced in the
latter species.

The writer can add nothing of importance to the published descrip-

21

Figs. 26-40. PonkLLA PLATYPHYLLOIDEA (Schwein.) Lindb.

26-30. Lobes of stem leaves, X 15. 31,32. Lines of attachment of lobules, 31 showing
keel on left hand side, and 32, on right hand side, X 35. 33-35. Bracts and bracteole from a
single involucre, X 25. 36-38. Bracts and bracteole from another involucre, X 25. 39, 40.
Teeth from mouths of perianths, X 200. Figs 26, 27, 31, 33-35, 39 were drawn from a speci-
men collected on Mt. Carmel, Hamden, Connecticut, by the writer; Figs. 28-30, 32, from a
specimen of Madotheca Jackii Schiffn., collected at Salem in Baden, Germany, by J. B. Jack
and distributed by Gottsche & Rabenhorst, Hep. eur. 140; Figs. 36-38, from another specimen
collected at Salem in Baden, Germany, by J. B. Jack; Fig. 40, from a specimen collected at
Madison, New Hampshire, by H. H. Bartlett, 1250.

116 Rhodora [May

tions of the leaf-cells and the underleaves (see Figs. 14, 23-25). In
the case of the female inflorescence, however, a few remarks may be
in place. Although the perichaetial bracts are almost invariably
reduced to a single pair, a second pair is occasionally developed.
When this is the case the pair next to the perianth is essentially the
same as when a single pair is present. Müller implies that there is a
much greater discrepancy in size between the lobe and lobule than in
P. platyphylla, but this idea is not borne out by the writer’s observa-
tions. As a matter of fact the bracts (Figs. 33, 34, 36, 37) are much
the same as in P. platyphylla and are subject to the same variations
in the character of the apex and the degree of the marginal dentation;
sometimes, indeed, the apex is tipped with an apiculum (Figs. 33, 34).
In the case of the bracteole teeth are occasionally present in the upper
part as well as in the basal region (Figs. 35, 38).

The mouth of the perianth is more contracted in P. platyphylloidea
than in P. platyphylla and is densely ciliate. "The cilia are usually
one cell wide and vary from one to five or more cells in length (as
Schiffner states); sometimes compound cilia are present with second-
ary cilia along their sides, but simple unbranched cilia are the rule.
'The cilia are sometimes straight as in Fig. 40 but it is much more
usual for them to be variously contorted as in Fig. 39. Projecting
cells in the neighborhood of the mouth are sometimes present as in the
North American specimens of P. platyphylla (see Fig. 39).

In studying a large series of capsules of P. platyphylloidea the elaters
have shown for the most part a single spiral throughout their length.
Elaters with two spirals in the middle portion have, nevertheless,
been repeatedly observed, and in some capsules a rather high percent-
age of the elaters have been of this type. In no case, however, has an
elater with two spirals throughout its entire length been noted, so that
in the elaters at least the differences between P. platyphylla and P.
platyphylloidea are definite and constant. In distinguishing the two
species the most trustworthy differences are, in fact, those drawn from
the elaters. Boulay ' comments on the difficulty of using sporophytic
characters in the genus at all on account of the habitual sterility of
material, but this difficulty does not detract in any way from the
importance of such characters.

In the absence of mature capsules the mouth of the perianth, even
when undeveloped perianths are the only ones available, should be

1 Musc. dela France 2: 18. 1904.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XII 117

examined. This can best be done by dissecting off the upper part of
the perianth, splitting it, and spreading it out flat, and care must be
taken in making sure that the teeth or cilia at the mouth are still
intact. The study of old and disintegrated perianths has led to many
errors. The teeth or cilia yield characters which can be employed
with safety. In P. platyphylla they are scattered; in P. platy phyl-
loidea, densely crowded. It has already been noted that in North
American specimens of P. platyphylla the teeth are more numerous
than in the European material; they are never so numerous, however,
as in P. platyphylloidea and do not present the appearance of being
everywhere close together.

If neither capsules nor perianths are present the much less satis-
factory characters drawn from the habit of the plants and from the
leaves are still available. If the specimens to be determined are
robust, if the stems are irregularly pinnate, if the lobes of the stem-
leaves are as broad as long and distinctly crispate at the base, and
if the lobules are about as wide as the underleaves and rounded at the
broad apex, there can be little question that the plants should be
referred to P. platyphylloidea. If, on the other hand, the specimens
are of a medium size, if the stems are regularly bipinnate, if the
lobes of the stem-leaves are longer than broad and scarcely or not
at all crispate at the base, and if the lobules are distinctly narrower
than the underleaves and show a tapering toward the apex, a determi-
nation as P. platyphylla is indicated. Unfortunately there are cases
where the vegetative characters by themselves can hardly lead to a
positive decision. This is true not only of poorly developed specimens
but also of well-developed speciméns in which the distinctive characters
just given are differently grouped; where, for example, an irregularly
pinnate stem is associated with narrow lobules or with lobes which are
distinctly longer than broad. Male specimens seem to be especially
troublesome in this respect and sometimes fail to show the characters
of the species clearly when female plants growing with them are typi-
cally developed. In the writer's opinion Schiffner's var. subsquarrosa :
of P. platyphylla, based on European material, includes forms which
cannot be determined positively by means of the vegetative characters
alone; and very similar American specimens are listed above under
P. platyphylloidea on the basis of perianths and capsules.

It is evident from the remarks just made that P. platyphylloidea,

1 Lotos 48: 346. 1900.

118 Rhodora [May

even if recognized as a valid species, must be regarded as a “kleine
Art” in the P. platyphylla-group. According to our present knowledge
the range of the true P. platyphylla is northern rather than southern
in North America, but it must be admitted that our knowledge is still
incomplete. Perhaps when more is known about the geographical
distribution of these two species it may be possible to utilize this
knowledge in the determination of doubtful specimens.

Schiffner’s Madotheca Baueri has as yet been reported from Europe
only. The writer has not had access to Schiffner’s types but has
examined a series of authentic specimens including those in Jack,
Leiner & Stizenberger’s Kryptogamen Badens 164, and in Raben-
horst’s Hepaticae europaeae 52, both of which are referred by Miiller
to M. Baueri. No. 164 was collected by F. Himmelseher near Salem
in Baden and No. 52 by A. Róse near Schnepfental in "Thuringia.
The specimens studied agree closely with the published descriptions
but indicate that the validity of M. Baueri is fully as doubtful as that
of M. platyphylloidea. The characters emphasized by Schiffner are
the following: the large size and irregular branching; the broadly
elliptical to almost orbicular lobes; the distant, small, almost plane
underleaves, broadly rounded at the apex; the large leaf-cells, averag-
ing about 36 u near the apex of the lobe; the narrow mouth of the
perianth with crowded cilia; and the elaters with one spiral, except
in the median portion where two are present. Müller describes the
cells in the middle of the lobe as 30-35 u in diameter, and adds that
one or two blunt teeth are borne on the margin of the lobe, that the
lobule is long decurrent and often toothed in the decurrent portion,
that the perichaetial bracts are shortly and bluntly denticulate
throughout, and that the crowded cilia at the mouth of the perianth
are three or four cells long. Aside from the features mentioned
M. Baueri is described as being much like P. platyphylla.

The material studied by the writer brings out the fact that many of
the differential characters relied upon are subject to great variation.
This is particularly true of those drawn from the form and dentation of
the leaves. The large leaf-cells afford a character which deserves more
weight. The difference in size, when these cells are compared with
those of P. platyphylla and P. platyphylloidea, is usually pronounced,
although Müller brings out the fact that in the variety subsquarrosa
of M. platyphylla the cells approach those of M. Baueri. In the mouth
of the perianth the resemblance to P. platyphylloidea is particularly

na Alf.

1916] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XIII 119

striking, and, according to the description; the characters drawn from
the elaters would indicate a relationship with this species rather than
with P. platyphylla. Unfortunately the structure of the elaters is not
quite so uniform as Schiffner implies. In the single mature capsule
examined by the writer (taken from Kryptogamen Badens 164),
some of the elaters agree closely with Schiffner's description; in others,
however, the unispiral portions at the ends are very short, and a few
elaters are bispiral throughout, the two spirals forming a loop just
as in P. platyphylla. In its elaters, therefore, M. Baueri is inter-
mediate between P. platyphylloidea and P. platyphylla.

The additions to local state floras, not already mentioned on the
preceding pages, are as follows:—

For Maine. Cephalozia macrostachya, Round Mountain Lake and
vicinity, Franklin County (A. Lorenz).

For New Hampshire. Calypogeia sphagnicola, Mt. Monadnock
(A. Lorenz).

For Massachusetts. Riccia Lescuriana, Northampton (A. Lorenz).
Riccia sorocarpa, Deerfield (A. Lorenz). Lophozia alpestris and
Sphenolobus Hellerianus, Sheffield (A. Lorenz). Lophozia attenuata
and Sphenolobus minutus, Mt. Everett, town of Mt. Washington
(A. Lorenz).

As already noted the New England records for Scapania gracilis
and Porella rivularis and the Vermont record for Scapania dentata
should be erased. The New Hampshire, Massachusetts and Rhode
Island records for Porella platyphylla, which were marked in the
Revised List with the sign “+,” should now be marked with the
sign “ —." The Massachusetts record for Grimaldia fragrans, however,
which was marked in the Revised List with the sign * —," may now
be marked with the sign “+,” the necessary specimens having been
collected by A. Lorenz.

The census of New England Hepaticae now stands as follows:
Total number of species recorded, 185; number recorded from Maine,
131, for New Hampshire, 138; for Vermont, 120; for Massachusetts,
110; for Connecticut, 141; common to all six states, 59.

SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, YALE UNIVERSITY.

120 Rhodora [May

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
PORELLA PLATYPHYLLA (L.) Lindb.

.1-6. Lobes of stem-leaves, x 15. 7-9. Bracts and bracteole from a single
involucre, x 25. 10-14. Teeth from mouths of perianths, X 200. Figs. 1, 2,
1-10 were drawn from a specimen collected near Florence, Italy, by E. Levier,
and determined by Schiffner as the typieal form of Madotheca platyphylla;
Fig. 3, from a specimen collected at Fiesole, near Florence, Italy, by E. Levier,
and determined by Schiffner as M. platyphylla var. subsquarrosa; Figs. 4-6, 11,
from a specimen collected at Bie, Quebec, by the writer 98; Fig. 12, from a
specimen collected at New Haven, Connecticut, by D. C. Eaton; Fig. 13, from
a specimen collected at Vasa, Minnesota, by N. L. T. Nelson 9453; Fig. 14,
from a specimen collected at New Milford, Connectieut, by the writer.

NYMPHAEA MAGNIFICA.— The crimson night-blooming waterlily of
India is well known by reason of a century of cultivation in European
and American gardens. It was first described in print in Hooker's
Paradisus Londinensis. The article is illustrated with two colored
plates, one showing the leaf and one the flower. The flower plate
bears the date October 1, 1805. This is the day on which the first
copy was printed, and is given in accordance with an act of parliament
relating to copyrights. Both plates bear the name Castalia magnifica.
In the text on the second page following the plate, the plant is described
as Castalia magnifica. As a synonym the name Nymphaea rubra
Roxb. MSS. is given, and by this name the plant has ever since been
known whenever it has been referred to the genus Nymphaea.'

There is no doubt, however, that Salisbury was the first to publish a
binomial name for the crimson Indian waterlily. According to the
International Rules (Art. 35, 37) Roxburgh’s manuscript name, first
published in synonymy, is not valid. We must, therefore, return to
Salisbury’s specific name, thus:

Nymphaea magnifica (Salisb.), comb. nov. Castalia magnifica
Salisb. in Hook. Parad. Lond. i. t. 14 (1805). N. rubra Roxb. ex
Salisb. l. c. in synon. 1805 et auct. plur.— Henry S. CONRAD.

1 In a paper to appear shortly in this journal reasons will be given for holding to the
generic names Nymphaea and Nuphar.

Vol. 18, no. 208, including pages 73 to 92, was issued ? April, 1916.

Rhodora i Plate 120.

s t. $
p AN
ELI) Vr
LK LIRA II

TITS YS MA

7 Ve BUY "|

PORELLA PLATYPHYLLA (L.) LINDB.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 18. June, 1916. No. 210.

A REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
POTAMOGETON OF THE SECTION COLEOPHYLLI.

Hanorp Sr. JOHN.

THE genus Potamogeton has been the object of much study in Europe
and in America, and consequently boasts an abundant literature.
Within the last twenty-five years five authors have published mono-
graphic treatments ! of it, all of which are useful to the students of the
North American Potamogetons because of the wide dispersal of many of
the species. P. pectinatus, for instance, one of the species considered
in this article, is the most widespread of the genus and, as Bennett
points out,? is found in all of the six zoólogical regions of the world
defined by Wallace: the Palearctic, the Nearctic, the Neotropical, the
Ethiopian, the Oriental, and the Australian.

In the introduction to his monograph Morong remarks, “so protean
are their forms, so eccentric their action, constantly changing under
changed conditions of season and water, that I put forth this treatise
with great diffidence, and feel that the subject is very far from being
exhausted." Very similar are my feelings concerning this fascinating,
difficult genus, but in an attempt to solve some of the imperfectly
understood complexes I have given a detailed study to Potamogeton

1 Morong, Naiadaceae of N. Am., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iii. no. 2 (1893).
Fryer, Potamogetons of the British Isles (1898-1915).
Fischer, Die bayerischen Potamogetonen und Zanichellien, Ber. Bayer. Bot. Ges. xi. 20-162
(1907). »
Ascherson und Graebner, Pflanzenreich, iv. Fam. 11 (1907).
Taylor, N. Amer. Flor. xvii. pt. 1, 14-27 (1909).
? Bennett in Fryer l. c., ix.

122 Rhodora [JUNE

pectinatus L., P. filiformis Pers., and their allies, forming the section
Coleophylli, and venture to make known my conclusions as to the
North American species. The section Coleophylli Koch is character-
ized by the possession of submersed leaves only, which are adnate for
some distance at the base with the stipule, forming a clasping sheath.
'The members of the group as now understood can be distinguished
by means of the following key.

A simple notation is used to indicate the collections in which the
specimens cited may be found.

(A) Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

(C) Canadian Geological Survey.

(H) Gray Herbarium.

(N) New England Botanical Club.

(R) Rocky Mountain Herbarium.

(Y) Eaton Herbarium, Yale University.

A. Leaves auricled at base, stiffly two-ranked, with a cartilaginous, finely
and sharply serrate margin.................-- 1. P. Robbinsii Oakes.
A’. Leaves not auricled at base, not definitely two-ranked, not serrate.
B. Style slender, incurved, persistent as a beak on the mature fruit.

C. Leaves (except those of the first year’s shoot which are coarser and
blunt) 0.2-1 mm. broad, acute, taper-pointed; sheaths but slightly
thicker than the stem.............0. cee eeees 2. P. pectinatus L.

C'. Leaves 2-4 mm. broad, obtuse or shortly apiculate; the upper short,
1.5-2.5 cm. long; sheaths loose, 2-4 times thicker than the stem.

3. P.latifolius (Robbins) Morong.

B'. Style wanting, fruit beakless; leaves retuse, blunt, or often shortly

apiculate.

D. Whorls of flowers 5-12, evenly spaced, or the lower somewhat

more remote: the upper leaves filiform; primary sheaths swollen,

2-5 times thicker than the stem, bearing short ribbon-like blades.

4. P. moniliformis St. John.

D'. Whorls of flowers 2-5, the upper approximate: sheaths tight, all
bearing filiform blades.

E. Mature spike elongate, moniliform, 1.5-5 cm. long; verticels
mostly remote, the upper 3-12 mm. apart, the lower usually
0.7-2.5 cm. apart. ......... 2.00.0 ce eee 5. P. filiformis Pers.

E’. Mature spike short, 0.5-2.5 cm. long; the upper verticels
mostly approximate, the lower approximate or at most 7 mm.
apart.

F. Leaves fine, 0.25-0.5 mm. broad, retuse or obtuse.
5a. P. filiformis Pers., var. borealis (Raf.) St. John.
F’. Leaves coarse, 0.75-2 mm. broad, obtuse or shortly apiculate.
bb. P. filiformis Pers., var. Macounii Morong.

1916] St. John,— Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli 123

1. P. RoBnBiNsm Oakes, Hovey's Magaz. vii. 180 (1841).— Stem
stout, often freely branching: leaves linear, auricled at base, borne in
two ranks and stiffly divergent, 2-8 em. long, 3-7 mm. wide, those of
the inflorescence reduced almost to narrow bracts; the margins
cartilaginous, finely and sharply serrate; midrib broad, flanked by
many fine secondary nerves; stipules white, many-nerved, soon
becoming deeply lacerate: flowering shoots with elongate internodes
and much reduced leaves, branching to produce several peduncles
1.5-5 em. long: spikes short, 7-18 mm. long, loosely flowered, rarely
maturing fruit: fruit obliquely obovate, with a sharp central keel and
rounded lateral keels, 4 mm. long, 3 mm. wide; sides with a shallow
depression; beak subapical, 1 mm. long.— Generally distributed in
quiet waters from New Brunswick south to Delaware and west to
British Columbia and Oregon.

Marne: pools in the Mattawamkeag River, below Island Falls,
Aroostook County, Sept. 25, 1901, M. L. Fernald (N); quiet pools in
Piscataquis River, Dover, Aug. 27, 1894, M. L. Fernald (N); in a
muddy pond, Plymouth, 1860, J. W. Chickering (H); East Wilton,.
Valley of the Sandy River, 1894, Kate Furbish (N); Haley Pond,
Rangely, 1894, Kate Furbish (N); Loon Lake, Rangely Lake Region,
Aug., 1894, Kate Furbish (N); the most abundant plant in the inlet
of Lambert Lake, Valley of the St. Croix River, Washington County,
Sept. 1, 1908, M. L. Fernald (N); in 5-7 feet of water, Biscay Pond,
Bristol, Sept. 6, 1898, E. B. Chamberlain, no. 822 (N); Torsey Pond,
Readfield, Sept., 1892, Kate Furbish (N); Messalonskee River, Water-
ville, Sept. 2, 1898, M. L. Fernald, no. 2,725 (N); South Poland, Valley
of the Androscoggin River, 1893, Kate Furbish (N); Androscoggin
Lake, North Leeds, Sept., 1894, Kate Furbish (N); West Baldwin,
Valley of the Saco River, Sept., 1900, Kate Furbish (N). New HaMr-
SHIRE: Forest Lake, Dalton, Aug. 31, 1908, A. S. Pease, no. 11,580
(N); Pondicherry Pond, Jefferson, July, 1849, J. W. Robbins (A).
Vermont: Lake Champlain, Ferrisburg, Aug. 12, 1880, E. & C. E.
Faxon (H & N); Lake Dunmore, Aug. 31, 1896, Ezra Brainerd (H);
Lake Bomoseen, Castleton, Oct. 1, 1898, W. W. Eggleston (H).
MassACHUSETTS: Kenoza Lake, Haverhill, Aug. 10, 1913, J. R. Lunt
(N); ad Lacum Wenham, Oakes (H); Westford, Aug., 1903, Miss E.
F. Fletcher, no. 2 (H); Hagget’s Pond, Andover, Aug. 8, 1903, A. S.
Pease, no. 2,458 (N); Flax Pond, Lynn, Aug. 22, 1880, E. & C. E.
Faxon (H & N); Sluice Pond, Lynn, Aug., 1880, H. A. Young (N);
wet shore of Concord River, Concord, Aug. 5, 1886, E. S. Hoar (N);
Mystic Pond, Winchester, Aug. 13, 1865, William Boott (H); Fresh
Pond, Cambridge, July 1865, Asa Gray (H), July 25, 1879 and July 27,
1880, Thomas Morong (N); Cambridge, Nuttall (A); Jamaica Pond,
Jamaica Plain, July 13, July 17, July 31, Aug. 10, Aug. 18, Aug. 30, 1880, —
E. & C. E. Faxon (H & N); in a pond, Plymouth, Aug. 26, 1913,
S. N. F. Sanford (N); Lake Quinsigamond, Worcester, July 29, 1864,
J. W. Robbins (H); ex canali ad Uxbridge, 1849, J. W. Robbins (H);

124 Rhodora [JUNE

Harmon Pond, New Marlboro, June 29, 1912, R. Hoffmann (N);
quiet water, Lake Garfield, Monterey, July 12, 1912, R. Hoffmann (N).
RuopE IstAND: Smithfield, May, 1845, G. Thurber (H); pond in a
quarry, Lime Rock, Lincoln, Oct. 19, 1913, H. St. John, no. 900 (N).
Connecticut: shallow water, Dog Pond, Goshen, Aug. 24, 1913,
C. H. Bissell & C. A. Weatherby (N); in Pistapaug Pond, Durham,
Sept. 9, 1913, A. E. Blewitt, no. 1,681 (N); Hamlin's Pond, Southing-
ton, July 29, 1901, C. H. Bissell (H); ex Park River, Hartford, mense
Junio florentem, 1845, J. W. Robbins (H); Lake Saltonstall, New
Haven, 1857, D. C. Eaton (H). New Enciano: E. Tuckerman (H).
New Jersey: Budd’s Lake, Morris County, Aug. 6, 1869, T. C.
Porter (H); Morris Pond, July 20, 1907, C. S. Williamson (A); Swartz-
wood Lake, Aug. 31, 1904, C. S. Williamson (A no. 511,111). PENN-
SYLVANIA: above the forks of Neshaminy Creek, Bucks County,
Dr. Martindale (A); in Lehigh River, Bethlehem, Schweinitz (A);
Susquehanna River, Harrisburg, Aug. 26, 1863, T. C. Porter (A & H);
Susquehanna below Columbia, Lancaster County, Aug. 31, 1863,
T. C. Porter (H). DkrawanE: canal, Delaware City, Sept. 7, 1896,
A. Commons, no. 18 (A & H). Ontario: Ottawa River near Brittania,
Aug. 21, 1911 (C. no. 85,540); Plevna, July 29, 1902, J. Fowler (H);
Cockburn Island, Lake Huron, T. Bell (H). Inptana: Wolf Lake,
Sept. 3, 1900, Agnes Chase, no. 1,463 (A). Wyomine: Heart Lake,
Yellowstone Park, Hayden Expedition, 1878, C. Richardson (H).
Ipnano: south end of Lake Coeur d’Alene, July 17, 1898, L. F. Hender-
son, no. 4,613 (H). OmEcoN: Strawberry Lake, 2,330 m. altitude,
Blue Mountains, Sept. 8, 1910, Wm. C. Cusick, no. 3,622 (H); without
definite locality, 1871, Elihu Hall, no. 495 (H). WASHINGTON:
abundant in shallow water, Lake Cushman, Mason County, Aug.,
1895, C. V. Piper, no. 2,231 (H); under two feet of water, Lake
Cushman, July 6, 1890, L. F. Henderson, no. 1,861 (H). BRITISH
CoruMBIA: Sumas River, Vancouver Island, Aug. 13, 1887, John
Macoun (C no. 4,154); Dick's Lake, Sooke, Vancouver Island, Aug. 2,
1893, John Macoun (C no. 4,369).

2. P, PECTINATUS L., Sp. Pl. 127 (1753)! P. interruptus Kit. in
Schult. Osterr. Fl. ed. 2, i. 328 (1814). P. flabellatus Bab., Man. Brit.
Bot. ed. 3, 343 (1851). P. columbianus Suksdorf, Deutsche Bot.
Monatschr. xix. 92 (1901).— Rootstock creeping, freely branched,
about 1 mm. thick, bearing terminal thickened bulblets: stem filiform,
about 1 mm. thick, sparsely branched near the base, but towards the
summit closely and abundantly forking: leaves 3-15 em. long, bristle-
like, mostly 0.25-1 mm. broad (those of the first year's shoot often
broader and blunt), tapering to an acute tip, with 1-3 nerves; sheaths
2-5 em. long, only slightly thicker than the stem, the sides often
bleached to a chalky-white color; the ligule less than half the length of

1 No attempt has been made to include full synonymy, which can be found especially in
Ascherson & Graebner, l.c. Only such names as have been open to question in America and
which now seem satisfactorily disposed of are given as synonyms.

1916] St. John,— Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli 125

the sheath: peduncles single, of variable length, bearing 2-5 often
widely and unequally spaced whorls of flowers: fruit obliquely obo-
vate, greenish or yellowish, 2.5-4 mm. long, 2-3 mm. broad, with a
slender incurved style persistent as a beak on the mature fruit.—
Widely distributed in brackish, alkaline, or sometimes fresh waters
from eastern Newfoundland to British Columbia and southward, also
in temperate and tropical regions of the rest of the world.
NEWFOUNDLAND: shallow tidal pools in salt marsh, Norris Arm,
Valley of Exploits River, Aug. 21, 1911, M. L. Fernald & K. M.
Wiegand, no. 4,494 (H); brackish or saline pool, Carboniferous area,
Stephenville Crossing, head of Bay St. George, Aug. 14, 1910,

M. L. Fernald & K. M. Wiegand, no. 2,461 (H); brackish pond, Port :

au Port (“The Gravels"), Aug. 15, 1910, M. L. Fernald, K. M.
Wiegand & J. Kittredge Jr., no. 2,462 (H). QUEBEC: pool in a brack-
ish marsh, River Etamamiou, Charnay, Saguenay County, Aug. 28,
1915, Harold. St. John (C): brackish pool near the mouth of Matane
River, Matane, Gaspé County, Aug. 6, 1904, F. F. Forbes (H & C);
tidal flats of the St. John (or Douglastown) River, Gaspé County,
Aug. 23, 1904, J. F. Collins, M. L. Fernald & A. S. Pease (H). Maa-
DALEN ISLANDS: shallow ponds among the sand hills between East
Cape and East Point, Coffin Island, Aug. 17, 1912, M. L. Fernald,
B. Long & H. St. John, no. 6,790 (H); Hospital Pond, Grindstone
Island, July 18, 1912, M. L. Fernald, E. B. Bartram, B. Long & H.
St. John, no. 6,791 (H): deadwater of stream flowing into pond
southwest of Etang du Nord wharf, Grindstone Island, July 25, 1912,
M. L. Fernald, E. B. Bartram, B. Long & H. St. John, no. 6,793 (H);
shallow water near the margins of brackish ponds southwest of Etang
du Nord village, Grindstone Island, Aug. 15, 1912, M. L. Fernald,
D. Long & H. St. John, no. 6,794 (H). Prince EDWARD ISLAND:
abundant in a broad band near margin of North Lake, Aug. 24, 1912,
M. L. Fernald, B. Long & H. St. John, no. 6,788 (H); Black Pond,
July 28, 1912, M. L. Fernald, E. B. Bartram, B. Long & H. St. John,
no. 6,787 (H); Lower Sea Cow Pond, Aug. 6, 1912, M. L. Fernald,
B. Long & H. St. John, no. 6,789 (H). Nova Scota: salt pond,
Baddeck, Cape Breton, 1883, Dr. Burgess (Y); salt ponds, Baddeck,
Cape Breton, July 18, 1883, J. Macoun (C no. 4,150); salt marshes,
Grand Narrows, Cape Breton, July 27, 1898, J. Macoun (C no. 20,752);
brackish ponds, Sable Island, Aug. 5, 1900, J. Macoun (C no. 22,072);
edge of brackish pond, Sable Island, Aug. 27, 1913, H. St. John, no.
1,126 (H). New Brunswick: brackish pools at mouth of Téte-a-
Gouche River, Bathurst, July 24, 1902, E. F. Williams & M. L.
Fernald (H); cove in St. John River, Ingleside, Westfield, Aug. 7,
1909, M. L. Fernald, no. 1,616 (H). Mame: near margin of Beau
Lac, Saint Francis River, Aroostook County, Aug. 14, 1902, W. W.
Eggleston & M. L. Fernald (H); brackish pools, Winnegance Creek,
Phippsburg, Sagadahoc County, Aug. 23, 1909, M. L. Fernald, no.
1,613 (N). New Hampsuire: Connecticut River, Hanover, July,

TAIE TT

‘126 Rhodora [JUNE

1876, H. G. Jesup (H). Vermont: Lake Champlain, Aug. 7, 1880,
E. & C. E. Faxon (H); mouth of Lewis Creek, Lake Champlain,
Aug. 17, 1880, E. & C. E. Faxon (H & N); in Missiquoi River, Sheldon,
Sept. 11, 1909, A. E. Blewitt, no. 2,136 (N). MASSACHUSETTS:
Sachacha Pond, Nantucket, July 13, 1886, F. S. Collins (N); brackish
water at south end of pond near Long Pond or in Long Pond, Nan-
tucket, W. Oakes (H); fruit piled on shore of Coskata Pond, Nan-
tucket, July 14, 1887, W. Deane & T. Morong (H); Nantucket, L. L.
Dame (N); Sesachacha Pond, Nantucket, July 14, 1888, Dame,
Jenks & Swan (N & Y); Siasconset, Nantucket, July 13, 1886, F. 5.
Collins (Y); in aquis minus salsis, in insula Martha's Vineyard, Aug.
17, 1865, J. W. Robbins (A); Mill pond, Mill River, New Marlboro,
July 24, 1912, R. Hoffmann (N); Nigger Pond, and Housatonic River,
Stockbridge, Aug. 20, 1902, R. Hoffmann (N). RHODE ISLAND: ex
aqua salsa lacuna ad maris littus prope Newport, 1849, J. W. Robbins
(H); brackish ditches, Newport, July 20, 1881, Frank Tweedy (Y);
Chagum Pond, Block Island, Aug. 22, 1913, M. L. Fernald, F. W.
Hunnewell 2nd. & B. Long, no. 8,453 (H); washed ashore, sandy and
gravelly shores of Chagum Pond, Block Island, Sept. 13, 1913, M. L.
Fernald, B. Long & G. S. Torrey, no. 8,452 (A & N). Connecticut:
Housatonic River, Oxford, Aug. 7, 1886, E. B. Harger (H); landlocked
ditches and pools on salt meadows, abundant, Stratford, Sept. 5,
1902, E. H. Eames (H); abundantly filling ditches on salt meadows,
in brackish water, Stratford, July 24, 1903, E. H. Eames (N); Hart-
ford, 1857, D. C. Eaton (Y). New Yonk: Western part, E. Tucker-
man (H & Y); Chemung River, Elmira, Aug. 21, 1900, W..C. Bar-
bour, no. 877 (R); Lake Seneca, Aug. 14, 1884, T. Morong (H);
Thousand Islands of the St. Lawrence, Aug. 9, 1879, Lester F. Ward
(Y); vicinity of Fisher's Landing, Thousand Islands, July 1902,
T. R. Robinson & W. R. Maxon, no. 58a (H); Penn Yan, H. P.
Sartwell (H). New Jersey: Long Beach, Read (A). PENNSYL-
VANIA: found loose along the shore between Conshocken and Norris-
town, Aug. 9, 1868, E. Diffenbaugh (A); River opposite Harrisburg,
Aug. 14, 1888, T. C. Porter (A no. 515,350); Susquehanna River,
Safe Harbor, Lancaster County, July 13, 1861, T. C. Porter (A).
DetawareE: brackish water, Rehobeth, July 30, 1893, A. Commons
(A). MARYLAND: off mouth of Mill Creek, in 25 inches of water,
July 31, 1902, G. H. Shull, no. 140 (H); Sinepuxent Bay, Ocean City,
July 25, 1875, A. Commons (A no. 543,578). NORTH CAROLINA: in
4 feet of water, mouth of North Channel, Currituck Sound, May 22,
1903, G. H. Shull, no. 457 (H). FLortma: Chapman (H). ONTARIO:
Albany, James Bay, July 25, 1904, W. Spreadborough (C no. 62,659);
Kingston, 1897, Annie Boyd (H); Kingston, Aug. 2, 1882, J. Fowler
(A); Lake Scugog, Aug. 1, 1893, J. Macoun (C no. 16,473); Lakes
and streams near Belleville, July 15, 1874, J. Macoun (C no. 3,017);
Ashbridge's Bay, Toronto, June 19, 1896, Wm. Scott (C no. 16,464);
Maitland River, Gooderich, Aug. 19, 1901, J. Macoun (C nos. 26,827

1916] St. John, — Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli 127

and 26,828); Sarnia Bay, Lambton County, July 7, 1896, C. K. Dodge
(C no. 16,468); Pic River, Lake Superior, Loring (H). Onto: Day-
ton, July 1883, A. F. Foerste (Y); INDrANA: Lake Maxinkickee, July
21, 1899, A. W. Everman (R); Wolf Lake, Sept. 3, 1900, Agnes Chase,
no. 1,460 (A & H). MicurGAN: shallow water, Algonac, July 29,
1901, J. H. Shuette (H); in water, Stony Island, Huron County,
July 13, 1908, C. K. Dodge, no. 5 (H); Isle Royale, Sept. 2, 1910,

W. S. Cooper, no. 311 (H); millpond, Alma, Aug. 30, 1893, Chas. A.

Davis (H); Pine Lake near Michigan Agricultural College, July, 1895,
C. F. Wheeler (H). Wisconsin: Milwaukee, J. A. Lapham (H);
shallow water on sandy bottom of lake, and muddy bottom of lakes,
and running water, and sandy bottom of deep water lakes, Madison,
T. J. Hale (A & Y); Duck Creek, Green Bay, June and Aug., 1878,
JA. H. Shuette (H); Green Bay, Sept., 1882, J. H. Shuette (H). ILLI-
Nors: Cedar Lake, Lake Villa, Aug. 8, 1906, H. A. Gleason & F. D.
Shobe, no. 185 (H). MixNEsomA: Aug., 1889, J. M. Holzinger (R);
Grand Lake, Stearn County, July, 1896, Jennie E. Campbell (R);
Swan Lake, Nicollet County, July, 1892, C. A. Ballard (R). Iowa:
Armstrong, July 29, 1897, R. I. Cratty (H.) Nort Dakota: im-
mersed in ponds, Leeds, July, 1899, J. Lunell, no. 36 (H); Wahalla,
Aug. 18, 1902, L. R. Waldron, no. 1,643 (R); Lake Irvine, Maza,
July 27, 1900, J. Kildahl (R). Sours Dakota: Lake Campbell,
July 4, 1893, T. A. Williams (H & R); Sioux River, Brookings,
July 4, 1894, J. T. Thornber (H); Bigstone, Aug. 24, 1892, T. A.
Williams (H & R); Lake Hendricks, Aug. 8, 1894, Griffiths & Schlosser,
no. 16 (R); Gettysburg, 1892, Griffiths & Schlosser (R). NEBRASKA:
in East Cody's Lake, at the head of Dismal River, Aug. 9, 1893,
P. A. Rydberg, no. 1,659 (H); in Dismal River, south of Thedford,
Thomas County, June 27, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, no. 1,439 (H); Wood
Lake, Aug. 13, 1898, J. M. Bates (H). Texas: Knickerbocker
Ranch, Dove Creek, Tom Green County, May, 1880, Frank Tweedy
(Y); Wright (H). SasKATCHEWAN: Cumberland House, 1825,
Drummond (H); still and slow flowing water, Bullrush (Reed) Lake,
July 25, 1879, J. Macoun (C no. 4,147); Bullrush Lake, July 26, 1880,
J. Macoun, no. 170 (H); in a pool on the prairie, Frenchman’s River,
June 19, 1895, J. Macoun (C no. 16,466); in ponds and lakes, south
of Battleford, Aug. 3, 1879, J. Macoun (C no. 3,018); in water, Moose
Mountain Creek, July 8, 1884, J. M. Macoun (C no. 4,148); pools,
Moose Jaw, June 20, 1894, J. Macoun (C no. 16,467); Ribstone
Creek, Aug. 14, 1906, J. Macoun & W. Herriot (C no. 76,873); 23
miles east of Saskatoon, July 23, 1906, J. Macoun & W. Herriot
(C no. 76,874). Monrana: Great Falls, Sept. 8, 1885, and Sept. 6,
1885, R. S. Williams, nos. 284 and 286 (Y); Bitterroot Valley near
Frenchtown, Aug. 4, 1880, S. Watson, no. 394 (H). WYowiNaG:
Bath Lake, Sept. 8, 1896, A. Nelson, no. 2,781 (H & R); Laramie
River, Aug. 10, 1895, A. Nelson, no. 1,668 (H); Laramie River,
July 15, 1895, E. Nelson, nos. 3,387 and 3,387a (R); rolling plains

128 Rhodora [JUNE

between Sheridan and Buffalo, altitude 3,500-5,000 feet, June 15-
July 15, 1900, Frank Tweedy, no. 3,558 (R & Y); Soda Lakes, Sept.
24, 1898, A. Nelson, no. 5,352 (R); MeGill's Ranch, Aug. 9, 1895,
A. Nelson, no. 1,668 (R); Rockyford, July 6, 1896, A. Nelson, no.
2,219 (R). Coromapo: Saguache, Sept. Wolf & Rothrock (R);
Lee's Lake, Sept. 24, 1896, C. 5. Crandall, no. 2,527 (H); Hiram
Prince Lake, July 10, 1908, W. W. Robbins, no. 5,744 (R). UTAH:
1875, C. C. Parry, no. 16.5 (H). Nrvapa: Thousand Spring Valley,
6,000 feet altitude, Sept., 1868, S. Watson, no. 1,138 (H & Y); Truckee
Pass, 4,000 feet altitude, July, 1867, S. Watson, no. 1,145 (H & Y);
Humboldt Lake, 4,000 feet altitude, Aug., 1867, S. Watson, no. 1,139
(H & Y); Pyramid Lake, May, 1879, Miss S. A. Plummer (H). NEw
Mexico: Northern part, 1851-52, C. Wright, nos. 1,894 and 1,895
(H & Y). Arizona: Santa Cruz Creek near Tucson, May, 1881,
J. G. Lemmon, no. 299 (H). Catirornta: 1833, Douglas (H);
Dr. Coulter, no. 719 (H); Soldier's Home, in reservoir, Los Angeles
County, June 19, 1902, LeRoy Abrams, no. 2,575 (H); shallow borders
` of ponds, San Bernadino Mountains, Aug. 1882, S. B. & W. F. Parish,
no. 1,429 (Y); Los Angeles, ftev. J. C. Nevin, no. 516 (H); Monterey,
Oct. 1, 1894, G. P. Snell (R); ponds, San Francisco, 1868-9, A. Kellogg
& W. G. Harford, no. 950 (Y); Berkeley, July 18, 1895, J. W. Blankin-
ship (H); common in sloughs, Suisun, Solano County, June 6, 1903,
C. F. Baker, no. 3,215 (H); Cuyamaca Lake, 4,600 feet altitude, San
Diego County, June 26, 1903, LeRoy Abrams, no. 3,906 (A & H);
Monterey, Oct. 1, 1904, G. P. Snell (A no. 522,547); Santa Barbara,
1879, Mrs. Elwood Cooper (H); banks of Russian River, north of
Cloverdale, July, 9, 1902, A. A. Heller, no. 5,825 (A & H & R). ORE-
GON: near Prineville, 955 m. altitude, Aug. 28, 1894, J. B. Leiberg,
no. 847 (H); 1871, Elihu Hall, no. 494 (H & Y); Cascade Mountains,
49° North Latitude, 1859, Dr. Lyall (H). WasniNGTON: shallow
places in the Columbia River, Klickitat County, Sept. 15, and Oct.,
1891, Wm. Suksdorf, no. 2,062 (H); Okanagan River, Oct. 10, 1880,
S. Watson, no. 394 (A & H). British Cotumpta: Kamloops, June
26, 1889, J. Macoun (H and C no. 4,151); in water, Alberni, Van-
couver Island, Aug. 2, 1887, J. Macoun (C no. 4,145).

This species growing in so many parts of the world and varying so
greatly, as do many species of the genus, has naturally received many
names. The great majority of these are by common consent treated
as synonyms of P. pectinatus, but there are some better marked states
of the plant which are insistently maintained as distinct species. The
English botanists, Fryer and Bennett and others, treat as P. interrup-
tus Kit. (P. flabellatus Bab.) a plant with or without broad 3—5-
nerved lower leaves and with three-keeled fruits. Morong included
P. interruptus in his Naiadaceae of North America on the basis of

sterile, broad-leaved plants, collected in Manistee, Michigan, by E. J.

1916] St. John,— Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli 129

Hill and by himself, and from one other station in the same state.
His illustration was drawn from English specimens supplied him by
Mr. Fryer. Following Morong, this species has been kept as a North
American plant in Gray’s Manual, in Britton and Brown's Illustrated
Flora, and in Taylor's treatment in the North American Flora. The
leaf characters of P. interruptus as stated by its defenders are admit-
tedly inconstant.! The fruit character, which is the main claim of
P. interruptus to specific rank, seems to be just as inconstant, at least
in the American plants, as the foliage character proves to be in the
European ones. In a single spike, such as that on the sheet collected
by L. L. Dame at Nantucket, Massachusetts, now in the Herbarium
of the New England Botanical Club, can be seen fruits which have
prominent dorsal keels as does P. interruptus, and also fruits with
evenly rounded backs as in P. pectinatus (stricto sensu).

A quotation from a letter written by Mr. Arthur Bennett to Prof.
M. L. Fernald throws an interesting light on the status of P. interrup-
tus Kit. (P. flabellatus Bab.) in North America. “Having occasion
to look through all my interruptus specimens, I was surprised to find
attached to the sheet of Manistee specimens sent me, a letter from Prof.
Babington dated 9, 2, 1882 in which he says ‘Certainly I do not think
that the Revd. Morong’s plant is Pot. flabellatus. The habit of the
flowering part is totally different from any specimens of my plant
that I have seen." Bennett continues, “I cannot now understand
why he [Morong] doubted Babington's decided opinion that it was
not his flabellatus." Whether or not the European specimens of P.
pectinatus will allow a division into P. pectinatus in its limited sense
and P. interruptus (which is very doubtful), it seems to be clear that
Morong was not justified in including P. interruptus as an American
specles. Likewise the more recently collected specimens and pub-
lished notes seen by the author have not convinced him that any
American plants can properly be treated as P. interruptus Bab.

P. columbianus Suksdorf? is worthy of mention in this connection,
since it is not included in the Pflanzenreich or the Index Kewensis.
Neither the duplicate-type material nor the description show any
distinetive characters to separate it from P. pectinatus.

W. R. Dudley discusses? two plants from Cayuga Lake, New York,

/
! Fryer, Journ. Bot. xxvii. 59, (1889).

? Suksdorf, Deutsche Bot. Monatschr. xix. 92 (1901).
5 Dudley, Cayuga Flora 107 (1886).

130 Rhodora [JUNE

which he treats in both cases as P. pectinatus L. var.—? Number
1007 is a slender “sometimes proliferous" form “whose peduncle is
usually over ł m. long.” Number 1008 is a gigantic form, with plume-
like bushy tops, up to 53 m. in length, frequently proliferous, not
found in flower or fruit. These plants have been known for many

years, the latter since 1874, and have received intensive study by

local observers for a number of years.

Through the kindness of Miss Emmeline Moore the author has been
able to examine specimens corresponding to each of these numbers.
Number 1007 is a very much elongated, deep-water state of P. pecti-
natus, but not distinct enough to require any special designation.
Number 1008 proves to be similarly elongated, sterile P. moniliformis
St. John.

3. P. LATIFOLIUS (Robbins) Morong, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iii.
no. 2, 52 (1893). P. pectinatus L., var. (?) latifolius Robbins, Bot.
King's Exp. 338 (1871).— Stem 1-2 mm. thick, whitish, freely branch-
ing above: leaves linear, obtuse or shortly apiculate, 2-4 mm. wide,
3-5 nerved with strong cross-veins making a rectangular pattern;
the upper short, 1.5-2.5 em. long; sheaths swollen, 2-4 times thicker
than the stem; ligule short, obtuse, hyaline: peduncles short, 2-10
cm. long: spikes interrupted, 1-3 cm. long: fruit obovate, 3 mm. long,
2 mm. wide; style borne near the ventral margin, incurved.— Deep
waters, still or flowing, Oregon, south to California and Arizona.
Nevapa: Humbolt Lake, 4,000 feet altitude, Aug., 1867, W.. W.
Bailey, no. 1,142 (H); Hot Springs, Desert, Aug. 1874, J. G. Lemmon,
no. 1,264 (H). AmizoNa: Santa Cruz Creek, Tucson, 1881, J. G.
Lemmon, no. 579 (H). CarrFonNiA: King’s River, 1876, J. G.
Lemmon, no. 1,521 (H); in waters warmed by hot spring above 14
mile station, Bridgeport and Sonora Road, Mono County, Aug. 23,
1898, J. W. Congdon, no. 9,915 (H). OmkcoN: Goose Lake, July 23,
1897, B. W. Evermann (H).

4. P. moniliformis, n. sp. rhizomate 2-3 mm. crasso; caule
superne valde ramoso, ramis 2-4 ad nodum, vaginis principalibus
inflatis, quam caules 2-5-plo crassioribus, 2.5-5 cm. longis, 2-5 mm.
latis, laminis brevibus obtusis habenis similibus latis, 1—4.5 em. longis,
1-2 mm. latis, venis transversis nervisque reticulum crassum forman-
tibus, nervis vaginarum prominentibus ad apicem incurvatis ligulam
integram brevissimam defugantibus; foliis superioribus filiformibus
obtusis vel retusis, 5-11 cm. longis, 0.2-1 mm. latis cum ligulis longiori-
bus; pedunculis brevibus, 3-8 cm. longis, spicis interruptis, 1-6 em.
longis, verticillis multis (5-12) aequidistantibus vel inferioribus
remotis, fructubus oblique obovatis non manifeste carinatis, 3 mm.
longis, 2 mm. latis, stigmatibus sessilibus ad margines ventrales
proximis.

1916] St. John,— Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli 131

Rootstock coarse, 2-3 mm. thick: stem freely branching above;
2-4 branches at a node: principal sheaths swollen, 2-5 times thicker
than the stem, 2.5-5 cm. long, 2-5 mm. broad, with prominent veins
bending into the blade but not appearing in the entire very short (1
mm.) ligule; blade short, blunt, ribbon-like, 1-4.5 cm. long, 1-2 mm.
broad, the veins and cross veins forming a coarse rectangular pattern;
upper leaves filiform, blunt or more commonly retuse, 5-11 em. long,
0.2-1 mm. broad; upper sheaths less swollen, bearing longer ligules:
peduncles short, 3-8 mm. long: spikes 1-6 cm. long, interrupted, with
numerous (5-12) whorls of flowers, which are equally spaced or the
lower more remote: fruit obliquely obovate, not prominently keeled,
3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide; the sessile stigma borne near the ventral
margin.— Deep waters from Labrador west to Saskatchewan and
Alberta and south to New York, Wisconsin, and North Dakota.

LaBRADOR: shallow sandy-bottomed pools, Blanc Sablon River,
Aug. 2, 1910, M. L. Fernald & K. M. Wiegand, no. 2,463 (H). Quez-
BEC: above tide mark in Blanc Sablon River, Brest, Saguenay County,
uly 31, 1915, Harold St. John (C). Ontario: Moose Factory, James
Bay, July 15, 1904, W. Spreadborough, (C no. 62,661); shallow water,
Misinaibi River, Aug. 1880, R. Bell, (C no. 3,013) New York:
in 8 feet of water, Lake Cayuga, July 16, 1916, Emmeline Moore.
Manirosa: Palliser's Brit. N. Am. Expl. Expedition, Lac Winnipeg,
26 Juin 1859, E. Bourgeau (H & Y). SasKATCHEWAN: between
Cumberland House and Hudson Bay, Aug., Drummond (H, TYPE);
and on the same sheet, Carleton House (H); Palliser's Brit. N. Am.
Expl. Expedition, 1858, E. Bourgeau (H & Y); Long Lake, July 6,
1879, Macoun, (C no. 4,176 & Y); in Cypress Lake, Cypress Hills,
June 29, 1895, Macoun, (C no. 16,470); in water, Buffalo Lake, Aug.
3, 1888, J. M. Macoun, (C no. 4,175). Wisconstn: University Bay,
Lake Mendota, Aug. 19, 1912, R. H. Denniston (H). Norra DAKOTA:
Turtle Mts., Aug. 20, 1891, Wright, no. 727 (R). ALBERTA: Vermil-
lion Lake, Banff, Rocky Mts., Aug. 13, 1891, Macoun, (C no. 4,374 in
part); Vermilion Lakes, 4,500 feet altitude, Banff, July 23, 1906, S.
Brown, no.. 695 (A); in a lake, Milk River Ridge, July 20, 1895,
Macoun, (€ no. 16,469).

In 1854 P. vaginatus Turez.! was described from a subsaline lake
near Selenginsk, south of Lake Baikal, Siberia. In the original
diagnosis the following characters are mentioned: sheaths loose,
flowers in interrupted whorls, fruit obliquely obovate, finely striate,
and leaves linear-setaceous, acute. Kihlman,? in recording P. vagi-
natus Turcz. from Europe for the first time, gives a careful description
of the type material and a critical discussion of the species. He

1 Turcz., Bull. Soc. Natur. Moscou, xi. 102 (1838) (nomen solum), xxvii. 65 (1854); Flora

Baicalensi-Dahurica ii. 162 (1856).
? Osw. Kihlman, Meddel. af Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, xiv. 111-115 (1887).

132 Rhodora [JUNE

mentions the tall freely-branching habit, the blunt or retuse leaves,
the ample clasping finely striate olive-green sheaths, the very short
(1 mm.) entire ligule, the long spike of 5-11 (usually 7-8) whorls,
which are equally distant or the lower farther spaced. All of these
points would fit the American P. moniliformis described above, and,
in fact, in Kihlman's citation of stations, with the six in Finland and
Sweden, is one in North America: Saskatchawan, Bourgeau, Palliser's
Expedition 1858, which he had seen in the Herbarium at St. Peters-
burg. The two sheets of this collection seen by the writer are tall
coarse, freely branching plants with six and seven whorls, but they are
very immature and show no sign of fruit. The American material
with fruit shows it to be but 3 mm. long and with the sessile stigma
borne near the ventral margin. On the other hand P. vaginatus
'Turez. has the "fruit 3.2-3.5 mm. long and the stigma flattened,
almost median on the fruit.” ! Bennett ? says of it “beak very short,
central,” and his plate 58 drawn from Swedish specimens shows
clearly this condition. It is because of this fundamental difference
in the form of the fruit, the asymmetric position of the stigma, that I
have described the American P. moniliformis as a distinct species.
In recording P. vaginatus from Great Britain Bennett ? cites two Ameri-
can stations, Assinibola, Macoun! Buffalo Lake; and Labrador,
Waitz! in herb. Boissier. The Buffalo Lake material, as cited above
is P. moniliformis and the Labrador material may well be the same.

5. P. riniFonurs Pers., Syn. pl. i. 152 (1805). P. marinus, var. (?)
occidentalis Robbins, King's Rep. 339 (1871). P. filiformis, var.
occidentalis (Robbins) Morong, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. iii. No. 2, 51
(1893); Bennett, Ann. Conserv. Jard. Genève ix, 102 (1905). P.
interior Rydb., Fl. Colorado, 13 (1906); P. marinus L. acc. to some
authors, not L. herb. Rootstock creeping: stem usually short and
repeatedly branched near the base giving the plant a very bushy habit,
but in deep water the branching reduced and the stem elongated
up to 30 cm.: sheaths short, tightly clasping the stem, not becom-
ing divergent, about as long as the scarious early deciduous ligule;
blades filiform, blunt, 5-12 em. long, 0.25-0.5 mm. wide: peduncle ex-
ceeded by or overtopping the leaves: mature inflorescence elongate,
interrupted, 1.5-5 em. long; verticels mostly remote, the upper usu-
ally 3-12 mm. apart, the lower usually 0.7-2.5 em. apart: fruit obo-
vate, 2 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide; the stigma broad and sessile.
Shallow pools, chiefly in calcareous areas in the boreal parts of
North America; also Eurasia, Africa and Australia.

1 Kihlman, I. c.
? Bennett in Fryer, Potamogetons of the British Isles 88, Plate 58 (1915).
* Bennett, Bull. Herb. Boissier iii. 257 (1895), and Journ. Bot. XLV. 172 (1907).

1916] St. John,— Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli 133

Kerewan: Cape Henrietta Maria, Hudson Bay, Aug. 14, 1904,
W. Spreadborough, (C no. 62,660); Churchill, Hudson Bay, Lat. 58?
50’, Aug. 3, 1910, J. M. Macoun, (C no. 79,199 & H). QUEBEC:
St. John (or Douglastown) River, Gaspé County, Aug. 23, 1904,
J. F. Collins, M. L. Fernald, & A. S. Pease (C & H). VERMONT:
shallow bay south of * Carry," North Hero, Aug. 2, 1899, Ezra Brain-
erd (H). Nevapa: Ruby Lake, alt. 6,000 feet, Aug., 1868, Sereno
Watson, no. 1,143 (H & Y). Araska: shallow pools, St. Paul Island,
Bering Sea, July 15, 1897, J. M. Macoun, (C no. 28,158).

Several recent European workers have subdivided this species into
varieties or forms.! A tall coarse plant with leaves over 1 mm. in
breadth is treated as var. alpinus (Blytt) Asch. & Graeb. This
variety seems to be quite distinct. The species has been further
divided on the basis of the overtopping of the spikes by the leaves or
the reverse and the elongation or dwarfing of the stem, making a
series of four forms or varieties. The variation in these parts seems to
be due mainly to the fluctuations in the water level and to be negli-
gible from our standpoint. All of the European specimens of P. fili-
formis Pers. and its varieties are characterized by having an elongate
spike formed of mostly remote whorls.

For many years this plant was treated as P. marinus L. "This
Linnean species 1s very difficult to interpret with any surety on the
basis of its description in the Species Plantarum or the sources cited
there. A. Bennett discussed the basis of P. sarinus in 1890? and
again in 1895 ? concluding that * Most European authors use the name
P. marinus Linn. In the Linnean Herbarium the specimens named
'5 and, following Bennett, the name P.
filiformis has been almost universally adopted for the plant under

marinus are only pectinatus’

discussion. A most disconcerting discovery is that Bennett himself
in his most recent work has reverted to the name P. marinus.4 In
reply to my request for an explanation of this change Mr. Bennett
dwells on the- pre-Linnaean sources cited in the Species Plantarum,
especially Boccone, Icones et Descrip. Pl. Siciliae, 42, and t. 20, f. 5
(1674) He concludes that, “This drawing might well have been made
for a species of P. fasciculatus of Wolfgang, which is only a small
filiformis" Mr. Bennett is quite correct in saying that Boccone’s
Potamogeiton pusillum fluitans might be some phase of the plant we

1 Hagstróm in Neuman, Sveriges Flora, 794 (1901); Ascherson & Graebner, l. c.; Fischer,
l. c. |

? Bennett, Journ. Bot. xxviii. 301 (1890).

3 Bennett, Bull. Herb. Boissier iii. 257 (1895).

1 Bennett in Fryer, l. c. 89 (1915).

134 Rhodora [JUNE

recognize as P. filiformis, but for anything that appears in Boccone's
figure or description it might equally well be some form of the poly- .
morphic P. pectinatus. In just such cases as this we are authorized by
the International Rules for Botanical Nomenclature to cast aside the
name “when it becomes a permanent source of confusion."! P.
setaceum Schum.’ is plainly the plant in question. In fact, Mr.
Bennett writes “I have seen a specimen named by him [Schumacher]
in Dr. Buchenau's herbarium.” The name P. setacewm Schum. can-
not stand because it is antedated by a Linnean plant of the same name,
one which is maintained. "The next name given to this plant was P.
filiformis Pers., based on Schumacher's plant, and this name seems
perfectly valid. Bennett when using the name P. filiformis credits
it to Nolte, but Nolte did not make this combination. He credits it
to Persoon, “84. Potamogeton filiformis Persoon," and gives the Schu-
macher reference.

P. filiformis Pers., var. occidentalis (Robbins) Morong, Mem. Torr.
“Bot. Club iii. no. 2, 51 (1893) (P. interior Rydb.) from Ruby Lake,
Nevada, is a coarse sparsely branched plant, 5-6 dm. high, with a
few rather coarse leaves (0.5-0.7 mm. broad). Among the hundreds
of sheets of this group examined I have seen none to match the two
sheets at hand of the original collection of var. occidentalis, conse-
quently it seems better to treat this plant (subsequently renamed
P. interior Rydb.) as a somewhat exceptional deep-water state of the
species.

P. riLiFORMIS Pers., var. borealis (Raf.) n. comb. P. borealis Raf.,
Med. Repos. ii. 354 (1808). Resembling P. filiformis but differing
in the strongly marked tendency to have the spike short, with the
whorls approximate: leaves finely setaceous, 0.25-0.5 mm. broad;
mature spike 0.5-2.5 em. long, the upper verticels mostly approximate,
the lower approximate or at most 7 mm. apart.— Chiefly in calcareous
waters, Newfoundland to northern Maine, New York and Pennsyl-
vania, west to Alaska and south to Colorado; also in India, Tibet and
China.

NEWFOUNDLAND: border of Castle Pond, Tilt Cove, northern
shores of Notre Dame Bay, Aug. 21, 1911, M. L. Fernald, K. M. Wie-
gand & H. T. Darlington, no. 4,493 (H); shallow pools, wet runs and
boggy spots in limestone barrens, near sea-level, Ingornachoix Bay,
Aug. 4, 1910, M. L. Fernald, K. M. Wiegand & J. Kittredge Jr., no.
2,460 (H); pools on serpentine tableland, 550 m. altitude, northeast-

! Internat. Rules Bot. Nomen., Vienna, Art. 51, 4 (1905).
? Schumacher, Enum. PI. Saellandiae i. 51 (1801).

1916] St. John,— Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli 135

ern region of the Blomidon (*Blow-me-down") Mountains, region
of Bay of Islands, Aug. 21, 1910, M. L. Fernald & K. M. Wiegand,
no. 2,459 (H); shallow pools near Harry's Hiver, Silurian region
between Bay St. George and Bay of Islands, Aug. 18, 1910, M. L.
Fernald & K. M. Wiegand, no. 2,458 (H); shallow stream, wet runs
and boggy spots in limestone barrens, upper slopes and tablelands,
200-300 m. altitude, Table Mountain, region of Port au Port Bay,
Aug. 16, 1910, M. L. Fernald, K. M. Wiegand & J. Kittredge Jr.,
no. 2,4457 (H). QvEsEc: Shallow water, Lake Mistassini, Aug. 10,
1885, J. M. Macoun (C no. 3,012); shallow pond, Longue Pointe,
Brest, Saguenay County, July 31, 1915, H. St. John (C); in 5 feet
of water, small pond, Ile à Chasse, Mingan Islands, Sept. 10, 1915,
H. St. John (C); brackish ponds, Salt Lake, Anticosti, Aug. 10,
1883, J. Macoun (C no. 3,015); in water, Madeline River, Gaspé
County, Aug. 5, 1882, J. Macoun (C no. 3,014); shallow pool, margin
of River Ste. Anne des Monts, Aug. 17, 1906, M. L. Fernald & J. F.
Collins, no. 160 (C & H); marl, Trout Pond, mouth of the Grand
River, Aug. 11-15, 1904, J. F. Collins, M. L. Fernald & A. S. Pease
(C & H); dead waters between the Forks and Brülé Brook, Little
Cascapedia River, Bonaventure County, July 29 & 30, 1904, J. F.
Collins, M. L. Fernald & A. S. Pease (H). MAGDALEN ISLANDS:
edge of pond in sand dunes, Brion Island, Aug. 6, 1914, H. St. John (A).
Prince Epwarp Istanp: shallow pools among the sand hills, Brack-
ley Point, Aug. 3, 1914, M. L. Fernald & H. St. John, no. 10,895 (H).
Marine: about cold springs in marl, margin of Nadeau Lake, Fort
Fairfield, Aug. 18, 1901, M. L. Fernald (H & N & R). New York:
on sandy bottom, 1.5 feet deep, Seneca Lake, Geneva, Aug. 14, 1884,
T. Morong (H); western part, A. Gray (H); in the rapids above
Niagara Falls, Aug. 20, 1875, T. Morong (H). PENNSYLVANIA:
in Cedar Creek at the Duck Farm Hotel, at the foot of Walnut Street,
Allentown, July 27, 1912, H. W. Pretz, no. 4,851 (A); Allentown,
com. Oct. 7, 1878, Eugene A. Rau (A); Cedar Creek, Lehigh County,
1878, A. F. K. Krout, Series A no. 2,724 (A); swift stream, submerged,
Cedar Creek, near Griesemer's Hotel, July 16, 1912, Daniel W. Hamm,
no. 1,139 (A); Presque Isle, Erie, Sept. 11, 1869, Garber (A). KEE-
WATIN: in pools or tundra, Ranken Inlet, Hudson Bay, latitude
32° 45’, Aug. 30, 1910, J. M. Macoun (C no. 79,200). ONTARIO:
shallow ponds, “The Twins,” James Bay, July 7, 1887, J. M. Macoun
(C no. 4,148); above Niagara Falls, July 12, 1901, J. Macoun (C no.
26,838); Lake Scugog, W. Scott, Aug. 12, 1891, (C no. 16,465). Micn-
IGAN: Crystal Lake, Frankfort, Aug. 13, 1880, E. J. Hill (H); Charle-
voix, Aug. 26, 1894, C. F. Wheeler (H); Rapids of St. Mary's River,
Sault Ste. Marie, Aug. 25, 1882, T. Morong (H & Y). SasKATCHE-
WAN: plains, Aug. 16, 1872, J. Macoun (C no. 62,583); west of York-
ton, July 7, 1906, J. Macoun & W. Herriot (C no. 76,877); in shallow
water, Crane Lake, June 22, 1894, J. Macoun (C no. 4,375). ATHA-
Basca: Peace River Landing, June 30, 1903, J. M. Macoun (C no.

136 Rhodora [JUNE

61,283). ALBERTA: west of Banff, July 6, 1891, J. Macoun (C no.
4,384); near Banff, July 15, 1891, J. Macoun (C no. 4,376); Bow
River Valley, 4,500 feet altitude, July 28, 1906, Stewardson Brown,
no. 680 (A). Montana: Corvallis, Bitterroot Valley, July 29, 1880
S. Watson, no. 393 (H); near Frenchtown, Bitterroot Valley, Aug. 4,
1880, S. Watson (H). Wyomine: Lower Basin, Yellowstone Park,
7,300 feet altitude, July 15, 1906, W. S. Cooper, no. 74y (R); brackish
ponds, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 1884, Frank Tweedy (Y); Upper
Geyser Basin, Sept. 1, 1878, C. Richardson (H); Big Horn Mountains,
July-Aug., 1897, T. A. Williams (R). Coromapo: Twin Lakes,
Sept., Wolf & Rothrock (H); Gunnison, 7,680 feet altitude, Aug. 16,
1901, C. F. Baker, no. 828 (H & R); Buena Vista, J. H. Ferriss (H).
Uran: Bear River, 8,000 feet altitude, Aug., 1869, S. Watson, no.
1,144 (H& Y). Rocky MouwTmatiNs: Drummond, no. 134 (H).
British CoLUMBIA: fresh water lakes, near Kicking Horse Lake,
5,500 feet altitude, Aug. 15, 1890, J. Macoun (C no. 3:010). Yvkow:
mud in Klondike River, near Dawson, July 15, 1902, J. Macoun (C no.
79,029); in water, Lewis River, Dawson, latitude 62°, Sept. 6, 1887
(C no. 4,146). Ataska: water, Atkah Island, Aleutian Islands, Aug.
26, 1891, J. M. Macoun (C no. 28,159). IwNpra: Garhwál, elevation
15,000 feet, R. Strachey & J. E. Winterbottom (H). Tiser: left shore
of the Indus near Leh, Province of Ladák, July 5-10, 1856, SeAlagint-
weit, no. 923 (H). Caina: 1873, Korolkoff & Krause (H).

Rafinesque’s name P. borealis is based on the description in
Michaux's Flora Boreali- Americana, i. 102 (1803) of P. marinum? L.,
for plants found in subsaline rivers flowing into the St. Lawrence.
Michaux's use of the phrase “spica —, quasi verticillatim interrupta "'
indicates that he was describing the plant with a short spike of nearly
approximate whorls. Thus we can use Rafinesque’s name to desig-
nate this commonest American variety of P. filiformis. It is worthy
of note that in the paper referred to, Rafinesque indicates as new
species, four Potamogetons “that have been considered congenial to
some European species; but which upon investigation, have appeared
to me different." Three of these, P. epihydrus, diversifolius, and
foliosus have already been taken up and now we can recognize as of
varietal rank the fourth, his P. borealis.

The var. borealis, like typical P. filiformis, is found with the spike
exceeding or exceeded by the leaves and the stem short, bushily
branched, or in deep water less branched and the stem elongate.

P. riLiFORMIS Pers., var. Macounut Morong, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club,
ii. no. 2, 50 (1893). P. marinus L., var. Macounii Morong in Macoun,
Cat. Can. Pl. iv. 88 (1888).— Resembling var. borealis in its short
spike of mostly approximate whorls, but differing in having broad

1916] St. John,— Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli 137

coarse leaves 0.75-2 mm. broad and sometimes apiculate at tip.—
Still or flowing waters, Magdalen Islands, Quebec and Prince Edward
Island and from northern Ontario to Saskatchewan, South Dakota
and California.

MAGDALEN IstANDs: brook in a springy marsh, Grindstone, Grind-
stone Island, July 17, 1912, M. L. Fernald, E. B. Bartram, B. Long &
H. St. John, no. 6,792 (H); shallow pools and slow brooks in a larch
swamp, Grindstone, Grindstone Island, Aug. 13 & 14, 1912, M. L.
Fernald, B. Long & H. St. John, nos. 6,785 and 6,786 (H). PRINCE
Epwarp IstAND: water, North Pond, near East Point, Aug. 15, 1888,
J. Macoun (C no. 4,373a); North Pond, Aug. 15, 1888, J. Macoun
(C no. 4,373). Onrarto: The Beacon, Mouth of the Moose River,
James Bay, July 19, 1904, W. Spreadborough (C no. 62,064). Mani-
ropa: four miles east of Forest, June 19, 1906, J. Macoun & W. Her-
riot (C no. 76,875); six miles east of Forest, June 19, 1906, J. Macoun
& W. Herriot (C no. 76,876). Sourn Daxora: Rapid Creek below
Pactola, 4,400 feet altitude, Black Hills National Forest, July 14,
1910, J. Murdoch Jr., no. 4,250 (H); Black Hills, 1887, Dr. W. H.
Forwood (H). SASKATCHEWAN: in salt marshes, Old Wives Lake,
July 23, 1880, J. Macoun (C no. 3,008); west of Yorkton, July 7,
1906, J. Macoun & W. Herriot (C no. 76,878); Moose Mountain Creek,
July 1, 1883, J. M. Macoun (C no. 3,016). ALBERTA: still or slow
flowing water, south of the Hand Hills, Aug. 22, 1879, J. Macoun (C no.
3,009); Vermilion Lakes, Banff, Aug. 13, 1891, J. Macoun (C no.
4,374a); Vermilion Lakes, Banff, July 15, 1891, J. Macoun (C no.
4,376). Montana: ditches, Belgrade, Bozeman, Aug. 19, 1905,
J. W. Blankinship, no. 572 (A). Ipamo: in a slough, Henry’s Lake,
Fremont County, Sept. 1, 1899, A. Nelson & E. Nelson, no. 6,808 (H).
Wyomtna: flowing water, Norwood Creek, Big Horn County, Aug. 9,
1901, L. N. Gooding, no. 508 (H); Granger Ham's Fork, July 30, 1897,
A. Nelson 4,142 (H & R); Evanston, July 10, 1897, T. 4. Williams
(H & R); shallow ponds, Jackamore Creek, 50 miles north of Point of
Rocks, E. D. Merrill & E. N. Wilcox, no. 608 (H & R); in a woodland
pool, Snake River, Aug. 12, 1899, A. Nelson & E. Nelson, no. 6,483 (R);
in a slough, Henry's Lake, Fremont County, Sept. 1, 1899, A. Nelson &
E. Nelson, no. 6,808 (R); in streams, Dayton, 4,000 feet altitude,
Sheridan County, Sept., 1899, Frank Tweedy, no. 2,259 (Y); Fort
Bridger, Aug. 6, 1873, T. C. Porter (A); Sour Creek, 8,200 feet alti-
tude, Yellowstone Park, Sept., 1885, Frank Tweedy (Y); Shoshone
Creek, Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 22, 1878, C. Richardson
(H); in a woodland pool Snake River, Yellowstone Park, Aug. 12,
1899, A. Nelson & E. Nelson, no. 6,483 (H). Coronapo: in Tomichi
River, Parlin, 8,000 feet, Gunnison County, Aug. 20, 1901, B. H.
Smith (A). Uran: Fish Lake, 9,000 feet altitude, Aug: 9, 1894,
M. E. Jones, no. 5,782 (R). Nevapa: Ruby Lake, 6,000 feet alti-
tude, 1868, S. Watson, no. 1,140 (Y). CALIFORNIA: Leavitt's Mead-
ows, Bridgeport and Sonora Road, Mono County, Aug. 22, 1898,
J. W. Congdon, no. 99.14 (H).

138 Rhodora [JuNE

Morong in his monograph limits this variety to the plants of the
shallow pools which have “a compact, bushy habit, leaves 1-3 inches
long." This passes without perceptible demarcation to the equally
coarse plant with longer leaves and an elongate stem. It seems better
and more consistent to include these under the var. Macounii. A
plant cited ! as P. juncifolius Kern. from North Pond, Prince Edward
Island, seems to belong here.

Another American specimen named P. juncifolius Kern. from
Labrador, in the Ungava River, Fort Chimo, Aug. 23, 1896, Spread-
borough, (C no. 16,471) may be correctly identified, but it is so young
that it is difficult to name with any certainty.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LAPPULA DEFLEXA IN VERMONT.
J. R. CHURCHILL.

As a result of my discovery in July, 1914, of a considerable colony
of the “Nodding Stickseed,” Lappula deflexa (Wahlenb.) Garcke, in
Derby, Orleans County, Northern Vermont, I have been interested to
investigate the history and the range of this attractive though some-
what weedy stranger. The plants were growing along one side of
the main road leading south from Derby Line, in open country, about
a mile from the village. The highway appeared to have been recently,
extensively repaired or reconstructed, thus confirming the impression
that the plants had been introduced.

Like all the Stickseeds L. deflexa is admirably adapted by its prickly-
barbed nutlets to easy and wide distribution by railroads and other
carriers. And yet my brief study of this species and its history
indicates that, despite these devices for migration, the plant has failed
hitherto to extend materially its long recorded range. Lappula deflexa
(Echinospermum deflexum, Lehm.) is found in Siberia and continental
Europe and has long been known in the extreme northwestern United
States and the adjacent Canadian provinces. And recent collections
by Prof. Fernald and others show that the species is indigenous in

1 Bennett in Journ. Bot. xlvi 162 (1908).

1916] Churchill, — Lappula deflexa in Vermont : 139

Percé and extreme eastern Quebec. But between these Eastern and
Western ranges lies a vast territory where our plant is scarcely known;
being represented in the Gray Herbarium by three or four collections
only, and these from stations which are sporadic and transitory.

In 1882, Dr. Gray, revising Echinospermum deflexum,! distinguished
the “variety Americanum (which makes some approach to E. Virgi ni-
cum) the somewhat more granulate dorsal disk not rarely bearing
two or three small glochidiate prickles on an obscure midnerve."
And in the last edition of the Manual, this variety is cited with brief
characterization, and given a range *Iowa to Manitoba, westw. and
northw." only. Now among the few specimens of transitory occur-
rence to which allusion is made above, collected between these far
distant stations in eastern Canada and our extreme northwest terri-
tory, is one in the Gray Herbarium, labeled “ Bluffs of the Mississippi,
Clinton County, Iowa, 6-20-1878, leg. Geo. D. Butler."

Upon this collection alone cited by Dr. Gray, rests the record of
the occurrence of L. deflexa, var. americana in Iowa. Careful exami-
nation however, shows clearly that this Iowa plant is typical L. de-
flexa; and with this corrected determination apparently disappears
all record of the occurrence of the variety americana within the limits
of Gray's Manual.

Lappula deflexa is not given in the first edition (1898) of the Illus-
trated Flora of Britton and Brown, and our plant appears there as
Lappula americana (A. Gray) Rydberg. In the last edition (1913)
the treatment is reversed, the species appearing as L. deflexa (Wahl.)
Garcke, and variety Americana is not recognized as valid. And the
ranges given are substantially in accord with those of the Gray
Manual.

It is certain that my Vermont plants have the few barbed prickles
along the middle of the nutlets which are characteristic of the varietal
form, and it seems to follow that this little colony has traveled hither
from its home in the far West, rather than the much nearer * Eastern
Quebec," the home of the typical plant with the smoother nutlets.

It may be noted that the plant here discussed forms an addition
to the recorded flora of Vermont, as it does not appear in the recently
published new edition of the state flora. Vt. Agric. Sta., Bull. 187
(1915).

It will be interesting to observe whether also it persists and increases

1 Proc. Am. Academy, XVII, p. 224, note.

MY Tw T

140 . | Rhodora [JUNE

initsnewstation. Possibly, too, this note may bring forth information
from other herbaria concerning this vagrant; specimens of which have
been placed in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.

In this pleasant task I have had the advice and assistance of Mr.
J. Francis Macbride, who, in connection with his own technical and
critical studies in the revision of the Boraginaceae at the Gray Her-
barium, has carefully determined all the collections which I have
mentioned.

DORCHESTER, MASSACHUSETTS.

PRUNUS VIRGINIANA THE CORRECT NAME OF THE
CHOKE CHERRY.

M. L. FERNALD.

Tue Choke Cherry of the northern United States and Canada,
characterized by having the comparatively short leaves with sharp
fine serrations and the crimson fruit in comparatively short racemes,
has in recent years been generally known as Prunus virginiana L.
or, by those who treat it as belonging to a separate genus, Padus
virginiana (L.) Mill.; while the more southern Black or Rum Cherry,
having longer leaves with short incurved blunter teeth and more
elongated racemes of purplish-black cherries on purplish pedicels,
has been generally known as Prunus serotina Ehrh. Very recently
however the Choke Cherry has appeared in American literature !
under the name Padus nana (Du Roi) Roemer, while the Black Cherry
is called Padus virginiana (L.) Mill. This change from established
usage in the interpretation of the specific name virginiana based upon
Prunus virginiana arises, apparently, through a somewhat natural

misinterpretation as to exactly what Linnaeus had. The Linnean
‘treatment of Prunus virginiana was as follows:

“PRUNUS floribus racemosis, foliis deciduis basi antice Virginiana.
glandulosis.

Cerasus sylvestris, fructu nigricante in racemis longis
pendulis phytolaccae instar congestis. Gron. virg. 54.
Roy. lugdb. 537.

! Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 329 (1913).

1916] Fernald,— .orrect Name of the Choke Cherry 141

Cerasi similis arbuscula mariana, padi folio, flore albo
parvo racemofo. Pluk. mant. 43. t. 339. Catesb.
car. i. p. 28. t. 28.

Habitat in Virginia." '

From this description it appears that Linnaeus gave an original
diagnosis and originated the name virginiana, and that to the species
described and so named he ascribed as synonyms the earlier “ Cerasus
sylvestris" of Gronovius and of Royen and the ' Cerasus similis arbus-
cula" etc. of Plukenet and of Catesby. The description by Grono-
vius and the identical description by Royen leave no question that
they were referring to the Black Cherry. In fact, Gronovius, in his
second edition, cites Clayton No. 627, which, as shown by the type
material examined by Dr. Gray in 1869, was the Black Cherry,
indicated by Dr. Gray in his notes as “ Prunus serotina!” Similarly,
Catesby's figure and description belong clearly to P. serotina as
recently understood; but the Plukenet figure, as recorded by Dr.
Gray in a manuscript upon the original sources, is “ [tea virginica!”
In the first half of the 19th century the name Prunus serotina was
used for the Choke Cherry and P. virginiana for the Black Cherry,
just the reverse of recent usages, so that it is not surprising that there
has been much confusion as to which name belonged to either species.
The original Linnean element of Prunus virginiana, however, the
plant which furnished the Linnean diagnosis and which Linnaeus
marked “Virginiana’’ in his herbarium, differs from the material
which he cites in synonymy, and is the true Choke Cherry. This is
indicated by Dr. Gray's manuscript notes made upon examination of
the Linnean herbarium at different times. "Three times he specially
notes this type, once, in 1839, when the Choke Cherry was generally
called Prunus serotina, saying “Prunus Virginana! Linnaeus’ speci-
mens are Prunus serotina [in the old sense] (Choke-Cherry!) with the
sharply mucronate serrations, erect racemes, etc." The other two
records, made in 1869 and in 1881, merely reaffirm the conclusions of
the earlier examination by recording in manuscript: “ Prunus Vir-
giniana = Choke cherry.” From this evidence it would appear that
the real type of Prunus virginiana is the Choke Cherry and that only
confusion can arise by changing the long established and correct
application of the name.

Gray HERBARIUM.
1 Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. i. 473 (1753).

142 Rhodora [JuNE

A BELATED CORRECTION.
BAYARD LONG.

RECENT correspondence with Professor Fernald has brought to
light a little matter which has proved to be of sufficient interest,
possibly, to be worth putting upon record. "Toward the close of a
letter, he wrote: “In the last number of Bartonia I noted a state-
ment which may or may not be worth while to call to the author's
attention. In the note by O. H. Brown on Juncus brachycarpus it is
stated that the species occurs at Fort Fairfield, Maine. This must
have arisen through some clerical confusion for the plant at Fort
Fairfield, as throughout north and central Maine, is Juncus brachy-
cephalus. J. brachycarpus is known in New England only at the
Ocean Beach and Scituate stations, the latter now apparently
destroyed."

When I had found Juncus brachycarpus among the 1913 collection
of plants from Cape May, New Jersey, which Mr. O. H. Brown had
sent for identification and deposit in the Herbarium of the Philadelphia
Botanical Club, I had written him of his interesting addition to the
New Jersey flora, and on further correspondence over the note for
Bartonia, I had looked up some of the more readily accessible records
for the species on the Atlantic slope.

Therefore, on reading Professor Fernald's letter, my feeling of
responsibility was quite definite. But instinctively being rather
unwilling to immediately acknowledge to a carelessness of this char-
acter, I was at once led to the first, and the last, resource in all such
cases — appropriately known as the “original source." In the Index
for Volume 12 of Ruopora under Juncus was found “ brachycarpus,
...112,” a glance at the nearby Errata showed no reference, and on
turning to the appropriate page was to be read: “But at the spring
where Kobresia elachycarpa Fernald....was first found we paid our
respects....to the colony of plant which has already supplied scores
of New England herbaria with Equisetum variegatum Schleicher,
Triglochin palustris L., Calamagrostis neglecta, Juncus brachycarpus
(Engelm.) Buchenau and J. alpinus Vill.” Truly a notable associa-
tion of northern types among which to find Juncus brachycarpus, a
plant characteristic of the Mississippi valley and so very local east

1916] Wool-waste Plants at Westford 143

of the Alleghenies, but a casual and uncritical reading (by how very
many more than myself!), coupled with a general and not an intimate
knowledge of the plants of Maine, had allowed this to pass without
comment. The author citation (which on mere reading would of
course escape all but the specialist) makes it perfectly clear that the
plant referred to is Juncus brachycephalus. But that possibly others,
hapless, referring to * Juncus brachycarpus" at Fort Fairfield, Maine,
may not have the excuse that the error was never corrected, let this be
put down:

Ruopona, Vol. 12, page 112, line 28; for brachycarpus read brachy-

cephalus.

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Woor-WasTE PLANTS AT WESTFORD, MASSACHUSETTS.— The fol-
lowing plants found during the summer of 1915, mostly in a wool-
waste dump, have been identified at the Gray Herbarium by Dr.
B. L. Robinson and J. F. Macbride.

It is the custom of the Worsted Co. to obtain all of their wool and
camel's hair from southern Europe and Asia. 'Two years ago, when
it was difficult to obtain foreign wool, a small amount of United States
wool was purchased. Yet by careful inquiry I do not learn that any
wool-waste has been placed in this dump for five years. This may
raise a question in regard to the introduction here of some plants
which are natives of this country, when only foreign plants would be
expected. For instance, I found two mallows, Anoda triangularis
(Willd.) DC., and Sphaeralcea Munroana (Dougl.) Spach., the former
a native of the southwestern United States and the latter common in
the Rocky Mountains and portions of the Northwest.

In Ruopora, xv. 172 (1913) I reported Erodium ciconium L. from
this dump. Last summer I collected a rather poor specimen with only
imperfect fruit, which was determined for me as probably a form
of Erodium ciconium (L.) Ait., var. tenuisectum Nym. There is no
very authentic material of this variety in the Gray Herbarium and
my specimen differs slightly from the descriptions available: The
typical form and var. tenuisectum Nym. are covered with a fine glandu-
lar pubescence while my specimen is only puberulent without glandu-
lar hairs.

144 Rhodora [JUNE

Another plot of ground in our village yielded two interesting plants.
This was where a house had burned; the cellar was then filled and
seeded to bluegrass and clover. Silene antirrhina L., the sleepy
catchfly, appeared in several places, and also Hyoscyamus niger L.,
the Black Henbane, a common European weed, poisonous to pigs.
The last edition of Gray's Manual reports it as occurring in America
from “Quebec and Maine to New York and Michigan." Though it
has been found from time to time in eastern Massachusetts it does
not seem to persist in this region. See Fernald, Rnopona, xii. 191,
and Deane, Ruopora, xii. 215.—Emity F. FrETCHER, Westford,
Massachusetts.

THE AUTHORITY FOR THE BINOMIAL NYMPHAEA MAGNIFICA.— In
the May issue of Rnopona there occurred a misprint which is the more
regrettable from the fact that being connected with the publication
of a new combination it is likely, if not immediately corrected, to find
its way into various reviews, card-catalogues, etc. On this account
we wish to record here as early as possible the fact that the note on
Nymphaea magnifica in Rnopona, xviii. 120, was written by Professor
Henry S. Conard, not Conrad, as unfortunately rendered through a
typographical error.— Ep.

The twenty-second annual FIELD MEETING OF THE JOSSELYN
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF MAINE will be held in Wells and Kennebunk,
August 8, 1916, with headquarters at Gleason’s Inn, Ogunquit.
Announcements will be sent to members and to others on request two
weeks previous to the meeting— Dana W. FELLows, Secretary,
Portland, Maine.

Vol. 18, no. 209, including pages 93 to 120 and plate 120, was issued
4 May, 1916.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 18. July, 1916. No. 211.

THE GENUS SABATIA IN NEW ENGLAND.
M. L. FERNALD.

(Plate 121.)

IN southern New England the genus Sabatia is represented by some
of the most beautiful plants of our flora, members of a genus which
finds its greatest development on the coastal plain southward. The
writer’s propensity for northern exploration had taken him for many
summers to regions beyond the range of the genus and it was not
until the summer of 1913 that he first saw any of the plants growing:
the beautiful slender S. campanulata (L.) Torr. or S. gracilis (Michx.)
Salisb. and the splendid large-flowered plant which in Massachusetts
has always passed as S. chloroides (Michx.) Pursh or recently as
S. dodecandra (L.) BSP.

The material of S. campanulata collected by the writer on peaty and
sandy pond-shores at Barnstable on Cape Cod is quite like the Nan-
tucket plant and specimens collected by others (Williams, Greenman,
Sinnott, Faxon) at Barnstable. "This plant has for some reason been
considered as possibly S. stellaris Pursh or as transitional to S. stellaris
and it was mentioned by Gray in the Synoptical Flora as “an ambigu-
ous form." This confusion of the two species arose presumably
through over-emphasis on the length of the calyx-lobes and the style-
branches and the breadth of the leaves, characters which, as well
pointed out by Bicknell,’ “are unstable in a very marked degree.”
Mr. Bicknell, however, notes two characters which the writer has
independently observed as sound, and the words of the former may be

1 Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xlii. 31 (1915).

146 Rhodora l [JULY

appropriately quoted: “Much less so [unstable] are two other char-
acters which, indeed, seem to be almost always sharply distinctive
although they have been little emphasized in descriptions. In 5.
stellaris the main leaves, broadest at or above the middle, are dis-
tinctly narrowed to the base and the usually acute apex, and the entire
plant, unless carefully pressed, readily turns black in drying. Sab-
batia campanulata, on the contrary, shows little or no discoloration
on the herbarium sheet, and the commonly obtuse leaves, linear,
linear-oblong, oval or, low on the stem, actually ovate, are broadly
sessile or subclasping.”

Besides the excellent distinctive characters pointed out by Bicknell
there are some others which seem equally important. S. stellaris
is a plant of saline or brackish marshes and all the specimens examined
by the writer from throughout the range, from Massachusetts to east-
ern Mexico, are annual (or possibly biennial). S. campanulata, on the
other hand, is at least in Massachusetts a plant of fresh sandy pond-
shores or sphagnous bogs, and such labels from the southern states
as indicate habitats read: “low, grassy pine barrens and meadows,”
“damp pine barrens,” ete., indicating that the New England habitat
of the plant is not unique. Furthermore, all the material of 5. cam-
panulata which has been carefully collected shows it to be a slightly
caespitose perennial with a short subligneous rhizome. The majority
of specimens, merely picked or pulled, have no roots but seem to have
been broken from a crown. One other character, not so constant, but
fairly reliable, is in the bracting of the lateral peduncles. In well
developed S. stellaris all the peduncles are naked; in well developed
S. campanulata the lateral peduncles usually bear 1 or 2 median bracts.

As already emphasized Sabatia campanulata is a plant of the fresh
sandy or peaty shores and marshes. In New England it is very local,
seen by the writer only from three regions of Massachusetts: Nan-
tucket Island; the borders of Mary Dunn's Ponds in Barnstable on
Cape Cod; and a single station, Pembroke in Plymouth County, where
it was collected on September 10, 1884, by W. L. Foster. It was
reported by the late Alfred W. Hosmer ! from a single station in Con-
cord, Massachusetts, but the writer has not seen Mr. Hosmer's
material. Its presence as an indigenous plant in Concord is open to
some question owing to the transplanting activities.of the late Minot.
Pratt, but the occurrence in Concord or adjacent towns of such

1 Rnopona, i. 224 (1899).

1916] Fernald,— The Genus Sabatia in New England 147

characteristic coastal plain species as Sparganium lucidum, Sagittaria
teres, Scirpus Longii, and Utricularia resupinata, lends weight to the
possibility that the Sabatia is also indigenous.

Sabatia stellaris, the halophytie annual, is little known in New
England east of the western shores of Narragansett Bay. It is on the
marshes of Martha’s Vineyard and locally at Dartmouth, Massachu-
setts. The writer has seen no material from east of Buzzard’s Bay,
but there is a report of the plant at Amesbury and Salisbury at the
mouth of the Merrimac,! and an old record of it at York, Maine.?
The latter record is unsupported by specimens though there may
originally have been material; but Mr. Sears's record of the plant
from Amesbury and Salisbury was based on a single specimen now
preserved in the herbarium of the Peabody Academy of Science.
Through the kindness of Professor A. P. Morse the writer has exam-
ined this plant which was found on September 22, 1885, by Mr. Eben
True whose communication states that he found but a single plant in
a hay field. The specimen is not S. stellaris but very characteristic
S. angularis (L.) Pursh; and its occurrence as a single individual in a
planted field indicates that it was only a casual adventive. In his
note Mr. Sears refers to S. stellaris as found at Pembroke, Massa-
chusetts; but the plant upon which the Pembroke record was based
is Mr. Foster's specimen of S. campanulata above referred to.

Besides 5. angularis, just referred to as casually adventive in New
England, the related S. campestris Nutt. has occasionally been found
asa casual in fields and waste places, but it has not, apparently, become
established in New England.

The other two species of New England are the larger-flowered plants
which generally pass as Sabatia dodecandra (L.) BSP. or S. chloroides
(Michx.) Pursh. S. dodecandra was based on Chironia dodecandra L.
Sp. Pl. i. 190 (1753) which in turn went back to “Gentiana floribus
duodecim-petalis," ete. of Gronovius, Virg. 29 (1739). The latter,
based upon Clayton's no. 120 from Virginia was described as having
the corolla-lobes *lanceolate" and Mr. S. F. Blake, who has examined
the specimen, reports the corolla-lobes to be only 5 mm. wide. Later,
in the Systema, ed. 12, 267 (1767), Linnaeus transferred his Chironia
dodecandra, without additional characterization, to the Old World
genus Chlora; and in 1803 Michaux described from New York and

1J. H. Sears, Ruopora, x. 43 (1908).
? Goodale, Proc. Portl. Soc. Nat. Hist. i. 60 (1862).

148 Rhodora [JULY

New Jersey as Chironia chloroides a plant with “ floribus 7-13-partitis”
and corolla-lobes “oblong,” but with Chlora dodecandra L. cited as a
synonym, the name presumably changed on account of the lack of
precision in the Linnean specific name.

This species, Sabatia dodecandra, occurs in coastal marshes from
Long Island southward, and judging by herbarium labels and local
records it is commonly a plant of saline or brackish marshes. Thus
Torrey, who gives a beautiful plate of the plant, ascribes it to “ Brack-
ish bog meadows on the Island of New-York, and on Long Island.
August;" ! Taylor, writing of the region from Connecticut to southern
New Jersey, says: "In tidal marshes throughout the range; so far
not reported inland, nor up the tidal rivers, except in Cape May” ?;
and Stone, writing of southern New Jersey, says: “Frequent on the
brackish meadows from the Hackensack marshes south. In the Cape
May peninsula it occurs also in fresh marshes over a mile from the
coast....Fl.— Late July to late August."? This plant, usually of
brackish marshes, is apparently a perennial (but herbarium specimens
very inadequately display the base) and it ranges from 0.8-6 dm. in
height; its leaves are nearly uniform up to the inflorescence, oblong
to oblong-lanceolate, blunt or acutish; the calyx-lobes are herbaceous
or foliaceous, 3-5-nerved, 6-17 mm. long, 1-3 mm. broad, and the
calyx-tube is somewhat nerved or corrugated; the corolla-lobes are
narrowly oblong-spatulate to oblanceolate, acutish or obtuse, 1.5-2.5
cm. long, 4-9 mm. wide (in dried specimens), with the margins not
overlapping; the yellow spot at the base of each segment is elongate,
slightly 3-lobed at summit or subentire, and 0.7-2.3 mm. broad.

Whether or not Sabatia dodecandra actually occurs in New England
is at present an open question. "Three stations are recorded in Con-
necticut: "Rare. Marshes near the coast: Old Lyme (F. H. Dart),
Saybrook (Berzelius Catalogue), Guilford (Miss K. Dudley)." 4
Of the Lyme station Dr. C. B. Graves writes, that it was found by Dr.
Dart “a good many years ago." Dr. Graves has no material and the
colony is now extinct. The Saybrook station was reported in the
Berzelius Catalogue, but Mr. A. F. Hill has kindly sent me the entire
representation of the species from the Eaton Herbarium and the

1 Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii. 114, t. 84 (1843).

? Taylor, Fl. Vic. N. Y. 504 (1915).

1 Stone, Pl. So. N. J. 640 (1912).

‘ Graves et al., Cat. Fl. Pl. and Ferns Ct. 319 (1910).

1916] Fernald,— The Genus Sabatia in New England 149

Saybrook station is unrepresented. Similarly, recent collections from
Guilford do not show any large-flowered Sabatia there. The plant
may now be extinct in Connecticut and until actual specimens can be
examined we cannot tell whether the records rest upon true S. dode-
candra (which is probable) or upon the commoner New England repre-
sentative of it.

In southeastern Massachusetts no large-flowered Sabatia is known
to the writer in brackish marshes, although S. dodecandra is to be
sought in the Buzzard's Bay region. In Norfolk, Plymouth, Bristol
and Barnstable Counties a large Sabatia, which has been passing as
S. dodecandra; 1s common and so invariably a plant of damp sandy or
peaty margins of fresh ponds or of acid sphagnous bogs, that the
Massachusetts botanist, supposing his plant to be S. dodecandra, is
naturally impressed by Dr. Stone's obvious surprise at finding on the
Cape May peninsula S. dodecandra “in fresh marshes over a mile from
the coast.” The Massachusetts plant is rarely if ever found on the
actual coast; at least all the herbarium-labels indicate fresh habitats
and a majority of the stations are from five to ten miles from the near-
est salt water. In many morphological characters the plant of the
fresh pond-shores of Massachusetts (and likewise of southern Rhode
Island) departs from the somewhat halophytic S. dodecandra. The
Massachusetts plant is freely stoloniferous, even at the beginning of
the flowering season carefully collected specimens exhibiting elongate
stolons with well-developed rosettes of acuminate leaves; the plant
is taller (2.5-8 dm. high); the basal leaves are oblanceolate and
acuminate, distinctly longer than the firm lance-acuminate subulate-
tipped cauline ones; the calyx-lobes are firm and linear-subulate, not
foliaceous, with slightly hyaline margin, very obscurely 1-3 nerved,
5-15 mm. long, 0.5-1.5 mm. broad, and the calyx-tube nerveless; the
corolla-lobes are cuneate-obovate, rounded or emarginate at summit,
1.5-3 cm. long, 6-15 mm. broad, with the margins commonly meeting
or overlapping, so that the expanded flower suggests the head of a
single Dahlia or Cosmos. The yellow spot at the base of each lobe is
much broader than in S. dodecandra (2.5-5 mm. broad) and commonly
has 3 long pointed lobes, so that the complete brown-bordered yellow
central star of the flower has 21-36 rays. This plant of the Massa-
chusetts pond margins begins flowering in June — some weeks earlier
than S. dodecandra, apparently,— and is in its prime through July,
although belated or small secondary flowers may be found through

150 Rhodora [JuLy

the autumn, especially on plants which have been broken off by the
omnivorous flower-picker.

In short, the plant of fresh pond-shores of southeastern Massachu-
setts and southern Rhode Island is quite distinct from the often halo-
phytie S. dodecandra. Its nearest affinity seems to be rather with the
elegant S. decandra (Walt.) Harper which occurs about pine-barren
ponds of Georgia, Florida and Alabama and which has a similar calyx
and the round-tipped corolla-lobes of the Massachusetts plant; but
in S. decandra the corolla-lobes are more spatulately narrowed to base
and with a comparatively slender yellow spot, the calyx-lobes are
much longer, and the plant is nonstoloniferous (apparently biennial),
with mostly round-tipped basal leaves. The chief diagnostic char-
acters of these three species are brought out in Plate 121, kindly
prepared by Mr. F. Schuyler Mathews.

So far as the writer can determine, the plant of Massachusetts and.
Rhode Island has not heretofore been distinguished and it is a great
pleasure to be able to associate with this splendid species the name of
the scholarly New England botanist and sympathetic friend of all
botanists, Dr. George Golding Kennedy. The New England plant
may, therefore, be called

SaBATIA Kennedyana, n. sp. Perennis valde stolonifera, stoloni-
bus flagelliformibus apice rosulatis; caule florifero solitario 2.5-8 dm.
alto; foliis basilariis anguste oblanceolatis acuminatis 3-8 cm. longis
4-15 mm. latis; foliis caulinis 5-11-jugis (rarissime ternatis) firmis
lanceolato-acuminatis basi sessilibus vel subamplexicaulibus apice
mucronatis; floribus 1-16 longe pedunculatis apud examplara nun-
quam mutilata 3-7 em. latis; tubo calycis campanulato-hemisphaerico
enervato, lobis calycis 7-12 lineari-subulatis nec foliaceis obscure
1-3-nervatis 5-15 mm. longis 0.5-1.5 mm. latis margine hyalinis;
lobis corollae roseis 7-12 cuneato-obovatis apice rotundatis vel emar-
ginatis 1.5-3 em. longis 6-15 mm. latis, macula basilari lutea brunneo-
marginata late oblonga vel cuneato-obovata subtruncata 3-lobata
5-9 mm. longa 2.5-5 mm. lata; antheris 7-12; stylo stigmatibusque
subaequantibus; capsula breviter ellipsoidea 6-10 mm. longa apice
rotundata vel emarginata, valvulis hyalino-marginatis — Sandy or
peaty margins of fresh ponds or in sphagnous bogs, Massachusetts and
Rhode Island. Massacuusetts: Great Pond, South Weymouth,
September 11, 1903, Lillian Woodbury: border of pond, Scituate,
September 20, 1914, F. F. Forbes; beach of Snake Pond, Kingston,
October 25, 1914, Fernald; Plymouth, Oakes et al.; sandy shore of
Clear Pond, Plymouth, August 30, 1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long,
no. 10,219; damp sandy beach of Boot Pond, Plymouth, September 6,
1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, no. 10,220; sandy shore of Cooper's
Pond, Carver, August 30, 1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, no.

1916] Fernald,— The Genus Sabatia in New England 151

10,218; Nemasket River near Lake Assawampsett, Lakeville, August
10, 1887, C. H. Morss; damp sandy shore of Loon Pond, Lakeville,
August 26, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 10,216; sandy shore of Clear
Pond, Lakeville, August 26, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 10,217; Taun-
ton, 1883, Mrs. H. D. Wilmarth; wet, sandy border of North Watuppa
Lake, Fall River, August 15, 1913, S. N. F. Sanford (plant with whorls
of 3 and 4 leaves); wet sandy border of cranberry-bog, Dartmouth,
August 24, 1908, S. N. F. Sanford; borders of ponds, Centreville,
Barnstable, July 16, 1899, July 20, 1900, Clara Imogene Cheney; shore
of Wequawket Pond, Centreville, Barnstable, July 4, 1896, E. F.
Williams (TYPE in Gray Herb.); Nine Mile Pond, Barnstable, Sep-
tember 4, 1898, Greenman, Williams; damp sandy beach of Dennis
Pond, Yarmouth, September 19, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 10,222;
shore of Long Pond, Yarmouth, August 19, 1907, E. W. Sinnott;
Brewster, August 31, 1914, F. S. Collins, no. 3,194; margin of bog,
Harwich, July 6, 1912, F. S. Collins, no. 1,497; damp sandy and
peaty margin of Emery Pond, Chatham, September 9, 1913, Fernald &
Long, no. 10,221; shallow water, Crystal Lake, Orleans, August 22,
1901, H. P. Wilson; shore of Meetinghouse Pond, Eastham, July 28,
1907, F. S. Collins, no. 357. RuopE IsLtanp: shore of Gorton’s
Pond, Apponaug, August 18, 1886, J. F. Collins; shore of Worden's
Pond, South Kingston, Thurber et al.

Forma candida, n. f., lobis corollae albis, macula basilari nec
brunneo-marginata.— At scattered stations throughout the range.
Type: Weymouth, Massachusetts, August 8, 1905, Miss Underwood
(Gray Herb.).

Of the Weymouth station Mrs. Clark wrote in RHODORA, vii. 38
(1905): “there are hundreds of the plants none of which show the
slightest tinge of pink in the flowers. No typical pink flowers can be
found nearer than at a pond in South Weymouth, fully three miles
away, where....all....have borne pink flowers. The white form
shows no constant differences from the type except in color. "The
petals are not greenish nor creamy, but a very pure white, and the
brown markings usually found at the ‘eye’ of the pink flowers are
wanting in the white form the centre of which is a delicate green or
yellow color. The plants seem larger and more vigorous than those
of the type. ...On two sides of the large pond the white flowers are
massed so closely together that when seen from the street they bring
to mind a field of daisies in early summer."

The very striking albino of S. campanulata seems not to have had a

convenient designation and it may be called

S. CAMPANULATA (L.) Torr., forma albina, n. f., lobis corollae albis.
— Occasional throughout the range of the species. ‘TYPE: peaty
margin of Small Pond, Barnstable, Massachusetts, July 31, 1913,
Fernald, no. 10,224 (Herb. New Engl. Bot. Cl.).

152 Rhodora [JULY

The white-flowered form of S. stellaris is forma albiflora Britton,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xvii. 125 (1890).

Gray HERBARIUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 121.
(All figures X 1).

SABATIA KENNEDYANA. land 2. Base and portion of inflorescence ot the
type specimen from Centerville, Massachusetts, E. F. Williams. 3. Fruit
from Loon Pond, Lakeville, Massachusetts, Fernald & Long, no. 10,216.

S. DobECANDRA. 4 and 5. Flower and fruit from Hackensack Marshes,
New Jersey, D. C. Eaton.

S. DECANDRA. 6, 7 and 8. Basal rosette, flower and fruit from Sumter
Co., Georgia, Harper, no. 461.

NOMENCLATORIAL TRANSFERS.

L. H. BALETY.

IN the compiling of the Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture, it is
the intention to avoid the making of new combinations in the names of
plants. Unavoidably, a relatively very small number of new combina-
tions have arisen, mostly of horticultural varieties and species of
minor importance; it is the purpose to make a separate dated list of
these when the work is completed. In Vols. V and VI, however, it
has been necessary to make an unusual number and some of them
affect North American species; and it has seemed best to publish
some of them in advance.

In some of this work I have had the aid of F. Tracy Hubbard, and a
number of the combinations are his, as indicated in every case.

It has been the desire, in the compilation of the Cyclopedia, to
accept new generic limitations with caution. 'The temper of the
present time is to find differences, as opposed to the tendency of the
immediately preceding workers to find agreements. The analytie
intention is the mark of systematic work in this generation as the
synthetic intention was the mark of the past generation. "There is
reason to expect a return from the method of disunion to the method
of relationships; and as a work designed for the use of horticulturists,

1916] Bailey,— Nomenclatorial Transfers 153

who cannot be skilled in bibliography and pedantry, should be con-
servative, I have thought it best, so far as possible, to avoid unneces-
sary and fantastic subdivisions.

POLYSCIAS.

The cultivated Aralias, particularly those of the greenhouses and
conservatories, are much confused, due to imperfect descriptions and
to the fact that the plants rarely bloom, as well as to the fact that some
of them are dimorphous in foliage and also very variable. The

florists’ Aralias with digitate leaves are apparently Dizygothecas;

those with pinnate leaves may be referred, pending completer study,
to Polyscias, as follows:

Polyscias Guilfoylei (Bull), comb. nov. Aralia Guilfoylei Bull,
Cat. 1873, and Hort. — Nothopanax Guilfoylei (Bull) Merrill, Philip.
Journ. Sci. (Bot.), vii. 242 (1912).

Porxscias GUILFOYLEI (Bull) Bailey, var. laciniata (Hort.), comb.
nov. Panax laciniatum Hort.

Potyscias GuILFOYLEI (Bull) Bailey, var. monstrosa (Hort.),
comb. nov. Aralia monstrosa Hort. Panax monstrosum Hort.

Porvscras GUILFOYLEI (Bull) Bailey, var. Victoriae (Rod.), comb.
nov. Panax Victoriae Rod., Illustr. Hortic. xxxi. 75, t. 521 (1884).
Aralia Victoriae Hort. | Nothopanax fruticosum (L.) Miq., var.
Victoriae Merrill, Fl. Manila, 358 (1912).

Polyscias Balfouriana (Hort. Sander) comb. nov. Aralia
Balfouriana Hort. Sander. Panax Balfouri Hort. Sander.

Polyscias filicifolia (Moore), comb. nov. 4ralia filicifolia Ch.
Moore, Illustr. Hortic. xxiii. 72, t. 240 (1876). Panax filicifolium
Hort.

PoLvscras FRUTICOSA (L.) Harms, var. plumata (Hort.), comb.
nov. Panax plumatum Hort. Nothopanax fruticosum (L.) Miq.,
var. plumatum (Hort.) Merrill, Fl. Manila, 358 (1912).

Pyrus.

It has seemed best, for the purpose of the Cyclopedia, to retain
Malus in Pyrus, and this results in a number of important transfers.
The new names of native and oriental crab-apples have been made

154 Rhodora [JULY

mostly under Malus. I have been unable to foresee any real gain
to accrue from the separation, at least in a horticultural work.

PYRUS CORONARIA L., var. elongata (Rehd.), comb. nov. Malus
fragrans Rehd., var. elongata Rehd., in Sarg. Trees and Shrubs, ii.
229 (1913). Malus coronaria (L.) Mill., var. elongata (Rehd.) Rehd.,
in Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges., 1914. 261 (1914).

Pyrus glabrata (Rehd.), comb. nov. Malus glabrata Rehd., in
Sarg. Trees and Shrubs, ii. 225, t. 188 (1913).

Pyrus glaucescens (Rehd.), comb. nov. Malus glaucescens Rehd.,
l. c. ii. 139, t. 157 (1911).

Pyrus lancifolia (Rehd.), comb. nov. Malus lancifolia Rehd., |. c.
ii. 141, t. 158 (1911).

Pyrus platycarpa (Rehd.), comb. nov. Malus platycarpa Rehd.,
l. c. ii. 227, t. 189 (1913).

PYRUS PLATYCARPA (Rehd.) Bailey, var. Hoopesii (Rehd.), comb.
nov. Malus platycarpa Rehd., var. Hoopesii Rehd., |. c. ii. 227 (1913).

PYRUS ANGUSTIFOLIA Ait, var. puberula (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus coronaria Mill., var. puberula Rehd., l. c. ii. 229 (1913). Malus
angustifolia Mill, var. puberula (Rehd.) Rehd., in Mitt. Deutsch.
Dendr. Ges., 1914. 261 (1914).

Pyrus bracteata (Rehd.), comb. nov. Malus bracteata Rehd., in
Sarg. Trees and Shrubs, ii. 230 (1913).

Pyrus roENsis (Wood) Bailey, var. Bushii (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus ioensis (Wood) Britt., var. Bushii Rehd., l. c. ii. 232 (1913).

Pyrus roENsIS (Wood) Bailey, var. spinosa (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus ioensis (Wood) Britt., var. spinosa Rehd., l. c. ii. 231 (1913).

Pyrus rokNsIS (Wood) Bailey, var. texana (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus ioensis (Wood) Britt., var. texana Rehd., l. c. ii. 142 (1911).

Pyrus rokNsIis (Wood) Bailey, var. Palmeri (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus ioensis (Wood) Britt., var. Palmeri Rehd., l. c. ii. 142 (1911).

Pynvs toENsIS (Wood) Bailey, var. creniserrata (Rehd.), comb.
nov. Malus ioensis (Wood) Britt., var. creniserrata Rehd., l. c. ii.
231 (1913).

Pyrus atropurpurea (Britt.), comb. nov. Aronia atropurpurea
Britt., Man. Fl. N. States and Can. 517 (1901). Pyrus arbutifolia L. f.,
var. atropurpurea Robins., in Rnopona, x. 33 (1908).

Pyrus Haturana (Koehne) Voss, var. Parkmanii (Temple), comb.
nov. Pyrus Malus L., var. Parkmanii 'Temple, in Gard. Mo., xxix.
35 (1887). ` Malus floribunda Sieb., var. Parkmannii (Temple) Koidz.,

Nomenclatorial Transfers 155

1916] Bailey,

in Tokyo Bot. Mag., xxv. 76 (1911). Malus Halliana Koehne, forma
Parkmanii (Temple) Rehd., in Sarg., Pl. Wils., ii. 286 (1915).

Pyrus PRUNIFOLIA Willd., var. Rinki (Rehd.), comb. nov. Malus
prunifolia (Willd.) Borkh., var. Rinki Rehd., in Sarg., Pl. Wils., ii.
279 (1915).

Pyrus theifera (Rehd.) comb. nov. Malus theifera Rehd., in
Sargi, l. c. ii. 283 (1915).

PYRUS THEIFERA (Rehd.) Bailey, var. rosea (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus theifera Rehd., var. rosea Rehd., l. c. ii. 284 (1915).

PYRUS TRANSITORIA Batalin, var. toringoides (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus transitoria (Batalin) Schneid., var. toringoides Rehd., l. c. ii.
286 (1915).

Pyrus micromalus (Makino), comb. nov. Malus micromalus
Makino, in Tokyo Bot. Mag., xxii. 69 (1908).

Pyrus Srepotpu Regel, var. arborescens (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus Sieboldii (Regel) Rehd., var. arborescens Rehd., in Sarg., PI.
Wils., ii. 294 (1915).

Pyrus SrEeBoLpu Regel, var. calocarpa (Rehd.), comb. nov.
Malus Sieboldii (Regel) Rehd., var. calocarpa Rehd., l. c. 11. 294 (1915).

PYRUS PULCHERRIMA Aschers. & Graebn., var. Scheideckeri
(Spaeth), comb. nov. Pyrus Scheideckert Spaeth, Cat. 1888. Malus
Scheideckeri (Spaeth) Zabel, in Beissn., Schelle & Zabel, Handb.
Laubh. Benenn. 188 (1903).

PYRUS PULCHERRIMA Aschers. & Graebn., var. Arnoldiana (Rehd.),
comb. nov. Malus floribunda Sieb., var. Arnoldiana Rehd., Moller's
Deutsch. Girtn.-Zeit. xxiv. 27 (1909).

OTHER GENERA.

Sabal exul (Cook), comb. nov. Inodes exul Cook, U. S. Dept.
Agric., Bur. Pl. Ind., Circ. 113, p. 14 (1913).

Roripa indica (L.), comb. nov. Sisymbrium indicum L., Mant.
93 (1767). Nasturtium indicum (L.) DC., Syst. ii. 199 (1821).

Prunus sauicina Lindl., var. pubipes (Koehne), comb. nov.
Prunus triflora Roxbg., nomen nudum, and Hort., var. pubipes Koehne,
in Sarg. Pl. Wils. i. 280 (1912).

Prunus pomestica L., var. insititia (L.), comb. nov. Prunus
insititia L., Cent. PL, i. 12 (1755). P. domestica L., subsp. insititia
(L.) Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubh. i. 630 (1906).

| Ro EN:
BE

156 Rhodora [Jurv

Passiflora Parritae (Masters), comb. nov. Tacsonia Parritae
Masters, in Gard. Chron. Ser. II. xvii. 218 (1882).

Passiflora Jamesonii (Masters), comb. nov. Tacsonia Jamesonii
Masters, in Martius, Fl. Bras., xiii. pt. 1. 537 (1872).

Passiflora mollissima (HBK), comb. nov. Tacsonia mollissima
HBK., Nov. Gen. et Sp., ii. 144 (1817).

PAEONIA SUFFRUTICOSA Andrews, var. rubro-plena (Hort.), comb.
nov. Paeonia Moutan Sims, var. rubro-plena Hort.

PAEONIA SUFFRUTICOSA Andrews, var. roseo-superba (Hort.),
comb. nov. Paeonia Moutan Sims, var. roseo-superba Hort.

PAEONIA SUFFRUTICOSA Andrews, var. vittata (VanHoutte), comb.
nov. Paeonia Moutan Sims, var. vittata VanHoutte, Fl. de Serr., vii.
t. 747. (1852).

PAEONIA SUFFRUTICOSA Andrews, var. papaveracea (Andrews),
comb. nov. Paeonia papaveracea Andrews, Bot. Rep., vii. t. 463.
Paconia Moutan Sims, var. papaveracea K. C. Davis, in Bailey, Cyclo.
Amer. Hort., iii. 1190 (1901).

PAEONIA SUFFRUTICOSA Andrews, var. Banksii (Hort.), comb. nov.
Paeonia Moutan Sims, var. Banksii Hort.

PAEONIA SUFFRUTICOSA Andrews, var. Humei (Hort.), comb. nov.
Paeonia Moutan Sims, var. Humei Hort.

PAEONIA SUFFRUTICOSA Andrews, var. rosea (Lodd.), comb. nov.
Paeonia Moutan Sims, var. rosea Lodd. Bot. Cab., xi. t. 1035 (1825).

STATICE AND LIMONIUM.

Linnaeus in Species Plantarum united the Statice and Limonium
of Tournefort. According to the International Rules, Section 6,
Article 45, as pointed out by Mr. Blake in Rnopona xviii. 55 (1916),
when the genus was divided the name Statice should be retained in the
Tournefort sense as that is the origin of the name; or in other words
Statice is properly applied to the capitate species, later segregated by
Willdenow as Armeria, and the other species with an open inflorescence
should retake the Tournefort name of Limonium, which is the treat-
ment adopted by Miller in Gardener's Dictionary, edition 8. This
reinstatement of the Miller treatment makes necessary the following
new combinations:

STATICE ARMERIA L., var. alba (Hort. Hubb., comb. nov.

1916] Bailey,— Nomenclatorial Transfers Tor

Armeria vulgaris Willd., var. alba Hort. and Bailey, Stand. Cycl.
Hort. i. 395 (1914).

STATICE ARMERIA L., var. grandiflora (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria vulgaris Willd., var. grandiflora Hort. ex Bailey, l. c. 1. 395
(1914).

Sratice ARMERIA L., var. Laucheana (Voss) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria maritima Willd., forma Laucheana Voss., Vilm. Blumengártn.,
ed. 3, i. 617 (1896). A. vulgaris Willd., var. Laucheana Voss. ex
Bailey, l. c. i. 395 (1914).

SrATICE ARMERIA L., var. purpurea (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria vulgaris Willd., var. purpurea Hort. ex Bailey, l. c. i. 395
(1914).

STATICE ARMERIA L., var. rubra (Hort. Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria vulgaris Willd., var. rubra Hort. ex Bailey, l. c. i. 395 (1914).

STATICE ARMERIA L., var. splendens (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria vulgaris Willd., var. splendens Hort. ex Bailey, l. c. i. 395
(1914).

STATICE ARMERIA L., var. variegata (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria maritima Willd., var. variegata Hort.

Statice juncea (Girard) Hubb., comb. nov. Armeria juncea
Girard, in Ann. Sci. Nat. Ser. III. ii. 324 (1844).

Statice leucocephala (Salzm.) Hubb., comb. nov. Armeria
leucocephala Salzm. ex Koch, in Flora vi. 712 (1823).

Statice majellensis (Boiss.) Hubb., comb. nov. Armeria majel-
lensis Boiss., in DC. Prodr. xii. 685 (1848).

Statice mauritanica (Wallr. Hubb., comb. nov. Armeria
mauritanica Wallr., Beitr. i. 217 (1844). A. cephalotes Hook., not
Schousb., Bot. Mag. t. 4128 (1844).

STATICE MONTANA Mill., var. alba (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria alpina Willd., var. alba Hort.

STATICE PLANTAGINEA All., var. alba (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria plantaginea Willd., var. alba Hort.

STATICE PLANTAGINEA All., var. gigantea (Hort.) Hubb., comb.
nov. Armeria plantaginea Willd., var. gigantea Hort.

STATICE PLANTAGINEA AIl., var. grandiflora (Hort.) Hubb., comb.
nov. Armeria plantaginea Willd., var. grandiflora Hort.

STATICE PLANTAGINEA All., var. leucantha (Boiss.) Hubb., comb.
nov. Armeria plantaginea Willd., var. leucantha Boiss., in DC. Prodr.
xii. 683 (1848).

158 Rhodora [JuLy

STATICE PLANTAGINEA All, var. rosea (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria plantaginea Willd., var. rosea Hort.

STATICE PLANTAGINEA All., var. rubra (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Armeria plantaginea Willd., var. rubra Hort.

STATICE PLANTAGINEA All., var. splendens (Hort.) Hubb., comb.
nov. Armeria plantaginea Willd., var. splendens Hort.

STATICE PSEUDOARMERIA Murr., var. alba (Hort.) Hubb., comb.
nov. Armeria Cephalotes Hoffm. & Link, var. alba Hort.

STATICE PSEUDOARMERIA Murr., var. grandiflora (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. Armeria Cephalotes Hoffm. & Link, var. grandiflora Hort.

STATICE PSEUDOARMERIA Murr., var. rubra (Hort.) Hubb., comb.
nov. Armeria Cephalotes Hoffm. & Link, var. rubra Hort.

STATICE PSEUDOARMERIA Murr., var. splendens (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. Armeria Cephalotes Hoffm. & Link, var. splendens Hort.

Statice Welwitschii (Boiss.) Hubb., comb. nov. Armeria Wel-
witschii Boiss., in DC. Prodr. xii. 676 (1848).

Limonium collinum (Griseb.) Hubb., comb. nov. Statice collina
Griseb., Spicil. Fl. Rumel ii. 300 (1844). S. Besseriana Friv., not
Schult., ex Griseb., l. c. ii. 300 (1844). Geniolimon collinum (Griseb.) -
Boiss., in DC. Prodr. xii. 633 (1848).

LIMONIUM EXIMIUM (Schrenk) Kuntze, var. album (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. Statice eximium Schrenk, var. alba Hort. S. eximia
Schrenk, var. flore-alba Hort. |

Limontum EXIMIUM (Schrenk) Kuntze, var. superbum (Hort.)
Hubb., comb. nov. Statice eximia Schrenk, var. superba Hort.

LiMONIUM IMBRICATUM (Webb) Hubb., comb. nov. Statice imbri-
cata Webb ex Girard, in Ann. Sci. Nat. Ser. III. ii. 330 (1844).

LIMONIUM LATIFOLIUM (Sm.) Kuntze, var. album (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. Statice latifolia Sm., var. alba Hort.

LIMONIUM LATIFOLIUM (Sm.) Kuntze, var. roseum (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. Statice latifolia Sm., var. rosea Hort.

Limonium Perezii (Stapf) Hubb., comb. nov. Statice Perezii
Stapf, in Ann. Bot. xxii. 116 (1908).

Limonium profusum (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov. Statice profusa
Hort. cf. Garden xxxii. 457 (1885). S. puberulum Webb X S.
macrophylla Brouss. ex Spreng.

Limonium purpuratum (L.) Hubb., comb. nov. Statice pur-
purata L., Mant. 59 (1767).

LIMONIUM PuRPURATUM (L.) Hubb., var. longifolium (Thunb.)

1916] Bailey,— Nomenclatorial Transfers 159

Hubb., comb. nov. Statice longifolia Thunb., Prodr. Pl. Cap. 54.
(1794). S. purpurata L., var. longifolia (Thunb.) Boiss. in DC.
Prodr. xii. 667 (1848).

Limonium siNUATUM (L.) Mill., var. candidissimum (Hort.)
Hubb., comb. nov. Statice sinuata L. var. candidissima Hort.

. Limonium superbum (Regel) Hubb., comb. nov. Statice
superba Regel, in Gartenfl. xxxiii. 234 (1884). S. Suworowii Regel X
S. leptostachya Boiss.

LiwoNiUM sUPERBUM (Regel) Hubb., var. flore-albo (Benary)
Hubb., comb. nov. Statice superba Regel, var. flore-albo Benary, cf.
Gartenfl. xlv. 635 (1896).

Limonium Suworow (Regel) Kuntze, var. album (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb, nov. Statice Suworowii Regel, var. alba Hort., cf. Gard.
Chron. Ser. III. liii. 426 (1913).

Limonium TATARICUM (L.) Mill, var. angustifolium (Boiss.)
Hubb., comb. nov. Goniolimon tataricum (L.) Boiss., var. angusti-
olium Boiss., in DC. Prodr. xii. 633 (1848). Statice tatarica L., var.
angustifolium Hort. S. Besseriana Schult., Syst. vi. 789, in text (1820).
S. incana Bieb., not L., Fl. Taut. Caue. i. 251 (1808). S. incana Bieb.,
var. hybrida Hort.

Limonrum TATARICUM (L.) Mill, var. coccineum (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. Statice incana Bieb., var. coccinea Hort.

Limontum TATARICUM (L.) Mill., var. nanum (Hort.) Hubb., comb.
nov. Statice tatarica L., var. nana Hort. S. incana Bieb., var.
hybrida nana Hort.

LIMONIUM VULGARE Mill., var. album (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
Statice Limonium L. var. alba Hort.

LIMONIUM VULGARE Mill., var. macrocladum (Boiss.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. Statice Limonium L., var. macroclada Boiss., in DC.
Prodr. xii. 645 (1848).

OTHER GENERA.

Berkheya membranifolia (DC.) Hubb., comb. nov. Sfobaea
membranifolia DC., Prodr. vi. 521 (1837).

Berkheya Radula (Harv.) Hubb., comb. nov. Stobaea Radula
Harv. in Harv. & Sond., Fl. Cap. iii. 491 (1865).

Pseuderanthemum laxiflorum (Gray) Hubb., comb. nov.
Eranthemum laxiflorum Gray, in Proc. Am. Acad. v. 349 (1862).

160 Rhodora [JULY

SAXIFRAGA DIVERSIFOLIA Wall., var. foliata (Engl. & Irmscher)
Hubb., comb. nov. S. diversifolia Wall., forma foliata; Engl. &
Irmscher, in Notes R. Bot. Gard. Edinb. v. 138 (1912).

SAXIFRAGA MOSCHATA Wulf., var. densa (Hort.) Hubb., comb. nov.
S. muscoides Hort., not All. var. densa Hort., cf. Irv. & Malb., Saxif.
35 (not dated, about 1911-12). S. densa Hort., not Willd.

SAXIFRAGA MOSCHATA Wulf., var. Fergusonii (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. S. Fergusonii Hort., cf. Gard. Chron. Ser. III. xxxiii.
340 (1903).

SAXIFRAGA STRACHEYI Hook. f. & Thoms., var. Schmidtii (Regel)
Hubb., comb. nov. S. Schmidtii Regel. Bergenia Schmidtii Hort. S.
thysanodes Hort. Haage & Schmidt, not Lindl.

SEDUM ALBOROSEUM Baker, var. variegatum (Mast.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. S. erythrostictum Mast., not Miq., var. variegatum Mast.,
in Gard. Chron. Ser. II. x. 337 (1878). S. japonicum Hort., not Sieb.,
var. variegatum Hort. ex Wilh. Mill., in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. iv.
1639 (1902). S. alboroseum Baker, var. foliis variegatis Regel, in
Gartenfl. xxi. 2, t. 709, f. 6 (1872).

TROPAEOLUM PELTOPHORUM Benth., var. fimbriatum (Hort.)
Hubb., comb. nov. T. Lobbianum Veitch, var. fimbriatum Hort.

TRoPAEOLUM PELTOPHORUM Benth., var. hederifolium (Hort.)
Hubb., comb. nov. T. Lobbianum Veitch, var. hederifolium Hort.

TROPAEOLUM PELTOPHORUM Benth., var. miniatum (Hort.)
Hubb., comb. nov. T. Lobbianum Veitch, var. miniatum Hort.

TRoPAEOLUM PELTOPHORUM Benth., var. Reginae (Hort.) Hubb.,
comb. nov. T. Lobbianum Veitch, var. Reginae Hort.

1916] Conard,— Nymphaea and Nuphar again 161

NYMPHAEA AND NUPHAR AGAIN.
Henry S. CoNARD.

Ir is nearly thirty years since E. L. Greene! attacked the validity
of the generic names Nymphaea and Nuphar. He “discovered” the
fact that Salisbury in 1806 (or 1805) ? divided into two parts the genus
Nymphaea as then understood, giving the name Castalia to the white
waterlilies, and retaining Nymphaea for the yellow flowering cow-
lilies. It was in 1808 or 1809 that Sir J. E. Smith ? proposed to retain
Nymphaea for the waterlilies, and to call the cow-lilies by their old
classic name of Nuphar. Greene, Britten Lawson? and others
established the priority of Salisbury's work beyond a possibility of
doubt. "They also discussed the probable causes for the general accep-
tance of Smith's generic names, and the neglect of Salisbury's.

For various reasons, however, many botanists have refused to return
to Salisbury's generic names. The clearest and strongest argument
for the refusal was set forth by Dr. John Briquet in his Prodrome de
la Flore Corse (pp. 577-9). In this book, and in a personal letter to
the writer, he opposed Salisbury on the basis of Art. 45 of the Inter-
national Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. This article declares that
in dividing a genus, the old name must be retained for that portion
containing the largest number of species. Salisbury had acted con-
trary to this rule. In the course of the argument in the Prodrome,
Dr. Briquet further points out that Salisbury’s diagnosis of Nymphaea
was opposed to the definition of the genus given by Linnaeus in the
sixth edition of the Genera Plantarum. In following up the suggestion
of Dr. Briquet, facts have come to light, which would seem to settle
the controversy conclusively in favor of Smith's nomenclature.

In the fifth edition of the Genera Plantarum (1754), which is taken
as the starting point for generic diagnoses (Internat. Rules Art. 19),
Nymphaea is defined thus: (p. 227).

Car. Perianthium pentaphyllum s. tetraphyllum, magnum, colo-
ratum, persistens. i

1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 14: 177; 257; 15: 84.

2 König & Sims Ann. of Bot. 2: 69-76. Salisbury’s paper probably appeared in June 1805.
The volume was completed in 1806, and is so dated.

3 Florae Graecae Prodromus, 1: 360. Exact date of this part uncertain.

4 Journ. of Bot. Brit. & For. 26: 6-10.

5 Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, Sec. IV. 6: 97-125.

162 Rhodora [JuLy

Con. Petala numerosa. (quindecim saepe), calyce minora, germinis

lateri insidentia, serie plusquam simplici
* * * * * * * * * * * *

Oss. Calyx & Corolla quoad numerum & figuram incerta sunt,
hinc

N. lutea Calyce pentaphyllo, foliolis subrotundis, Petalis minimis.

N. alba Calyce tetraphyllo, foliolis ovatis, corollam vix superantibus.

Nelumbo Pericarpium turbinatum, truncatum, etc., etc.

In the description of the other genera in this work, Linnaeus usually
did not name any species. In the case of Nymphaea, however, he
pointed out in his * Observations," as shown above, that three distinct
elements were included in it.

The important differences between these three elements had so
impressed Linnaeus in the course of ten years, that he changed the
description of the genus in the sixth edition of Genera Plantarum
(1764) to read thus: (p. 264).

Car. Perianthium inferum, tetraphyllum, magnum, supra colora-
tum, persistens.

Con. Petala numerosa (quindecim saepe), germinis lateri insidentia,
serie plus quam simplici. i

* * * * * * * * * * * *

N. lutea Calyce pentaphyllo: foliolis subrotundis, Petalis minimis
a reliquis differt.

Nelumbo Pericarpium turbinatum, truncatum, etc., etc.

It will be noted that the word pentaphyllum is omitted from the
description of the calyx, and calyce minora is omitted from the descrip-
tion of the corolla. Both of these omitted expressions apply to the
N. lutea element of the former edition. The description as thus
amended applies strictly to the N. alba element. This is further
emphasized by the words Cor. germinis lateri insidentia, referring to
the insertion of the petals on the side of the ovary in the white
waterlily group. This character does not occur in the cow-lilies, or
in the lotus (Nelumbo).

As in the former edition, there was usually no citation of species in
the sixth edition of Linnaeus’s Genera Plantatum. Here, however,
N. lutea and Nelumbo were named. N. lutea was said to “differ”
from the others by certain characters. The mention of the two
“aberrant” (Briquet, p. 578) elements, and. the omission in this
edition of the name of the fully described waterlily element, shows
that the genus Nymphaea was at this time intended by Linnaeus to

1916] Conard,— Nymphaea and Nuphar again 163

refer to the true waterlilies. He excluded the other two groups, but
omitted the coining of a new name for them. Surely this omission
cannot invalidate the name of the group which he did accurately
describe.

Linnaeus's definition of Nymphaea of the sixth edition of the Genera
Plantarum was copied verbatim in the various 7th and 8th editions.
It was accepted and amplified by Jussieu in his Genera Plantarum
(1789). "There we read, p. 68,

NvuPHaEA, T. L. * Nenuphar. Calix multipartitus laciniis mul-
tiplice ordine, exterioribus 4-5 extus viridibus, caeteris interioribus
(petala T. L.) coloratis, petaloideis. Stamina numerosa, multiplici
ordine germinis lateribus affixa; filamenta exteriora latiora et peta-
loidea; etc., etc.

Jussieu cálled all of the perianth a calyx, whose inner members are
colored and petaloid. The numerous stamens are attached to the
sides of the ovary, and the outer have broad, petaloid filaments. All
of these characters apply only to the white waterlily group, and not at
all to the cow-lilies or the lotus. If, therefore, any doubt remains as
to the meaning of Linnaeus's Nymphaea, no doubt can remain regard-
ing Jussieu’s. When we add that Adanson in 1763 ' had separated
the genus Nelumbo from the original Nymphaea of Linnaeus (1753-
54), we have the facts as they were when Salisbury wrote.

Salisbury in 1805 completed the segregation of the old genus Nym-
phaea along lines already pointed out by Linnaeus. But he was
entirely wrong in applying Linnaeus's amended name Nymphaea to
the part of the genus which Linnaeus had definitely excluded from his
mature generic characterization, and in coining the new name Castalia
for the group, which both Linnaeus and Jussieu had clearly intended
in their descriptions of the genus Nymphaea. A comparison of
Salisbury’s generic diagnosis with those quoted from Linnaeus and
Jussieu will show how he reversed the meaning of Nymphaea. He
says (Kónig and Sims Ann. of Bot. 2: 71, 1806),

NYMPHAEA

Calyx 5-6-phyllus, toro insertus, petaloideus. Nectaria 11-16,
toro inserta, lamellaria, dorso mellifera. Filamenta 90-160, toro
inserta, sub anthesi a pericarpio elastice dissilientia, etc. —

* * * * * * * * * * * *

1 Fam. Pl. 2: 76.

E
8R
"b
st

ar

164 Rhodes te

CASTALIA

Calyx 4-5-phyllus, marginem tori cingens. Petala 20-30, pericarpio

à basi usque ad medium inserta. Filamenta 60-150, pericarpio altius
inserta, libera, etc.
The facts which we have presented were evidently known to Sir J. E.
Smith. In his Florae Graecae Prodromus (1808-09) he approved of
Salisbury's division of the old genus Nymphaea, but he showed dis-
approval of Salisbury's nomenclature by remarking, “at minus bene
Nymphaeam antiquorum veram, nomine, Castalia... distinxit."
Also, in Rees's Cyclopedia (Vol. 25, Art. Nymphaea) he noted that the
difference between the white- and the yellow-flowered groups of Nym-
phaea were recognized by Linnaeus. Smith was right, therefore, in
retaining Nymphaea L. emend., for the white waterlilies, and restoring
the old prelinnean name Nuphar for the cow-lily group. For this
latter group had not previously received a valid generic name in post-
linnean times.

It would be only a technicality to argue that, according to rules of
nomenclature accepted in some places, the Linnean genera are not
valid because no species are cited as belonging to them. A comparison
of the texts of the fifth and sixth editions of the Genera Plantarum
shows that N. alba is the Nymphaea of ed. 6. And it is generally
accepted that ed. 5 is referred to the Species Plantarum of 1753 (In-
ternat. Rules, Art. 37, 38). Furthermore, the International Rules
admit a genus as valid if adequately described, regardless of whether
any species are mentioned. Thus Nymphaea stands for the white
waterlilies, on the authority of Linnaeus 1764.

We must conclude therefore that the valid genera are:

Nymphaea Linn. 1754 (753) in part.
Castalia Salisb. 1805-06.
Nymphaea Linn. 1754 (53) in part.
Nuphar Sm. 1808-09 = < Nymphaea Salisb. 1805, not Linn.
1764.

Nymphaea Linn. 1754 (753) in part.
Nelumbium Juss. 1789.

Gray HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

Nymphaea Linn. 1764 = i

Nelumbo Adans. 1763 —

1916] Flora of the Boston District, — XXIII 165

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT, — XXIII.

RANUNCULACEAE.
ACTAEA.

A. alba (L.) Mill. Woods, frequent, but not reported south of
Hingham.

A. rubra (Ait. Willd. Woods, occasional from Norwood and
Sherborn north and east.

A. rubra (Ait) Willd., forma neglecta (Gillman) Robinson.
Georgetown (Mrs. C. S. N. Horner, no date); Danvers (J. H. Sears,
Aug. 11, 1884 et seq.).

ANEMONE.

A. canadensis L. Topsfield, Danvers, Wenham, Swampscott,
Lexington, Concord, Newton, Waltham. Introduced at last station,
perhaps at others.

A. cylindrica Gray. Dry hillsides and open woods; reported
from 14 places north and west of Boston.

A. NEMOROSA L. Persistent and spreading about old S. P. Fowler
garden, Danvers (J. H. Sears, May 20, 19083; May 6, 1904).

A. quinquefolia L. Meadows and wet open woods; common
throughout.

A. riparia Fernald. Limestone shale, in John Peterson's pine
grove near bank of Ipswich River (J. H. Sears, Aug. 25, 1901; July 1,
1902).

A. virginiana L. Open woods and roadsides; generally distri-
buted, but not reported south of Hingham.

ANEMONELLA.

A. thalictroides (L.) Spach. Moist soil, common, but not reported
south of Hingham.
AQUILEGIA.

A. canadensis L. Dry rocky woods and pastures, common
throughout.

166 Rhodora [Jur

A. canadensis L., var. Phippenii J. Robinson. See Robinson, Fl.
Essex Co. 30, 1880. Discovered by Mr. G. D. Phippen in a ravine
in Salem pastures about 1844. Salem pastures (J. Robinson, May,
1873, specimen in herb. Peabody Academy of Science).

A. VULGARIS L. Garden escape, occasional.

CALTHA.

C. palustris L. Swamps and wet woods, very common through-
out.

[CIMICIFUGA RACEMOSA (L.) Nutt. Reported from W. Gloucester
in Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 31, 1880, but no specimens are known to
exist.]

CLEMATIS.

C. verticillaris DC. Ledges on Pine Hill, Middlesex Fells ( Robert
D. Morss, May 13, 1903, specimen in Gray Herb.; Dr. Henry Piper,
May, 1904, specimen in herb. W. Deane); Roxbury (J. 4. Lowell,
May, 1847, specimen in herb. Boston Society of Natural History.

C. virginiana L. Swamps, thickets and roadsides, common
throughout.

\

COPTIS.

C. trifolia (L.) Salisb. Swamps and wet woods, common through-
out.

DELPHINIUM.

D. Asacts L. Rubbish heap in woods, apparently spreading,
Middlesex Fells, Stoneham (F. S. Collins, Aug. 8, 1885); reported
in Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 3, 1888, and in Deane, FI.
Metrop. Park Comm. 5, 1896, as D. Consolida L.

HEPATICA.

H. triloba Chaix. Sunny slopes and open woods; common in
Essex County, occasional elsewhere. Miri.

1916] Flora of the Boston District, — XXIII. 167

RANUNCULUS.

R. abortivus L. Woods and meadows, common.

R. abortivus L., var. eucyclus Fernald. Deer Leap, Andover
(A. S. Pease, June 4, 1904); Topsfield (J. H. Sears, June 5, 1899;
June 1, 1902); ledges, abundant, W. Roxbury (F. G. Floyd, June 12,
1902); moist shady woodland, Hyde Park (F. G. Floyd, June 17,
1900); low woods, a good-sized colony, Hyde Park (F. G. Floyd,
June 1, 1902).

R. acris L. Fields and meadows, common throughout. |

R. acris L., var. STEVENI (Andrz.) Lange. Boxford, Salem, Mel-
rose, Lexington, Wellesley, Franklin Park [Boston].

R. allegheniensis Dritton. Woods and ledges, occasional near
Boston and Salem. Apparently common on diorite hills running
from Salem to Lexington.

R. aquatilis L., var. capillaceus DC. Slow streams and ponds,
occasional.

R. BvLBosvs L. Fields and pastures, very common throughout.

R. Cymbalaria Pursh. Salt marshes along the coast, occasional.

R. delphinifolius Torr. Quiet waters; occasional, but no reports
from southeastern towns.

R. delphinifolius Torr., var. terrestris (Gray) Farwell. Muddy
shores; Marblehead, Winchester, Middlesex Fells, Belmont, Concord.

R. fascicularis Muhl. Dry hillsides; common on diorite hills
north and west of Boston, rare elsewhere.

R. Ficarta L. Garden escape at Cambridge (W. Deane, May 8,
1914); S. Hingham ( H. W. Cushing, May, 1891, to date).

R. Flammula L., var. reptans (L.) Mey. Sandy shores; common
in Essex County, occasional in. Middlesex County; apparently rare
or wanting south of Boston.

R. laxicaulis (T. & G.) Darby. Muddy places, Byfield [Newbury]
(J. H. Sears, Sept. 18, 1886 et seq.); Sharon (E. H. Hitchings, Aug.,
1884); Easton (Oakes Ames, Aug. 31, 1898).

R. micranthus Nutt. Rocky places; Peabody, Melrose, Stone-
ham, W. Roxbury, Milton, Sharon; Hingham, according to Bouvé,
Botany of Hingham, in History of Hingham, i. pt. 1, 92, 1893.

R. pennsylvanicus L. f. Lawrence, above dam, north side (J.
Robinson, Aug. 5, 1879); “ near Boston " (Wm. Boott, Aug. 20, 1853;

168 Rhodora [Jun

Wellesley (collector unknown, June, 1880); Concord, according to
Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 2, 1888. "This is one of Minot
Pratt’s introduced plants. See RnHopoma i. 171, 1899; Hingham,
vide supra. |

R. recurvatus Poir. Moist woods; occasional, especially north-
ward.

R. repens L. Moist soil, common throughout.

R. sceleratus L. Wet places near the coast, locally abundant.

THALICTRUM.

T. dasycarpum Fisch. & Lall. Blue Hills Reservation (G. G.
Kennedy, June 30, 1895, specimen in herb. G. G. Kennedy).
T. dioicum L. Rocky woods; common northward, few reports

south of Boston.
T. polygamum Muhl. Meadows and swamps, common through-

out.

T. polygamum Muhl., var. hebecarpum Fernald. Rich wet
loam by brook, Manchester (F. T. Hubbard, July 15, 1913).

T. revolutum DC. Dry hillsides and open woods; Blue Hills
and Walpole northward, rare.

ZANTHORHIZA.

Z. APIIFOLIA L'Hér. Escaped from cultivation at Salem, Danvers
and Concord.

C. H. KNOWLTON Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

"ol. 18, no. 210, including pages 121 to 144, was issued 1 June, 1916.

Rhodora j Plate 121

F. S. Mathews del.

Figs. 1-3, SABATIA KENNEDYANA; 4 and 5, S. DODECANDRA;
6-8, S. DECANDRA.

E
i

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
August, 1916. No. 212.

DELPHINIUM CONSOLIDA IN AMERICA,
WITH A CONSIDERATION OF THE STATUS OF
DELPHINIUM AJACIS.

BAYARD LONG.

Fon at least a century Delphinium Consolida held an almost unin-
terrupted and an unchallenged place in the introduced flora of America.

In 1814 we find Pursh in his Flora noting the “common Lark-spur. . .
In fields and woods. Pa. and Va." Nuttall in 1818 in his Genera
regards it as “naturalized.” In Eaton's Manual of Botany, as early
as the Fifth Edition of 1829, it is also considered “ Naturalized."
Torrey and Gray in 1838 record it “In fields and along roadsides;
introduced from Europe and almost naturalized.” In the First
Edition of Gray’s Manual in 1848 we find: * D. Consolida, the com-
mon annual Garden Larkspur ... has escaped from gardens into the
roadsides in some places."

This “common annual Garden Larkspur” appears to have been `
invariably described as having smooth capsules in our earlier American
botanies,*t fact very evidently due to a faithful copying and recopying
of European descriptions of Delphinium Consolida. In 1859, however,
Darby described the plant with “ Carpels smooth or pubescent” ! but
apparently not till 1890 in Watson and Coulter’s Edition of Gray's
Manual is it recognized that the pubescent-fruited. plant escaping
from gardens is Delphinium Ajacis, a species well known in Europe.
From this time D. Consolida shared its place in American treatments
with D. Ajacis.

1 Darby, Botany of the Southern States, 207 (1859).

170 : Rhodora [AvausT

And so through all the standard works, continuing into the First
Edition of Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora, the several editions
of Britton's Manual, Small's Flora of the Southeastern United States,
Gray's New Manual, and many local floras, the right of Delphinium
Consolida to a place among our introduced plants stood unquestioned,
but in 1914 Dr. N. L. Britton in the new edition of the Illustrated Flora
published this concise statement: “Delphinium Consolida L., a
European species which has a glabrous style and capsule, is widely
recorded as naturalized in the eastern United States,...but all speci-
mens examined prove to be D. Ajacis.”

A sweeping statement like this, even though from such an authorita-
tive source, always leads one to examine critically the material within
his own reach, especially if it has not been a part basis of the original
observations. In the present case this was by no means in criticism
but for verification, in the regular work of endeavoring to keep some-
what abreast of the botanical times.

The material in the Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences
proved, upon the most casual examination, to be without exception
D. Ajacis. But, to my surprise, in the collection of the Philadelphia
Botanical Club two sheets of quite authentic D. Consolida were found.
The Herbarium of the University of Pennsylvania — well known to
hold valuable material supporting old local records — was found to
contain two collections of true D. Consolida, one being a duplicate of
the material already seen in the Philadelphia Botanical Club Herba-
rium, but the other representing a third and new locality. Search at
the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy revealed a fourth collection.
After considerable correspondence and much disappointment from
both large and small herbaria, a fifth American specimen was found
in the herbarium of Mr. E. B. Harger of Connecticut.

From Mr. Harold St. John I have learned that there are no American
specimens of the discredited species in the Gray Herbarium. ‘Through
the courtesy of Dr. J. M. Greenman the series at the Missouri Botani-
cal Garden has been sent me for examination and I have found it to
contain no authentic material of D. Consolida from America. From
the National Museum at Washington, Mr. Paul €. Standley has
written upon my inquiry that after careful examination of their mate-
rial he was unable to find a single sheet of the species from North
America.

Mr. W. W. Eggleston, learning of my search for American D. Con-

1916] - Long,— Delphinium Consolida in America 171

solida through Mr. Standley, stated that he had seen no United States
specimens of this species although he had examined all the material
at Cambridge and New York — corroborating Dr. Britton's view and
that of Mr. St. John. Mr. Eggleston has been interested in this
species (particularly in relation to drug-plant investigations being
made by the Department of Agriculture) and on expressing a desire
to see the plants which had come to my attention, I sent him the
several specimens and have received his verifying determination upon
all of them.

To return to this American material of Delphinium Consolida:—
One of the sheets in the Herbarium of the Philadelphia Botanical Club,
collected “on ships ballast below the Pennsylvania Salt Works, Phila-
delphia" many years ago by that indefatigable ballast-ground special-
ist, Isaac Burk, is rather of historical interest than of value for the
present distribution of the species. "The material found at the Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania belongs, certainly in part at least, to the same
class. Besides additional specimens of the Burk collection there is
material from “ Camden, N. J.” collected in 1878 by Isaac Martindale.
Although actual evidence on the label is lacking, it is in all probability
to be associated with the record in Britton's Catalogue of * Camden:
On ballast grounds — Martindale.” ! In the Martindale Herbarium
at the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy there is a further collection
of D. Consolida from Camden, New Jersey, made by C. F. Parker in
1882.2. Curiously enough there appears to be no material here of
Martindale's 1878 collection of the plant, but there are several earlier
collections of what he took to be D. Consolida. (These are however
D. Ajacis.) Evidently considering he already had the species well
represented from Camden in his herbarium, he used this 1878 material
for purposes of exchange.

But the second specimen in the collection of the Philadelphia Botani-
cal Club, labelled * Grass field — New Egypt, N. J.," proves to be of
some import. The habitat was so definitely suggestive of as real an
occurrence in our flora as is shown by D. Ajacis that the collector,
Mr. J. H. Grove of New Egypt, was communicated with. He wrote
that he distinctly remembers collecting the plant in 1907, that he has

! Britton, Cat. Pl. N. J. 40 (1889).

? This material — of three specimens showing both flower and mature fruit — is named
Delphinium divaricatum Ledeb. on Parker's label, and may possibly bear some relation to the
reputed occurrence of this species in America,

172 Riibdors [AUGUST

since seen it a number of times in the same field, most frequent when
the field was sown to grain, but that he had not had occasion to visit
the locality during the last several years.

The records in the recent Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns
of Connecticut have proved in general to have been so carefully compiled
that it was felt advisable to investigate the reported occurrence of D.
- Consolida from several localities in that State. Though the records
of Dr. E. H. Eames and Mr. Charles H. Bissell proved to be based upon
D. Ajacis, through the kindness of Mr. E. D. Harger I was able to
examine his specimen from Middlebury, Connecticut, and verify it as
authentic D. Consolida. His plant is from “ newly-seeded grass-land.”
Unfortunately his business that day, as he explains, was not botani-
cal and hé had no opportunity to observe fully the occurrence of the
species.

As regards both the New Egypt and the Middlebury locality it can
not therefore be asserted with confidence what the exact status of the
plant is at the present time, but I think it will be agreed the probabili-
ties are that, in the matter of persistence at a locality, this occurrence
of D. Consolida is quite as worthy of note as a collection of its near ally,
D. Ajacis. I feel confident that many stations, upon which an Ameri-
can range for D. Ajacis has been determined, would be difficult to
verify in the field at the present time. I am inclined to think that the
occurrence of this species, like many other garden annuals, is largely
due to its continual escaping from gardens rather than its ability in
actually establishing itself.

Although Delphinium Ajacis seems to be tacitly accepted today by
the authors of our manuals as a naturalized plant, investigation into
this matter would seem to show that its status as such is not based
upon too conclusive or convincing grounds. Without doubt there are
scattered localities where the species may be more or less well natura-
lized, but it seems equally clear that only a small percentage of the
specimens to be found in herbaria represent actual cases of naturaliza-
tion — the great majority, merely casual escapes, the collection of
which, if not completely destroying the possibility of a permanent
colony, has at least often greatly reduced that possibility.

There is a rather general agreement among the Philadelphia col-
lectors who know D. Ajacis outside the garden that its occurrence is
commonly that of single or few plants on waste ground, roadsides,
railroad banks, and that it rarely tends to form a really permanent

1916] _ Long,— Delphinium Consolida in America 173

station. Dr. John K. Small, however, in his Flora of Lancaster County
[Pennsylvania] records the plant as “Rather common in fields and
waste places" in the central part of the county. A number of speci-
mens collected about Lancaster offer supporting evidence. Mr.
E. G. Vanatta, who has made a collection of some size of the more
conspicuous plants about Chestertown, Maryland, reports the species
as frequent at a locality near the town, in a field and upon the loose
gravel of nearby railroad banks. Mr. David McCadden tells me that
the plant is common at one place near Norristown, Pennsylvania,
along the sides of a railroad-cut.' In the Martindale Herbarium is a
specimen of D. Ajacis bearing the label “Generally in grain fields,
Byberry, [Philadelphia]. Frequent 1862."

On the other hand, correspondence and further communication
with numerous Philadelphia collectors, has brought forth in general a
rather different expression of opinion than the immediately foregoing.
Mr. Stewardson Brown, Conservator of the Herbarium of the Phila-
delphia Academy, assures me that he has never seen Delphinium Ajacis
except upon very evident dumps, mixed with other plant rubbish that
might have been thrown out of a yard in cleaning up. He has never
noted it any more established than Garden Petunias and Nasturtiums.
Dr. C. D. Fretz, the authority on the plants of Bucks County, Penn-
sylvania, writes me that the plant is found occasionally along road-
sides in Sellersville and other places. He says, further: “I of course
consider it very rare. My impression is that it is not at all natura-
lized, but merely an escape from gardens.” Mr. Harold W. Pretz,
who has been energetically engaged for a number of years in thor-

oughly exploring Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, would accredit it with.

only a spontaneous occurrence “on or in the vicinity of ash piles on
comparatively new dumped ground” ? and is willing to subscribe to
an opinion “that it is not established anywhere in the local region."
Mr. Alexander MacElwee, who made extensive collections in the
Philadelphia region some years ago and became very familiar with
the flora, writes me: “Concerning Delphinium Ajacis I would say
decidedly that it is not a really naturalized plant in our area — in east-
ern Pennsylvania or New Jersey. I have occasionally found it in

1 The railroad has been run through a yard and garden, however, and the Larkspur is con-
tinually replenished as an escape from the old garden at the top of the cut.

? He makes an interesting suggestion that its behavior would lead one to suspect that it is a
plant that depends on newly stirred ground to obtain a footing.

| ORE

174 Rhodora [AvGusT

alleys in West Philadelphia, probably originating from old plants
which had been thrown over a fence the preceding Fall."

Dr. Witmer Stone, one of the most energetic explorers of southern
New Jersey and familiar with many parts of Pennsylvania, recalls
having seen only a few roadside plants in Germantown, Philadelphia.
Dr. John W. Eckfeldt records a couple of plants with Alfalfa used as a
binder on the railroad banks below Haddonfield, New Jersey. Dr.
Arthur Jones recalls the plant in some of the old towns of southern New
Jersey but always as a rare garden escape or upon dumping grounds.

Professor W. A. Kline of Ursinus College, who is familiar with the
Parkiomen Valley, considers it a very rare plant of roadsides or
dumps. Mr. Joseph Crawford notes a rare occurrence on dumps and
waste ground, often due to the thrown out dead plants of the pre-
vious year. Mr. W. H. Leibelsperger, working in Berks County,
Pennsylvania, records the species as very rare along roadsides.!
None of these observers have ever seen the plant anywhere actually
naturalized.

Dr. J. M. MacFarlane and Dr. John W. Harshberger of the Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, both of whom have had wide field experience in
the local area, are in agreement that this is a plant never straying far,
in their experience, from its source in cultivation, or becoming inde-
pendently established.

Not merely the mechanical difficulties of endeavoring to obtain
reports from collectors all over the eastern United States have led
me to confine this expression of opinion to collectors from the Phila-
delphia region, but the fact that this area lies midway in the eastern
range accorded the species would seem to offer a fair mean of con-
ditions. As a suggestion of the probable verity of this, of the three
collectors reporting the plant in the Connecticut Catalogue, Dr.
Eames writes me: “In regard to D. Ajacis being really naturalized in
any case would say that it persisted for many years about a garden in
Bridgeport. In one other instance it appeared to be thoroughly
naturalized along a roadside, upon ledges in thin, rather dry soil, and
in an adjoining field in Weston, Connecticut, when seen some years
ago — a station, however, but little more than a stone's throw from
an old house, although in land not under cultivation in recent years,

1 Mr. Leibelsperger, in correspondence, speaks of this, or another species, occurring in grain-
fields in his vicinity. It is rather confidently expected that this will prove to be D. Consolida,
but specimen evidence is unfortunately not available at this writing.

1916] Long,— Delphinium Consolida in America 175

or in large part a natural sterile waste"; while Mr. Bissell says boldly
that he does not know it as a good escape or persisting; and Mr.
Harger characterizes it as “a fugitive garden escape" which he has
seen only by roadsides. It would seem probable that the same general
opinion obtains in Connecticut as in the Philadelphia area. From the
Eastern Shore of Maryland — to turn in the opposite direction — Rev.
J. P. Otis, while noting that a Delphinium has for several seasons
been apparently taking care of itself in a door yard and the adjoining
truck-patch in the village of Sharptown, writes that his observations
are in agreement with those of the Philadelphia botanists. May there
be added this last evidence — which almost exactly voices my own —
that of Mr. W. W. Eggleston: “My own personal experience with
D. Ajacis in the field is very limited, never having collected it more
than two or three times. It has always been as a chance seedling.”

If an opinion from the Philadelphia area may be taken as typical
for the eastern United States, it will be agreed that D. Ajacis must be
recognized as one of the weaker elements of our flora. But whatever
its actual status it is to be recognized among our notable garden
escapes, though the fact of its thorough naturalization would seem to
be still open to some question.

There are comparatively few statements in the more recent local
floras, even when the two species are distinguished, which can be
taken at their full value in searching for information on the frequence
of D. Ajacis. The statement in The Plant Life of Maryland that D.
Ajacis is “infrequent” appears hopeful till it is balanced with D.
Consolida occurring “Throughout the state .... common.” There
are so many general statements of state-wide frequence in this volume
that one cannot but suspect that tradition is in large measure respon-
sible rather than accurate observations. It is of interest to note that
in the Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut,
where statements on distribution are commonly found so credible,
the species is reported as “Rare. Escaped from gardens into waste
land and fields,” only four stations being noted, and it is said to be
“ Adventive from Europe" rather than credited with the usual phrase,
* Naturalized from Europe." Mr. Norman Taylor's statement in his
Flora of the Vicinity of New York (which includes most of the Phila-
delphia area) — “ An escape from cultivation throughout the range"—
is rather noncommittal as to the extent of naturalization shown by the
species, but it is to be strongly recommended as being less open to
criticism than the average opinion found in manuals and floras.

176 Rhodora ! [AUGUST

Delphinium Consolida — to return to this species — is well known
in Europe as a weed in grain fields. Bentham! succinctly describes
it as “A common weed of cultivation" and definitely speaks of it
appearing in corn fields in certain parts of England. It is of interest
that the source of D. Consolida at New Egypt was, as Mr. Grove
observes, apparently not gardens but seed in grain? It was particu-
larly gratifying to find that Mr. Harger's D. consolida was from
“newly-seeded grass-land." He says that it occurred to him at the
time that it was introduced with grass seed, although, on considera-
tion, the size of the seed might lead one to doubt this. So many seeds,
of varying sizes, are so well known as occurring in bad grass seed that
I think it may be safely asserted that the mode of introduction of the
Middlebury D. Consolida was quite similar to that at New Egypt.

I have been able to find practically no complete and satisfactory
evidence of D. Ajacis occurring in grain- or grass-fields. Moreover,
I am under the impression that the annual Larkspur commonly seen
in gardens is D. Ajacis, rarely, if ever, the generally fewer-, smaller-
flowered D. Consolida. If this is correct, there is a possibility that the
source of D. Consolida may be very different from that of its near ally,
and it may prove to be a field weed here in America as in other coun-
tries, rather than, a garden escape, as has been suggested by Taylor
in the Flora of the Vicinity of New York. Further evidence is to be
desired at any rate that D. Ajacis is to be found as a weed of grain-
or grass-fields.? ~The Philadelphia testimony points to this reputed
occurrence as being traditional rather than actual. No doubt this
has been in some measure due to the statement in European botanies
concerning D. Consolida.

Though the present noted occurrence of D. Consolida may not be
considered by some as sufficient evidence for the inclusion again of
this species in our flora, it is at least suggestive that here is an oppor-
tunity for further field observations before the species is finally dis-

1 Bentham, Handbook of the British Flora, 22 (1865).

2 In this connection it is to be noted that as early as 1814 Pursh (Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 372) regards
D. Consolida as “probably introduced with the seed of grain from Europe.” It would seem
impossible to decide, however, whether he really had the true D. Consolida here in America, or
was merely lead to this opinion by a knowledge of the occurrence and habitat of the species in
Europe.

3 Darlington, in the Third Edition of the classical Flora Cestrica, under ** Delphinium Con-
solida," makes these interesting observations: ‘‘ This introduced plant is usually to be met with
in gardens; and occasionally finds its way into the grain fields of thoughtless people who are

in the practice of carrying garden-rubbish into the barn-yard. In such cases it threatens to
become a nuisance.”

1916] Fernald,— Some Notes on Spartina 177

credited to our area. I do not doubt but that many of the rarer intro-
ductions holding places in our manuals rest upon as little, or even less,
conclusive evidence than that given by Delphinium Consolida. One
need look no further than among the near allies to find some pertinent

cases — for example, Adonis autumnalis and Nigella Damascena.
Yranthis hyemalis, for long years holding a traditional but undisputed
place in our American flora because naturalized at Bartram's Garden,
Philadelphia and in Painters’ Arboretum, near Media, Pennsylvania,
is distinctly not above suspicion.

It is to be hoped that those who may feel that D. Consolida has not
been shown eligible to a place in our manuals will also feel constrained
to bring critical attention to bear upon the status of D. Ajacis.

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

SOME NOTES ON SPARTINA.
- M. L. FERNALD.

IN checking the species of Spartina in northeastern America the
writer has been surprised to note the recent treatments in the manuals
of eastern North America of the coarse smooth salt marsh species.
Hitchcock, in the 7th edition of Gray's Manual, following Merrill,
treats it as S. glabra Muhl., with vars. pilosa Merrill and alterniflora
(Loisel.) Merrill; while Nash, in the 2d edition of Britton & Brown's
Illustrated Flora, treats it as S. stricta (Ait.) Roth. In the Ist edition
of Britton & Brown, Nash, following Gray,” had treated the American
plants as S. stricta with two varieties, though he had added the lumi-
nous note, “Our plant does not appear to be satisfactorily identified
with the European," 3; but in the 2d edition, the varieties have been
omitted and with them the clarifying note, and all the American plants
reduced outright to the European 5S. stricta. Examination of the
European plant, however, shows S. stricta to differ from all the material
from eastern America not only in the very pilose lemmas emphasized

1 Merrill, U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. no. 9, 8 (1902).
2 Gray, Man. ed. 2, 552 (1856).
3 Nash in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 177 (1896).

com ae
-"

178 Rhodora [AvGUsT

by Merrill ! in keeping the species apart, but in many other characters,
which, in view of the recent tendency to reunite the eastern American
plants with the European S. stricta, it is well to enumerate.

European 8. stricta has the very short involute leaf-blades distinctly
articulated to the firm sheaths, but “they are so readily detached from
the sheaths, that by the time the plant is in flower most of the lower
sheaths have lost their laminae.” ? This character is very conspicuous
in herbarium-specimens of true S. stricta of Europe, in which half
the blades have sometimes disarticulated; but in the American plant
the long leaf-blade and soft sheath are continuous. The ligule of the
European S. stricta is laciniate,? of the American a ring of hairs. And
the European. S. stricta is said by Syme to have the “Stem... . easily
broken," terms which would not be used to describe the American
plant by anyone who has vainly attempted to pull specimens from
the marsh. In our plant the rhachis is ordinarily prolonged beyond
the spikelets; in S. stricta the rhachis, though a little prolonged, rarely
exceeds the spikelets. In short, S. stricta of Europe is quite unlike its
American representative in many definite characters. j

The plant of the northern Atlantic coast, from Newfoundland and
the lower St. Lawrence to New Jersey, S. alterniflora Loisel., is, how-
ever, apparently inseparable from the authentic European material
of S. alterniflora. This was recognized by Gray as early as 1856 and
the identity has been admitted by many subsequent American and
European students. It is unfortunate, therefore, since S. alterniflora
Loisel. was published in 1807 and S. glabra Muhl. not until 1817, that
the later name, 5. glabra, should have been recently maintained for
the species, and with a var. alterniflora based upon the earlier-pub-
lished S. alterniflora. The latter name, obviously, has precedence as
a specific name and the plants of the North Atlantic coast should be
called:

SPARTINA ALTERNIFLORA Loisel. Fl. Gall. ii. 719 (1807). S. stricta,
var. alterniflora Gray, Man. ed. 2, 552 (1856). S. glabra alterniflora
Merrill, U. 5. Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. no. 9, 9 (1902); Hitch-
cock in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 143 (1908).

S. ALTERNIFLORA, var. glabra (Muhl.), n. comb. Dactylis maritima

Walt. Fl. Carol. 77 (1788), not Curtis (1787). S. glabra Muhl. Gram.
54 (1817); Merrill, 1. c. 8 (1902); Hitchcock, |. e. (1908). S. stricta,

1 Merrill, l. c. 9.
? Syme, Engl. Bot. xi. 5 (1873).
3 Rouy, Fl. Fr, xiv, 26 (1913).

1916] Fernald,— Some Notes on Spartina 179

var. glabra Gray, Man. ed. 2, 552 (1856). S. stricta maritima Scribn.
Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 45 (1894).

S. ALTERNIFLORA, var. pilosa (Merrill), n. comb. S. glabra pilosa
Merrill, 1. c. 9 (1902); Hitchcock, l. e. (1908).

'The name Dactylis maritima Curtis, Enum. Brit. Gr. (1787) seems
to have received less attention than it merits. Linnaeus's D. cyno-
suroides (1753) ! was to some extent a complex; consisting for the
most part of the strictly American species now generally known as
Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Roth, but with the habitat “Lusitania”
appended to “ Virginia, Canada," thus indicating that Linnaeus con-

fused with the American plants one of the European species. Slightly
later (1758), Loefling, in his [ter Hispanicum, published, without
mention of the Linnaean species, a very detailed description of another
Dactylis cynosuroides? which from the description (" Faginae....
imbricatae post folia decidua per inferiorem culmum," ete.) is un-
questionably the D. stricta. Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 104 (1789), afterward
renamed Spartina stricta (Ait.) Roth (1802). Some post-Linnaean
English botanists took up Loefling’s Dactylis cynosuroides for the Sea
Cock's-Foot Grass of Europe; for instance, Hudson in his Flora
Anglica? And when Aiton's D. stricta was published in 1789, it was
as a substitute for the D. eynosuroides of Loefling and of Hudson,
which is clearly indicated by his citation of those authors alone, not
of Linnaeus. But a very similar publication, with equally definite
citations, was earlier effected by Curtis in 1787, when he published
his Dactylis maritima. | Curtis's publication, under Dactylis, was in the
briefest possible form: “2. Maritima. H. 43. Cynosuroides. R.
393. 4 Sea." * But by inserting the expanded bibliographie citations,
as indicated by Curtis's explanation, it becomes:

2. Maritima. Hudson, Fl. Angl. ed. 2, 43, as D. Cynosuroides (1778)
Ray, Synop. ed. 3, 393, no. 4 (1724) Sea Cock's-Foot Grass.

Dactylis cynosuroides Huds., not L., was the D. cynosuroides of
Loefling, and is clearly the D. stricta of Ait. as indicated not only by

1 L. Sp. PL i. 71 (1753).

2 Loefl. It. Hisp. 115 (1758).

3 Huds. Fl. Angl. 25 (1762), ed. 2. 43 (1778).

1 Curtis, Enum. Brit. Gr. (1787). The writer has not seen the original issue of Curtis's
Enumeration, which is said to have been a 1-page folio published in 1787. Through the kind-
ness of Miss Marjorie L. Warner of the United States Department of Agriculture, he has
learned, however, that in Volume 1 of the Flora Londinensis at the Library of Congress, there
occurs a 4-page leaflet: ** General observations on the advantages which may result from the

introduction of the seeds of our best grasses," the 4th page of which is the ** Enumeration of
the British Grasses,” dated at the end; *' Botanic-garden, Lambeth-Marsh, August 7, 1787.”

180 Rhodora [AvausT

Loefling's splendid description but by Aiton's citation. The other
component of D. maritima Curtis was Ray’s no. 4 on p. 393. This was
the Spartum Essexianum, spica gemina clausa of Petiver's Graminum
Concordium (1712), which had been taken up by Ray under the same
name, with the citation of various specimens collected by Buddle and
others, who were cited by Hudson (ed. 1) under his D. cynosuroides.
Spartum. essexianum is placed without hesitation by British authors
(Smith,! Gibson,’ ef al) in the synonymy of Dactylis stricta Ait. or
Spartina stricta (Ait.) Roth. There seems no question, then, that the
common European species which is generally known as S. stricta should
be called

SPARTINA maritima (Curtis), n. comb. Dactylis cynosuroides
Loefl. It. Hisp. 115 (1758); Huds. Fl. Angl. 25 (1762), ed. 2, 43
(1778); not L. D. maritima Curtis, Enum. Brit. Gr. (1787). D.
stricta Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 104 (1789). Spartina stricta (Ait.) Roth,
Neue Beitr. 101 (1802). |

In view of the identity of the American and European Spartina
alterniflora, it may be worth while to note that among the European
specimens in the Gray Herbarium received as S. stricta is one from
Aquilega, at the head of the Adriatic Sea, which is certainly typical
S. Michauxiana Hitchcock.

It is also noteworthy that S. Duriaei Parl. Fl. Ital. i. 230 (1848)
or S. versicolor Fabre, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, xiii. 123 (1850) of mari-
time sands of Europe is scarcely separable from S. patens, var. juncea
(Michx.) Hitche. The European specimens can be closely matched
by American; and Durieu himself, who, it may be assumed, would
be inclined to maintain S. Duriaet if he thought it a good species,
treated it without reservation as identical with S. juncea (Michx.)
Willd.— See Cosson & Durieu, Expl. Sc. Alg. ii. 88 (1849). Ascher-
son & Graebner (Syn. ii. 84), although maintaining 5. Duriaei, speak
of the “jedenfalls sehr nahe stehenden S. juncea.”

Gray HERBARIUM.

1 Engl. Bot. vi. t. 380 (1797).
? Gibson, Fl. Essex. 359, 360 (1862).

1916] Weatherby,— Some western Species of Puccinellia — 181

SOME WESTERN SPECIES OF PUCCINELLIA.
C. A. WEATHERBY.

IN the course of a recent revision of the northeastern species of
Puccinellia, undertaken by Prof. Fernald and the writer,' consider-
able comparison with western material was necessary. Incidentally,
this comparison showed that the western plants which have been
passing as P. airoides comprise, besides true P. airoides, two other
species, rather readily distinguishable from it and from each other.
One of these, P. lucida, occurs also about the Gulf of St. Lawrence
and was included in the revision above-mentioned. A second, appar-
ently undescribed, is so clearly separable that it seems worth recording,
though it is entirely western in its range and therefore outside our
special field; and it is here proposed as P. Cusickii. Two sheets in
the Gray Herbarium, one collected at Anderson Valley, Oregon, June
24, 1896, Leiberg, no. 2388, the other at Wilson's Station in the Warner
Mts. of northeastern California, Griffiths & Hunter, no. 390, the latter
referred by Hitchcock to P. airoides (P. Nuttalliana),’? may represent
still another undescribed species. All the plants mentioned are
characterized by erose-serrulate lemmas, pubescent below and nar-
rowed above to an acute or blunt apex, not truncate-obtuse as in
the group of P. distans.

A synopsis of the three species here considered follows. All the
specimens cited are in the Gray Herbarium, with the single exception
of the specimen of P. lucida from British Columbia, which is in the
Herbarium of the Geological Survey of Canada.

* Anther 0.5-1 (rarely 1.2) mm. long.

+ Lemma 1.5-2 mm. long, not lustrous; panicle-branches ascending
or spreading.

P. aromes (Nutt.) Wats. & Coult. in Gray, Man. ed. 6,668 (1890).*
— Yukon and Mackenzie to Montana, Nebraska and New Mexico.

Representative specimens examined :— MONTANA: Dillon, July 3,
1895, Shear, no. 331. WYOMING: open, wet, stony meadows, Centen-
nial, Albany Co., July 26, 1900, A. Nelson, no. 7700. COLORADO:
Doyle's, July 29, 1901, C. F. Baker, no. 637; Walsenburg, Huerfano

1 See Ruopora xviii, 1.
T 1! In Jepson, Fl. Cal. pt. 3, 162 (1912).
3 For full description and synonymy see Rnopona xviii, 16.

182 Rhodora [AvavsT

Co., July 10, 1896, Clements, no. 51. “Rocky Mrs.” (Powell Expe-
dition), 1868, Vasey, no. 615.

— +— Lemma 3-4 mm. long, thin and lustrous; panicle-branches often
deflexed in age.

P. Luctpa Fernald & Weatherby. Ruopora xviii, 16 (1916). Shores
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence; Wyoming; British Columbia. Western
specimens examined:— Wyomina: damp soil, Washington Ranch,
June 29, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 63; in the margins of ponds,
Mammoth Hot Springs, July 30, 1899, A. & E. Nelson, no. 6017 (this
number, as represented in the Gray Herbarium, is partly P. lucida,
partly P. airoides). Brrrish Cotumsia: salt marshes, Newcastle
Island, Departure Bay, July 10, 1908, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv.
Can. no. 81,001.

** Anther 1.5-1.8 mm. long; lemma 2.5-3 mm. long; panicle-
branches ascending or spreading, lax and flexuous.

P. Cusickii, n. sp. Caespitosa perennis, 3.5-10 dm. alta viridis;
culmis glabris laevibusque; foliorum caulinorum laminis 3-14.5 cm.
longis 1-2 mm. latis exsiccatis plus minusve involutis subtus laevibus
supra minute scabris valde nervatis, marginibus scabriusculis; ligula
1.5-2.5 mm. longa; panicula 0.4-3.5 dm. longa, plerumque exserta,
rachi scabra, ramis filiformibus 2-5-verticillatis scabris adscendenti-
bus vel patentibus laxis subflexuosis imprimis supra mediam partem
floriferis, infimis usque ad 13 em. longis; pedicellis scabris; spiculis
5-9 mm. longis laxe 3-6-floris saepe purpurascentibus, rachilla glabra
inter flores in anthesi evidente; glumis tenuibus supra hyalinis minute
eroso-serrulatis, inferiore 1-1.5 mm. longa anguste ovata ad apicem
acutum angustata obscure l-nervata, superiore 2-2.5 mm. longa
ovata acuta obscure 3-nervata; lemmatibus 2.5-3 mm. longis late
ovatis ad apicem acutum vel subacutum plus minusve abrupte angus-
tatis infra subcoriaceis supra hyalinis et eroso-serrulatis basin versus
pubescentibus obscure 5-nervatis; paleis lemmata aequantibus
lanceolatis ad apicem fimbriato-emarginatum paullum angustatis,
nefvis supra scabris infra ciliatis; antheris (exsiccatis) 1.5-1.8 mm.
longis purpureis; caryopsi immatura 1.6 mm. longa.

Cespitose perennial, green: culms 3.5-10 dm. high, rather slender,
little if at all geniculate, smooth and glabrous: cauline leaves 3-14.5
em. long, 1-2 mm. wide, in dried specimens more or less involute,
smooth beneath, the margins and the prominently nerved upper
surface minutely scabrous; ligule hyaline, 1.5-2.5 mm. long: panicle
usually exserted, in small specimens short (down to 4 em.) and narrow,
in well-developed plants diffuse, ovoid-pyramidal, up to 3.5 dm. long;
the rachis and branches scabrous, the latter 2-5 together, capillary,
ascending or spreading, lax and somewhat flexuous, floriferous chiefly
above the middle, the lowest up to 13 em. long: spikelets often purple-
tinged, 5-9 mm. long, loosely 3-6-flowered, the glabrous rachilla
visible between the lemmas at anthesis: glumes thin, hyaline and

1916] Hervey,— Variants of Aster Herveyi . 183

minutely erose-serrulate above; the first 1-1.5 mm. long, obscurely
1-nerved, rather narrowly ovate, tapering to an acute tip; the second
2-2.5 mm. long, obscurely 3-nerved, ovate, acute, the mid-nerve often
minutely scabrous above: lemmas 2.5-3 mm. long, broadly ovate,
rather abruptly narrowed to an acute or acutish tip, firm in texture
below, hyaline and erose-serrulate above, pubescent toward the base,
obscurely 5-nerved: palea about equalling the lemma, lanceolate,
slightly narrowed to the fimbriate-emarginate tip, scabrous on the
nerves above, ciliate below: anthers in dried specimens 1.5-1.8 mm.
long (somewhat longer when boiled out and perhaps in fresh material),
purple: immature grain 1.6 mm. long.— “Saskatchewan” and Assini-
boia to Wyoming and eastern Oregon. “SASKATCHEWAN”: Bour-
geau, 1858. — AssiNIBOIA: salt marshes, Cypress Hills, July 31, 1880,
John Macoun. Wyomtna: Little Laramie River, 1897, T. A. Williams,
no. 2291. Oregon: in alkaline alfalfa meadows, Grande Ronde
Valley, 930 m. alt., June 30, 1908, Cusick, nos. 3269 and 3271 (the
latter TYPE in Gray Herb.)

In the character of its inflorescence and in its large anther resembling
P. Lemmoni, but lacking the dense basal tufts of involute-setaceous
leaves which seem to be characteristic of that species and differing
further in its pubescent lemma and glabrous rachilla. In P. Lemmoni
the lemma is glabrous, but the callus pubescent and the rachilla of the
spikelets is more or less pubescent or scabrous.

East HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT.

VARIANTS OF ASTER HERVEYI.
E. Winurams HERVEY.

IN examining a number of specimens of Aster Herveyi, the writer
discovered some forms differing from the described type especially in
the size and shape of the leaves, which varied from broadly ovate,
acute at tip, and rounded or slightly heart-shape at base to ovate-
lanceolate or lanceolate; some even tapering at base into a more or
less margined petiole. The broader leaf-form resembles Aster macro-
phyllus and is found most abundant in its neighborhood. The nar-
rower leaf-form is found in dryer soil where Aster spectabilis is more
common. These two-forms often are so similar to the above species
as to be scarcely distinguishable. A. macrophyllus and A. spectabilis
are usually found in the vicinity of A. Hervey’. The same root of A.

184 Rhodora [Avaust

Herveyi has been seen to bear root-leaves of the two extreme forms
mentioned. From the foregoing facts as well as others it is manifest
that A. Herveyi is a hybrid.

Unlike other Aster hybrids, however, which are rarely found except
singly or two or three together A. Herveyi has been found in colonies
of a rod or two in extent and then beyond scattering over several acres
of an open woodland. "This hybrid may be propagated at least in part
by seed as shown from the following: Next to a garden containing a
bed of transplanted A. Herveyi there was a vacant grass-grown lot.
In course of time the lot was ploughed and planted and in a year or
two after several specimens of 4. Herveyi were found growing and in
bloom on one side where the soil had been disturbed. "These must have
originated from self-sown seed from the garden as none existed there
before.

New BEDFORD, MASSACHUSETTS.

AUTUMN Excursion OF THE New ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.—
It was the unanimous desire of the twelve men who braved the rainy
weather of June 10 and 11 on Cape Cod this year, that there should be
a similar or larger excursion to Hyannis in September. Accommoda-
tions are available at the Hyannis Inn at $2.50 per day. Fare from
Boston is $1.92 each way. The Committee has set Sept. 15-17 for this
excursion. It is hoped that everyone will be back from vacations at
this time and ready for one more good trip before the season closes.

The June excursion brought several additions to the flora of Cape
Cod, and a few to that of New England. Southeastern Massachusetts
has furnished a larger number of plants new to our flora during the
past eight years than any other section of New England. The area
is large, and the workers have been few. May this excursion prove
to be the largest and most successful in the history of the Club.—
CLARENCE H. KNowrrow, Chairman of Excursion Committee.

Vol. 18, no. 211, including pages 145 to 168 and plate 121, was issued 1 July,
1916.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 18. September, 1916. No. 213.

THE OLD STUMPS AT BLANC SABLON.
CHARLES W. TowNsENp, M.D.

Proressor M. L. FERNALD, who, in 1910, made at this point [Blanc
Sablon] a brief incursion into Labrador has most interestingly de-
scribed the region in the pages of RHopona? “Here” he says “was
an ideal place to study the vegetation of a highly calcareous region
side by side with the plants of a silicious and gneissoid area, and if
anyone doubts the dissimilarities of these floras he can find no better
spot in which to undeceive himself than at Blanc Sablon."

Like him I was struck by the flat grassy plains on the tops of the
terraces, so different from the rounded and irregular surfaces of the
granitic rocks with their wealth of mosses and lichens and their com-
parative paucity of grasses. Prof. Fernald says “The commonest
flower of the Laurentian plains is Carex rariflora, though with singu-
lar regard for its specific name it is by all means the rarest of its genus
in New England.” But the most surprising feature which is de-
scribed and figured by Prof. Fernald is the presence of stumps of
forest trees, and with them a forest vegetation still lingering in the
plains now fully exposed to the sun. Dwarf cornell, snow berry,
Linnaea, star flower, clintonia, one-flowered pyrola and dwarf solomon
seal were most in evidence, and Professor Fernald mentions also such
typical forest species as red baneberry, Dewey’s sedge, great-spurred
violet, miterwort and sweet-scented bedstraw.

I measured several of the stumps that were a foot or two high with

1 Read by invitation at a meeting of the New England Botanical Club, May 5, 1916. Extract
from Chapter XII of ** In Audubon's Labrador."

2“A Botanical Expedition to Newfoundland and Southern Labrador." M. L. Fernald,
Rnopona, xiii, 109-162 (1911).

186 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

great sprawling roots, now destitute of bark and blanched by the sun
and storm, but yet fully a foot in diameter or three feet in circumfer-
ence. Sometimes a prostrate trunk three or four feet long would be
seen. One pictures an ancient forest, very different from the grassy
plains with occasional clumps of dwarfed and stunted spruces and
fir bushes that are here now.

Professor Fernald was much interested in these stumps. He says:
“Tn such accounts as I have found (except possibly Cartier's) the
coasts of the Straits of Belle Isle are described as desolate and bare,
and even Cartier, in 1534, entering the Straits and anchoring at Blane
Sablon, was so impressed with the barrenness that he wrote: 'If the
land was as good as the harbors there are, it would be an advantage;
but it should not be named the New Land but [a land of] stones and
rocks frightful and ill shaped, for in all the said north coast I did not
see a cart-load of earth, though I landed in many places. Except at
Blanc Sablon there is nothing but moss and small stunted woods; in
short I deem rather than otherwise, that it is the land that God gave
to Cain;’! and again on his second voyage in 1535, he wrote: ‘The
whole of the said coast from the Castles as far as here [note, by Prof.
Fernald, “From Chateau Bay as far as Brest, west of Blanc Sablon "]
bears east-northeast and west-southwest, ranged with numerous
islands and lands all hacked and stony, without any soil or woods,
save in some valleys"? And at the present time the people at Blanc
Sablon insist that there has never been any forest there and that no
timber exists within four or five miles of the Straits. Yet, the first
day I saw upon the terraces east of Blanc Sablon such plants as have
just been enumerated I was convinced that a forest must have been
there, since these are so distinctly woodland species and so decidedly
not plants typical of the Arctic barrens and tundra. So my delight
can be imagined when, crossing with Kidder the tableland east of
Blanc Sablon, we came upon buried logs in the bog and soon after
found numerous stumps protruding from the moss. Some of the
stumps, now much crumbled, were still a foot or more in diameter
and indicated an ancient forest of considerable size. Just when this
forest lived it is difficult to say, but if it still throve in the 16th cen-
tury Cartier did not give a very clear indication of it. Only by such
indefinite expressions as ‘except at Blane Sablon there is nothing but
moss and stunted woods’ and ‘without any soil or woods, save in the

1 J. P. Baxter, Memoir of Jacques Cartier, 86 (1906).
? J. P. Baxter, l. c. 130.

1916] — Townsend,— The old Stumps at Blane Sablon 187

valleys' did he indicate a possible forest covering. But here at least
was a remnant of the forest which had once sheltered Carex Deweyana,
Actaea rubra and Viola Selkirkii, though at the present time only
shrubs or dwarf straggling trees, as described by Cartier, thrive on
the bleak and wind-swept shores of the Straits of Belle Isle; and that
the forest was an extensive one and presumably once fringed the en-
tire length of the Straits we are safe in assuming from the presence
at Bonne Espérance L'Anse au Clair, Forteau, Red Bay, and Chateau
(as shown by the collections of John A. Allen and others) of a relic
forest vegetation (sometimes further augmented by Onoclea sensi-
bilis, Osmorhiza obtusa, Pyrola secunda, etc.) such as abounds on the
terraces of Blane Sablon.”

The name of the island near at hand “Isle au Bois” hints at the
former presence of a forest, yet if forests existed in Cartier's time we
should expect a different account from him. Our knowledge of the
history of the Labrador Peninsula since the glaciers melted a few
thousand years ago would negative the possibility of a climate or
topography that could support a forest such as these stumps and
woodland plants suggest. Moreover the stumps themselves can
hardly date back to Cartier who found “the land that God gave to
Cain."

How can we explain the seeming paradox? Like many things in
nature, the explanation, which I chanced upon in a walk over the
plains to Anse Éclair, is very simple. The answer is there has been
no change; here are forest conditions at the present day, and here
are plenty of forest trees right before our eyes. Where the ancient
white stumps are so prominent the forest has been cut away as is
apt to be the case near settlements, but farther away to the east and
west along the coast there are regions where forest conditions of
darkness, dampness and quiet reign as truly as in the forest aisles
where the trees rear their heads to the skies and wave and sough in
the winds. The forest vegetation is the same in both cases.

One is at first disposed to deny these statements and say there are
no trees here, merely spruce and fir bushes, insignificant things with
flat tops clipped as it were by the arctic blasts, but a close examina-
tion reveals the forest conditions. "This examination is extremely
difficult unless one is provided with an axe, or, better still finds a
place where wood cutting has recently taken place, and the actual
habits of the wood-cutter can be learned. This gives the key to the
situation and at once explains the existence of the ancient stumps.

188 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

From a study of a number of partial clearings in various places about
Blane Sablon I found that the wood-cutter often chooses a spruce or
fir bush with a large central trunk, first cuts off the branches, and
then the whole top of the trunk, leaving a- stump exactly like the
stump figured by Professor Fernald which so irresistably compels in
us the conception of a lofty tree, a conception, which, to a botanist,
is rendered still more compelling by the presence, in the neighbor-
hood of the stumps, of a type of vegetation found only in forests.
I regret that a photograph I took of one of these trees that had been
partly cleared of branches proved to be one of the mysterious failures
which happen at times to all except super-human photographers, but
I am able to give the dimensions of this tree, which, it seems to me,
thoroughly sustains my contention. The tree was a black spruce
with a trunk forty-seven inches in circumference one foot from the
ground. Its diameter was therefore about one foot, two and a half
inches. This size of the trunk was maintained nearly to the highest
branch which went off at right angles thirty-two inches from the
ground. From the center to the tip of the branches on all sides was
nine feet making a diameter for the whole tree of eighteen feet. It
is true that many of the clumps of evergreen bushes are made up of
a number of small trunks, but it is also true as I found that trunks
of the size just described were not uncommon. In places the trunks
are four or even five feet high.

When the trees are continuous over a considerable area they form
an almost impassible barrier. Many times, beguiled by a favorable
opening, I determined to disregard the difficulties and pass through a
hundred yards or so to an open land beyond when I found my prog-
ress so barred after a hard struggle of a few yards, that it seemed an
economy of both time and effort to go even a mile around, rather than
to attempt the straight and extremely narrow course. Where the
trees are only a foot or two high, one can walk on their tops, but this
- is out of the question in trees four or five feet high. Perhaps one could
have managed it with modified snow shoes.

To delve beneath these ancient trees, — for my former studies
of tree rings in various places on the Labrador Coast assures me that
many of these trees must be much over a hundred years old and may
in some cases date back even to Cartier — is a difficult task, but one
finds here a habitat in which forest plants are surely at home.

Boston, MASSACHUSETTS.

1916] Chien,— Asiatic Allies of Ranunculus pensylvanicus 189

TWO ASIATIC ALLIES OF RANUNCULUS PENSYL-
VANICUS.

S. S. CHIEN.

SPECIMENS of two species in the Gray Herbarium, collected in
China and Hongkong, are under the name of Ranunculus pensylvani-
cus L. One of these plants from Hongkong and Shanghai is erect
and more or less like the American species, except in its fruit charac-
ter. The other plant, one sheet of which is from Fokien and another
from Hupeh, has its fruit similar to the American plant, although
with strongly hooked style, but has a repent habit. Both of these
species have been considered identical with the American plant.
Since they differ, however, from the American species in such im-
portant characters, it seems desirable to describe them under new
names.

RaNuxcuLUus brachyrhynchus, n. sp., caule erecto elato pilis late
patentibus hirsuto; foliis inferioribus longe petiolatis, superioribus
subsessilibus; foliolis petiolulatis inaequaliter 3-lobatis argute ser-
ratis; floribus parvis; sepalis reflexis subtus hirsutis supra glabris;
achaeniis in capite globoso vel paullo lateque ovoideo symmetricis
tam in margine dorsali quam ventrali aequaliter curvatis; stylo
brevi recto basi lato ad apicem achaenii centroso, faciebus achaeni-
orum planis prominenter marginatis; receptaculo piloso.

Stem erect, tall, hirsute with widely spreading hairs; lower leaves
long-petioled; upper subsessile, ternatifid; leaflets stalked, unequally
3-lobed, sharply serrate, acute: flowers small: sepals reflexed, hirsute
on the lower side, glabrous on the upper; achenes in a globose or
slightly broad-ovoid head, symmetrically curved on both the dorsal
and ventral margins; style short, broad-based, straight, centrally
placed; faces of the achene prominently margined; receptacle
pilose.— Honexona: April 17, 1893, Hongkong Herbarium, no.
10,200 (type in Gray Herb.). Cana: Shanghai, comm. Wykeham
Perry, 1883.

This plant is distinguished from R. pensylvanicus L. by the sym-
metrical outline of the achene, the dorsal and ventral margins being
about equal, by the prominent intramarginal ridge and the centrally
placed beak. The American plant has its fruit with round dorsal
edge and almost straight ventral edge, and it is obscurely margined.
The head of achenes of the Chinese plant is essentially globose, while
that of the American plant is elongated.

* Foi ya

190 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

RANUNCULUS arcuans, n. sp., caule 10-17 cm. longo repente pilis
late patentibus hirsuto; folis radicalibus longius petiolatis quam
caulinis, omnibus ternatifidis dense hirsutis in facie inferiore supra
sparse pilosis; foliolis 3-lobatis; lobis grosse dentatis; floribus parvis;
sepalis reflexis subtus hirsutis supra glabris; achaeniis in capite glo-
boso prominenter marginatis margine dorsali rotundatis, margine
ventrali vel minus rotundatis vel rectiusculis, faciebus planis, rostro
in apicem arcuatam attenuato.

Stem 10-17 cm. long, repent, hirsute with bristling widely spreading
hairs: radical leaves longer-petioled than the stem-leaves, all ter-
natified, densely hirsute on the lower side, sparingly pilose on the
upper; leaflets 3-lobed, lobes coarsely toothed: flowers small: sepals
reflexed, hirsute on the lower side, glabrous above: achenes in a glo-
bose head, prominently margined, dorsal margin rounded, ventral
much less so or nearly straight; faces flat; beak attenuate into a
hooked tip.— CmiNa4: Province of Hupeh, 1885-88, A. Henry, no.
4039 (type in Gray Herb.); Province of Fukien, 1904, Hongkong
Herbarium, no. 2317.

This plant has a low and repent habit as contrasted with R. pensyl-
vanicus L., which is high and erect. The achenes of these two species
are more or less alike but the style in the Chinese plant is longer than
in the American and conspicuously hooked. The achenes of the
Chinese plant are also prominently margined and the shape of the

head of achenes is globose. \
SHANGHAI, CHINA.

GALIUM PILOSUM AND ITS VARIETIES.
C. A. WEATHERBY AND S. F. BLAKE.

Ever since 1841 the traditional treatment of Galium pilosum has
been that adopted in Torrey and Gray's Flora of North America, dis-
tinguishing a typical, wide-spread variety with pubescent stem and
commonly oval leaves, and a southern one nearly or quite glabrous
and with narrower, more oblong leaves. "The recent collection by
one of us, on Cape Cod, of two apparently different forms has led to
a study of the forms of the species which shows that at least one more
variety can profitably be recognized, and also leads to what we may

1916] Weatherby and Blake,— Galium pilosum and Varieties 191

hope to be the final retirement from our lists of the name Galium ber-
mudense L. which has been associated with this and with two or three
other species of Galium and Relbunium within recent years.

All the material of Galium pilosum in the Gray Herbarium and the
Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club from north of a line
running from western North Carolina and adjacent Kentucky to
Arkansas and Texas has the stem more or less pubescent on the
angles, usually densely so but sometimes only sparsely, with generally
straightish pilose or pilose-hispid hairs, usually reaching up to or into
the inflorescence, but sometimes confined to the lower portion of the
plant. Occasionally some of the hairs are more or less recurved or,
more rarely, inflexed. In the Cape Cod area, in the sand-plain re-
gions of Connecticut and New Jersey and in the mountains of North
Carolina occurs an extreme of this form having the sides of the stem
as well as the angles more or less densely pubescent. At first it
seemed that this plant might well be distinguished as a variety, but
careful study of the available material has shown too great a propor-
tion of specimens variously intermediate between the two extremes
to make it desirable, in the present state of our knowledge, to attempt
to separate them, although further field study may yet make this pos-
sible. The following specimens may be cited as representative of
this more pubescent extreme: — NEW Jersey: sand-hills, Atlantic
City, July 14, 1870, C. F. Parker. Norra CAROLINA: summit of
Cedar Cliff Mt., alt. 3400 ft., July 16, 1898, Biltmore Herb. no. 3498b.
To the less pubescent of these two forms belongs the Aiton type of
Galium pilosum (New York, Dr. Martin) in the British Museum.

From Virginia to Florida and Texas there occur two very distinct
varieties of G. pilosum, hitherto confused under the name var. punc-
ticulosum (Michx.) T. & G. One of these has oval leaves as in the
typical form of the species, pubescent with incurved, short, stiff hairs,
and stem more or less densely beset on the angles with short, in-
curved, hook-like hairs distinctly harsher than the hairs of the typical
form; the other, with more narrowly elliptic leaves and absolutely
glabrous stem, might conceivably be regarded as specifically distinct
but seems on the whole, from its identity in all other characters and
from the presence of an occasional intermediate, better considered as
worthy only of varietal rank. Dr. H. Lecomte and M. F. Gagnepain
of the Paris Museum, to whom sketches and descriptions of these
two forms were sent, have kindly examined the Michauxian type of

W^ ;
de

192 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Galium puncticulosum and find it to be the former; for the latter, the
varietal name laevicaule may appropriately be used.

The disposition of Linnaeus’s Galium bermudense has always been
a matter of dispute to botanists and a full identification of its elements
has never previously been made. It was described thus: —

“GALIUM foliis quaternis linearibus obtusis, ramis ramosissimis.
Aparine foliis quaternis obtusis laevibus. Gron. virg. 16. Rubia
tetraphylla glabra, latiore folio, bermudensis, seminibus binis atro-
purpureis. Pluk. alm. 324. t. 248. Raj. suppl. 261.

Habitat in Virginia." !

The Gronovian name is based on Clayton 313 in the British Museum
which is the less pubescent phase of the typical form of Galiwm pilo-
sum, very similar to Aiton's type. Plukenet's plant, still preserved
at the British Museum, is Relbunium hypocarpium (L.) Hemsl.? with
which it has previously been identified by Mr. Britten, who takes
up for it the name Relbunium bermudense (L.) Britten.’ Ray’s plant, `
which seems never to have been examined hitherto, is Galiwm cir-
caezans Michx., collected in Maryland by Krieg or Vernon. As if
this confusion were not enough, we find in Linnaeus’s own description
a character (“foliis . . . . linearibus") which could by no possi-
bility apply to any of these three species. Nor is there any speci-
men named G. bermudense in the Linnaean herbarium. Finally, the
specific name ‘“ bermudense” taken from Plukenet’s polynomial is
quite at variance with the habitat, Virginia, attributed to the species
by Linnaeus.

When we come to examine the treatment of Galium bermudense
by authors subsequent to Linnaeus, we find an absolute lack of uni-
formity. Walter copies the Linnaean description without comment.
Michaux has it not, but describes as new G. puncticulosum,* quoting
G. purpureum Walt. (nec L.) as synonymous and Clayton’s 313 as
doubtfully identical. Willdenow ? altered the name to G. bermudi-
anum without changing the description and, in the fashion of some
modern botanists, added the “popular” name “ Bermudisches Lab-

1 Sp. Pl. i. 105 (1753).

2 The species was named Valantia hypocarpa by Linnaeus in 1759 without reference to
Plukenet’s plant. Its chief synonyms are: — Valantia hypocarpa L. Pl. Jam. Pug. 30 (1759):
V. hypocarpia L. Syst. ed. 10. ii. 1307 (1759): Relbunium hypocarpium Hemsl. Biol. Centr.
Amer. Bot. ii. 63 (1881). As the species was first published as Valantia hypocarpa, its specific
name under Relbunium should be written ‘‘hypocarpum.”’

3 Journ. Bot. xlvii. 42 (1909).

5 Fl. Bor.- Am. i. 80 (1803).

5 Sp. PL. i. pt. 2. 596 (1798).

1916] Weatherby and Blake,— Galium pilosum and Varieties 193

kraut” for a species whose habitat is still given as Virginia. Pursh !
retains the name but gives a description applicable only to G. punc-
ticulosum Michx., which in fact he cites as a synonym, and has G.
pilosum as a distinct species. Pursh's action consequently cannot
be taken as determining the application of the name, since he asso-
ciates it (in the form bermudianum) with a plant not an element of
the original Linnaean species. With Torrey,? Elliott? and other
early writers on American botany, G. bermudense or G. bermudianum
was a species of considerable uncertainty. In the Prodromus? G.
bermudianum Pursh was referred to G. puncticulosum Michx., of
which G. pilosum was made a variety. In Torrey & Gray’s Flora
of North America? “G. bermudense Linn. spec. 1. p. 105, as to syn.
Gronov., but not of Pluk. alm. t. 248” was referred to G. pilosum, var.
puncticulosum, and the statement was made that “the name of G.
Bermudense should be retained for the ‘Rubia tetraphylla glabra,
latiore folio, Bermudensis’ ete. of Plukenet." In the Synoptical
Flora,® however, * G. Bermudense, L. Spec. i. 105, as to syn. Pluk.”
was referred to typical G. pilosum and “G. Bermudense, L. l. c. as to
syn. Gronov." to its var. puncticulosum. In Britton & Brown's Illus-
trated Flora, ed. 17 G. bermudense appears as a doubtful synonym of
G. pilosum, but in the second edition ? we find G. bermudense displac-
ing G. hispidulum Michx. as the name for that relbunioid Galium.

To recapitulate: — Galium bermudense L. as originally published
included G. pilosum, G. circaezans, and Relbunium hypocarpum, all
of which would be excluded by its description, and its name was in
contradiction with the habitat assigned it. It has since been identi-
fied, in whole or in part, with Galium pilosum, G. puncticulosum, G.
hispidulum, and Relbunium hypocarpum. It seems to the writers
that under the circumstances the name Galium bermudense L. had
best be relegated forever-to the limbo of nomina confusa.

The varieties of Galium pilosum will then stand as follows: —

* Stem from densely pilose all over to sparsely spreading-pilose or
spreading-hispid-pilose on the angles below.

G. PILOSUM Ait. Hort. Kew i. 145 (1789); Willd. Sp. Pl. i. pt. 2. 599
(1798); Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 104 (1814); T. & G. Fl. N. Am. ii.

1 Fl. Am. Sept. i. 104 (1814). , 5 ii. 24 (1841).
? Fl. N. & Mid. U. S. i. 169 (1824). 5 i. pt. 2. 37 (1884).
3 Sk. i. 196 (1816). T jii. 221 (1898).

3 iv. 601 (1830). 8 iii. 266 (1913).

194 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

24 (1841) excl. syn. Walt.; Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2. 37 (1884) excl. syn.
L. and Walt. G. bermudense L. Sp. Pl. i. 105 (1753), as to syn. Gronov.
and habitat only. G. bermudianum Willd. Sp. Pl. i. pt. 2. 596 (1798),
as to syn. Gronov. and habitat only. G. puncticulosum, B. pilosum
DC. Prod. iv. 601 (1830). G. rotundifolium L. 9. bermudense Ktze.
Rev. i. 282, 283 (1891), at least in part. G. rotundifolium à. bermu-
dense f. pilosum Ktze. |. c. 282.— Southern N. H. and southern Vt.
to D.C. and in the mts. to N. C. and Ky., west to Ill., Kan., and
Tex. Representative specimens examined: — VrnGINIA: along Peak
Creek, Peak Mtn., alt. 2200 ft., July 16, 1892, J. K. Small; Fall
Creek, alt. 585 ft., July, 1893, A. A. Heller, no. 1108 (this specimen
matches Clayton 313 fairly well). Wksr Virernta: rocky hillside
near Travellers’ Repose, Sept. 19, 1904, Greenman, no. 310. KEN-
TUCKY: Poor Fork P. O., Harlan Co., Aug., 1893, T. H. Kearney,
Jr., no. 238. Texas: between Bejar and el Rio de la Trinidad,
May, 1828, Berlandier, no. 1578.

** Stem merely finely incurved-uncinate on the angles or glabrous.

Var. PUNCTICULOSUM (Michx.) T. & G. Stem finely and usually
densely incurved-uncinate on the angles, at least below; leaves oval,
1-2.3 em. long, 4-10 mm. wide, 2-23 times as long as wide, their hairs
incurved-uncinate like those of the stem.— Fl. N. Am. ii. 24 (1841)
in part; Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2.37 (1884) in part. G. purpureum Walt.
Fl. Car. 87 (1788), not L. G. puncticulosum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 80
(1803), excl. Clayt. no. 313. G. punctatum Pers. Syn. i. 128 (1805).
— VIRGINIA: Bedford Co., Aug. 1871, A. H. Curtiss. GEORGIA:
Bullock Co., dry pine barrens, June 26, 1901, R. M. Harper, no. 947.
Fronrpa: Duval Co., roadside, June 10, 1902, A. Fredholm, no. 5290;
Lake Co., high pine land near Eustis, July 1894, G. V. Nash, no. 1383;
without definite locality, Chapman. | MississiPrr: Biloxi, July 1900,
S. M. Tracy * = 4485.” A specimen from dry woods, Athens, Ga.,
June 25, 1900, R. M. Harper, no. 38, is intermediate between this
variety and the typical form.

Var. laevicaule n. var., caule omnino glabro; foliis anguste ellip-
ticis 1.2-2.8 em. longis 3-7 mm. latis, longitudine quam latitudine
21—4-plo majore, sparse pilosis, pilis non valde incurvatis.

Stem glabrous throughout; leaves narrowly elliptic, 1.2-2.8 cm.
long, 3-7 mm. wide, 25-4 times as long as wide, sparsely pilose with
hairs which are not strongly incurved.— Var. puncticulosum T. & G.

1916] Fernald,— Trisetum spicatum in eastern America — 195

l. c. and subsequent authors, in part.— VrnGINIA: Norfolk, Dana.
Fronrpa: low fertile ground near Jacksonville, June 18, 1898, A. H.
Curtiss, no. 6420 (TYPE, in Gray Herb.); moist places, near Eustis,
May, 1894, G. V. Nash, no. S8. Texas: (“floribus albis") Houston,
June 1843, Lindheimer. A specimen from dry hillsides and woods,
Alexandria, La., May 31, 1899, C. R. Ball, no. 514, is intermediate
between this variety and the typical form.

THE REPRESENTATIVES OF TRISETUM SPICATUM IN
EASTERN AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

TRISETUM sPICATUM (L.) Richter, var. pilosiglume, n. var., culmis
densissime tomentosis 1.5-5 dm. altis; foliis plus minusve pilosis,
vaginibus tomentosis, pilis reflexis; paniculis plerumque argenteo-
viridibus rare subviolaceis deinde albido-brunneis 2-7 cm. longis valde
interruptis; spiculis 2-3-floris; glumis pilosis, inferiore lanceolato-
attenuata 3.5-4 mm. longa, superiore ovato-lanceolata subaristata
3.5-4.7 mm. longa; lemmatibus 4.6-6.3 mm. longis lanceolatis apice
laciniis setiformibus valde bipartitis; palea lemmate paullo breviori-
bus apice laciniis setiformibus valde bipartita.

Culms densely tomentose, 1.5-5 dm. high: leaves more or less
pilose: the sheaths tomentose with reflexed hairs: panicles mostly
silvery-green, rarely somewhat violaceous, finally whitish-brown, 2-7
em. long, obviously interrupted: spikelets 2-3-flowered: glumes
pilose; the lower lance-attenuate, 3.5-4 mm. long; the upper ovate-
lanceolate, subaristate, 3.5-4.7 mm. long: lemmas 4.6-6.3 mm. long,
lanceolate, obviously 2-cleft at apex into setiform segments: palea
a little shorter than the lemma, its apex 2-parted like the lemma.—
Labrador and Newfoundland to northern New England and Ontario.
LABRADOR: Rama, August 20-24, 1897, J. D. Sornborger, no. 240, in
part; Okkak or Hebron, 1853, Moravian Bros.; Hopedale, August
4-6, 1897, Sornborger, no. 241; limestone and calcareous sandstone
terraces, Blanc Sablon, August 1, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,569.
NEWFOUNDLAND: island off Pike's Arm, July 19, 1911, Fernald, Wie-
gand & Bartram, no. 4,593 (ryPE in Gray Herb.); rocks, Black Island,
July 20, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 4,594; dry sea-cliffs,
Tilt Cove, August 20, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 2,568;
dry limestone barrens, upper slopes and tablelands, alt. 200-300 m.,

196 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay, August 16, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand
& Kittredge, no. 2,571, July 16 & 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no.
10,780". QUEBEC: damp calcareous rocks, Bradore, Saguenay Co.,
August 4, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,570; dry turf, Pointe à
Peau, Brest, Saguenay Co., July 31, 1915, St. John, Herb. Geol.
Surv. Can.; limestone detritus, near crest of Cap Barré, Percé,
August 1, 1907, and cold northerly calcareous walls of Grande Coupe,
Percé, August 5, 1907, Fernald & Collins, nos. 867, 868; on hornblende
schist or in alluvium of an alpine brook, Allen’s Ravine, north slope
of Mt. Albert, July 26 & 28, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 401; crevices
of limestone-conglomerate, north side of Cap Enragé, Bic, July 24,
1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 866. ONTARIO: exposed places, Red
Rocks, Lake Superior, June 26, 1884, J. Macoun. Marne: slide,
west wall of North Basin, Mt. Katahdin, July 13, 1900, Fernald.
New HawrsurmE: “in alpinis, cum Ozyria," White Mountains, E.
Tuckerman; Mt. Washington, July 3, 1878 and July 29, 1887, Faxon;
damp slopes, Alpine Garden, Mt. Washington, July 10, 1895 and
August 7, 1896, E. F. Williams, August 19, 1907, A. S. Pease, tho.
10,601; Bigelow Lawn, Mt. Washington, September 1, 1877, Faxon;
Great Gulf, Mt. Washington, August, 1877, and September 1, 1877,
Faxon, August 30, 1910, 4. S. Pease, no. 12,884; on the "Fan,"
Huntington's Ravine, August 28, 1912, A. S. Pease, no. 13,897.
VERMONT: Smuggler' Notch, July 5, 1897, J. R. Churchill (mixed
with var. molle); “in rupestribus siccis umbrosis ad Colchester,"
Wm. Oakes.

In its pilose glumes unique in the maze of plants which pass undis-
tinguished as Trisetum spicatum. In its comparatively small spike-
lets and interrupted inflorescence somewhat intermediate between
the more arctic-alpine T. spicatum, var. Maidenii (Gandoger)! and
T. spicatum, var. molle (Michx.) Piper. |

True Trisetum spicatum of Europe, based upon Aira spicata L. Sp.
Pl. i. 64 (1753), is apparently not found in northeastern America,
though some Arctic and northwestern specimens may belong to it.
The alpine plant of Europe, as shown by many specimens and descrip-
tions as well as by such plates as those of Hallier,? Hartinger ? or Cor-
revon,‘ is a low plant (0.5-2 dm. high), with sheaths and leaf-blades
either pubescent or glabrous; the inflorescence cylindric to obovoid,
violet, bronze or brownish, very dense and spike-like, 1.5-3 cm. long,

‘TRISETUM SPICATUM (L.) Richter, var. Maidenii (Gandoger), n. comb.
T. subspicatum, f. Maidenii Gandoger, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xlix. 182 (1902)
T. Maidenii Gandoger, l. c. (1902).

? Hallier, Fl. von Deutschl. ed. 5, vii. t. 614 (1881).

3 Hartinger & Della Torre, Atl. Alpenfl. iv. t. 428 (1884).

4 Correvon, Atl. Fl. Alp. v. 471 (1901).

1916] Fernald,— Trisetum spicatum in eastern America — 197

1-2 em. thick (including the wide-spreading awns). In fact, the
inflorescence is so very dense as to suggest, at first glance, that of
Phleum alpinum or an Alopecurus; and it is noteworthy that an
exceptionally discriminating New England botanist, long familiar in
the field with the American var. molle, has placed in the Gray Her-
barium a fine sheet of typical 7. spicatum collected by himself on a
mountain-summit of Salzburg, numbered and carefully labeled, but
with no indication of even the generic name of the grass, which to his
New England eyes seemed quite strange! In this typical T. spicatum
the elliptic-lanceolate brown-edged smooth or merely scabrous-nerved
glumes are acute or sometimes very slightly aristate, the upper 4-5
mm. long; the attenuate soft lemmas are 3-4 mm. long, slightly 2-
cleft but scarcely aristate, and the palea is usually blunt and fimbriate
at summit.

In Greenland and other regions of Arctic American and to some
extent in northernmost Eurasia, the low plant with very dense inflo-
. rescence gives way to var. Maidenii, which is taller (1.5-3.5 dm. high)
and with a looser interrupted inflorescence 2-6.5 cm. long, which has
spikelets as in typical T. spicatum but with the glumes, lemmas and
often the paleas more definitely aristate-tipped. "This Arctic Ameri-
can representative of the species is apparently less common south of
Greenland than var. pilosiglume, but it occurs on the Torngat Mts. of
northeastern Labrador, and very locally south to the mountains of
Newfoundland, and the Mingan Islands and the mountains of Gaspé
County, Quebec.

In more temperate areas, of the Canadian and Transition regions,
we get var. molle (Michx.) Piper,! which is based upon Avena mollis
Michx,” a plant originally collected at Montreal. This plant in its
typical development seems specifically distinct from T. spicatum of
Europe, but through var. Maidenit and again through var. pilosiglume
the series seems to merge and, until the complex which is passing in
many regions as 7. spicatum 1s more thoroughly studied, it is well to
consider it an extreme variation. Var. molle is a tall slender plant,
the culms 2-8 dm. high, bearing silvery-green, finally whitish-brown,
much interrupted panicles 2.5-11 cm. long. Its spikelets are com-
monly larger than in our other varieties, the 2nd. glume 4.5-6.5 mm.

long, and the glumes, the deeply 2-cleft lenmas and commonly the

! Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 125 (1906).
? Michx. Fl. Bor-Am. i. 72 (1803).

198 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

deeply 2-cleft attenuate paleas are obviously awn-tipped. This
plant, which may deserve specific reinstatement, but which seems to
pass directly into the other varieties, does not occur in the bleaker
habitats nor the more northern regions, like the headlands of New-
foundland and the coast of Labrador, where the others are found.
Geographically, it is decidedly more southern: known in Newfound-
land only along the sheltered river-banks; and on the mainland extend-
ing from Rimouski Co., Quebec, westward across the continent, south
very generally on ledgy shores or slopes through northern and western
New England and north-central New York, and locally to the Carolina
mountains. i

Gray HERBARIUM.

ON THE MENDELIAN INTERPRETATION OF OENOTHERA
CROSSES.

R. RUGGLES GATES.

IN a recent review of my book on Mutations,! East? takes occasion
to repeat certain criticisms of the Oenothera work which have been
reiterated in recent years with rather tiresome frequency. This criti-
cism is to the effect that since it is known that in the Oenotheras a
considerable percentage of the pollen grains, eggs and embryos fre-
quently fail to develop, therefore it is impossible to draw any con-
clusions whatever from the abundant crossing experiments that have
been made in this genus; unless, perchance the result happens (as it
occasionally does) to be Mendelian. In the case of East, we are
further assured that “no single fact discovered by those who have
made pedigree cultures of the group, precludes a Mendelian interpre-
tation." I venture to think that such a statement would only be
made by one who had allowed his bias to outrun his discretion. It
would further, I think, scarcely have been made if its author had first
attempted to apply his idea to an explanation of the known facts.

! Gates, R. Ruggles, 1915. The Mutation Factor in Evolution, with particular reference to
Oenothera. London: MacMillan. pp. xiv + 353, figs. 114.
? East, E. M. 1915. Rnopona 17: 235-237.

NET

Taree. i P Tene ie A ns, IY V» " ms m1: i

1916] Gates, —Mendelian Interpretation of Oenothera Crosses 199

As the matter is one of some importance, involving as it does the
whole question of the interpretation of mutations in certain aspects, it
may be worth while to point out some of the difficulties which East has
failed to see. He will then have the opportunity of explaining them
on a Mendelian basis.

It would be quite impossible in a limited space to discuss all the
classes of cases which do not conform to the Mendelian conception,
but a few of them, belonging to one class only, may be pointed out.

In the first place let us consider what de Vries calls mutation crosses,
such as Oe. Lamarckiana X rubrinervis or its reciprocal. In such
crosses the Fs splits into the two parental types! and both breed true in
later generations. Weare assured by some that this can be explained
as ordinary segregation, but for such an explanation the following
assumptions must be made: (1) that Lamarckiana is heterozygous for
the rubrinervis character, (2) that it breeds true both before and after
the eross because the rubrinervis germ cells either fail to develop or
fail to fertilize each other, (3) that about 50% of the Lamarckiana germ
cells are rubrinervis in character, since rubrinervis usually appears with
this frequency in crosses with Lamarckiana. Thus far the assump-
tions, though improbable are not impossible, and the fact that
Lamarckiana may show 50% or more of sterility leaves the interpre-
tation a loophole through which to crawl.

Now let us go a step further. If other flowers on the same Lamarck-
iana plant used to cross with rubrinervis are pollinated by nanella
the dwarf mutant, the F; will again contain the parent forms Lamarck-
iana and nanella in widely fluctuating percentages, and the same
result occurs in the reciprocal cross Oe. nanella X Lamarckiana. We
must now apply the above Mendelian hypotheses mutatis mutandis
to these crosses, and assume that some 50% or more of our Lamarck-
iana germ cells are now nanella. The same must be done for all the
other forms which show a similar behavior in crosses with Lamarckiana.
This is of course absurd, for it assumes that 50% of the Lamarckiana
germ cells are at the same time nanella, rubrinervis, oblonga, etc. "The
only way out of this difficulty that I can see is by the further assump-
tion that when one crosses Lamarckiana with nanella pollen all the
rubrinervis germ cells present obligingly disintegrate and disappear,

1 The form of rubrinervis derived from this cross has since been found to differ in certain
particulars and has been called subrobusta. But this does not alter the interpretation of the
facts.

200 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

while when rubrinervis pollen is used the nanella-carrying eggs of
Lamarckiana disappear. Will anyone be found willing to support
such an hypothesis?

But the difficulties with a Mendelian interpretation of these crosses
have only begun. How are we to account for the fact that both
Lamarckiana and nanella from the F; of Lamarckiana X nanella breed
true? On the Mendelian assumption it must be because in these
Lamarckiana plants the nanella-carrying germ cells all degenerate,
either in the pollen or the egg cells or both. Otherwise when selfed
they would produce nanella in Fs. Is this degeneration a reasonable
assumption when we know that in rubrinervis X nanella some of the
rubrinervis plants appearing in F; when selfed split out nanella in a
ratio which is, in some cases at least, close to 3:1? That is, we know
that rubrinervis plants which are heterozygous for nanella develop
their two types of germ cells according to regular Mendelian expecta-
tion, and it would be, to say the least, highly improbable that the
closely related Lamarckiana would behave in an entirely different
manner and that its nanella germ cells (assuming that there are such)
would degenerate.

Another fact which East must explain is this: Why is it that
Lamarckiana X nanella yields dwarfs in Fi while rubrinervis X nanella
only yields them in Fs, or in other words why is it that the first result
is a mutation cross while the second is a Mendelian result as regards
the dwarf character? So far as I am aware, no Mendelian has
attempted to offer an explanation of this significant fact.

There is yet another fact in this connection which has not even
been considered, still less explained, by the critics. "This is that while
Lamarckiana gives rise to the mutant nanella, rubrinervis has never
been known to do so in all the extensive cultures. Is it unreasonable
to connect these facts with those mentioned in the last paragraph?

The mutationist conception on the other hand, while it may not
furnish a complete explanation, at least enables us to consider all
these facts under a consistent point of view and does not lead to any
of the absurdities which lurk in a Mendelian interpretation. More-
over, it offers an explanation of whole classes of facts which no
Mendelian writer has attempted to explain. Let us consider this
conception as it applies to the facts we have cited. DeVries has
assumed that pangens, or if you like, factors for the differences
between the mutants and their parent Lamarckiana, may exist in

1916] | Harper,— An environmental Factor for Prunus 201

three conditions, (1) labile, (2) active, (3) inactive; that, e. g., the
nanella pangen or factor for tallness is labile in Lamarckiana since
that species can give rise to nanella through a mutation, while it is
only active in rubrinervis since the latter can not give rise to nanella.
In nanella it is considered inactive rather than absent. Correlated
with this is the fact that, as we have seen above, Lamarckiana X
nanella splits off dwarfs in Fi, while rubrinervis X nanella splits them
off in Mendelian fashion, 7. e., in Fs.

Instead of the impossible and self-contradictory assumptions
regarding degeneration of certain classes of germ cells or zygotes in
the various crosses, DeVries made the one assumption that in the
zygotes of, e. g., Lamarckiana X nanella either one or the other form
or condition obtains ascendency, to the complete exclusion of the other
form in later generations. "This view is at least self-consistent, which
cannot be said of the Mendelian “explanation.” If any Mendelian
can suggest an alternative explanation which avoids the pitfalls
pointed out above, we shall be glad to see it. We have shown at any
rate that in the particular group of crosses considered above, the
attempt to hide behind sterility as a means of offering a Mendelian
explanation only leads to difficulties. So far as we can see, the Men-
delian explanation fails hopelessly in all these cases and in others as
well.

It will be time enough to consider East's other objections to the
point of view of my book when the points discussed above have been
cleared up.

AN OVERLOOKED ENVIRONMENTAL FACTOR FOR
SPECIES OF PRUNUS.

RorANbD M. HARPER.

In the March number of Rnopona, pages 66-70, Mr. Bayard Long
reports finding Prunus cuneata on the southeast side of a creek or
small river in the pine-barrens of Ocean County, New Jersey, especially
on a gravelly railroad embankment in the creek swamp; and he dis-
cusses at some length the question of whether it can be native there,
in view of the fact that no other stations for it are known within
many miles.

NEMO XU

202 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

A minor point in his discussion may as well be disposed of first.
Assuming that the plants at the top of the railroad cut nearest the
creek are indigenous, it probably matters little whether the soil of the
neighboring embankment where they grow more luxuriantly came from
that cut or a thousand miles away, for the seeds are just as likely to
have been transported to that spot by birds or other animals as in the
cars that hauled the earth many years ago.

Mr. Long did not seem to grasp the significance of the location of
his plants with reference to the creek swamp. The typical pine-
barrens of New Jersey, as is well known, are burned over every few
years; but the edge of a swamp, being protected on one side, is less
subject to fire, especially on the side away from the main body of pine-
barrens, as in the present instance; and a gravelly embankment in a
swamp ought to be almost wholly exempt from fire.

Plants not provided with thick bark or subterranean stems cannot
endure frequent fires, and no species of Prunus (including the sections
or subgenera Padus, Cerasus, etc.), in eastern North America at least,
seems to be very well protected in either of these ways. Of those the
writer is acquainted with, P. serotina, P. umbellata, P. Americana, P.
Caroliniana and P. sphaerocarpa grow mostly in rich woods, where
there is too little undergrowth to make much of a blaze. P. angusti-
folia is a weed of old fields and fence-rows, and P. serotina is found in
such situations about as often as in natural habitats. P. Pennsyl-
vanica is one of the characteristic * fireweeds," that spring up in the
intervals between fire in the northern coniferous forests, and P. pumila
and P. maritima prefer sandy and rocky shores, where the vegetation
is too sparse to carry fire and the water affords protection on one side.
P. Besseyi grows in the barrenest places on the sand-hills of Nebraska
and neighboring states, where the vegetation is sparsest, and P.
geniculata on high sandy hills in the lake region of central Florida,
where fire is less frequent than in the more grassy typical pine-barrens.?

Possibly some reader may recall seeing some species of Prunus
touched by fire and not killed; but a few exceptions will not materially
affect the truth of the assertion now made that fire, whether of natural
or artificial origin, is much less frequent in the habitats affected by

1 See Pool, Minn. Bot. Stud. 4: 230, 236, 239. 1914; and review in Bull. Am. Geog. Soc. 47:
873-874. 1915. The writer made the acquaintance of this shrub in northeastern Colorado
after that review was written. :

? See Torreya 11: 64-67. 1911.

1916] Reprint of a rare Book 203

species of Prunus than in the case of some other woody plants, the
pines and oaks for instance. The interested reader may find it worth
while to study the statements about the habitats of Prunus in Sargent’s
Silva, Wight’s Native American species of Prunus (U. S. Dept. Agr.
Bull. 179. 1915), and some of the more elaborate local floras, such as
the recent flora of Connecticut by Graves and others, Stone's flora of
southern New Jersey (referred to by Mr. Long, and reviewed by the
writer in Torreya 12: 216-225. 1912), Kearney's Botanical Survey of
the Dismal Swamp region, and Mohr's Plant Life of Alabama.

Many other genera of plants of course are just as sensitive to fire
as Prunus is, and any one who wishes to look further into the effects of
this neglected environmental factor can find references and cross-
references in the following places:— Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 38: 522.
1911, 41: 217. 1914; Torreya 12: 147, 219. 1912; 15: 30. 1915; Geol.
Surv. Ala. Monog. 8: 211. 1913; Pop. Sci. Monthly 85: 338. 1914;
Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Surv. 6: 184-185, 282-283, 286, 442. 1914; T:
143, 147-148, 165, 335. 1915.

COLLEGE Pointy NEW YORK.

REPRINT OF A RARE Book oN AMERICAN Prants. — Mr. S. N.
Rhoads of Philadelphia has made accessible to botanists, through
reprinting, “the earliest published book, written by an American
Botanist and devoted exclusively to American Botany, Horticulture
and Floriculture.” ! "This work is divided into two parts, 1. Cata-
logue d’Arbes, Arbustes, et plantes herbacées d'Amérique. 2. Liste
des Arbres, Arbrisseaux & Plantes qu'on ne peut se procurer que par
des voyages dispendieux dans le continent de l'Amérique, & que
M. Yong n'a point encore élévés en assez grand nombre pour les
envoyer en Europe. Many of the names are binomials and some of
them are characterized as “nova species," but the descriptions are
so meager and vague that they have little defining power, as for in-
stance “ Angelica pastinaca, nova species. Elle a 5 pieds de haut &
croit dans un sol marécageux," and, therefore, they should not be
taken up to displace names with good descriptions made later. This
old book has been neglected or overlooked for many years. It does
not appear in the botanical bibliographies and the new names are
not cited in the Index Kewensis. William Young Jr., the author,
was a nurseryman and a gardener, a near neighbor of John Bartram

1M. Yong [William Young, Jr.] Catalogue d’Arbres, Arbustes et plantes herbacées d’Amé-
rique — Paris, 1783.

204 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

of Philadelphia. He sent and carried many living plants to Eng-
land for cultivation and was appointed "Queen's Botanist.” Mr.
Rhoads’s task in searching out so thoroughly the history of W. Young
has not been an easy one but he has brought together a good account
of this man and his work, and while the catalogue is not of great
scientific value it has much historical interest.— Mary A. Day.

A Porutar HaxpBook to THE Mosses.— Mrs. Elizabeth M.
Dunham in * How to Know the Mosses,” ! has undertaken to provide
a handbook which will not require the use of a lens of any kind. When
one considers that a convenient hand-lens costs only $1.50, and that
there is already available such a satisfactory book as Dr. Grout's
* Mosses with a Hand-lens," it seems to the reviewer doubtful if the
task that Mrs. Dunham has attempted is worth while. Her book
should be judged, however, by its purpose, which is to enable “ people
who are content to recognize violets, asters, and goldenrods, without
knowing the specific names....to know the generic names of
mosses.” The descriptions show that Mrs. Dunham has a good
knowledge of the plants with which she is dealing. The illustrations
are very simple, but in general they suggest the habit of the moss to
one who is already familiar with it; whether they would be suffi-
ciently suggestive to a beginner is open to question. Photographs
would have been much better but would, of course, have added
greatly to the cost of the book. A casual testing of the keys seems
to indicate that they work out as well as could be expected. No
handbook will eliminate the need of judgment and patience, and
equipped with these the possessor of “How to Know the Mosses”
will have an opportunity to be introduced to a fascinating group of
plants, and, we may hope, will be led on to purchase lens and micro-
scope and the more “scientific” books by Dr. Grout.

Üpon opening this book and seeing its thirty pages of non-technical
keys, the reviewer was reminded of his first, unaided attempt to
learn the mosses nearly twenty years ago. Lesquereux and James's
Manual was then the only available book, and the would-be student
found no keys except the technical analysis of genera at the begin-
ning of the book. After grappling with the heading " capsule sessile
on a pedicellate vaginule," he was then confronted by "calyptra
mitriform." The moss in hand had no calyptra; no one stood by
to say that it was of no consequence; and the attempt to know mosses
proceeded no further at that time! Whatever difficulties are en-
countered in the use of Mrs. Dunham's book, they will certainly not
be due to technicalities.— L. W. R.

1 Houghton, Mifflin Company, Boston, Mass, 1916. $1.25 net.

Vol. 18, no. 212, including pages 169 to 184, was issued 3 August, 1916.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

October, 1916. No. 214.

Vol. 18.

SOME HISTORICAL DATA REGARDING THE SWEET BAY
AND ITS STATION ON CAPE ANN.

GEORGE G. KENNEDY.

[Durna the preparation of the current installment of the Reports on the
Flora of the Boston District the Committee in charge of this work of the New
England Botanical Club received the suggestion that as Magnolia virginiana
L.— a species long familiar under the now discarded name of M. glauca L.—
was included in this section of the catalogue and as the circumstances regard-
ing the discovery of its isolated and highly interesting station near Gloucester,
Massachusetts, had been the subject of some doubt and controversy, it would
be desirable at this time to assemble the facts concerning the unhappily
vanishing northeastern colony of this noteworthy plant — one of the rarest
in the flora of New England. Acting upon this excellent suggestion the
Committee applied to Dr. George Golding Kennedy, who was known to have
information upon the subject.

At the request of the Committee and from his own extensive botanical and
historical library, rich in Americana, Dr. Kennedy has most kindly sought
out and brought together many references to the Sweet Bay. While he
disclaims originality in his article it is confidently believed that the facts here
assembled from sources, several of which are rare and accessible to few, will
prove decidedly welcome to the readers of RHoporA. Their points of chief
interest are in fixing the date at which the station was first noticed, as well as:
in clarifying the identity of the discoverer; also in placing on record the-
condition of the colony at different dates within recent decades. It is hoped
that more general knowledge of the history and biological interest of this.
vanishing member of the New England flora will stimulate care in the pro--
tection of the remaining individuals and will promptly stop any tendency tœ
deplete the station further.— Ep.]

The beauty, fragrance and novelty of the Magnolias of the Southern
states early attracted the attention of the explorers, farmers and

botanists.

gu

206 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Plumier in his Nova plantarum Americanarum genera, p. 36, pl. 7
(Paris, 1703) gave the name in honor of Magnol, a professor of botany
at Montpelier, France, and also gave what for the times was a good
plate of the details of the structure of the flower. He says he has
seen but one species. Linnaeus adopted most of Plumier’s generic
names, and among them Magnolia.

Clayton in his Flora Virginica, ed. 2, p. 83 (1762) cites (although
without binomial designations) several species of the genus, among
them Magnolia glauca, the shrub or low tree popularly called Swamp
Laurel or Beaver Tree, which was in fact the most plentiful in number
and most fragrant in flower, as well as most kindly disposed to trans-
planting. ,

Many gardens in England, France and Spain had plants of Ameri-
can origin before the end of the 17th century. In the next century
the pupils of Linnaeus spread themselves over a large part of Europe
as well as over New Spain and the more easily explored coast line of
the Atlantic Ocean from Florida to the islands. of the St. Lawrence
valley. Of these travellers Peter Kalm kept a journal of his wander-
ings and discoveries. Under the date of Oct. 20, 1748, he gives two
pages (vol. i. pp. 160-161 in Forster's English translation, Ed. 2)
to the Magnolia, which must have been pleasant reading for those
old colonial days.

“Oct. the 20th. The Beaver tree is to be met with in several parts
of Pensylvania and New Jersey, in a poor swampy soil, or on wet
meadows. Dr. Linnaeus calls it Magnolia glauca. Both the Swedes
and English call it Beaver tree, because the root of this tree is the
dainty of beaver, which are caught by its means, however the Swedes
sometimes gave it a different name, and the English as improperly
called it Swamp Sassafras and White Laurel. The trees of this kind
dropt their leaves early in autumn, though some of the young trees
kept them all the winter. I have seldom found the beaver tree north
of Pensylvania, where it begins to flower about the end of May.
The scent of its blossoms is excellent, for by it you can discover
within three quarters of an English mile, whether these little trees
stand in the neighborhood, provided the wind be not against it.
For the whole air is filled with this sweet and pleasant scent. It is
beyond description agreeable to travel in the woods about that time,
especially towards night. They retain their flowers for three weeks,
and even longer, according to the quality of the soil on which the

1916] Kennedy,— Historical Data regarding the Sweet Bay 207

trees stand; and, during the whole of their being in blossom, they
spread their odoriferous exhalations. "The berries likewise look very
fine when they are ripe, for they have a rich red color, and hang in
bunches on slender stalks. "The cough, and other pectoral diseases,
are cured by putting the berries into rum or brandy, of which a
draught every morning may be taken; the virtues of this remedy
were universally extolled, and even praised for their salutary effects
in consumptions. ... and it was thought that a decoction of it could
stop the dysentery. Persons who had caught cold, boiled the branches
of the beaver tree in water, and drank it to their great relief."

Mark Catesby in his considerable and important work 'The Natural
History of Carolina, Florida, and the Bahama Islands (2 vols. folio,
London, 1771) gives at page 39 an account of the Sweet Flowering
Bay with an excellent plate and description. A portion of the text
runs: “They [i. e. these trees] grow naturally in moist places, and
often in shallow water; and what is extraordinary, they being re-
moved on high dry ground, become more regular and handsomer trees,
and are more prolific of flowers and fruit. They usually lose their
leaves in winter, except it be moderate.”

“This beautiful flowering tree is a native both of Virginia and
Carolina and is growing at Mr. Fairchild's in Hoxton and Mr. Collin-
son's at Peckham [England]... requiring no protection in our
coldest winters."

One of the earliest volumes on Materia Medica Americana, namely
that of David Schoepf, printed at Erlangen, Bavaria, in 1787, has on
page 91 an old-fashioned list of pharmaceutical uses of Magnolia
glauca, from the aromatic bitter of its bark to its ashes made into an
ointment for ulcers. This book shows at least how much value was
given to the very noticeable tree.

On pages 139 and 140 in the first edition of his Plants of Boston,
published in 1814, Dr. Jacob Bigelow says of Magnolia glauca: “'The
only species of this superb genus, that has been found native in our
climate. It attains the height of a dozen feet, but is sometimes
killed down to the roots by severe winters. ... The bark is highly
aromatic, and possesses medicinal properties. It grows plentifully
in a sheltered swamp at Gloucester, Cape Ann, twenty five miles
from Boston, which is perhaps its most northern boundary.— June,
July."

Magnolia glauca is similarly treated in the 2nd edition of the same

208 Rhodora [OCTOBER

work in 1824, and in the 3rd edition in 1840; also in Bigelow’s Medi-
cal Botany, vol. ii. pp. 67-70, where it is called an aromatic tonic.

Stephen Elliott in his Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and
Georgia, vol. ii. p. 37 (1821), says: “ This is probably the most fragrant
plant of our forests. It grows in great profusion along the margin
of the rich swamps which border our rivers, and in the morning and
evening during the period of its flowering, the atmosphere of our
streams is often literally perfumed with its fragrance.”

“ Grows in swamps and wet soils, though extremely abundant in the
low country of Carolina — it is very rarely found upon the islands
which border the sea coasts.”

Darlington in his classical Flora Cestrica, ed. 3, p. 8 (1853), made
the following comments upon the species: “This delightful little tree,
though abundant in the swamps of New Castle County, on the south
of us, is rare in Chester County.” |

Dr. Francis Peyre Porcher in his Resources of the Southern Fields
and Forests (Charleston, So. Car., 1863), pp. 36-37, speaks almost
entirely of its pharmaceutical value in many cases of a typhoidal
character: “The bark of the root, according to Griffith, was employed
by the Indians to fulfil a variety of indications; the warm decoction
acts as a gentle laxative, and subsequently as a sudorific, whilst the
cold decoction, powder of, or tincture, is tonic. ... It is supposed by
many residing in the lower portions of this state that this tree pre-
vents the water of bogs and galls from generating malaria. It cer-
tainly seems that the water is much clearer in which the bay tree
grows."

George B. Emerson in his Trees and Shrubs of Massachusetts, ed.
2 (1875) and without change ed. 3 (1878), p. 603, says,

" A sheltered swamp near Cape Ann, not far from the sea, is thought
to be the most northern habitation of this plant, and until lately was

supposed to be the only one in Massachusetts. It has recently been
` found at the distance of some miles, in another swamp, in the midst
of deep woods in Essex."

At this point there 1s a reference to the following foot-note.

“Tt is said to have been found, in a single spot, in the county of
York, Maine." |

No specimen, however, from Maine exists in any herbarium to my
knowledge. The text continues: “From these situations it will soon
be completely extirpated. "The fragrant flowers and even the leaves
are in such request, that, early in the flowering season, numbers of

1916] Kennedy,— Historical Data regarding the Sweet Bay 209

persons resort to the swamps in quest of them, and great quantities
are annually carried to Salem and Boston for sale. The gatherers
of the flower are regardless of the preservation of the trees; and in a
single season I have noticed scores of them broken down and almost
entirely destroyed." ....

“No plant is, at every season and in every condition, more beautiful.
The flower, two or three inches broad, is as beautiful and almost as
fragrant as the water lily.”

John Robinson in his Flora of Essex County (Salem, Mass., 1880),
p. 31, under Magnolia glauca gives the following: “Gloucester and
swamps towards Essex. First brought to notice by Rev. Manasseh
Cutler during the last century."

The date in Mr. Cutler's Journal is given as Monday, July 28,
1806; so that the reading should have been “in the early years of the
[then] present century” as no exact date was then available.

Lester F. Ward in his Guide to the Flora of Washington and Vicinity
(1881), p. 63, makes the following record regarding Magnolia in the
region of which he was writing. “In all swamps, but being rapidly
destroyed by people in search of the flowers."

The species is apparently rare in Tennessee, as Gattinger in his
Flora of Tennessee (1901), p. 79, gives but one station for it, namely,
“Madison Co. W. Tenn. S. M. Bain.”

In €. S. Sargent's Manual of the 'Trees of North America (1905),
p. 318, occurs the following: “ Most abundant and of its largest size
in the interior of the Florida peninsula on fertile hummocks rising
above the level of the Pine-lands."

“Often cultivated as a garden plant in the eastern states and in
Europe."

In Garden and Forest, vol. iii. p. 23 (1890), there is a valuable note
by Mr. T. O. Fuller of Needham, Mass., which I copy in full.

“To the Editor of Garden and Forest: Sir.— In regard to the
Massachusetts station of Magnolia glauca, noticed in Garden and
Forest (ii. 612), the following may be of interest to some of your
readers:

‘The first specimen of the Magnolia glauca noticed in Massachusetts was
brought from Cape Ann Woods in the summer of 1805, by the late Chief
Justice Parsons. He observed a number of plants in flower as he was journey-
ing on that road, and being struck with their beautiful appearance, gathered a
few, which he brought to Boston for examination by his friends. I happened
to be at his house on the day he returned from his journey. He showed me

210 Rhodora [OCTOBER

his acquisition, and wished to know what it was. I took one of the specimens
home for examination, and found it to be Magnolia glauca — a most unex-
pected inhabitant of our region. J. D?

The above is a marginal note, written by Judge John Davis, of
Boston, in his copy of the first edition of Bigelow’s ‘ Florula Bostonien-
sis’ (a presentation copy to ‘Judge Davis from his friend and serv’t,
the author") on the page where the Magnolia is described."

In Dr. Cutler's Diary occurs the following:

“July 28, 1806. Monday.

Hon Theophilus Parsons informed me by letter last evening that
he had found the Magnolia glauca in a swamp on the road from
Manchester to Gloucester. I set out in search of it. Dined at
Captain Ingolson's, at Kettle Cove, where Mr. Goldsmith brought
me a tree of it, without knowing I was in search of it. Found it in
plenty, in two swamps on the new read [sic] to the left.

Went to Fresh-Water Cove, near the harbor of Gloucester, made a
large botanical collection, and returned.”

We are fortunate in having a much fuller account of this discovery
in the Life, Journals and Correspondence of Rev. Manasseh Cutler,
L.L.D. (published in Cincinnati, in 1888, by Robert Clarke & Co.).
- The following letter from Judge Parsons to Dr. Cutler, written in
July, 1806, I will quote entire.

Reverend and Dear Sir:

In riding through the woods in Gloucester, that are between Kettle-Cove
and Fresh-Water Cove I discovered a flower to me quite new and unexpected
in our forests. This was last Tuesday week [July 22, 1806] A shower
approaching prevented my leaving the carriage for examination, but on my
return, on Friday last, I collected several of the flowers, in different stages,
with the branches and leaves, and on inspection it is unquestionably the
Magnolia glauca. Mr. Epes Sargent has traversed these woods for flowers
and not having discovered it, supposes it could not have been there many
years. It was unknown to the people of Gloucester and Manchester until I
showed it to them. I think you have traversed the same woods herborizing.
Did you discover it? If not, how long has it been there? It grows in a swamp
on the western or left side of the road as you go from Manchester to Gloucester,
and before you come to a large hill over which the road formerly passed. It
is so near the road as to be visible even to the careless eye of the traveler.
Supposing the knowledge of this flower, growing so far north, might gratify
you, I have made this hasty communication.

Your humble servant,

THEOPH. PARSONS.
Rev. Dr. Cutler.

P

1916] Kennedy,— Historical Data regarding the Sweet Bay 211

This letter of Judge Parsons conclusively fixes the date of the dis-
covery of the Sweet Bay in Gloucester as July 22nd, 1806, and shows
clearly the identity of the discoverer as the Hon. Theophilus Parsons.
From a Life of Judge Parsons it is clear that the study of plants was
one of his favorite recreations. At the time of the discovery of the
Magnolia he was fifty-six years of age and was living on Pearl Street,
Boston, in a house with a large garden.

The date 1805, given by Judge Davis, in the note cited above, is
plainly an error. The marginal memorandum in his copy of Bigelow’s
Florula Bostoniensis written a number of years after the discovery
can surely carry little weight as evidence compared with a letter
written by the discoverer at the time of the discovery.

In the Life of Rev. Manasseh Cutler, vol. ii. p. 359, one of his
grandchildren tells of his home at Hamilton, Mass., with his garden
where were to be seen many transplanted trees and shrubs. “Here
grew the pawpaw and persimmon by the side of strange foreign
plants; and in a swamp, not distant, flourished a transplanted Mag-
nolia, and in the garden a large tulip-tree." .

Regarding the origin of the colony and its present sadly depleted
state the following communications are of much interest.

In Garden and Forest, vol. ii. p. 363 (1889) J. G. Jack gives nearly
a page on the Magnolia of Essex Co., Mass., including some parts of
its early history. And an unsigned correspondent in the same volume
on page 612 gives some suggestive hints as to its possible introduction.
I copy this note complete. “Magnolia Swamp contains several
hundred acres, and it is one and a half miles in length and from ten
to over 100 rods in width. I am of the opinion that this swamp has
furnished the shrub to all the others. In regard to three of the smaller
swamps I know that this is a fact, the Magnolia shrubs having been
transplanted by men. The inhabitants of Gloucester are firm in the
belief that Magnolia glauca is a native shrub, but I cannot think so.

I believe it was introduced by the old settlers, some of whom may
have lived in and removed from a more southern state. ‘The old
Salem road’ deserted by the travelling public for over 100 years, skirts
the eastern side of Magnolia Swamp. Along the line of this road are
the ruins of old cellars, and in the swamp opposite one of the cellars,
near a spring, may be found Magnolias which appear the oldest in
the region. The root-crowns below the moss are often found to be
two feet in diameter. In no other place can I find such a growth, and

Lj

212 Rhodora [OCTOBER

it is here, I think, that the shrub first started. It must be evident to
any careful observer that Magnolia glauca is struggling here in an
unnatural climate. The primary roots grow straight down into the
muck, and in the fall are thickly covered with rootlets, snowy white
in-color. In the spring these rootlets are mostly dead, and a greater
part of young shoots die down to the moss, and a certain per cent
of the old plants are winter-killed, which indicates that there is no
harmony between shrub and climate.”

Mr. Walter Deane has given me the following letter from Mr. C. E.
Faxon which shows the condition of the swamp in the summer of
1913.

April 17, 1916.
Dear Mr. Deane:

I have just found in Garden and Forest an interesting letter from Mr.
Fuller giving a marginal note from Judge Davis’s copy of Bigelow’s Plants of
Boston. ... When I first visited the swamp some 45 years ago there were
plenty of good specimens all about, sometimes 15 feet tall or more. It was
easy to find them, as the boys who sold the flowers on the Boston trains had
made trails from one plant to another all over the swamp.

When I visited the place with Dr. Kennedy two years ago we found with
the aid of the Tree Warden of the town, only two little plants a few feet high
that had escaped the Magnolia hunters — such had been the destruction!

Yours faithfully,
C. E. Faxon.

From this it is plainly evident that unless some prompt measures
are taken for its safety we shall very soon have seen the last of this
delightful flower in our Massachusetts flora.

READVILLE, MASSACHUSETTS.

AN EARLY FLOWERING OF RUDBECKIA HIRTA.— On April 25, 1916,
I discovered on the campus of the Massachusetts Agricultural Col-
lege a plant of Rudbeckia hirta (Black-eyed Susan) in bloom. It had
a very short stem and was found in an exposed, sunny situation on a
slope. Gray gives the time of blooming of this species as from June
to September.— WirLiIAM S. Couey, Massachusetts Agricultural
College, Amherst, Massachusetts.

1916] Flora of the Boston District,— XXIV 213

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,— XXIV.

MAGNOLIACEAE.
MAGNOLIA.

M. virginiana L. West Gloucester, in swampy woods towards
Essex, north of Magnolia village. As much interest 1s attached to
this northernmost and isolated station for the Sweet Bay, a paper on
this subject has been on request kindly contributed by Dr. George
G. Kennedy and appears in this issue of RHODORA.

BERBERIDACEAE.

BERBERIS.

B. vurcAnis L. Rocky woods and pastures, an early introduction
from Europe; common throughout. A seedless form, var. ASPERMA
has been found in an old pasture at Sherborn by Miss Martha L.
Loomis. See RHopora xiv. 207, 1912.

CAULOPHYLLUM.

C. thalictroides (L.) Michx. Rocky woods, Georgetown (Mrs.
C. N. S. Horner, 1873); rocky woods in rich shady ravine, Boxford
(G. G. Kennedy, May 23, 1906; E. F. Williams, Aug. 9, 1906); low
ground, Concord, introduced by Minot Pratt, persistent but not
increasing (E. F. Williams, May 8, 1898).

PODOPHYLLUM.

P. PELTATUM L. Introduced and in some cases spreading at
Salem, Chelmsford, Concord, Natick, Sherborn; Framingham and
Burlington, according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 3, 1888.

LAURACEAE.
BENZOIN.

B. aestivale (L.) Nees. Swampy woods and wet places, frequent
throughout.

214 Rhodora [OCTOBER

SASSAFRAS.

S. variifolium (Salisb.) Ktze. Dry woods and thickets, frequent
throughout.

S. variifolium (Salisb.) Ktze., var. albidum (Nutt.) Fernald.
See Ruopona xv. 14-18, 1913. Occasional throughout.

PAPAVERACEAE.
ARGEMONE.

A. Mexicana L. A fugitive from Mexico; reported from Lynn,
Cambridge and Dorchester.

CHELIDONIUM.

C. MAJUS L. A weed in moist soil, common throughout. Intro-
duced from Europe prior to 1669 (John Josselyn, New England
Rarities Discovered, 1672).

ESCHSCHOLTZIA.

E. cALIFORNICA Cham. California Poppy. Vacant lot in refuse,
Fenway, Boston (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 6, 1910). A well-known
garden flower, native of California and Oregon.

PAPAVER.

P. Ruoras L. Brookline, rare (J. H. Foster, 1869); Blue Hills,
house-site (F. S. Collins, Sept. 2, 1895); open place in woods, persis-
tent from 1905 to 1911, Newton (F. W. Grigg).

P. SOMNIFERUM L. Garden escape; Georgetown, Dorchester,
Scituate.

SANGUINARIA.
S. canadensis L. Moist soil in or near woods; frequent from Blue

Hills and Hingham northward, either lacking or rare in southern
towns.

T

1916] Flora of the Boston District, — XXIV 215

FUMARIACEAE.
ADLUMIA.
A. FUNGOSA (Ait.) Greene. Garden escape at Georgetown, Man-
chester, Salem, Lowell and Dorchester.
CORYDALIS.

C. sempervirens (L.) Pers. Dry soil, often on ledges; frequent
throughout. A yellow-flowered form was collected by J. R. Churchill
on waste ground, Warren Farm, Brookline, July 21, 1897.

DICENTRA.

D. canapensis (Goldie) Walp. Introduced by E. H. Hitchings
in low deciduous woods Purgatory, Norwood, a dense patch made up
of this and Dentaria diphylla (R. A. Ware, Apr. 15, 29, May 13, 1905).

D. Cucullaria (L.) Bernh. Salt Island, Gloucester (Mrs. Babson,
May 16, 1875); rocky hill pasture, Cross's Island, Essex (May, 1909).

D. rExiwra (Ker) Torr. Follansbee's, Haggett's Pond, Andover
(C. W. Swan, Aug. 6, 1880, specimen in herb. Yale University).

FUMARIA.

F. orriciNALIS L. Gardens and waste places, frequent.

CRUCIFERAE.
ALYSSUM.

A. ALYSSOIDES L. A weed at ten scattered stations, rare.

ARABIS.

A. canadensis L. Dry rocky woods and hillsides: occasional
from Hingham and Blue Hills northward.

A. Drummondi Gray. Rocky places, often in woods; frequent
north of Boston.

216 Rhodora [OCTOBER

A. glabra (L.) Bernh. Fields and dry soil; Boxford, N. Andover,
Lowell, Revere, Medford, Hingham, Wellesley.

A. viridis Harger. See Rnoponma xii. 37-39, 1911. Ledges and
rocky hills; Melrose, Middlesex Fells, Woburn, Medford, W. Roxbury,
Littleton.

BARBAREA.

B. verna (Mill.) Asch. Rubbish heap, Cambridge (M. L. Fernald
& C. A. Weatherby, May 26, 1909); Wellesley (K. M. Wiegand,
May 29, 1912); moist field, Sharon (C. H. Knowlton, May 19, 1907).

B. vutcaris R. Br. Wet places, common throughout.

B. vvrcanis R. Br., var. LONGISILIQUOSA Carion. See RHODORA
xi. 134-141, 1909., Wet places, frequent.

BERTEROA. —

B. 1NCcANA (L.) DC. Fields and waste places, occasional.

B. wmvrABILIS (Vent.) DC. Hingham (T. T. Bouvé, September,
1894); roadside near station, Dedham (KE. F. Williams & Sidney
Harris, Aug. 22, 1897); cultivated ground, Walpole, one plant
(R. A. Ware, Aug. 26, 1911).

BRASSICA.

B. ALBA (L.) Boiss. Waste ground, rare.

B. arvensis (L.) Ktze. Fields and waste places, common through-
out.

B. campestris L. Fields, gardens and waste places, common.

B. sAponica Siebold. Ash dump, Stoneham (Miss H. A. Ward,
July 1, 1910); Lexington, according to Mabel P. Cook, RHODORA i.
81, 1899. Self-perpetuating in gardens.

B. suncea (L.) Cosson. Fields and waste places, common.

B. ntera (L.) Koch. Waste places, frequent.

B. otgRACEA L. Waste places and gardens, sometimes persistent
for a year.

B. Rapa L. Fields and waste places, Andover, Winchester, Bed-
ford, Waltham, Milton.

1916] Flora of the Boston District,— XXIV 217

CAKILE.

C. edentula (Bigel. Hook. Sandy and gravelly seashores, all
along the coast.

CAMELINA.

C. MICROCARPA Andrz. Waste places, occasional.
C. sativa (L.) Crantz. Waste places, occasional.

CAPSELLA.

C. Bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic. Gardens and waste places, very
common throughout.

CARDAMINE.

C. bulbosa (Schreb. BSP. Swamps and wet woods; frequent
near Boston, but not reported from outlying portions of our district.

C. parviflora L. Ledges and open woods in central third of
district. The plant seems to have a marked soil-preference for the
diorite hills.

C. pennsylvanica Muhl. Brooks and wet places, very common
throughout.

C. pratensis L. Wet meadows, casual at Georgetown (Mrs. C. N.
S. Horner, no date); spreading in a lawn, Woburn (Marion T. Hosmer,
May 12, 1912); very abundant along Stony Brook in Weston.

CONRINGIA.
C. ORIENTALIS (L.) Dumort. Fields and waste places, Westford,

Boston, Dedham, Sherborn, Wellesley.

CORONOPUS.

C. pipymus (L.) Sm. Lawns and waste places, Boston, S. Boston,
Cambridge, Wellesley.

DENTARIA.

D. diphylla Michx. Rich moist woods; Cambridge, Concord (in-
troduced), Lowell, Norwood (introduced); Arlington (E. Tuckerman),

218 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Belmont, specimen in the Boott herbarium according to Dame &
Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 6, 1888. Apparently very rare in our
district.

D. maxima Nutt. Lowell (W. P. Atwood, May, 1883, specimen
in herb. N. E. Botanical Club). This is D. heterophylla of Dame
& Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 6, 1888.

DIPLOTAXIS.

D. murais (L.) DC. Waste land, Chelsea (H. A. Young & C. E.
Perkins, Sept. 5-12, 1879; specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

D. rENUIFOLIA (L. DC. Charlestown (C. E. Perkins, Sept. 23,
1880; specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

DRABA.

D. caroliniana Walt. Rocky hillsides, Salem Neck; first found
by Dr. Charles Pickering in 1824; last report from J. H. Sears, May
18, 1901: Woburn (C. E. Perkins, June 2, 1882 and June, 1883).

D. versa L. Dry soil, Danvers (since 1826), Peabody, Salem,
Medford, Cambridge, Wellesley.

ERUCASTRUM.

E. Poruican Schimp. & Spenn. See Rnopona xiii. 10-12, 1911.
Gravelly soil by railway, Sherborn (Martha L. Loomis, Sept. 4, 1910).

ERYSIMUM.

E. cheiranthoides L. Waste places, occasional throughout.

E. pannonicum Crantz. Woolen-mill yard, Graniteville, Westford
(C. W. Swan, Aug. 12, 22, 1883; specimens in herb. Yale University
and N. E. Botanical Club). Native of Europe. E. repandum of
Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 7, 1888, of which no specimens
can be found, is doubtless of this species, as the specimens were col-
lected in the same locality only one and two years later.

E. REPANDUM L. Uphams Corner, Dorchester (C. W. Swan, July

18, 1885; specimen in herb. Yale University). Native of Europe,
western Asia and northern Africa. Prof. B. L. Robinson has kindly
identified this and the above species.

1916] Flora of the Boston District, — XXIV 219

EUCLIDIUM.

E. syniAcUM R. Br. Waif in hen-yard, Dedham (C. H. Knowlton,
June 23, 1907, specimen in Gray Herb.). See RHODORA, x. 72, 1908.

HESPERIS.

H. MATRONALIS L. Persistent and spreading in old gardens, road-
sides and waste places, frequent.

IBERIS.

I. AMARA L. Candytuft. Shawmut branch, N. Y., N. H. & H.R. R.,
Dorchester (C. W. Swan, July 11, 1885); probably casual elsewhere.
Common in Europe, Asia Minor and Caucasus region.

LEPIDIUM.

L. APETALUM Willd. Dry roadsides and waste places, very common
throughout.

L. caMPESTRE (L.) R. Br. Waste places, frequent.

L. PERFOLIATUM L. Ballast ground, Chelsea bridge, Charlestown
(C. E. Perkins, 188-, specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club). Native
of southern Europe and the Orient.

L. RUDERALE L. Waste places, abundant in and about Boston;
also at Gloucester, Chelmsford and N. Easton.

L. virginicum L. Roadsides, gardens and waste places, very
common throughout.

LOBULARIA.

L. MARITIMA (L.) Desv. Garden escape; Salem, Cambridge,
Roxbury, Dorchester.

NESLIA.

N. PANICULATA (L.) Desv. Hedgerow, Quincy St., Cambridge
(A. S. Pease, July 31, 1908); Charlestown (C. E. Perkins, June 19,
1883); campus, Wellesley, one record only (L. W. Riddle, Sept. 14,
1909); railway tracks, Wellesley (F. W. Hunnewell 2d, —, 1914).

220 Rhodora [OCTOBER

RAPHANUS.

R. RAPHANISTRUM L. Fields and waste places, common throughout.
R. sativus L. Garden escape, occasional.

RAPISTRUM.

R. rucosum (L.) Berger., subsp. LINNAEANUM (Boiss. & Reut.)
Rouy & Fouc. Waste ground, Mill Dam, Boston (C. E. Faxon,
—, 1873; specimen in Gray Herb.). A foreign introduction.

R. nvaosuM (L.) Berger., subsp. ORIENTALE (L.) Rouy & Fouc.
Charlestown (C. E. Perkins, July 15, 1882; specimen in herb. N. E.
Botanical Club). *''This specimen is rather poor and doubtful, but
it has the upper segment of the fruit abruptly contracted into a slender
style, instead of attenuate, as in subsp. Linnaeanum," B. L. Robinson.
A foreign introduction.

RORIPA.!

R. Armoracta (L.) Hitche. Wet places, persistent and spreading;
frequent throughout.

R. aroBosa (Turez.) v. Hayek. Rubbish heap, Cambridge (W.
Deane, Sept. 30, 1884; specimen in herb. W. Deane). A foreign
introduction.

R. NasruRTIUM-AQUATICUM (L.) Schinz & Thell. Ditches and
pools; frequent and abundant in central and southern portions, rare
in Essex and northern Middlesex counties.

1 [n regard to the nomenclature of this genus, long familiar as Nasturtium, then changed to
the earlier Roripa, then in certain recent works, such as the last edition of Gray's Manual,
treated under the still earlier name Radicula, it may be said that in accordance with the first
provision of Article 54 of the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature the name Radicula
must be abandoned since it is a morphological term. This being the case the next possible
name is Rorippa Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 1, 520 (1760), but this name seems to have been a misprint,
for it was corrected by its author, Scopoli, in the second edition of the same work, to Horipa.
Opinions differ as to whether this name must be accepted in its original form, Horippa, as
maintained by Briquet, Prodrome de la Flore Corse, ii. 28 (1913), or whether it may be allowed
to stand in its corrected form, Roripa. In Art. 57 of the International Rules there is clear
implication that typographical and orthographical errors in plant names may be corrected.
The matter then resolves itself into the question whether the form Rorippa was in fact a typo-
graphical or orthographical error. The etymology of the name is not evident, but there would
seem to be no clearer ground for supposing that a name was a misprint than the fact that it was
consistently corrected in form by its author in his subsequent use of the name. It may be
further stated that in using here the name in the form Roripa, we are following the example of
the majority of writers who have accepted the name in either of its forms.

1916} Flora of the Boston District,— XXIV 221

R. palustris (L.) Bess. Not reported southward, but frequent
elsewhere.

R. palustris (L.) Bess., var. hispida (Desv.) Rydb. Nearly as
common as the type.

R. sytvestris (L.) Waste places in moist soil, occasional.

SISYMBRIUM.

S. ALTISSIMUM L. Roadsides and waste places, well distributed.
Introduced within 20 years.

S. Lorsetu L. Woolen-mill yard, Graniteville, Westford (C. W.
Swan, Aug. 22, 1883, specimen in herb. Yale University).

S. OFFICINALE (L.) Scop. Dump, W. Cambridge (C. A. Weatherby,
July 10, 1909); near houses, Stoughton (S. F. Blake, July 4, 1911,
July 13, 1912).

S. OFFICINALE (L.) Scop., var. LErocARPUM DC. Waste places,
common throughout.

S. PANNONICUM Jacq. Roadside, Tewksbury (C. W. Swan, July
10, 1883); woolen-mill yard, Graniteville, Westford (C. W. Swan,
Aug. 20, 1885). Specimens in herb. Yale University. A foreign
introduction.

S. Soeur L. Waste ground, abundant in a small patch, wholly
gone the next year, Chelmsford (C. W. Swan, June 15, 1884, speci-
men in herb. Yale University).

S. 'THALIANUM (L.) J. Gay. Waste ground off Parkway, Brookline
(F. F. Forbes, May 10, 1907).

THLASPI.
T. ARVENSE L. Waste and cultivated ground, frequent.

[SIsYMBRIUM INCISUM Engelm. and '"TRoPIDOCARPUM GRACILE
Hook. are reported from wool-waste at N. Chelmsford by Rev. W. P.
Alcott in Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 8, 10, 1888. As Mr.
Alcott's herbarium is not available for examination these records
cannot be verified].

[ISATIS TINCTORIA L. is reported by Dame & Collins from Newton,
on the basis of a specimen in herb. Boston Soc. Nat. History, col-
lected by C. J. Sprague. As the specimen cannot now be found the
record cannot be verified].

"
C. H. KNowrrowN | Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

bo
bo
bo

Rhodora [OCTOBER

A NOTABLE MONSTROSITY OF ARISAEMA TRIPHYLLUM.
B. L. ROBINSON.

ON June 4th, 1916, Dr. Horace Packard brought to the Gray Her-
barium for examination and study a fresh specimen of the upper por-
tion of an extraordinary Jack-in-the-Pulpit. He had discovered it
in a low, slightly marshy spot,
near a running brook, on the
grounds of the Brae Burn Country
Club, at West Newton, Massa-
chusetts. The plant was about
3-4 dm. high and nothing unusual
was noted regarding its foliage
(which was not brought with the
flowering stalk and has not been
seen by the writer).

The conspicuous teratological
features of the plant arise from
the multiplication of the spathe or
canopy-like floral bract. This
usually single structure is here
represented not merely by one
main spathe, which is of unusual
size though otherwise nearly nor-
mal form and markings, but within
this are no less than twelve smaller
spathes of varying sizes and pro-
portionately slender development.
All of these spathes arise at nearly
the same height on the axis, the
theoretically intervening inter-
nodes not being perceptible. The
spadix is solitary and although
unusually robust does not seem to
show abnormality.

At one point, partially constricting the middle of the fertile portion
of the spadix, is a broadish and striped belt-like structure, the nature

Fig. 1. Arisaema triphyllum with
supernumerary spathes. ~ oO

mec

1916] Robinson,— A Monstrosity of Arisaema triphyllum 223

of which is not at first sight evident. However, examination shows
that it is undoubtedly an imperfectly developed spathe, which ap-
pears to have been caught in this position while the inflorescence was
in the bud-stage, and in consequence to have been distorted in its
subsequent development. |

As in the case of most monstrosities, no environmental factor was
observed which would in any way account for the deformity. The
scape Is a little more than ordinarily robust, as is also the spadix, but
both are symmetrical and show no flattening, grooving, or other evi-
dence of fasciation.

'The secondary spathes are wholly sterile. As will be seen from
the admirable sketch drawn by Mr. F. Schuyler Mathews the spathes
are of varying breadth and in some cases rather tightly in-rolled.
Some are also considerably shorter than the others, and these being
at the back in the interior of the main spathe cannot be shown in the
drawing.

Exceedingly few teratological developments have been observed,
or at least recorded, in Arisaema triphyllum and when it is borne in
mind that the species is common, widely distributed, conspicuous and
generally known, and also that it flowers at a time when collec-
tors are in the first enthusiasm of a new open season, this is rather
surprising.

The late Prof. W. W. Bailey ! described briefly a garden specimen
in which two spadices were observed in a single spathe. Later? he
mentioned a specimen sent to him by Miss Eloise Butler of Minne-
apolis, in which a double spathe included a single spadix. Miss
Alice G. Clark ? describes and figures a more complicated case (found
at East Weymouth, Massachusetts) in which two somewhat unsym-
metrically related spathes enclosed three somewhat flattened and
grooved spadices.

Prof. Packard has most kindly given to the Gray Herbarium the
monstrosity here described and it has been preserved in alcohol.

Gray HERBARIUM.
1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, ix. 91 (1882).

? Bot. Gaz. ix. 177 (1884).
3 Ruopora, vi. 163 (1904).

B os

224 Rhodora [OCTOBER

CONCERNING LINUM INTERCURSUM BICKNELL.— In 1912! Mr.
Bicknell proposed as a distinct species the yellow-flowered wild flax
of the sand-plains of southern New England, Long Island and south-
ward which had been referred to Linum floridanum by Small and by
the editors of the Gray's New Manual, and gave it the name Linum
intercursum. There can be little doubt that Mr. Bicknell's acute
observation has detected a real difference between the two plants
concerned: whether that difference is specific is, however, highly
questionable. In the Gray Herbarium and that of the New England
Botanical Club there are 26 sheets of L. floridanum and L. intercursum.
A study of these shows six specimens intermediate in one character or
another and indicates that neither in respect to the stature of the
plants, the color, shape and texture of the leaves, the color and size of
the capsules, nor the ciliation of the false septa (the principal characters
cited) can any sharp line be drawn between the two.

Very possibly this was known to Mr. Bicknell; for he, if I interpret
him correctly,? believes that nomenclature and classification are quite
independent of one another and that every form which can be dis-
tinguished at all should bear a binomial name and pass as a species.
Those, however, who believe that nomenclature can and should be
made to set forth in some degree the facts of nature will doubtless, in
view of the inconstancy of its characters, treat L. intercursum rather
as a northern geographic variety of L. floridanum than as a definitely
separable species. As such, it should be called Linum floridanum
(Planch.) Trel., var. intercursum (Bicknell), n. comb.

In addition to the stations given by Mr. Bicknell, the variety has
been collected at several places on Cape Cod, in Rhode Island and in
the sand-plain region of central Connecticut.— C. A. WEATHERBY,
East Hartford, Conn.

1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxxix. 418.
? See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxxix. 427.

Vol. 18, no. 213, including pages 185 to 204, was issued 1 September, 1916.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

November, 1916. No. 215.

Vol. 18.

THE DOCTORS JOHN BRICKELL.
B. L. RoBINSON.

THE writer has recently been working on a revision of Brickellia,
a genus of eupatorioid Compositae, abundant in the western part of
our country and in the warmer parts of America, although barely
entering the region covered by Gray's Manual. During this task
an attempt was made to learn something of the man for whom the
group was named. In the original publication, its author, Stephen
Elliott, in his Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia,
ii. 290 (1822?), says “ I have named it in commemoration of Dr. John
Brickell, of Savannah, who at one period of his life paid much atten-
tion to the botany of this country, and made known to Dr. Muhlen-
berg, Fraser and others, many of its undescribed plants.”

With this excellent start, giving the full name, profession, place of
residence, and correspondents of the person in question, it seemed
likely that such further facts as the dates of his birth and death, the
extent and nature of his publications, etc., could be readily ascertained.
However, in the usual sources of such information, the material
found was neither extensive nor consistent.

Wittstein in his Etymologisch-botanisches Handwórterbuch, 123
(1856) says: “ Brickellia ELL. (Compositae). Nach JonN BRICKELL;
schrieb: The nat. hist. of North Carolina, Dublin 1837.”

Dr. Gray in the Synoptical Flora, i. pt. 2, 103 (1884) cautiously
confines his statement regarding the dedication of the genus to the
following words: “Dr. John Brickell of Georgia, correspondent of
Muhlenberg and Elliott.”

Britten & Boulger in their Biographical Index of British and Irish

226 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Botanists, 22 (1893), give the following: “ Brickell, John (fl. 1730-
1745). M.D. ‘Nat. Hist. N. Carolina, Dublin, 1737. Cat. Ameri-
can plants and trees, Dublin, 1745. Sent plants to Muhlenberg.
Elliott, Bot. Carolina, ii. 290. Brickellia Ell.”

‘In the Catalogue of the Library of the Arnold Arboretum, i. 111
(1914), occurs the following:

Brickell, John. Jeffersonia [New York. 1800.)
Medical repository, 1800. i. 555.

The natural history of North-Carolina, with an account of the trade,
manners, and customs of the Christian and Indian inhabitants. Dublin.
1737. sm.8?. pp.[4], xvi, 408. Map and 4 plates. |
“Of the vegetables of North Carolina," pp. 57-106.

——— Stellandria [and] Stellandria glabra. [New York. 1803.] 8°.
Medical repository, 1803, vi, 327.

The fact that must strike anyone who attentively examines these
records is that they attribute to Dr. John Brickell an extraordinarily
long period of activity. It is true the date 1837 given by Wittstein is
merely a clerical or typographical error, for the Natural History of
North Carolina by Brickell was published a hundred years earlier.
It passed through several editions, or rather reprints, one in 1737,
one, it is said, in 1739, another in 1743, and according to Watt in the
Bibliotheca Britannica and to Allibone in his Critical Dictionary of
English Literature, i. 244, the earliest in 1723. However, a man who
could prepare for publication such a work even as early as 1737 (not
to mention 1723 — a date open to suspicion of error) was certainly
not likely to be writing for the Medical Repository in 1803. Nor
would a man who, according to Britten & Boulger, flourished in 1730-
45, be likely to have been a correspondent of Muhlenberg and Stephen
Elliott, who “flourished” at least a generation later.

Suspecting that two men of the same name and profession, though
of very different epochs, had been confused by the authors quoted,
the writer made such search for precise records as time and opportunity
permitted. It soon became clear that the Dr. John Brickell of
Savannah in the time of Elliott was a physician and botanist of more
than local reputation, who was among the original subscribers to the
Medical Repository and who contributed to that journal the following
articles:

1) A communication of three paragraphs, hexade 1, vol. i. 573
(1798), describing as a new genus, under the name of Jeffersonia, the
yellow jasmine of the southern states, apparently without knowledge

1916] Robinson,— The Doctors John Brickell 227

of the earlier description of the same plant as Gelsemium. The
article is prefaced by the editorial note: * T'he following article is from
a letter, just received, from Dr. Brickell, of Savannah, whose Botanical
Communications we shall always be happy to admit.”

2) Theory of Puerperal Fever. Hex. 1, ii. 15-17 (1799).

3) Botanical Intelligence from Dr. Brickell, of Savannah, in the
State of Georgia, addressed to the Editors. Hex. 1, vi. 327-8 (1803).
In this paper Brickell describes under the name Stellandria Glabra
the plant which appeared during the same year in Michaux’s Flora, ii.
219, as Schisandra coccinea. Brickell also mentions a new species of
Samolus, and states that Kuhnia occurs with distinct anthers — an
observation acute for the period. At one point in his article he refers
to "my friend Mr. Stephen Elliott."

4) Effects of Alkalies on Poisons. Hex. 2, ii. 441-2 (1805).

5) Sketches relative to the Natural History of the Blood and a
Theory of Gout, communicated by John Brickell, M. D. of Savannah,
to Dr. Mitchill. Hex. 2, vi. 45 (1809).

Muhlenberg in his Catalogue, on page iv. of the preface (1813),
gives a list of friends and correspondents who had assisted him by
communicating specimens or seeds. Among these appears “ Brickell,
(John) M. D. from Georgia, deceased."

It therefore became clear that the Dr. John Brickell in question
wrote articles from 1798 to 1809 and had died before 1813.

Records, perhaps wholly unconnected with our subject, were found
showing that there was a student of the name John Brickell at Colum-
bia College in 1774 and that a John Brickell was recommended for an
appointment in the United States army in 1782.

From the facts here assembled it seemed clear that the Dr. John
Brickell in question was of a later generation than the man of the
same name who wrote in the first half of the 18th century the Natural
History of North Carolina. However, no precise information being
available as to the dates of birth or death or regarding possible rela-
tionship of these two men, the problem was turned over to Miss Mary
A. Day, the experienced librarian of the Gray Herbarium. Dr.
George E. Richards of Boston also very kindly made search at the
Boston Medical Library. Finally, in reply to a letter of inquiry
addressed by Miss Day to the Georgia Historical Society, an organiza-
tion with headquarters in Savannah, the following highly satisfactory
letter was received.

228 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Savannah, Ga., 23d September, 1916.
Miss Mary A. Day, Librarian Gray Herbarium,
Cambridge, Mass.
Dear Miss Day :—

I take great pleasure in giving you the following information in reply to yours
of the 20th concerning Dr. John Brickell, but regret that I cannot give more.

Dr. Brickell died in the year 1809, and the day after his death the following
notice appeared in the only newspaper published here:

From The Republican and Savannah Evening Ledger, Saturday, Dec. 23, 1809.

“Died, on Friday evening, 22d instant, doctor JOHN BRICKELL, aged
sixty years.

“Dr. Brickell was a native of the county of Lowth (Ireland) and had been
forty years in America, thirty of which he spent in Georgia. He was an excel-
lent classic scholar, an ingenious naturalist, and a sincere patriot, having
evinced a fervent attachment to the honor and welfare of the United States.
In a country peculiarly favorable to botanical researches, Dr. B. (as this was
among his favorite studies) had distinguished himself by unwearied applica-
- tion, and the many communications he received from the learned of various
climes proved him to have been successful in his pursuit.

‘As a politician, he always ranked among the firmest and most incorruptible
adherents to the whig administrations of this country, and often mourned the
misfortunes of that one he had left; and will long be regretted as a friend to the
rights and liberties of the world, as an elegant and accomplished scholar, and
as an honest man."

Dr. Brickell left a will which I have read today. It is dated Dec. 5, 1809,
and was probated Jan'y 2, 1810. It opens with the statement that he was
"weak in body." Itisa short paper, and by it he left the whole of his estate
to his “brother (now with me) James Brickell.” Among the papers filed
with the will is a single sheet containing only these words: ''The whole of the
estate of Doctor John Brickell was left in the possession of his brother James
Brickell who disposed of the whole, the lot to Mr. Archibald S. Bulloch, and
the negroes to different persons. The furniture, &c., was sold at his instance
at publie auction by Minis & Henry"

Filed 21 May, 1811. (Signed) Rich. Leake.
(One of the Executors).

There is no other name in the will besides'the brother James.
I am glad to give you the foregoing, but fear it will be of little use to you.

Very truly yours,

Wm. Harden,
Librarian.

'Thus, thanks to the kind interest of Mr. Harden and his skill in
searching out old records, the matter in hand can now be cleared up.
It is evident that in nearly all references to the dedication of the genus
Brickellia two men of identical name were confused, both being pre-
sumably from the east of Ireland, both belonging to the same pro-
fession, both having biological interests, and both being authors of
papers relating to phases of natural history.

1916] Robinson,— The Doctors John Brickell 229

It is easy to infer that John Brickell of Georgia, the friend of Muhlen-
berg and Elliott, may have been the son or grandson of the earlier
John Brickell of North Carolina, but no evidence on this matter has
come to hand.

It may be mentioned that even before Elliott dedicated his genus
Brickellia to his friend Brickell, Rafinesque had used the name Brick-
ellia in one of those hurried, careless, and in no way justified changes
of name so frequent in his works. Thus in the Medical Repository,
hex. 2, ii. 352-3 (1808) Rafinesque characteristically writes “ Having
found in the Flora Boreali-Americana of Michaux, many new genusses,
which had already been published under other names by different
authors, or to which unappropriate names were given against the
usual botanical rules, I shall rectify those errors; in the former case
annulling Michaux's names and adopting the former ones, such as
"ok k

While, in the latter I shall create new names more appropriated,
and I shall call * * *

Brickellia, the sponcopsis of do. [Michaux]."

By sponcopsis ! it has been generally inferred that Rafinesque meant
Ipomopsis, a name employed by Michaux for the plant now called
Gilia rubra (L.) Heller. Rafinesque clearly had no right to change
the name used by Michaux and his Brickellia has no validity under any
code, even in the unlikely contingency that this particular section of
Gilia should regain generic standing. Our interest in the matter at
present lies solely in the circumstance that it was an attempt to give
recognition to the same Dr. John Brickell for whom Elliott. later
named the now well known genus Brickellia of the Compositae. It is
true, Rafinesque made no explanation of his Brickellia, but that very
fact would indicate that it was given in honor of a man then promi-
nent, and it is to be noticed that it was published in the Medical
Repository, a journal to which Brickell was at that period a not infre-
quent contributor, a fact which probably led Rafinesque to assume
that explanation as to his identity would have been superfluous.

Regarding the earlier Dr. John Brickell little is known. His
Natural History of North Carolina, now a work of rarity, prized by
collectors of early Americana, was drawn largely, though without
acknowledgement, from an earlier History of Carolina, by John

t This misprinted name has received still further distortion by Reichenbach, who in his
Conspectus Regni Vegetabilis 212? (1828) cites it as Spogopsis, a spelling which is copied by
Pfeiffer in his usually very accurate Nomenclator, i. 467 (1873).

230 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Lawson (London, 1709, 1714, 1718), and has been variously estimated.
Thus, Jared Sparks (North American Review, xxiii. 288, Oct., 1826)
remarks concerning it “a more daring piece of plagiarism was never
executed," while J. Bryan Grimes, in a prefatory note accompanying
a facsimile reprint issued by authority of the Trustees of the [North
Carolina] Public Libraries in 1911, calls attention to the fact that
although largely based upon the earlier work of Lawson, Brickell’s
Natural History is expanded to nearly twice the length and contains,
especially on the medical side, much original matter.

According to Grimes, in the prefatory note above mentioned, Dr.
John Brickell and his brother the Rev. Matthias Brickell came to
Carolina with Gov. Burrington. John settled at Edenton. He was
on the grand jury of the whole province in 1731, and, being appointed
about that time a member of a mission to the Cherokee Indians, took
part in an expedition to the interior which is thought to have pene-
trated well into what is now Tennessee. Soon after this journey he
returned to England and his subsequent life is wholly unknown.
Besides his Natural History he wrote a Catalogue of American Trees
and Plants which will bear the Climate of England. According to
Allibone (l. c.) this was a folio published in London in 1739. How-
ever, Britten & Boulger give the place of publication as Dublin and
the date as 1745, which would indicate that this work also passed
through more than one edition.

To differentiate, by way of summary, the two men who have been
so generally confused, they were as follows:

1) An earlier Dr. John Brickell, who settled at Edenton, North `
Carolina, in the earlier half of the 18th century, author of a somewhat
grotesque and largely compiled Natural History of North Carolina,
published (according to Allibone) in 1723, with better known editions
in 1737, 1739, and 1743; also a Catalogue of American Trees and
Plants which will bear the Climate of England, published in London,
1739, and in Dublin, 1745.

2) A later Dr. John Brickell, born in County Louth, Ireland, in
or about 1749, for thirty years resident in Savannah, Georgia, where
he died 22 December, 1809, an acute observer of the local vegetation,
a man highly respected, author of several medical and botanical
communications to the then prominent Medical Repository of New
York, a friend of Muhlenberg, Fraser, and of Elliott, who dedicated to
him the composite genus Brickellia.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1916] Hubbard,— Notes on Gramineae,— I 051

NOTES ON GRAMINEAE, —I.
F. Tracy HUBBARD.

In the past two years’ study certain necessary changes in the nomen-
clature of the Gramineae of the seventh edition of Gray's Manual
have been noted and furthermore in collections which have been
examined certain additions to the Manual have appeared. "With a
view to calling these facts to the attention of the Manual users this
paper has been prepared.

Horcvus HALEPENSIS L. Sp. Pl. 2: 1047 (1753). Sorghum halepense
(L.) Pers. Syn. 1: 101 (1805); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 95 (1908).
Andropogon halepensis (L.) Brot. Fl. Lusit. 1: 89 (1806).— As pointed
out by Hitchcock in Jepson Fl. Calif. 126 (1912) Holcus L. should be
used for the species which recent authors have called Sorghum rather
than those for which they have retained the name. While not accept-
ing the type-species reason as a basis for this change, I have reached
the same conclusion by studying the description of Holcus as given
by Linnaeus Gen. Pl. ed. 5 469 (1754) which I believe applies to
H. Sorghum and its allies and really excludes H. lanatus and its allies.
This conclusion is strengthened by Linnaeus’s generic synonym, Sorg-
hum, Mich.

DiGrrAnIA IscHaEMUM Schreb. ex Muhl. Descr. Gram. 131 (1817).
Panicum lineare Krock. Fl. Siles. 1: 95 (1787) non L. P. Ischaemum
Schreb. ex Schweigg. Spec. Fl. Erlang. 16 (1804). D. humifusa Pers.
Syn. 1:85 (1805); Hitchc. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 95 (1908). P. glabrum
Gaud. Agrost. Helv. 1: 22 (1811). D. glabra (Gaud.) Beauv. Agrost.
51, 169 (1812). D. linearis (Krock.) Rostaf. in Verh. Zool.-Bot.
Ges. Wien. 22: 99 (1872) non Pers. Syntherisma linearis (Krock.) Nash
in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 22: 420 (1895). S. humifusum (Pers.) Rydb.
in Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1:469 (1900). S. Ischaemum (Schreb.)
Nash in No. Am. Fl. 17: 151 (1912).

Although there is no specimen of D. Ischaemum in the Muhlenberg
herbarium [according to the list of grasses given by Scribner and
Merrill in Circ. U. S. Div. Agrost. 27 (1900)] there seems little question
of the identity of his species. In the first place Muhlenberg cites
Schreber as the authority of his plant and Schreber was a friend of his
so that he was probably in correspondence with him and probably
D. Ischaemum is based on Panicum Ischaemum which is unquestion-
ably the same as D. humifusa. Moreover although, in most respects,
Muhlenberg’s description is broad enough to apply to both D. san-
guinalis and D. humifusa, “ nodis glabris" and “ Vaginis striatis glabris
purpurascentibus " certainly answer to the latter and not to the former.

232 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Furthermore Muhlenberg, in the same work, has descriptions of both
D. sanguinalis and D. filiformis, the only other species which his
description could apply to, so that all told it seems probable that he
was describing the plant we have known as D. humifusa. Conse-
quently I am accepting Schreber ex Muhlenberg as the authority for
D. Ischaemum which is without question the correct specific combina-
tion for the plant recently treated as D. humifusa.

ECHINOCHLOA CRUSGALLI (L.) Beauv. forma vittata forma nov.—
Differt a typo foliis inter nervos virides flavo-viridibus. NEw BRUNS-
wICK: Shediac Cape, August 19, 1916, house yard, F. Tracy Hubbard,
no. 763 (TYPE, in Herb. Hubb.). MassaCHUSETTS: Stoughton,
September 15, 1912, waste ground, in yard, S. F. Blake, no. 4639.

This plant is at once noticeable on account of its almost golden
leaves veined with rather dark green. Otherwise it seems to show no
variation from the type.

SETARIA lutescens (Weigel) comb. nov. Panicum glaucum Auct.
non L. P.lutescens Weigel Obs. 20 (1772). | S. glauca Auct. as to plant.
Chaetochloa lutescens (Weigel) Stuntz in U. S. Bur. Pl. Ind. Inv. Seeds
& Pl. Imp. 31: 36, 86 (1914).— As pointed out by Stuntz in the above
mentioned article Panicum glaucum L. should be applied to the pearl
millet which has been called Pennisetum americanum (L.) K. Schum.,
but now becomes Penn. glaucum (L.) R. Br. The oldest available
name for the plant known as S. glaucum is Panicum lutescens Weigel,
consequently the correct name of our plant is S. lutescens. S. glauca
(L.) Beauv. and Chaetochloa glauca (L.) Scribn. are typonyms of Pen-
nisetum glaucum.

SETARIA VIRIDIS (L.) Beauv. var. WErNMANNII (R. & S.) Brand in
Koch Syn. Deutsch. Fl. ed. 3, 3: 2690 (1905); Fernald & Wiegand in
Ruopona 12:133 (1910). S. viridis var. breviseta (Doell.) Hitchc. in
Ruopona 8:210 (1906); Hitchc. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 119 (1908).—
As pointed out in Am. Journ. Bot. 2: 181 (1915) it seems undesirable
to separate var. breviseta from var. Weinmannit and as the latter is
the earliest varietal name which we can apply with certainty to this
form it replaces var. breviseta.

SETARIA ITALICA (L.) Beauv. [sensu amplissimo] Agrost. 51, 170,
178 (1812).— This species is most readily distinguished from 5. viridis
by the fact that the spikelet in the latter is articulate below the glooms;
the complete spikelet shelling out leaving a cup-like receptacle whereas
S. italica has the spikelet articulate above the glooms; the fruit only
shelling out leaving the glumes and sterile lemma behind. For a
complete treatment of S. italica and variations see Am. Journ. Bot.
2: 183-196 (1915) of which variations the following have so far been
noted within the Manual range: subsp. srRAMINEOFRUCTA Hubb.!
and its forma BREVISETA (Doell) Hubb. [Golden Wonder Millet,
treated in the Manual as var. germanica]; subsp. STRAMINEOFRUCTA

1 These combinations were all made in Am. Journ. Bot. 2: 183-196 (1915).

1916} Hubbard,— Notes on Gramineae,— I 233

subvar. GERMANICA (Mill.) Hubb. with its forma mrrts (Alef.) Hubb.;
subsp. STRAMINEOFRUCTA var. Hosti Hubb. and its subvar. METZ-
GERI (Kórnicke) Hubb. and subsp. STRAMINEOFRUCTA var. BRUN-
NEOSETA subvar. DENSIOR Hubb.

ORYZOPSIS CANADENSIS (Poir.) Torr. ex Gray Man. 583 (1848)
as to name bringing synonym not as to plant. Stipa canadensis
Poir. in Lam. Encycl. 7:452 (1806); Hitehe. in Gray Man. ed. 7,
123 (1908) — Some time ago Prof. Hitchcock pointed out to me that
Stipa canadensis was in reality an Oryzopsis.

MUHLENBERGIA SQUARROSA (Trin.) Rydb. in Bull. Torr. Bot. CL.
36:531 (1909). Vilfa squarrosa Trin. in Mem. Acad. St. Petersb.
Ser. 4, Sci. Nat. 5°: 100 [separate 73] (1840). V. Richardsonis Trin.
l. c. Ser. 4, Sci. Nat. 5°: 103 [separate 81] (1840). V. depauperata
Torr. ex Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 257 (1840) not M. depauperata Scribn.
in Bot. Gaz. 9: 187 (1884). M. aspericaulis Nees ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2,
2:164 (1840) nomen. Sporobolus depauperatus (Torr.) Seribn. in
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 10:63 (1883). S. Richardsonis (Richardsonii)
(Trin.) Merr. in Ruopora 4: 46 (1902); Hitchc. in Gray Man. ed. 7,
130 (1908). M. Richardsonis (Trin.) Rydb. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl.
32: 600 (1905).

Careful study of the genera Sporobolus, Muhlenbergia and Epicam-
pes has led me to agree with the conclusion of Rydberg and others that
the whole of the group of Sporobolus to which S. Richardsonis and S.
brevifolius belong is more correctly placed in Muhlenbergia than in
Sporobolus. Furthermore I can find no specific differences between
M. squarrosa and M. Richardsonis and as Vilfa squarrosa has
priority of place in Trinius’s paper I take squarrosa as the name
of the collective species that the same name may be used under
both codes.

MUHLENBERGIA CUSPIDATA (Torr.) Rydb. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 32:
599 (1905). Agrostis brevifolia Nutt. Gen. No. Am. Pl. 1: 44 (1818)
not M. brevifolia Scribn. ex Beal Grasses No. Am. 2:254 (1896).
Sporobolus cuspidatus (cuspidata) (Torr.) Wood Sedges & Grasses
Atlant. Div. U. S. 385 (1871); Scribn. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 10: 63
(1883). S. brevifolius (Nutt.) Scribn. in Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. 5:39
(1894); Hitchc. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 130 (1908).

As there is a valid M. brevifolia Seribn. ex Beal S. brevifolius
when transferred to Muhlenbergia must become M. cuspidata.

GINANNIA Bub. Fl. Pyr. 4: 321 (1901) non Scop. nec F. G. Dietr.
nec Montagne nec M. Roem. Holcus Auct. non L. Homalachna (Benth.
& Hook. f.) Post & Ktze. Lex. Gen. Phan. 285 (1903) in part. Nothol-
cus Nash ex Hitche. in Jepson Fl. Calif. 126 (1912).— As stated above
Holcus is reapplied to the Sorghum group leaving the Holcus of authors
in need of a name. The oldest generic name, aside from Holcus is
Ginannia Bub. which according to the American Code is inadmissible

1 The plant treated is O. pungens (Torr.) Hitch.

234 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

as there are four older uses of the name. However as all four are
reduced to synonymy this allows Ginannia Bub. to be retained ac-
cording to the International Rules — Ginannia Scop. Introd. 300
(1777) equals Palovea (“Palone”’) Aubl. Hist. Pl. Guiane 1: 365 (1775).
Ginannia F. G. Dietr. Vollst. Lex. Gaetrn. 4: 357 (1800) equals Gili-
bertia Ruiz & Pav. Fl. Peruv. et Chil. Prodr. 50 (1794). Ginnania
Montagne in Webb & Berth. Phytogr. Canad. 4: 162 in adnot. (1840)
a genus of Algae is a synonym of Scinaia Biv. Scinaia (1822). Gin-
nania M. Roem. Synops Monogr. 1: 79, 90 (1846) is a synonym of
Turraea L. Mant. Alt. 150 (1771).

GINANNIA lanata (L.) comb. nov. Holcus lanatus L. Sp. Pl. 2:
1048 (1753). G. pubescens Bub. l. c. 321 (1901). Notholeus lanatus
(L.) Nash ex Hitche. in Jepson l. c. 126 (1912).

SPHENOPHOLIS PENNYSLVANICA (L.) Hitche. in Am. Journ. Bot. 2:
304 (1915). Avena pennsylvanica L. Sp. Pl. 1: 70 (1753). A. palustris
Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:72 (1803). Trisetum pennsylvanicum. (L.).
Beauv. Agrost 154 (index) (1812) [the comb. is not made]; ex R. & S.
Syst. 2:658 (1817). T. palustris (Michx.) Torr. Fl. No. & Mid. U. S.
1:126 (1824). T. ludovicianum Vasey in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 12: 6
(1885). S. palustris (Michx.) Scribn. in Rnopona 8:145 (1906);
Hitchc. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 139 (1908.) — As pointed out by Hitch-
cock in Am. Journ. Bot. 2: 304 (1915) the specimen of Avena pennsyl-
vanica in the Linnean Herbarium is identical with the species that has
been called S. palustris and consequently as the older specific name
must replace palustris.

Var. flexuosa (Scribn.) comb. nov. S. palustris var. flexuosa Scribn.
in Rnopona 8: 145 (1906); Hitchc. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 139 (1908).—
As the specific combination has been altered a new combination is
required in transferring the variety.

ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS (L.) Beauv. var. nodosum (Reichb.)
comb nov. Gramen bulbosum nodosum Lobel Icon. Stirp. Pl. 23 (1591).
Gramen nodosum, avenacea panicula C. Bauhin Pinax 2 (1623);
C. Bauhin Theatr. Bot. 18, fig. (1658); Scheuchzer Agrost. 237, t. 4,
f. 27 & 28 (1719). Gramen avenaceum gemmea radice seu nodosa
minor Morison Hist. 3, Sect. 8, p. 214, t. 7, f. 38 (1715). Avena pani-
cula nutante, calycibus bifloris, altero flosculo aristato Royen Fl. Leyd.
Prodr. 66 (1740). Avena elatior 8. L. Sp. Pl. 1: 79 (1753). Avena
tuberosa Gilib. Exercit. 2: 538 (1792). Av. precatoria Thuill. Fl. Par.
ed. 2, 58 (1799). Av. bulbosa Willd. in Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. Neue
Sehr. 2: 116 (1799). Holcus bulbosus (Willd.) Schrad. Fl. Germ. 1: 248
(1806). Arrhen. precatorium (Thuill.) Beauv. Agrost. 56, 152, 154
(1812). — Arrhen. bulbosum (Willd.) Presl Cyp. & Gram. Sic. 29
(1820). Arrhen. avenaceum var. 8 nodosum Reichb. Icon. Bot. Pl. Crit.
Cent. 11: [Agrost. Germ.] 45, t. 104, f. 1717 (1834); Reichb. Icon. Fl.
Germ. et Helv. 1: [Agrost. Germ. ed. 2] 19, t. 104, f. 1717 (1850).
Arrhen avenaceum * nodosum Kirschl. Prodr. Fl. Alsac. 210 (1836).
Av. elatior b. nodosa (Reichb.) Mutel Fl. Fr. 4:65 (1837). Arrhen.

1916] Hubbard,— Notes on Gramineae,— I 235

elatius B bulbosum (Willd.) Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. et. Helv. 793 (1837).
Holcus avenaceus var. B. nodosus (Reichb.) Vis. Fl. Dalmat. 1: 47 (1842).
Arrhen. nodosum (Reichb.) Kirschl. Fl. Alsac. 2:313 (1857). Av.
elatior d) tuberosa (Gilib.) Aschers. Fl. Prov. Brandenb. 1: 826 (1864),
Av. elatior B. tuberosa (Gilib.) Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. FI.
21: 231 (1899). Arrhen. elatius 8 tuberosum (Gilib.) Halaesy Consp.
Fl. Graec. 3:375 (1904).

Readily distinguished from the type by the nodulose corms at the
base of the culm. This plant was mentioned in Ruopona 13: 9 &
207, t. 85 (1911) and specimens of it were mentioned from Virginia.
MassaAcHUsETTS: Plymouth, June 22, 1912, dump, S. F. Blake, no.
. 8854. The earliest varietal name is nodosum and this should replace
the current tuberosum.

Forma striatum nom nov. Arrhen bulbosum variegatum Hort. cf.
Hitche. in Bail. Stand. Cycl. Hort. 1:397 (1914).— Differt a typo
varietatis foliis albo-striatis. MassacHusETTs: Plymouth, June 22,
1912, dump, S. F. Blake, no. 3855.— This form is quite clearly sepa-
rated from the normal form of the variety by the white-striated leaves.

ERAGROSTIS CILIANENSIS (All.) Link ex Viguolo-Lutati in Malpighia
18:386 (1904). Briza Eragrostis L. Sp. Pl. 1: 70 (1753). Poa multi-
flora Forsk. Fl. Aegypt.-Arab. 21 (1775) non FE. multiflora (Roxb.)
Trin. in Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. 6: 401 (1830). P. cilianensis All.
Fl. Pedem. 2: 246, t. 91, f. 2 (1785). P. Eragrostis Cav. Icon. 1: 63,
t. 92 (1791) non L. B. oblonga Moench Meth. 185 (1794). P. mega-
stachya Koel. Gram. 181 (1802). E. major Host Gram. Austr. 4: 14,
t. 24 (1809). E. megastachya (Koel.) Link Hort. Berol. 1: 187 (1821);
Hitche. in Gray May. ed. 7, 150 (1908).— As pointed out in Philipp.
Journ. Sci. Bot. 8: 159 (1913) the oldest valid name for the species
called Eragrostris megastachya is E. cilianensis.

Poa PALUSTRIS L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 2: 874 (1759); Roth. Tent.
Fl. Germ. 1: 43 (1788); 2:: 117 (1789). P. serotina Ehrh. Beitr. 6: 83
(1791) nomen. P. triflora Gilib. Exercit. 2: 531 (1792); Hitchc. in
Gray Man. ed. 7, 156 (1908). P. riparia Wolff in Hoffm. Deutschl.
Fl. 1:42 (1800). P. fertilis Host Gram. Austr. 3: 10, t. 14 (1805).
P. hydrophila Pers. Syn. 1:89 (1805). P. effusa Kit. in Schult.
Oesterr. Fl. ed. 2, 1:227 (1814). P. angustifolia Wahlenb. Fl. Ups.
34 (1820) non L. P. adspersa Drejer Fl. Excurs. Hafn. 35 (1838).—
As pointed out by Ascherson and Graebner Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. 2': 416
(1900) Poa palustris L. is unquestionably the same as the plant called
P. triflora in spite of Linnaeus's false synonymy. This view is
strengthened by the fact that the plant was well characterized under
the Linnean name by Roth Tent. Fl. Germ. 2': 117 (1789) which ante-
dates all other names applied to the species. "This name is accepted
by the more recent European botanists.

FESTUCA CAPILLATA Lam. Fl. Fr. 3: 597 (1778). F. tenuifolia Sibth.
Fl. Oxon. 44 (1794). F. paludosa Gaud. Agrost. Helv. 1: 229 (1811).
Poa capillata (Lam.) Merat Nouv. Fl. Env. Par. 38 (1812). F. mutica

236 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Wulf. FI. Norica Phan. ed. Fenzl & Graf. 145 (1858). F. ovina subsp.
eu-ovina var. capillata (Lam.) Hack. Monogr. Fest. 85 (1882); Hitchc.
in Gray Man. ed. 7, 162 (1908).— Field and herbarium study convince
me that this is a clearly defined species rather than a variety of F.
ovina. The principal characters which distinguish it from F. ovina
are the capillary, usually longer and flexuous leaves, the smaller spike-
lets with awnless lemmas and the later date of flowering; in some cases
as much as two weeks later than that of F. ovina.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

SOME ALLIES OF ANTENNARIA ALPINA FROM NEW-
FOUNDLAND AND THE LABRADOR PENINSULA.

M. L. FERNALD.

ANTENNARIA Cana (Fernald & Wiegand), n. comb. A. alpina, var.
cana Fernald & Wiegand, Rnopona xiii. 24 (1911), in part. Planta
humifusa, stolonibus foliosis confertis perbrevibus (ad 2 cm. longis);
foliis basilaribus anguste cuneato-obovatis vel late oblanceolatis obtusis
nec mucronatis basi latis 3-11 mm. longis 2-5 mm. latis supra albidis,
tomento denso minuto; caule florifero 2.5-12 cm. alto gracile; foliis
caulinis 9-15 subapproximatis linearibus, imis 8-15 mm. longis 1-2 mm.
latis apice subulato, superioribus 5-8 mm. longis 0.5-1 mm. latis apice
scarioso lanceolato; capitulis femineis (1-) 2-6 campanulatis corym-
bosis, pedicellis ad 1 em. longis: involucro 5-7 mm. alto basi lanato;
bracteis 3-seriatis subaequalibus tenuissimis, exterioribus oblongis
obtusis brunneis, interioribus lanceolatis fulvis leviter fimbriatis;
foveis receptaculi maturi denudati 60-100 0.1 mm. latis quam jugis
separantibus acutis multo latioribus.

Humifuse, the crowded leafy stolons very short (up to 2 em. long):
rosette-leaves narrowly cuneate-obovate or broadly oblanceolate,
obtuse, not mucronate, broad-based, 3-11 mm. long, 2-5 mm. broad,
white above with dense minute tomentum: flowering stem 2.5-12 dm.
high, slender: cauline leaves 9-15, rather crowded, linear, the lower
8-15 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, subulate-tipped; the upper 5-8 mm.
long, 0.5-1 mm. wide, with a lanceolate scarious tip: pistillate heads
(1-) 2-6, campanulate, corymbose, on pedicels up to 1 cm. long:
involucre 5-7 mm. high, lanate at base: bracts 3-seriate, subequal,
very thin, the outer oblong, brown; the inner lanceolate, tawny,
slightly fimbriate: pits of the mature denuded receptacle 60-100,

1916] Fernald,— Some Allies of Antennaria alpina 297

0.1 mm. broad, much broader than the acute intermediate ridges.—
NEWFOUNDLAND: limestone barrens near sea-level, Pointe Riche,
August 4, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4,139 (TYPE of A. alpina,
var. cana, in Gray Herb.); dry limestone barrens, upper slopes and
tablelands, altitude 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay,
August 16, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4,141, July 16 & 17, 1914,
Fernald & St. John in Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae.

When 4. alpina, var. cana was published no clear characters were
recognized by which to distinguish it specifically from 4. alpina (L.)
Gaertn. and specimens with canescent foliage were cited from Norway,
Greenland, Labrador and Newfoundland. The recent collection of
material, consisting of several hundred individuals, brought back from
Table Mountain by Mr. St. John and the writer is so consistent in its
characters and so different in some important points from A. alpina
that a more detailed study of the group has been undertaken. A.
alpina of northern Europe and Greenland and its var. canescens Lange,
Fl. Dan. xvi. (fasc. xlvii), 9, t. 2786 (1869) — overlooked when var.
cana was published — have the oblanceolate rosette-leaves terminated
by a distinct short mucro, but in all the Newfoundland material the
shorter more cuneate-obovate leaves are blunt. In A. alpina and var.
canescens the denuded mature receptacle exhibits only 20-30 large pits
0.3-0.4 mm. broad, but in the Newfoundland plant, A. cana, the pits
are very numerous (60-100) and much smaller, about 0.1 mm. broad.
In 4. alpina the cauline leaves are larger, the lower often 2 cm. long
by 3 mm. wide, and commonly fewer (4-9). It seems wiser, therefore,
to treat the plant of the Newfoundland limestones as a distinct species.

The specimens from Norway and Greenland, and two of those from
Labrador originally cited under A. alpina, var. cana belong, appar-
ently, to A. alpina, var. canescens Lange. But one of the Labrador
plants so far departs from A. alpina, on the one hand, and A. cana,
on the other, as to seem specifically separate from both. In this
plant, collected by Mr. Sornborger at Rama, the rosette-leaves are
like those of A. alpina, var. canescens, but the flowering stems, instead
of being flexuous as in A. alpina and in A. cana, are stiffly erect, with
crowded leaves; and the receptacle of the Rama plant resembles that
of A. cana in its numerous tiny pits, but the intermediate ridges,
instead of being acute, are rounded and as broad as the pits. "This
plant seems heretofore to have been unrecognized and it may be called

ANTENNARIA Sornborgeri. Planta humifusa ramis prostratis sub-
ligneis 1 dm. longis, stolonibus confertis perbrevibus; foliis basilaribus

238 Hhodora [NovEMBER

oblanceolatis 6-12 mm. longis 1.5-2 mm. latis ad apicem angustatis
breviter mucronatis canescento-pannosis; caule florifero rigido erecto
0.4-11 dm. alto; foliis caulinis 9-12 approximatis linearibus 5-15 mm.
longis 0.5-1.5 mm. latis, superioribus cum apice scarioso lanceolato
villoso munitis; capitulis femineis 1-3 sessilibus campanulatis; in-
voluero 6-7 mm. alto basi lanato; bracteis 3-seriatis subaequalibus,
exterioribus lanceolatis brunneis, interioribus lineari-attenuatis fulvis,
eroso-serrulatis; foveis receptaculi denudati 60-100 0.1 mm. latis juga
obtusa separantia latitudine subaequantibus.

Humifuse, with trailing subligneous branches 1 dm. long: stolons
very short and crowded: rosette-leaves oblanceolate, 6-12 mm. long,
1.5-2 mm. wide, narrowed at summit to the short-mucronate tip,
canescent-pannose: flowering stem stiffly erect, 0.4-1.1 dm. high:
cauline leaves rather crowded, 9-12, linear, 5-15 mm. long, 0.5-1.5
mm. wide; the upper with villous lanceolate scarious tips: pistillate
heads 1—3, sessile, campanulate: involucre 6-7 mm. high, lanate at
base: bracts about 3-seriate, unequal; the outer lanceolate, brown;
the inner linear-attenuate, yellowish-brown, erose-serrulate: pits of
the denuded receptacle 60-100, 0.1 mm. broad, about as wide as the
blunt-edged intermediate ridges.— LABRADOR: Rama, August 20-24,
1897, J. D. Sornborger, no. 156 (rvPE in Gray Herb.).

ANTENNARIA ALPINA (L.) Gaertn., var. ungavensis, n. var., a forma
typica recedit caulibus floriferis elongatis 2-2.3 dm. altis; foliis cauli-
nis 9-13; capitulis 1-2, inferiore pedicello 1-1.5 cm. longo.— UNcava:
Stillwater River, August 12, 1896, Spreadborough, Geol. Surv. Can.
no. 44,442 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

The material was distributed as A. labradorica Nutt. but it seems
highly improbable that it is that problematical species. In all its
technical points, glabrous oblanceolate mucronate rosette-leaves, the
oblong glabrous appendages of the upper cauline leaves, the involucre,
and the pits of the receptacle, in no way departing from typical A.
alpina as understood by the writer, but noteworthy for its very tall
stature, numerous cauline leaves, and the long-pediceled lower head
of the 2-headed inflorescence.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1916] Eames,— Varieties and Forms of Connecticut Plants 239

SOME VARIETIES AND FORMS OF CONNECTICUT PLANTS.
E. H. Eames.

LEERSIA ORYZOIDES (L.) Sw., forma clandestina, n. f., paniculis et
terminalibus et lateralibus intra vaginas omnino inclusis; ceteris
formae typicae similis.

Terminal as well as lateral panicles wholly included in the sheaths;
otherwise like the typical form of the species.— Flooded margin of a
peat-bog, Stratford, Connecticut, 6 October, 1901, E. H. Eames, no.
600.

Usually very slender, simple, attaining a length of about 1 m. This
form was the only representative of the species at this station, where
it was plentiful.

SPrRANTHES Beckii X gracilis, n. hyb. Lip very white with its
throat tinted pale greenish yellow and, like other floral parts, inter-
mediate in size between those of the parent-species. Roots commonly
two, whiter than those of gracilis and more like those of Beckii in
shape.— Found plentiful with the parent-species in a field at Bridge-
port, Connecticut, 18 August, 1895, by I. F. Moore. No. 1362 in
herbarium of E. H. Eames. Readily recognizable in life.

SIUM CICUTAEFOLIUM Schrank, var. Carsonii (Durand), n. comb.
(S. Carsonii Durand, A. Gray, Man. ed. 5, 196. 1867).

This plant is so readily recognizable as a rule, that it should bear a
name in keeping with its very apparent affinities. In the south-
western part of Connecticut it is not rare, being, in fact, sometimes
sufficiently abundant to choke small streams.

SAMBUCUS RACEMOSA L., forma chrysocarpa Eames & Godfrey, n.
f., drupis flavis.

Fruit yellow.— Rocky slopes of Quonnipaug Mountain, Guilford,
Connecticut, 4 July, 1914, E. H. Eames & C. C. Godfrey, no. 8795.
Fruiting freely, the ample panicles presenting a rich color effect.

CoREOPSIS PUBESCENS Ell., var. robusta Gray in herb., caule ramis-
que glabris vel glabratis, foliis glabris primariis 8-12 cm. longis 24.5
cm. latis.

Stem and branches glabrous or glabrate; leaves glabrous, the
primary 8-12 cm. long, 2-4.5 em. wide.— Mountains of Virginia,
Kentucky and North Carolina; adventive in Connecticut. VIR-
GINIA: July, 1841, Gray & Carey. KENTUCKY: river-bank, Cumber-
land Falls, Whitley County, August 23, 1883, J. Donnell Smith.
NonTH CAROLINA: North Branch of New River, July, 1841, Gray &
Carey (TYPE in Gray Herb.); slopes of Cedar Cliff Mountain, Bun-

240 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

combe County, August 2, 1897, Biltmore Herb. no. 307°. CoNNECTI-
CUT: waste grounds, Bridgeport, July 21, 1914, E. H. Eames, no.
8825.

BRIDGEPORT, CONNECTICUT.

MowTIA srBIRICA IN MassacHUsETTS.— While at Manchester,
Massachusetts, in July, 1916, I noticed close to the verandah of the
house where I was stopping a plant which I had never seen before.

Not being able to trace it in Gray's Manual, I sent specimens to:

Prof. B. L. Robinson who informed me that it was Montia sibirica (L.)
Howell, a Pacific Coast species not known on our eastern coast. A
brief note on its occurrence here may be of interest.

There were fifty or more plants growing on soil kept damp by the
drippings from the roof of the verandah. They were associated with

Stellaria media and Ranunculus repens under a group of Berberis

vulgaris round which twined Smilax herbacea. At first sight the plant

reminded me of some of the Caryophyllaceae but it was marked by the

cauline leaves of which there was a single pair on each stem, sessile,

broadly cordate at the base and somewhat acute at the apex while the

radical leaves, usually only one, were long-petioled and narrowly
lanceolate.

The locality, Smith’s Point, near Lobster Cove, Manchester, is a
region covered by the estates of summer residents noted for their
large and beautiful gardens. Since plants from the Pacific Coast are
grown in large quantities it is probable that Montia was introduced
with them directly or since, as Prof. Robinson informs me, the species
has been introduced in certain localities in Europe, it may have
reached our coast from the East. In the case of fungi it is not infre-
quently the fact that Pacific species reach our eastern coast by way
of Europe. The hollyhock fungi is a well known instance.— W. G.
FanLow, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Vol. 18, no. 214, including pages 203 to 224, was issued 2 October, 1916.

^

Lic M

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 18.

December, 1916. No. 216.

PINUS BANKSIANA ON NANTUCKET.
EucGENE P. BICKNELL.

IN the interest of geographie botany a further word should be
said in the matter of Pinus Banksiana on Nantucket as reported by
Professor Harshberger in Ruopona, 16: 184. The identity of the
trees is not at all in question. The record rests on unquestioned
authority, and I myself, a number of years ago, observed their
little group in thriving growth at the locality described by Professor
Harshberger. What has been their history there? For two reasons
it would be a very notable thing were the Labrador pine by native
right a member of the Nantucket flora. It would be very notable
because of the wide severance from its present well defined natural
range by which a remote northern tree had a place in the vegetation
of Massachusetts and of southern New England; and it would be
scarcely less a matter of botanical interest in its contradiction of a
pronouncement of local history that Nantucket was originally a
pineless island — originally, for it has never been questioned that the
pitch pines, now so conspicuous a feature of the island's vegetation
are not of native Nantucket ancestry. Mrs, Owen, writing in 1888,
does not hesitate to say “The pines are all from seed planted by
Joseph Sturgis and others in 1847 and following years."

The Labrador pines grow in a part of the island long ago explored
by botanists, and close to the old Wauwinet road. It would be
against the presumption that they had always grown there that so
conspicuous a tree as a conifer, and so remarkable a thing as a colony
of pine trees on Nantucket in the days before any pines were known
to grow there, had failed of discovery by those earlier investigators.

242 Rhodora [DECEMBER

It may be presumed that Doctor Harshberger, when he made his
discovery, was limited to only a very hasty survey of the surroundings.
His experienced eye in matters of plant association could not other-
wise have failed to note in nearby community with the Labrador
pines other conifers even more widely divorced from their natural
habitats. Pinus sylvestris of northern Europe is there, and Pinus
massoniana of China, growing among the native thickets, and with
them are examples of our northern Picea canadensis, and the Rocky
Mountain Picea pungens, besides, I am quite sure, other evergreens
not now clearly recalled, as well as several kinds of exotic deciduous
trees, all of which, including the Labrador pines have long been listed
in nurseryman’s catalogues. The largest of the Labrador pines are
quite obviously of no greater age than their associates from other
climes, and their group, which includes some smaller trees that must
have sprung up naturally from seed, is doubtless of contemporary
origin with a conspicuous and now well-matured and too closely
grown planting of ornamental evergreens that tell their own tale.
And their story may be amplified. A life long resident of the island
gave me the information that, many years before, someone, whose
name I had then no care to note, having an interest in that part of
the island and in trees as well, planted there a large number of differ-
ent kinds of trees, especially evergreens. My informant had it that a
hundred different kinds had been set out there, although I saw no
evidence of any quite so ambitious an attempt at arboriculture. I
recall that some of these trees were being sacrificed to the construction
of a tennis court which, as laid out, would separate the Labrador
pines from the group of larger species, thus giving them a sort of
isolation and appearance of nativity.

It may be not impossible that the group of trees described by
Professor Harshberger is not identical with the one known to me. I
do not, indeed, seem to recognize his wind swept trees near an ocean
bluff. But the bluff, or low bank such as it is at Wauwinet, is at no
great distance, and if there are really two groups of these pines their
source of origin can scarcely have been other than the same. It does
not seem to follow that any great phytogeographical import can
attach to the fact that the Labrador pine grows on Nantucket, or
that its presence there affords any just grounds for speculation on
the mysteries of plant distribution.

New York Crrx.

1916] Farwell,— New Ranges for old Plants 243

NEW RANGES FOR OLD PLANTS.
OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL.

In the early autumn of 1915 I was invited by Mr. Gladewitz and
Mr. Chandler, both of Detroit, to accompany them on a botanical
excursion to Oakwood, a suburban village to the south of Detroit.
This is the site of one of the many salt works in this locality. Here is
located the Detroit Rock Salt Co. which has, in spite of many diffi-
` culties, sunk the only salt “shaft” in Michigan if not in the entire
country. The water and fine crystals from the salt works have
converted a large tract of land from that of a fresh soil to one of a
saline character which has to a certain extent changed the character
of the flora. Many species have disappeared that once were common.
Some new ones have crept in that have a distinct preference for saline
situations. These are Salicornia Europaea L. and its varieties
pachystachya (Koch) Fernald and prostrata (Pall.) Fernald, Aster
subulatus Mx., and Pluchea camphorata (L.) DC. Just how these
seaboard plants found their way into Michigan is problematical.
Scarcely by means of birds as the feathered tribes do not travel east
and west but rather on a north and south line. We have no sub-
stantiated records showing that Atlantic or Pacific birds have mi-
grated across country and into the Great Lake regions. We can only
surmise that they may have been brought west by means of railway
freight traffic and when lodgement was made in this section, which
provided the proper saline conditions suitable for their development,
they persisted and have made flourishing colonies that are rapidly
extending over the entire section which has been made saline by means
of the escaping water and salt crystals from the mine and the salt
crushers. The Rayless Aster and the Salt Marsh Fleabane spread
rather slowly but apparently have become firmly established.

The Glasswort has spread very rapidly and now covers acres of
ground. The variety prostrata with its long, widely spreading, and
decumbent lower branches seems very distinct from the normal form of
the species with ascending, more uniform (as to length) branches. "The
variety pachystachya is frequent; but as found here it seems scarcely
worthy of recognition. The only distinction is one of measurements
and in the dried specimens, even this difference vanishes. "There are

244 Rhodora [DECEMBER

intermediate individuals also, bearing both thick and slender spikes.
Mr. Gladewitz, Secretary and Treasurer of the Detroit Institute of
Science, was the first to discover and report these squatters that have
preémpted that section of Michigan territory which seems to provide
those cool and saline conditions to which they are accustomed in
their native haunts.

Another traveler that recently has been reported from the eastern
shores of Michigan between Detroit and Port Huron is Aster angustus
(Lindl. T. & G. This is quite plentiful on a common in the village
of River Rouge, on the banks of the Detroit and Rouge Rivers. "This
village is not far removed from Oakwood and the salt fields probably
underlie it though the surface soil, at least to a tyro, gives no indica-
tion of a saline character.

Mr. Chandler was the original discoverer of the Rayless Aster at
this locality and probably the first to record it from Michigan.

Mr. Billington of Detroit, has discovered near Palmer Park,
Detroit, Mich., a plant that proves to be Pentstemon gracilis Nutt.
This is far east of its recorded range of from Minnesota to Missouri
for its eastern limits. He has also found near Cass Lake Galiwm
erectum Huds. This has not been recorded heretofore for localities
west of the New England states. It seems to be well established at
the locality mentioned. Specimens of the above have been preserved
for their private herbaria by the original discoverers. Such as I have
collected are as given below.

Salicornia Europaea L.: Oakwood, Mich.; Farwell, Gladewitz &
Chandler, no. 4105, Sept. 23, 1915. Salicornia Europaea Linn. var.
pachystachya (Koch) Fernald: Oakwood, Mich.; Farwell, Gladewitz &
Chandler, no. 4107, Sept. 23, 1907. Salicornia Europaea Linn. var.
prostrata (Pall. Fernald: Oakwood, Mich.; Farwell, Gladewitz &
Chandler, no. 4103. Aster subulatus Mx.: Oakwood, Mich.; Farwell,
Gladewitz & Chandler, no. 4102, Sept. 23, 1915. Aster angustus
(Lindl. T. & G.: River Rouge, Mich.; Farwell, no. 4122, Sept. 30,
1915. Pluchea camphorata (Linn.) DC.: Oakwood, Mich.; Farwell,
Gladewitz & Chandler, no. 4104, Sept. 23, 1915.

Department of Botany,
PankEÉ, Davis & Co. Detroit, Michigan.

1916] Knowlton,—Lists of New England Plants,— XXIV

PRELIMINARY LISTS

XXIV.

CLARENCE H. KNOWLTON.

245

OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS,—

[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has been
seen; the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found. |

Chrysosplenium americanum Schwein. | 4-
Deutziascabra Thunb. . . . . . |
Heuchera americana L.. . . . . |

|

H.

|
|
SAXIFRAGACEAE. |

|
|
|

Hydrangea cinerea Small. .

Mitella diphylla L.
nuda L. NE.
prostrata Michx.

“
“

quercifolia Bartram . . |

-—
++

Parnassia caroliniana Michx. .. +

Philadelphus coronarius L.
&

i var. tomen-

tosus (Wall.) Hook. f. & Thoms.
Philadelphus inodorus L. ARE

Ribes americanum Mill.
Cynosbati L. .

gracile Michx.

Grossularia L. NE
hirtellum Michx. Li.

&

“

lacustre (Pers.) Poir.
DONI 4
odoratum Wendland
prostratum L'Hér.
rotundifolium Michx. |
triste Pall. . . ... . 28.921
* var. albinervium (Michx.)

vulgare Lam. f
Saxifraga aizoides L. . . .

pubescens Loisel.

—

M var. calcicola Fernald

Fernald

++ + + ++ ++ ++

++ + ++++++
+++++ + + ++ +

Aizoon Jacq. . .
oppositifolia L. .

++ ++
+ ++ ++ +

-—

$
d
=

+++++++ ++

-—

I.

++

|
|

| Conn.

++i +++ +++

++++4 |

+1 tt!

246 Rhodora * [DECEMBER

|” BEEN
sil2zi/¢s t “ | 6
SAXIFRAGACEAE. ee T ee D
Saxifraga pennsylvanica L. . . . | +) +) 4) 4) +/+
" rivularis L. 2 4-
" stellaris L., var. comosa
Willd. 0|
* — virginienis Michx.. . . |-E|--|--|o- |l
Tiarella cordifolia L. EE +)+) +] t+ 4-
HAMAMELIDACEAE.
Hamamelis virginiana L. . . . . +)/+/)/4+/+/+/+
Liquidambar StyracifluaL. . . . —- +
PLATANACEAE. .
Platanus occidentalis L. . . n —i-i-c-ic-ic-i-c4

NOTES UPON THE ABOVE Lisrs.

Fon several of the Rhode Island records I have relied on reports
by J. Franklin Collins, of specimens in his own herbarium and that
of Brown University.

Astilbe japonica was collected on wastes in Providence by Mr.
Collins in 1891 and 1892. "The species maintained itself for several
years. ,

Deutzia is often persistent in old gardens and nurseries, but
I have found no record of D. gracilis Sieb. & Zucc. as spontaneous
or spreading.

Hydrangea paniculata Sieb. often persists for years without culti-
vation, but does not spread. H. cinerea in the above list is escaped
only at Groveland, Mass. H. quercifolia has been found at N orwalk,
Conn., by Dr. E. H. Eames, in a large colony spread from former
cultivation. As this species is not considered hardy in New England
(Bailey, Cyclopedia of Horticulture), it will be interesting if this
station persists.

Mitella diphylla is credited to Maine in the second Portland Cata-
logue, but I can find no specimens of it. Mr. Arthur H. Norton has
written me from the Portland Society of Natural History: “I sus-
pect that the inclusion in our Second Portland Catalogue may rest

1916] Knowlton,— Lists of New England Plants,—— XXIV 247

upon its inclusion in the First Portland Catalogue, 1862 and 1804.
Mitella diphylla may I think have arisen through an erroneous iden-
tification of Tiarella cordifolia. We have in our herbarium a speci-
men of the latter collected in 1877, labelled Mitella diphylla! from a
point near Portland. In a hasty review of the subject I have found
no Maine report earlier than the first Catalogue."

Mitella prostrata (See Fernald, Rnopona viii. 90-2, 1906). This
plant was collected by Michaux at “lac Champlain," evidently at
the Canadian end, “ad fines meridionales Canadae." A plant corre-
sponding to Michaux's specimen was found at New Milford, Conn.,
by C. K. Averill and E. H. Austin (Conn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Sur-
vey, Bull. No. 14, 216, 1910). Botanists who collect where M.
diphylla is abundant should watch for this plant, which seems closely
related to that species.

The various kinds of Philadelphus are often persistent around old
places, but P. coronarius seems to be the only species vigorous enough
to spread much. l

Ribes gracile is apparently a waif in our territory (Conn. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Survey, Bull. No. 14, 217-8, 1910). R. hirtellum,
var. calcicola is reported only from Monhegan and Martha’s Vine-
yard, but should be looked for elsewhere, especially along the coast.
There are various indefinite printed reports of R. rotundifolium from
western Massachusetts, but I have not succeeded in finding any
authentic specimens.

Parnassia caroliniana, abundant in Aroostook County, Me., seems
to skip central and western Maine and New Hampshire entirely, to
reappear in the calcareous districts of western and southern New
England.

The three calciphile species of Saxifraga, S. aizoides, S. Aizoon and
S. oppositifolia, are found only in the Willoughby region and Smug-
gler's Notch, Vermont.. S. rivularis is found only on Mt. Washington,
and S. stellaris, var. comosa only on Mt. Ktaadn.

Liquidambar Styraciflua is reported from Northampton, Mass., in
Tuckerman & Frost’s Catalogue of Plants growing without cultiva-
tion within thirty miles of Amherst College, 1875. No station is
known for it now, but the tree is so unlike others that it is hard to see
how botanists like Amos Eaton and Edward Tuckerman could be mis-
taken in the matter. I should suggest that it be searched for in the
strip of land between Mt. Tom and the Connecticut River, south of
Smith's Ferry, which has recently been annexed to the city of Holyoke.

248 Rhodora [DECEMBER

I have found no specimen of Platanus occidentalis from Maine. f
include the record, however, because it is reported by George B. Emer-
son, who says, “ Along the coast I have found it in the county of York,
in Maine." (Trees and Shrubs of Mass., 3d ed. vol. 1, 266, 1878.)

HiNGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT, — XXV.

CAPPARIDACEAE.
CLEOME.

C. SERRULATA Pursh. Field off Water St., Lawrence (M. E. Gutter-
son, Aug. 4, 1903). Introduced from the West.

C. sPeINOSA L. Dump east of University Press, Cambridge (A. S.
Pease, Sept. 30, 1907); Lexington, according to Mabel P. Cook,
Ruopora i. 81, 1899.

RESEDACEAE.

RESEDA.

R. ALBA L. Garden escape; Lynn, Dedham, Blue Hills, Sherborn.

R. nurEA L. Fields and roadsides; Rockport, Tyngsboro, West-
ford, Lexington, Charlestown, Sherborn.

R. LurEorA L. Lynn (Wm. Boott, June 16, 1855; specimen in
Gray Herb.).

R. oporata L. Boston (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 5, 1882); casual
escape, cultivated ground, Dorchester (J. R. Churchill, —, 1882).
From northern Africa and Syria.

SARRACENIACEAE.

SARRACENIA.

S. purpurea L. Peat-bogs and wet meadows, common.
S. purpurea L., var. heterophylla (Eat.) Torr. Form correspond-

1916) Flora of the Boston District,— XXV 249

ing to this is reported in Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 32, 1880. The same
form has been found at Scituate by Edward Wesley Cushman.

DROSERACEAE.
DROSERA.

D. longifolia L. Wet shores and bogs, frequent throughout. A
caulescent form is described and illustrated in RHoporA ii. 70, 1900.
D. rotundifolia L. Moist soil and wet sandy shores, common.

PODOSTEMACEAE.
PODOSTEMUM.

P. ceratophyllum Michx. On rocks in running water; Charles
River, S. Natick (E. & C. E. Faxon, Aug. 3, 1880 et seq.); Stony
Brook [Weston ?], (J. W. Blankinship, Oct. 18, 1894).

CRASSULACEAE.
PENTHORUM.

P. sedoides L. Swampy places, common.

SEDUM.

S. ACRE L. Dry ledges, frequent.

S. TRIPHYLLUM (Haw.) S. F. Gray. (S. purpureum Tausch. See
Ruopora xi. 46, 1909). Roadsides and yards, frequent.

S. REFLEXUM L. Pigeon Cove, Rockport (Mrs. Wheeler, 1876 et
als.). Concerning this species as an escape from cultivation, Prof.
Asa Gray wrote in the American Naturalist for October, 1876, on page
553, as follows: “ This Old World Sedum, which is occasionally met
with in old-fashioned gardens, has established itself at Pigeon Cove,
Essex County, Mass. .... It occupies an old stone-heap, in a patch a
yard or two in diameter, where * Mrs. Sarah Ann Colburn says she
noticed it when she was a very little girl, at least sixty years ago. ....
As the station of the plant is only a few rods distant from the ancient

250 ' Rhodora [DECEMBER

dwelling known as ‘ the Garrison House ' ... . we cannot doubt that
it is an escape from gardens.” Also in some abundance by a road-
side in dry woods between Carlisle and Concord (M. L. Fernald &
S. C. Brooks, October 6, 1912).

S. rTERNATUM Michx. Garden escape, Danvers (J. Robinson, —,
1877; J. Robinson & C. E. Faxon, May 29, 1885).

SEMPERVIVUM.

S. TECTORUM L. Ledges and hillsides; Woburn, Winchester, Med-
ford, Sudbury, Natick, Norfolk. :

TILLAEA.

T. aquatica L. Mud flats of Merrimac River at the “ Laurels,”
tidal banks above salt water, Newburyport (A. A. Eaton, September,
1895; specimen in Gray Herb.).

SAXIFRAGACEAE.
CHRYSOSPLENIUM.

C. americanum Schwein. Brooks and ditches, common through-
out.

HYDRANGEA.

H. ciNEREA Small. Escaped, Groveland (A. R. Lunt, Aug. 28,
1911).

MITELLA.

M. diphylla L. Rich woods; Salisbury (Edward Moulton, —, 1886);
Newburyport (Edward Moulton, May 20, 1887); Purgatory Swamp,
Norwood (C. W. Swan, June 17, 1882); Groton (Miss H. E. Haynes),
according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 35, 1888.

M. nuda L. Indian Hill Run, West Newbury (A. A. Eaton, ——,
1897; specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

1916] Flora of the Boston District,—— XXV. 251

PARNASSIA.

P. caroliniana Michx. Meadows; Danvers, Lynnfield, Wake-
field, Malden, Weston, Groton, Framingham; Georgetown, Topsfield,
Hamilton, Marblehead, according to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 51, 1880;
Reading, Ashland, according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 35,
1888.

PHILADELPHUS.

P. coronartus L. Roadside escape, Blue Hills (W. H. Manning,
Sept. 1, 1895).

P. CORONARIUS L., var. TOMENTOSUS (Wall.) Hook. f. & Thoms.
A foreign introduction; well established, persistent and forming
thickets on rocky knoll near site of old greenhouse, Arlington (C. A.
Weatherby, Aug. 4 and 24, 1908). See Ruopora xvii. 122, 1915.

RIBES.

R. americanum Mill. (R. floridum L'Hér.; see RHODORA xi. 46,
1909.) Moist soil from Sherborn and the Blue Hills north, occasional;
also at N. Easton (C. Blomberg, May 6, 1902).

R. GnossuLARIA L. Wilmington (B. L. Robinson, May 4, 1899);
roadside, Arlington, (M. L. Fernald, May 11, 1913); Blue Hills (W. H.
Manning, Aug. 21, 1894); in woods, dry rocky hillside, Cohasset
(J. A. Cushman, May 29, 1907).

R. hirtellum Michx. (R. oxyacanthoides of authors, not L.; see
Fernald, Ruopona xiii. 73-76, 1911.) In wet and dry soil, frequent
throughout.

R. nigrum L. Occasional garden escape; “Ipswich River,"
Lowell, Milton, Medway.

R. oporatuM Wendland. (R. aureum of authors, not Pursh.; see
Ruopora xi. 47, 1909.) Persistent and escaping from old gardens;
Georgetown, Andover, Salem, Sherborn.

R. VULGARE Lam. Spontaneous, persistent, frequent throughout.

SAXIFRAGA.

S. pennsylvanica L. Swamps and meadows, common throughout.
S. virginiensis Michx. Dry banks and ledges, very common
throughout.

252 Rhodora | DECEMBER:

TIARELLA.

T. cordifolia L. Rich woods, rare; Salisbury, Amesbury, New-
buryport, Danvers, Norwood; Groton (C. W. Jenks) according to
Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 35, 1888; “ ' Rare in Lynn, Dr.
Holder legit’ (Tracy) ”, according to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 52, 1880.

HAMAMELIDACEAE.
HAMAMELIS.

H. virginiana L. Swamps and moist open woods; frequent
throughout.

PLATANACEAE.
PLATANUS.

P. occidentalis L. Moist soil, especially by streams; occasional
throughout, native in some places, transplanted to others.

C. H. KNOWLTON Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

ANOMALOUS FLOWERS OF POGONIA VERTICILLATA.
FRANK WALTERS.

On June Ist, 1916, I went to Mt. Washington, Berkshire County,
Massachusetts, and visited a colony of Pogonia verticillata which I
located there the preceding summer. I wanted to see if any of the
plants were in flower, as I could find no evidence last year that any
had flowered that season. A fair proportion of the plants were in
flower. I found one plant 2-flowered, with flowers on separate pe-
duncles, and a remarkable series of six plants each with two flowers
on one thickened peduncle. As the plants vary somewhat I will
describe them.

1916] Walters,—Anomalous Flowers of Pogonia verticillata 253

Plant No. 1. One flower perfect; the other flower with lip and
column, and one petal (lacks one) opposite the lip. Has but two
sepals, the one usually over the column being absent. One sepal is
twice the usual width.

Plants Nos. 2, 3and 4. One flower perfect. The other has column,
but no lip, and has two petals placed opposite each other and appear-
ing to enclose the column, although they are free their full length.
Sepals 2, at sides (not over) the petals; the lip replaced by a petal.

Plant No. 5. Peduncle (3.2 cm. long) divided about 6 mm. from
base of flowers; otherwise similar to Nos. 2, 3 and 4.

Plant No. 6. Peduncle (3.7 em. long) divided about 2 mm. from
base of flowers; and one sepal of the imperfect flower is very wide;
otherwise similar to Nos. 2, 3 and 4.

The six plants were not growing in one little group but were scat-
tered about. It is probable, however, that a 25-foot circle would
have enclosed them. It is strange that each plant has but five sepals;
in each case the sepal usually over the column is absent from the im-
perfect flower. As the flowers are placed lip to lip and grow close
together it 1s that sepal which has the best chance to develop, not
being in contact with the other flower. "The parts of all the columns
are perfect in every way. The plants each have five leaves, are of
average height, and the sepals are of average length.

The following day I visited a colony of Pogonia verticillata in Great
Barrington and examined over seventy flowering plants, but aside
from one 2-flowered plant they presented no unusual features.

GREAT BARRINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

254

Rhodora [DECEMBER

ERRATA.

Page 50, line 34; for Fairbanks read Fairfield.

&

&

62,

159,
159,

221,
234,

&

32; for carolinianum read caroliniana.

29; for californicum read californica.

19; for californicum read californica.

32; for CONRAD read CONARD.

6; for Sabbatia read Sabatia.

27; for cephalotes read Cephalotes.
22; for eximium read eximia.

26; for LIMoNIUM IMBRICATUM read Limonium im-

bricatum.

13; for alba read alba.

18; for angustifolium read angustifolia.

5; after (L.) insert Bess.

14; for PENNYSLVANICA read PENNSYLVANICA.

On the first page of the cover for the May number for Conrad read

Conard.

Vol. 18, no. 215, including pages 225 to 240, was issued 1 November, 1916.

1916]

Index

255

INDEX TO VOLUME 18.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Abies balsamea, 32.

Achillea Millefolium, 44; occidenta-
lis, 44.

Acorus Calamus, 30.

Actaea, 165; alba, 165; rubra, 165,
187, forma neglecta, 165.

Additional Notes on Rhododendron
maximum in New Hampshire, 73.

Adlumia, 215; fungosa, 215.

Adonis autumnalis, 177.

Agropyron repens, 34; tenerum, 34.

Agrostemma, 86; Githago, 86.

Agrostis, 29; alba, 33, var. maritima,
33; brevifolia, 233; hyemalis, 33;
perennans, 94, 95; stolonifera, 10.

Aira spicata, 196.

Alder, White, 39.

Alnus incana, 36.

Alopecurus, 197.

Alyssum, 215; alyssoides, 215.

Ambrosia artemisiifolia, 44.

Amelanchier, 49; nantucketense, 48,
49; oblongifolia, 38, 48, var. micro-
petala, 48; Staminody of the
Petals in, 48; stolonifera, 48.

America, Representatives of Trise-
tum spicatum in eastern, 195;
with a Consideration of the Status
of Delphinium Ajacis, Delphinium
Consolida in, 169.

American Plants, Reprint of a rare
Book on, 203.

Ammophila, 29, 93, 94; arenaria, 33,
5

95.

. Amsinckia, 27; barbata, 27; Doug-
lasiana, 28; in the northeastern
United States, 27; intermedia, 27,
28; lycopsoides, 27; spectabilis,
27; tessellata, 28. -

Anacardiaceae, 39, 98.

Anaphalis margaritacea, 44.

Anchusa, 50; angustifolia, 51; arva-
lis; 51; in New England, 50;
officinalis, 50, 51, v. angustifolia, 51.

Andromeda, 100; canescens, 100,
101; Common Marsh, 100; glau-
cophylla, 100-102, A calciphile Va-
riety of, 100, var. iodandra, 102;

Polifolia, 100, y angustifolia, 102,
var. latifolia, 100, 101, 8 media,
100; rosmarinifolia, 102.

Andropogon halepense, 231; scopa-
rium, 68.

Anemone, 165; canadensis, 165;
cylindrica, 165; nemorosa, 165;
parviflora, 101; quinquefolia, 165;
riparia, 165; virginiana, 165.

Anemonella, 165; thalictroides, 165.

Angelica pastinaca, 203.

Anoda triangularis, 143.

Anomalous Flowers of Pogonia verti-
cillata, 252.

Antennaria alpina, 237, 238, var.
cana, 236, 237, var. canescens, 237,
from Newfoundland and the Lab-
rador Peninsula, Some Allies of,
236, var. ungavensis, 238; cana,
236, 237; labradorica, 238; Sorn-
borgeri, 237.

Anthemis Cotula, 44.

Anthoxanthum odoratum, 33.

Antoiria vulgaris, 82.

Anychia capillacea, 88.

Aquifoliaceae, 39.

Aquilegia, 165; canadensis, 165, var.
Phippenii, 166; vulgaris, 166.

Arabis, 215; canadensis, 215; Drum-
mondi, 215; glabra, 216; viridis,
216.

Araceae, 34.

Aralia, 153; Balfouriana, 153; filici-
folia, 153; Guilfoylei, 153; hispida,
40; monstrosa, 153; Victoriae,
153.

Araliaceae, 40.

Arctium minus, 44.

Arctophila, 2.

Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, 71.

Arenaria, 86; lateriflora, 86; pep-
.loides, var. robusta, 29, 37, 86, 97;
serpyllifolia, 86.

Argemone, 214; mexicana, 214.

Arisaema triphyllum, 223, A notable
Monstrosity of, 222.

Armeria, 55, 56; alpina, var. alba,
157; Cephalotes, 157, var. alba,

256 Rhodora

158, var. grandiflora, 158, var.
rubra, 158, var. splendens, 158;
juncea, 157; leucocephala, 157;
majellensis, 157; maritima, forma
Laucheana, 157, var. variegata,
157; mauritanica, 157; planta-
ginea, var. alba, 157, var. gigantea,
157, var. grandiflora, 157, var.
leucantha, 157, var. rosea, 158, var.
rubra, 158, var. splendens, 158;
vulgaris, var. alba, 157, var.
grandiflora, 157, var. Laucheana,
157, var. purpurea, 157, var. rubra,
157, var. splendens, 157; Welwit-
schii, 158.

Arnica, 44.

Aronia atropurpurea, 154; melano-
carpa, 67, 68.

Arrhenatherum avenaceum, var. no-
dosum, 234; bulbosum, 234; bul-
bosum variegatum, 235; elatius, 8
bulbosum, 235, var. nodosum,
234, 8 tuberosum, 235, forma
striatum, 235; nodosum, 235;
precatorium, 234.

Artemisia caudata, 94, 99; Stelleri-
ana, 99.

Asiatic Allies of Ranunculus pen-
sylvanieus, Two, 189.

Asphodel, 71.

Aspidium cristatum, 31; spinulosum,
31, var. americanum, 31; Thelyp-
teris, 94, 95.

Aster acuminatus, 44; angustus, 244;
gracilis, 68; Herveyi, 183, 184,
Variants of, 183; lateriflorus, 44;
macrophyllus, 183; novi-belgii, 44,
94, 99, var. laevigatus, 44; spec-
tabilis, 68, 183; subulatus, 243,
244.

Astilbe japonica, 246.

Atriplex, 29; arenaria, 96; patula,
var. hastata, 36, 96.

Atropis, 1, 2; airoides, 16; Borreri,
10; distans, 12, 8 tenuis, 13;
Foucaudi, 8; maritima, 7; pro-
cumbens, 11; vilfoidea, 9.

Authority for the Binomial Nym-
phaea magnifica, 144.

Autumn Excursion of the New Eng-
land Botanical Club, 184.

Avena bulbosa, 234; elatior, 234,
b. nodosa, 235, d. tuberosa, 235;
mollis, 197; palustris, 234; penn-
sylvanica, 234; precatoria, 234;
tuberosa, 234.

Bailey, L. H., Nomenclatorial Trans-
fers, 152.

[DECEMBER

Balsaminaceae, 39.

Baneberry, Red, 185.

Barbarea, 216; verna, 216; vulgaris,
216, var. longisiliquosa, 216.

Bayberry, 29, 94.

Beach Plum, 94.

Bearberry, 71.

Beaver Tree, 206, 207.

Bedstraw, Sweet-scented, 185.

Belated Correction, 142.

Bellincinia platyphylla, 83.

Benzoin, 213; aestivale, 213.

Berberidaceae, 213.

Berberis, 213; vulgaris, 213, 240, var.
asperma, 213.

Bergenia Schmidtii, 160.

Berkheya membranifolia, 159; Ra-
dula, 159.

Berry, Snow, 185.

Berteroa, 216; incana, 216; muta-
bilis, 216.

Betula alba, var. papyrifera, 35;
lutea, 35.

Betulaceae, 35.

Bicknell, i. P., Pinus Banksiana on
Nantucket, 241.

Bidens frondosa, 44.

Birch, Yellow, 31.

Black Cherry, 140; Chokeberry, 67;
Henbane, 144; Huckleberry, 67;
Spruce, 188.

Black-eyed Susan, 212.

Blake, S. F., Galium pilosum and its
Varieties, 190; Limonium in North
America and Mexico, 53.

Blane Sablon, Old Stumps at, 185.

Blue Iris, 42; Lucy, 42; Spruce, 32.

Blueberry, 29; Low, 67.

Bluegrass, 144.

Bog Cranberry, 41.

Boraginaceae, 42.

Boston Distriet, Reports on the Flora
of the,— XXII, 86, XXIII, 165,
XXIV, 213, XXV, 248; Rhyncho-
spora macrostachya within the, 72.

Botanical Club, Autumn Excursion of
the New England, 184; Club,
Meetings of the Vermont, 71;
Society of Maine, The Josselyn,
144.

Botrychium lanceolatum, 26; obli-
quum, 26; ramosum, 26; ternatum,

Boxberry, 41.

Brasenia, 89; Schreberi, 89.

Brassica, 216; alba, 216; arvensis,
216; campestris, 37, 216; japon-
ica, 216; juncea, 216; nigra, 37,
216; oleracea, 216; Rapa, 216.

1916}

Brickell, The Doctors John, 225.
Bric 'kellia, 225, 228-230.

Briza Eragrostis, 235; oblonga, 235.
Buckhorn, 31.

Bulbochaete, 92.

Bunchberry, 29.

Cabbage, Skunk, 30.

Cakile, 217; edentula, 37, 97, 217.

Calamagrostis canadensis, 33; neg-
lecta, 142.

Calciphile Variety of Andromeda
glaucophylla, 100.

California Poppy, 214.

Caltha, 166; palustris, 166.

Calypogeia sphagnicola, 119.

Calypso borealis, 71.

Camelina, 217; microcarpa,
sativa, 217.

Cape Ann, Some historical Data re-
garding the Sweet Bay and its
tation on, 205.

Capparidaceae, 248.

Caprifoliaceae, 43.

Capsella, 217; Bursa-pastoris, 37,
217.

Cardamine, 217; bulbosa, 217; par-
viflora, 217; pennsylvanica, 37,
217; pratensis, 217.

Carex, 34; Deweyana, 187; lurida,
34; Oederi, var. pumila, 34;
paupercula, var. irrigua, 34; rari-
flora, 185; stellulata, var. excelsior,
34.

Carrot, Wild, 95.

Caryophyllaceae, 36, 86, 97, 240.

Cassiope, 101.

Castalia, 90, 161, 164; magnifica,
120; odorata, 37, 90.

Cat Spruce, 32.

Catabrosa, 2; vilfoidea, 8

Catchfly, Sleepy, 144.

Cat-tails, 94.

Caulophyllum,
213.

Cavendishia platyphylla, 83; Po-
rella, 79.

Cedar, Ground, 32; Running, 32.

Celandine, 39.

Cephalozia macrostachya, 119.

Cerastium, 86; arvense, 86; vulga-
tum, 37, 86.

Cerasus sylvestris, 141.

Ceratophyllaceae, 89.

Ceratophyllum, 89; demersum, 89.

Chaetochloa glauca, 232; lutescens,
232.

Chamaesiphon, 92;

217;

213; thalictroides,

incrustans, 92.

Index

257

Cheironia chloroides, 148:
Chelidonium, 214; majus, 214.
Chelone glabra, 43, 72, forma rosea,
72; Lyoni, 72; obliqua, 72.
Chenopodiaceae, 36, 95, 96.
Chenopodium album, 36, 95, 96.
Cherry, Black, 140; Choke, 140, 141;
Sand, 70.
Chien, S. S., Two Asiatic Allies of
Ranunculus pensylvanicus, 189.
Chimaphila umbellata, 41.
Chiogenes, 30; hispidula, 41.
Chironia dodecandra, 147.
Chlora, 147; dodecandra, 148.
Choke Cherry, 140, 141, Prunus vir-
giniana the correct Name of the,
140.
Chokeberry, Black, 67.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, var.
pinnatifidum, 44.
Chrysopsis falcata, 70.
Chrysosplenium, 250;
245, 250.

Chur chill, J. R., Lappula deflexa in
Vermont, 138.

Cicuta maculata, 40.

Cimicifuga racemosa, 166.

Cinnamon Vine, 43.

Cirsium arvense, 44;
44.

Cladonia Boryi, forma reticulata, 94;
sylvatica, forma laxiuscula, 94.

Cladophora, 92.

Claytonia virginica, 89.

americanum,

lanceolatum,

Clematis, 166; verticillaris, 166;
virginiana, 166.
Cleome, 248; serrulata, 248; spi-

nosa, 248.

Clintonia, 185.

Clover, 144.

Club, Autumn Excursion of the New
England Botanical, 184; Meetings
of the Vermont Botanical, 71.

Coelopleurum, 29; actaeifolium, 41.

Coleanthus, 2

Coleochaete, 92; scutata, 92.

Coley, W. S. An early flowering
Rudbeckia hirta, 212.

Colley, R. H., Campsopogon coeru-
leus (Balbis) Mont., 92; Chamae-
siphon incrustans Grun., 92.

Collins, F. S., Editor, Notes from
the Woods Hole Laboratory, 90.

Common Marsh Andromeda, 100;
Spruce, 32.

Compositae, 44, 95, 99, 225, 229.

Compsopogon, 92; coe rulescens, 92.

Conard, H. S., Nymphaea and Nu-

258

phar again, 161; Nymphaea mag-
nifica (Salisb.) comb. nov., 120.

Concerning Linum intercursum Bick-
nell, 224.

Connecticut Plants, Some Varieties
and Forms of, 239.

Conringia, 217; orientalis, 217.

Convolvulaceae, 42, 98.

Convolvulus sepium, 95, 98, var.
pubescens, 42.

Coptis, 166; triflora, 37, 166.

Corema Conradii, 39.

Coreopsis pubescens, var. robusta,
239; rosea, 70.

Cornaceae, 41.

Cornell, Dwarf, 185.

Cornus canadensis, 41.

Coronopus, 217; didymus, 217.

Correct Name of an introduced Sym-
phytum, 23.

Corydalis, 215; sempervirens, 215.

Cosmos, 149.

Cow-lily, 161, 163, 164.

Crab-apples, 153.

Cranberry, Bog, 41; Highland, 41;
Hog, 41; Marsh, 41; Woods, 41.

Crassulaceae, 249.

Cruciferae, 37, 97, 215.

Currant, Skunk, 37.

Cyperaceae, 34, 96.

Cypripedium hirsutum, 71; parvi-
crn, var. pubescens, 71.

Dactylis, 179; cynosuroides, 179,
180; maritima, 178-180; stricta,
179, 180.

Dahlia, 149.

Danthonia spicata, 34.

Daucus Carota, 41, 98.

Day, M. A., Reprint of a rare old
Book on American Plants, 203.
Deane, W., Reports on the Flora of
the Boston District,— XXII, 86,
XXIII, 165, XXIV, 213, XXV,

248.

Delphinium, 166, 175; Ajacis, 166,
169-176, Delphinium Consolida in
America, with a Consideration of
the Status of, 169; Consolida,
169-172, 174-177, in America,
with a Consideration of the Status
of Delphinium Ajacis, 169; di-
varicatum, 171.

Dentaria, 217; diphylla, 215, 217;
maxima, 218.

Deutzia, 246; gracilis, 246; scabra,
245.

Dewey's Sedge, 185.

Diachroa maritima, 7.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Dianthus, 86; Armeria, 86; barba-
tus, 86; deltoides, 86.

Dicentra, 215; canadensis, 215; Cu-
cullaria, 215; eximea, 215.

Dicksonia punte. 31.

Digitaria filiformis, 232; glabra, 231;
humifusa, 231, 232; Ischaemum,
231, 232; linearis, 231; sangui-
nalis, 231, 232.

Diplotaxis, 218; muralis, 218; tenui-
olia, 218.

Discovery of Prunus cuneata in
southern New Jersey, 66.

Dizygotheca, 153.

Doctors John Brickell, 225.

Dog Berry, 39.

Draba, 218; caroliniana, 218; verna,
218.

Drosera, 249; longifolia, 249; ro-
tundifolia, 30, 249.

Droseraceae, 249.

Dryas integrifolia, 101.

Dunham, E. M. [N otice of Work].

Dupontia, 2.

Dwarf Cornell, 185; Solomon Seal,
185.

Eames, E. H., Some Varieties and
Forms of Connecticut Plants, 239.

Early Flowering of Rudbeckia hirta,
212.

Echinochloa crusgalli, forma vittata,
232

Echinospermum deflexum, 138, 139,
var. americanum, 139; virginicum,
139.

Eel-grass, 94.

Eglantine, 43.

Elder, Stinking, 43.

Eleocharis obtusa, 34; tenuis, 34.

Elymus virginicus, 34.

Empetraceae, 39.

Empetrum, 39; nigrum, 31, 39.

Epicampes, 233.

Epilobium adenocaulon, 40;
tifolium, 40.

Epipaetis repens, var. ophioides, 35.

Equisetaceae, 31.

Equisetum arvense, 30, 31; variega-
tum, 101, 142.

angus-

Eragrostis cilianensis, 235; major,
235; megastachya, 235; multi-
flora, 235.

Eranthemum laxiflorum, 159.
Eranthis hyemalis, 177.
Erechtites hieracifolia, 99.
Ericaceae, 41, 98.

Erigeron hyssopifolius, 101.
Eriophorum virginicum, 34.

1916]

Erodium ciconium, 143, var. tenui-
sectum, 143.

Errata, 254.

Erucastrum, 218; Pollichii, 218.

Erysimum, 218; cheiranthoides, 218;
pannonieum, 218; repandum, 218.

Erythronium americanum, 30.

Eschscholtzia, 214; californica, 214.

Euclidium, 219; syriacum, 219.

Eupatorium perfoliatum, 30.

Euphorbia polygonifolia, 31.

Euphrasia purpurea, var. Farlowii,
forma iodantha, 31.

Evans, A. W., Notes on New Eng-
land Hepaticae,— XIII, 74, 103.

Evergreen, 32.

Farlow, W. G., Montia sibirica in
Massachusetts, 240; Rhododen-
dron maximum in New Hampshire,

25.

Farwell, O. A., New Ranges for old
Plants, 243.

Fellows, D. W., Field Meeting of the
Josselyn Botanical Society of
Maine, 144.

Fern, Sweet, 67.

Fernald, M. L., A calciphile Variety
of Andromeda glaucophylla, 100;
Chelone glabra, forma rosea, n. f.,
72; The Genus Puccinellia in east-
ern North America, 1; The Genus
Sabatia in New England, 145;
Prunus virginiana the correct
Name of the Choke Cherry, 140;
A pubescent Form of Salix Uva-
ursi, 52; The Representatives of
Trisetum spicatum in eastern
America, 195; Some Allies of
Antennaria alpina from Newfound-
land and the Labrador Peninsula,
236; Some Notes on Spartina, 177.

Festuca, 1; Borreri, 10; capillata,
235; delawarica, 9; distans, 12;
mutica, 236; Nuttalliana, 16;
ovina, 236, subsp. eu-ovina, var.
capillata, 236; paludosa, 235;
procumbens, 11; rubra, 95, 96;
tenuifolia, 235.

Field Meeting of the Josselyn Botani-
cal Society of Maine, 144.

Fir, 188.

Fletcher, E. F., Wool-waste Plants
at Westford, Massachusetts, 143.
Flora of Muskeget Island, Massa-
chusetts, The winter, 93; of the
Boston District, Reports on the, —
XXII, 86, XXIII, 165, XXIV,

218, XXV, 248.

Index

259

Flower, Star, 185.

Flynn, N. F., Meetings of the Ver-
mont Botanical Club, 71.

Fontinalis, 92.

Fragaria virginiana, 38, 97.

Fumaria, 215; officinalis, 215.

Fumariaceae, 215.

Fungi, 240; Hollyhock, 240.

Galeopsis Tetrahit, 42.

Galium, 191, 193; bermudense, 191-
194; bermudianum, 192-194; cir-
caezans, 192, 193; Claytoni, 43;
erectum, 244; hispidulum, 193;
pilosum, 190—193, and its Varieties,
190, var. laevicaule, 192, 194,
var. puncticulosum, 191, 193, 194;
punctatum, 194; puncticulosum,
192-194, 8 pilosum, 194; purpur-
eum, 192, 194; rotundifolium, 6
bermudense, 194, à bermudense,
forma pilosum, 194.

Gates, R. R., On the Mendelian In-
terpretation of Oenothera Crosses,
198.

Gaulthera procumbens, 41.

Gaylussacia baccata, 41.

Gelsemium, 227.

Genus Puccinellia in eastern North
America, 1; Sabatia in New Eng-
land, 145.

Geraniaceae, 39.

Geranium Robertianum, 39.

Gilia, 229; rubra, 229.

Gilibertia, 234.

Ginannia, 233, 234;
pubescens, 234.

Glaux, 30; maritima, var. obtusifolia,
42

lanata, 234;

Glyceria, 1; airoides, 16; angustata,
21; arctica, 4; Borreri, 10; cana-
densis, 34; distans, 10, 12, 16,
forma or var. tenuis, 13; maritima,
7, var. reptans, 9; montana, 16;
paupercula, 18, 21; procumbens,
11: reptans, 9; vaginata, 14; vil-
foidea, 8.

Gnaphalium polycephalum, 99; uli-
ginosum, 44.

Golden Wonder Millet, 232.

Goldenrod, 71, 204.

Goniolimon collinum, 158; tatari-
cum, var. angustifolium, 159.

Goose-tongue, 43.

Gramineae, 33, 95, 231; Notes on, —
I, 231.

Grass, Herds, 33; Indian, 33; Sweet,
33; Wild Pepper, 37.

Gray Oak, 46, 47.

MMC

260 Rhodora

Great Laurel, 73.
Great-spurred Violet, 185.
Grimaldia fragrans, 119.
Ground Cedar, 32.
Guaycuru, 56.

Gypsophila, 86; muralis, 86.

Habenaria clavellata, 35; flava, 71;
Hookeri, 73; obtusata, 71.

Hamamelidaceae, 246, 252.

Hamamelis, 252; virginiana, 246,
252.

Harper, R. M., An overlooked envi-
ronmental Factor for Species of
Prunus, 201.

Heart's Ease, 36.

Heath, 39.

Hedeoma pulegioides, 42.

Henbane, Black, 144.

Hepatica, 166; triloba, 166.

MK CADO Notes on New England,—

Ilf, 74, 103.

Heracleum lanatum, 41.

Herds Grass, 33.

Hervey, E. W., Variants of Aster
Herveyi, 183.

Hesperis, 219; matronalis, 219.

Heuchera americana, 245.

Hieracium aurantiacum, 45; cana-
dense, 45; pratense, 45.

Hierochloé odorata, 33.

Highland Cranberry, 41.

Hog Cranberry, 41.

Holeus, 231, 233; avenaceus, var.
nodosus, 235; bulbosus, 234; hale-

ensis, 231; lanatus, 231, 234;
orghum, 231.

Hollyhock Fungi, 240.

Homalachna, 233.

Hormospora purpurea, 26.

Hubbard, F. T., Notes on Grami-
neae,— I, 231.

Huckleberry, 29; Black, 67.

Hudsonia, 70; tomentosa, 26.

Hydrangea, 250; cinerea, 245, 240,
250; paniculata, 246; quercifolia,
245, 246.

Hyoscyamus niger, 144.

Hypericaceae, 40, 98.

Hypericum canadense, 40; majus,
40; virginicum, 98.

Iberis, 219; amara, 219.
Ilex verticillata, 39.
Impatiens biflora, 39.
ladan Grass, 33.

Inodes exul, 155.
Ipomopsis, 229.

[DECEMBER

Iridaceae, 35.

Iris, Blue, 42; versicolor, 35.
Isatis tinctoria, 221.

Isoëtes Tuckermani, 26.

Itea virginica, 141.

Ivy, Poison, 94.

Jack-in-the-Pulpit, 222.

Japanese Rose, 97.

Jasmine, Yellow, 226.

Jeffersonia, 226.

Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine,.
Field Meeting of the, 144.

Juneaceae, 34, 96.

Juncaginaceae, 33.

Juneus, 35, 142; alpinus, 142; arti-
culatus, 30, 35; balticus, var. lit-
toralis, 34; brachycarpus, 142, 143 :
brachycephalus, 142, 143; brevi-
caudatus, 35; bufonius, 34; cana-
densis, 94, 96; dichotomus, var.
platyphyllus, 34; effusus, var. com--
pactus, 34; triglumis, 101.

Jungermanni) Cordeana, 106; dis-
tans, 79; microrhyncha, 82; platy--
phylla, 82; platyphylloidea, 84,
109, 111, 113; Porella. 79.

Juniper, 29.

Juniperus communis, var. depressa, .
32; horizontalis, 32. '

Kalmia angustifolia, 41.

Kennedy, , Some historical
Data regarding the Sweet Bay and
its Station on Cape Ann, 205.

Knowlton, C. H., Autumn Excursion
of the New England Botanical
Club, 184; Preliminary Lists of
New England Plants,— XXIV,
245; Reports on the Flora of
the Boston Distriet,— XXII, 86,
XXIII, 165, XXIV, 213, XXV,
248.

Kobresia caricina, 101; elachycarpa,
142.

Kuhnia, 227.

Labiatae, 42, 99.

Labrador Peninsula, Some Allies of
Antennaria alpina from Newfound-
land and the, 236; Pine, 241, 242.

Lactuca canadensis, 99.

Lady’s Slippers, 71.

Lappula americana, 139; deflexa, 138,
139, in Vermont, 138, var. ameri-
cana, 139.

Larix laricina, 30.

1916]

Lathyrus maritimus, 29, 39, 98;
palustris, var. pilosus, 39.

Lauraceae, 213.

Laurel, Great, 73; Mountain, 41;
Swamp, 206; White, 206.

Lavender, Sea, 53, 55.

Lecanora varia, 94.

Leersia oryzoides, forma clandestina,
239.

Leguminosae, 38, 98.

Leontodon autumnalis, 44, var. pra-
tensis, 44.

Leonurus Cardiaca, 42.

Lepechinia, 25.

Lepidium, 219; apetalum, 219; cam-
pestre, 219; perfoliatum, 219;
ruderale, 219; virginicum, 97, 219.

Lesquerella arctica, var. Purshii, 101.

Lewis, I. F., Chamaesiphon inerus-
tans Grun.; Prasiola stipitata
Suhr.

Lichens, 94.

Ligusticum, 29; scothicum, 40.

Limonium, 54-56, 94, 156; angusta-
tum, 54, 57-60, 65; brasiliense, 54,
58; brasiliensis, 58; californicum,
54, 57, 69, 61, 64, 66; carolinianum,
53, 54, 57-59, 61-65, 98; colli-
num, 158; commune, var. cali-
fornicum, 64; Endlichianum, 57,
60; eximeum, var. album, 158,
var. superbum, 158; imbrica-
tum, 158; in North America and
Mexico, 53; latifolium, var. al-
bum, 158, var. roseum, 158;
Lefroyi, 54; limbatum, 54, 57,
64-66; mexicanum, 54, 57, 59,
65; Nashii, 54, 57, 58, 61, 63, 64,
65; obtusilobum, 57, 63, 66;
Perezii, 158; profusum, 158;
purpuratum, 158, var. longifo-
lium, 158; sinuatum, var. candi-
dissimum, 159; superbum, 159,
var. flore-albo, 159; Suworowii,
var. album, 159; tataricum, var.
angustifolium, 159, var. coc-
cineum, 159, var. nanum, 159;
trichogonum, 53, 57, 61, 63, 66;
vulgare, var. album, 159, var.
macrocladum, 159.

Linaria canadensis, 43; minor, 71.

Linnaea, 185; borealis, var. ameri-
cana, 43, 71.

Linum floridanum, 224, var. inter-
cursum, 224; intercursum, 224.

Liquidambar- Styraciflua, 246, 247.

Listera, 71; convallarioides, 71.

Lists of New England Plants, Pre-
liminary,— XXIV, 245.

Index

261

Lobelia inflata, 43; Kalmii, 101.

Lobeliaceae, 43.

Lobularia, 219; maritima, 219.

Long, B., A belated Correction, 142;
Delphinium Consolida in Amer-
ica with a Consideration of the
Status of Delphinium Ajacis, 169;
Discovery of Prunus cuneata in
southern New Jersey, 66.

Lophozia alpestris, 119; attenuata,
119.

Lotus, 163.

Low Blueberry, 67.

Lychnis, 86; alba, 86; chalcedonica,
86; coeli-rosa, 87; coronaria, 87;
dioica, 87; Flos-cuculi, 71, 87.

Lycopodiaceae, 32.

Lycopodium, 26; clavatum, 32.

Lycopsis, 50; arvensis, 50.

Lycopus uniflorus, 42.

Lysimachia nummularia, 42; terres-
tris, 42.

McAtee, W. L., Plants collected on
Matinicus Island, Maine, in late
Fall, 1915, 29; The winter Flora
of Muskeget Island, Massachusetts,
93.

Macbride, J. F., Amsinckia in the
northeastern United States, 27;
Anchusa in New England, 50;
The correct Name of an introduced
Symphytum, 23.

Madotheca, 74, 75, 82, 85; Baueri,
85, 118, 119; Cordeana, 106-109;
involuta, 79; Jackii, 85, 110, 112,
115; laevigata, 85; microrhyncha,
79-82; platyphylla, 83, 85, 111,
112, 118, 120, 8 major, 84, var.
subsquarrosa, 118, 120; platyphyl-
loidea, 83-85, 110, 112, 118; Po-
rella, 79, 82; rivularis, 83; Sulli-
vantii, 79, 81; Thuja, 81, 85.

Magnolia, 205, 206, 209-213; glauca,
205-207, 209-212; virginiana, 205,
213.

Magnoliaceae, 213.

Maine, in late Fall, 1915, Plants col-
lected on Matinicus Island, 29;
The Josselyn Botanical Society of,
144.

Malus, 153, 154; angustifolia, var.
puberula, 154; bracteata, 154;
coronaria, var. elongata, 154, var.
puberula, 154; floribunda, var.
Arnoldiana, 155, var. Parkmanii,
154; fragrans, var. elongata, 154;
glabrata, 154; glaucescens, 154;
Halliana, forma Parkmanii, 155;

262
ioensis, var. Bushii, 154, var. creni-
serrata, 154, var. Palmeri, 154,
var. spinosa, 154, var. texana, 154;
lancifolia, 154; mieromalus, 155;
platycarpa, 154, var. Hoopesii, 154;
prunifolia, var. Rinki, 155; Schei-
deckeri, 155; Sieboldii, var. arbo-
rescens, 155, var. calocarpa, 155;
theifera, 155, var. rosea, 155;
transitoria, var. toringoides, 155.

Malva rotundifolia, 39.

Malvaceae, 39.

Maple, 31; Rock, 31.

Mare's Tail, 31.

Marsh Andromeda, Common, 100;
Cranberry, 41.

Massachusetts, Montia sibiriea in,
240; 'The winter Flora of Muskeget
Island, 93; Wool-waste Plants at
Westford, 143.

Matinicus Island, Maine, in late Fall,
1915, Plants collected on, 29.

Matricaria suaveolens, 44.

Mayweed, Stinking, 44.

Meetings of the Vermont Botanical
Club, 71.

Mendelian Interpretation of Oeno-
thera Crosses, On the, 198.

Mercury, 39.

Mertensia maritima, 29, 42.

Mexico, Limonium in North America
and, 53.

Millet, Golden Wonder, 232.

Mitella, 250; diphylla, 245-247, 250;
nuda, 245, 250; prostrata, 245, 247.

Miterwort, 185.

Molinia distans, var. reptans, 8.

Moneses uniflora, 41, 71.

Monostroma, 91.

Monotropa uniflora, 30.

Monstrosity of Arisaema triphyllum,
A notable, 222.

Montia, 240; sibirica, 240, in Massa-
chusetts, 240.

Moose-tongue, 40.

Mosses, 204; A popular Handbook to
the, 204.

Mountain Laurel, 41.

Moxie Vine, 41.

Muhlenbergia, 233; aspericaulis, 233;
brevifolia, 233; cuspidata, 233;
depauperata, 233; Richardsonis,
233; squarrosa, 233.

Mullein, 95.

Muskeget Island, Massachusetts, The
winter Flora of, 93.

Myrica asplenifolia, 35; carolinensis,
35, 96; Gale, 35.

Myricaceae, 35, 96.

Myrtle, 42.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Naiadaceae, 33, 95.

Name of the Red Oak, 45.

Nantucket, Pinus Banksiana on, 241.

Nasturtium, 220; indicum, 155.

Nelumbium, 164.

Nelumbo, 90, 162, 164; lutea, 90.

Nemopanthus, 30; mucronata, 39.

Nenuphar, 163.

Neopieris mariana, 68.

Nepeta hederacea, 42.

Neslia, 219; paniculata, 219.

New England, Anchusa in, 50; Bo-
tanical Club, Autumn Excursion
of the, 184; Genus Sabatia in 145;
Hepaticae, Notes on, — XIII, 74,
103; Plants, Preliminary Lists of,
— XXIV, 245.

Newfoundland and the Labrador
Peninsula, Some Allies of Anten-
naria alpina from, 236.

New Hampshire, Additional Notes
on Rhododsadidis maximum in,
73; Rhododendron maximum in,
2

New Jersey, Discovery of Prunus
cuneata in southern, 66.

New Ranges for old Plants, 243.

Nigella Damascena, 177.

Nomenclatorial Transfers, 152.

North America and Mexico, Limo-
nium in, 53; The Genus Puccinel-
lia in eastern, 1.

North American Species of Potamo-
geton of the Section Coleophylli,
Revision of the, 121.

Notable Monstrosity of Arisaema
triphyllum, 222.

Notes from the Woods Hole Labora-
tory — 1915, 90; on Gramineae,—
I, 231; on New England Hepati-
cae,— XIII, 74, 103.

Notholeus, 233; lanatus, 234.

Nothopanax fruticosum, var. pluma-
tum, 153, var. Victoriae, 153;
Guilfoylei, 153.

Nova Scotia Greens, 43.

Nuphar, 120, 161, 164, again, Nym-
phaea and, 161.

Nymphaea, 90, 120, 161-164; ad-
vena, 90; alba, 162, 164, and
Nuphar again, 161; lutea, 162;
magnifica, 120, 144, Authority
for the Binomial, 144; microphylla,
90; rubra, 120; rubrodisca, 90;
variegata, 90.

Nymphaeaceae, 37, 89.

Oak, Gray, 46, 47; The Name of the
Red, 45; Red, 45-48; Scrub, 67.
Oats, Wild, 34.

TS

1916]

Oenothera, 198; Crosses, On the
Mendelian Interpretation of, 198;
Lamarckiana, 199-201; Lamarcki-

ana X nanella, 200, 201; La-
marckiana X rubrinervis, 199;
muricata, 29, 40, 98; nanella,

199-201; nanella X Lamarckiana,
199; oblonga, 199; pumila, 40;
rubrinervis, 199-201; rubrinervis
X nanella, 200, 201; subrobusta,
199.

Old Stumps at Blane Sablon, 185.

On the Mendelian Interpretation of
Oenothera Crosses, 198.

Onagraceae, 40, 98.

Onoclea sensibilis, 31, 187.

Ophioglossaceae, 26.

Ophioglossum vulgatum, 26.

Orchidaceae, 35.

Orchis, 71.

Oryzopsis canadensis, 233.

Osmorhiza obtusa, 187.

Osmunda cinnamomea, 31; regalis, 31.

Osmundaceae, 31.

Overlooked environmental
for Species of Prunus, 201.

Oxyria, 196.

Faetor

Padus nana, 140; virginiana, 140.

Paeonia Moutan, var. Banksii, 156,
var. Humei, 156, var. papaveracea,
156, var. rosea, 156, var. roseo-
superba, 156, var. rubro-plena, 156,
var. vittata, 156; papaveracea,
156; suffruticosa, var. Banksii,
156, var. Humei, 156, var. papa-
veracea, 156, var. rosea, 156, var.
roseo-superba, 156, var. rubro-
plena, 156, var. vittata, 156.

Palovea, 234.

Panax Balfouri, 153; filicifolium,
153; laciniatum, 153; monstro-
sum, 153; plumatum, 153; Vic-
toriae, 153.

Panieularia distans, 12; distans
airoides, 16; maritima, 7.

Panicum capillare, 95; glabrum, 231;
glaucum, 232; huachucae, 33; Is-
chaemum, 231; lineare, 231; lutes-
cens, 232.

Papaver, 214; Rhoeas, 214; somni-
ferum, 214.

Papaveraceae, 214.

Parmelia sulcata, 94.

Parnassia, 250; caroliniana,
247, 250.

Paronychia argyrocoma, var. albi-
montana, 25.

245,

Index

263

Parsnip, Wild, 41.

Passiflora Jamesonii, 156; mollis-
sima, 156; Parritae, 1506.

Pawpaw, 211.

Pear, Wild, 38.

Pennisetum americanum, 232; glau-
cum, 232.

Penthorum, 249; sedoides, 249.

Pentstemon gracilis, 244.

Pepper Grass, Wild, 37.

Persimmon, 211.

Philadelphus, 247, 251; coronarius,
245, 247, 251, var. tomentosus, 245,
251; inodorus, 245; pubescens,
245.

Phleum alpinum, 197; pratense, 33.

Phippsia, 2.

Phragmites communis, 96.

Picea canadensis, 32, 242; pungens,
242; rubra, 32.

Pigeon Berry, 39.

Pinaceae, 32.

Pine, Labrador, 241, 242.

Pinus Banksiana, 241, on Nantucket,
241; Massoniana, 242; rigida, 32;
Strobus, 32; sylvestris, 242.

Plantaginaceae, 43.

Plantago decipiens, 43;
43; major, 43.

Plants collected on Matinicus Is-
land, Maine, in late Fall, 1915, 29;
New Ranges for old, 243; Prelimi-
nary Lists of New England,—
XXIV, 245; Some Varieties and
Forms of Connecticut, 239.

Platanaceae, 246, 252.

Platanus, 252; occidentalis, 246, 248,
252.

Plegorhiza, 56.

Pluchea camphorata, 243, 244.

Plum, Beach, 94.

Plumbaginaceae, 98.

Poa, 2, 29; adspersa, 235; airoides,
2, 16; algida, 2; alpina, 2, 101;
angustata, 19, 21, 22; angustifolia,
235; annua, 34; arctica, 2; Bor-
reri, 9; capillata, 236; cilianensis,
235; deflexa, 2; delawarica, 9;
distans, 2, 12; effusa, 235; Era-
grostis, 235; fasciculata, 9, 10;
fertilis, 235; hydrophila, 235;
lucida, 16; maritima, 7; mega-
stachya, 235; multiflora, 235;
nootkaensis, 22; nutkaensis, 22;
Nuttalliana, 16; palustris, 235;
pelligera, 2; phryganodes, 8; pra-
tensis, 2, 34, 95, 96; procumbens,
11; psilosantha, 2; riparia, 235;

lanceolata,

264

rupestris, 11; serotina, 235; tri-
flora, 235.

Podophyllum, 213; peltatum, 213.

Podostemaceae, 249.

Podostemum, 249;
249.

Pogonia ophioglossoides, 26; pen-
ula, 25; trianthophora, 25, 26;
verticillata, 252, 253, Anomalous
Flowers of, 252.

Poison Ivy, 94.

Polyanthemum, 56.

Polygonaceae, 36, 96.

Polygonella, 70.

Polygonum acre, var. leptostachyum,
96; aviculare, var. littorale, 36;
Fowleri, 29, 36; hydropiper, 36;
Persicaria, 36.

Polypodiaceae, 31, 95.

Polypodium vulgare, 31.

Polyscias, 153; Balfouriana, 153;
filicifolia, 153; fruticosa, var.
plumata, 153; Guilfoylei, 153,
var. laciniata, 153, var. mon-
strosa, 153, var. Victoriae, 153.

Pondweed, 71.

Popple, 35.

Poppy, California, 214.

Popular Handbook to the Mosses,
204.

Populus tremuloides, 35.

Porella, 74, 75, 80, 84, 106, 108, 109,
112; Jackii, 110; laevigata, 107;
Notarisii, 83; pinnata, 75, 79-82,
106-108; platyphylla, 75, 82-84,
103, 105-112, 114, 116-119, var.
subsquarrosa, 103; . platyphyl-
loidea, 75, 106, 109, 111-119;
platyphylloides, 84, 109; rivularis,
75, 106, 119; Sullivantii, 79;
Thuja, 84.

Portulaca, 89; oleracea, 89.

Portulacaceae, 89.

Potamogeton, 121; borealis, 134,
136; columbianus, 124, 129; di-
versifolius, 136; epihydrus, 30,
33, 136; fasciculatus, 133; fili-
formis, 122, 132-134, 136, var.
alpinus, 133, var. borealis, 122,
134, 136, var. Macounii, 122, 136,
var. occidentalis, 132, 134; flabel-
latus, 124, 128, 129; foliosus, 136;
interruptus, 124, 128, 129; interior,
132, 134; juncifolius, 138; lati-
folius, 122, 130; marinum, 130;
marinus, 132, 133, var. Macounii,
136, 138, var. occidentalis, 132;
moniliformis, 122, 130, 132;
Oakesianus, 30, 33; of the Section

ceratophyllum,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Coleophyli, A Revision of the
North American Species of, 121;
pectinatus, 121, 122, 124, 198-130,
133, 134, var. latifolius, 130; pusil-
lus, 33; Robbinsii, 122, 123; seta-
ceum, 134; vaginatus, 131, 132.

Potamogeton $ Coleophylli, 122.

Potentilla anserina, 38; monspelien-
sis, 38; nivea, 101; pennsylvanica,
38; tridentata, 38.

Prasiola stipitata, 90, 91.

Prasiolaceae, 91.

Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants,— XXIV, 245.

Prenanthes altissima, 45; trifoliolata,

Primulaceae, 42.

Prunella vulgaris, 42.

Prunus, 67, 69, 202, 203; americana,
202; angustifolia, 202; Besseyi,
202; caroliniana, 202; cuneata, 26,
67-69, 201, in southern New
Jersey, Discovery of, 66; domes-
tica, subsp. insititia, 155, var.
insititia 155; geniculata, 202;
insititia, 155; maritima, 97, 202;
An overlooked environmental Fac-
tor for Species of, 201; pennsyl-
vanica, 38, 202; pumila, 70, 202;
salicina, var. pubipes, 155; serot-
ina, 140, 141, 202; sphaerocarpa,
202; triflora, var. pubipes, 155;
umbellata, 202; virginiana, 140,
141, the correct Name of the
Choke Cherry, 140.

Pseuderanthemum laxiflorum, 159.

Pteris aquilina, 31.

Pubescent Form of Salix Uva-ursi, 52.

Puccinellia, 1-5, 181; airoides, 6, 16,
17, 23, 181; alaskana, 18; angus-
tata, 4, 19, 21, 23; arctica, 4;
Borreri, 9; coarctata, 5, 13, 15,
22; Cusickii, 181, 182; distans,
2, 5, 11, 22, 181, var. tenuis, 5, 12;
fasciculata, 5, 9, 22; in eastern
North America, The Genus, 1;
laurentiana, 6, 14, 17, 23; Lem-
moni, 183; lucida, 6, 17, 23, 181,
182; macra, 6, 15, 17, 22, 23;
maritima, 2-6, 8, 22, var. minor, 18,
21, 23; nutkaensis, 15, 22, 23;
Nuttalliana, 16, 181; paupercula,
6, 9, 18, 21, 23, var. alaskana, 6, 9,
17, 18, 21-23, var. longiglumis,
6, 20, 21, 23; phryganodes, 3-5,
8, 9, 18, 19, 22; rupestris, 6, 10,
22; Some western Species of, 181;
vaginata, 14, 15; Vahliana, 4.

Pyrola, 71, 185; secunda, 187.

` 1916] Index

Pyrus, 153; americana, 38; angusti-
folia, var. puberula, 154; arbu-
tifolia, var. atropurpurea, 38, 154;

atropurpurea, 154; bracteata,
154; communis, 38; coronaria,
var. elongata, 154; glabrata,

154; glaucescens, 154; Halliana,
var. Parkmanii, 154; ioensis, var.
Bushii, 154, var. creniserrata,
154; var. Palmeri, 154, var.
spinosa, 154, var. texana, 154;
lancifolia, 154; Malus, 38, var.
Parkmanii, 154; micromalus, 155;
platycarpa, 154, var. Hoopesii,
154; prunifolia, var. Rinki, 155;

pulcherrima, var. Arnoldiana,
155, var. Scheideckeri, 155;
Scheideckeri, 155; secunda, 41;

Sieboldii, var. arborescens, 155,
var. calocarpa, 155; theifera,
155, var. rosea, 155; transitoria,
var. toringoides, 155.

Quercus ambigua, 46, 47; borealis,
47, 48, var. maxima, 48; coccinea,
45, 46; faleata, 45, 46; palustris,
45; rubra, 45, 46, 48, var. latifolia,
48, var. maxima, 47, 48.

Radicula, 220.

Radula, 74; Lindbergiana, 74, 75.

Ragged Robin, 71.

Ramalina calicaris, 94.

Ranunculaceae, 37, 165.

Ranunculus, 167; abortivus, 167,
var. eucyclus, 167; acris, 37, 167,
var. Steveni, 167; allegheniensis,
167; aquatilis, var. capillaceus,
167; arcuans, 190; brachyrhyn-
cus, 189; bulbosus, 167; Cymba-
laria, 167; delphinifolius, 167, var.
terrestris, 167; fascicularis, 167;
Ficaria, 167; Flammula, var. rep-
tans, 167; laxicaulis, 167; micran-
thus, 167; pennsylvanicus, 167;
pensylvanicus, 189, 190; Two
Asiatie Allies of, 189; recurvatus,
168; repens, 168, 240; sceleratus,
168.

Raphanus, 220; Raphanistrum, 95,
97, 220; sativus, 220.

Rapistrum, 220; rugosum, subsp.
Linnaeanum, 220, subsp. orientale,
220.

Red Baneberry, 185;
The Name of the, 45.

Relbunium, 191; bermudense, 192;
hypocarpium, 192; hypocarpum,
192, 193.

Oak, 45-48,

265

Reports on the Flora of the Boston
District,— XXII, 86, XXIII, 165,
XXIV, 213, XXV, 248.

Representatives of Trisetum spica-
tum in eastern America, 195.

Reprint of à rare Book on American
Plants, 203.

Reseda, 248; alba, 248; lutea, 248;
Luteola, 248; odorata, 248.

Resedaceae, 248.

Revision of the North American
Species of Potamogeton of the
Section Coleophylli, 121.

Rhinanthus crista-galli, 43.

Rhododendron, 74; maximum, 25,
73, in New Hampshire, 25, in New
Hampshire, Additional Notes on,
73

Rhus, 39; Toxicodendron, 98; ty-
phina, 39; vernix, 39, 43.
Ribes, 251; americanum, 245, 251;

aureum, 251; Cynosbati, 245;
floridum, 251; gracile, 245, 247;
Grossularia, 245, 251; hirtellum,

245, var. calcicola, 37, 245, 247;
lacustre, 245; nigrum, 245, 251;

odoratum, 245, 251; oxyacan-
thoides, 251; prostratum, 245;
rotundifolium, 245, 247; triste,

245, var. albinervium, 245; vul-
gare, 245, 251.

Riccia Lescuriana, 119; sorocarpa, 119.

Riddle, L. W., A popular Handbook
to the Mosses, 204.

Robin, Ragged, 71.

Robinson, B. L., The Doctors John
Brickell, 225; A notable Monstro-
sity of Arisaema triphyllum, 222.

Rock Maple, 31.

Roripa, 220; Armoracia, 220; glo-
bosa, 220; indica, 155; Nastur-
tium-aquaticum, 220; palustris,
221, var. hispida, 221; sylvestris,
221.

Rorippa, 220.

Rosa humilis, 38, 94, 97; rugosa, 97;
virginiana, 97.

Rosaceae, 38, 95, 97.

Rose, Japanese, 97.

Rosemary, Wild, 100.

Roundwood, 38; Tree, 38.

Rubiaceae, 43.

Rubus, 38; idaeus, var. aculeatissi-
mus, 38; pergratus, 38; procum-
bens, 38, 94, 97; setosus, 38.

Rudbeckia hirta, 212, An early Flow-
ering of, 212.

Rumex Acetosella, 36, 96;
36; pallidus, 36.

crispus,

266

Running Cedar, 32.

Rynchospora alba, 34; macrostachya,
72, var. inundata, 72, within the
Boston District, 72.

Sabal exul, 155.
Sabatia, 145, 149; angularis, 147;
campanulata, 145-147, 151, forma

albina, 151; campestris, 147;
chloroides, 145, 147; decandra,
150, 152; dodecandra, 70, 145,

147-150, 152; gracilis, 145; in New
England, The Genus, 145; Ken-
nedyana, 150, 152, forma can-
dida, 151; stellaris, 145-147, 152,
forma albiflora, 152.

Sabbatia campanulata, 146, 254.

Sagina, 87; decumbens, 87; nodosa,
var. glandulosa, 37, 87; procum-
bens, 87.

Sagittaria teres, 147,

St. John, H., Additional Notes on
Rhododendron maximum in New
Hampshire, 73; A Revision of the
North American Species of Po-
tamogeton of the Section Coleo-
phylli, 121.

Salicaceae, 35.

Salicornia ambigua, 94, 97; europaea,
94, 97, 243, 244, var. pachystachya,
243, 244, var. prostrata, 243, 244;
mucronata, 94, 96.

Salix cordifolia, 52; discolor, 35;
petiolaris, 35; Uva-ursi, 52; A
ubescent Form of, 52, forma
asiophylla, 52; vestita, 101.

Salsola, 29; Kali, 36, 97.

Sambucus canadensis, 43; racemosa,
forma chrysocarpa, 239.

Samolus, 227.

Sand Cherry, 70.

Sanguinaria, 214; canadensis, 214.

Saponaria, 87; officinalis, 87; Vac-
caria, 87.

Sargent, C. S., The Name of the Red
Oak, 45.

Sarracenia, 26, 248; purpurea, 248,
var. heterophylla, 248.

Sarraceniaceae, 248.

Sassafras, 214; Swamp, 206; varii-
folium, 214, var. albidum, 214.
Saxifraga, 247, 251; aizoides, 245,
247; Aizoon, 245, 247; densa, 160;
diversifolia, forma foliata, 160, var.
foliata, 160; Fergusonii, 160;
moschata, var. densa, 160, var.
Fergusonii, 160; muscoides, var.
densa, 160; oppositifolia, 101, 245,
247; pennsylvanica, 246, 251;

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

rivularis, 246, 247; Schmidtii, 160;
stellaris, var. comosa, 246, 247;
Stracheyi, var. Schmidtii, 160;
thysanodes, 160; virginiensis, 246,
251.

Saxifragaceae, 37, 245, 246, 250.

Sedge, Dewey’s, 185.

Scabious, 40.

Seapania, 74, 76, 77; dentata, 74, 76,
77, 119, e Oakesii, 75; gracilis,
75, 119; irrigua, 74, 78; nemorosa,
75, 76; Oakesii, 74-77; palu-
dicola, 74, 77, 78; paludosa, 78;
subalpina, 77; undulata, 76-78,
var. purpurea, 76,

Schisandra coccinea, 227.

Schweinfurth, C., Rynchospora ma-
crostachya within the Boston Dis-
trict, 72.

Scirpus cyperinus, 34, 94, 96; Longii,
147; occidentalis, 30, 34.

Sclerochloa, 1; arenaria, var. fasci-
culata, 10, var. maritima, 7; Bor-
reri, 10; distans, 12; procumbens,
11; rupestris, 11.

Scrophulariaceae, 43, 99.

Scrub Oak, 67.

Scutellaria galericulata, 42.

Sea Lavender, 53, 55.

Sedum, 249; acre, 249; alboroseum,
var, foliis variegatis, 160, var.
variegatum, 160; erythrostic-
tum, var. variegatum, 160; japoni-
cum, var. variegatum, 160; pur-
pureum, 249; reflexum, 249; terna-
tum, 250; triphyllum, 249.

Sempervivum, 250; tectorum, 250.

Senecio sylvaticus, 44.

Setaria glauca, 33, 232; italica, 232,
var. germanica, 232, subsp. stra-
mineofructa, 232, subsp. stramineo-
fructa, forma breviseta, 232, subsp.
stramineofructa, var. brunneoseta,
subvar. densior, 233, subsp. stra-
mineofructa, subvar. germanica,
233, subsp. stramineofructa, sub-
var. germanica, forma mitis, 233,
subsp. stramineofructa, var. Hostii,
233, subsp. stramineofrueta, var.
Hostii, subvar. Metzgeri, 233; lu-
tescens, 232; viridis, 232, var.
breviseta, 232, var. Weinmannii,
232.

Shamrock, 38.

Shore Berry, 38.

Silene, 87; antirrhina, 87, 144, forma
Deaneana, 87, var. divaricata, 87,
88; apetala, 87; Armeria, 88;
dichotoma, 88; gallica, 88; lati-

1916] Index 267

folia, 88; noctiflora, 88; pennsyl-
vanica, 88.

Sisymbrium, 221; altissimum, 221;
incisum, 221; indicum, EOG Loe-
selii, 221; officinale, 37, 221, var.
leiocarpum, 221; pannonicum, 221;
Sophia, 221; Thalianum, 221.

Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 35.

Sium Carsonii, 239; cicutaefolium,
var. Carsonii, 239.

Skunk Cabbage, 30; Currant, 37;
Spruce, 32.

Sleepy Catchfly, 144.

Slink Weed, 32.

Smilax herbacea, 240.

Snowberry, 41, 185.

Snowdrop, 41.

Solanaceae, 42.

Solanum nigrum, 42.

Solidago, 26; bicolor, 44; Cutleri,
71; graminifolia, 26; nemoralis,
44; rugosa, 44, var. villosa, 44;
sempervirens, 44, 94, 99; tenui-
folia, 26.

Solomon Seal, Dwarf, 185.

Some Allies of Antennaria alpina
from Newfoundland and the Lab-
rador Peninsula, 236; historical
Data regarding the Sweet Bay and
its Station on Cape Ann, 205;
Notes on Spartina, 177; Varieties
and Forms of Connecticut Plants,
239; western Species of Puccinel-
lia, 181.

Sonchus asper, 45.

Sorghum, 231; halepense, 231.

Sparganiaceae, 32.

Sparganium americanum, 32; an-
gustifolium, 30-32; lucidum, 147.

Spartina, 30, 177; alterniflora, 178,
180, var. glabra, 178, var. pilosa,
179; cynosuroides, 179; Duriaei,
180; essexianum, 180; glabra, 177,
178, var. alterniflora, lite 178,
var. pilosa, 94, 95, 177, 179: jun-
cea, 180; maritima, 180; Mi-
chauxiana, 33, 180; patens, 34, 94,
96, 97, var. juncea, 180; Some
Notes on, 177; stricta, 177-180,
var. alterniflora, 178, var. glabra,
179; stricta maritima, 179; versi-
color, 180.

Species of Puccinellia, Some western,
181.

Spergula, 88; arvensis, 37, 88.

Spergularia, 88; canadensis, 88;
leiosperma, 88, 94, 97; rubra, 36,
88, var. perennans, 36; salina, 88.

Sphaeralcea Munroana, 143.

Sphagnum, 94.

Sphenolobus Hellerianus, 119; mi-
nutus, 119.

Sphenopholis palustris, 234, var.
flexuosa, 234; pennsylvanica, 234,
var. flexuosa, 284.

Spiraea latifolia, 38; tomentosa, 38,
94, 97.

Spiranthes Beckii X gracilis, 239;
cernua, 30, 35.

Spogopsis, 229.

Sponcopsis, 229.

Sporobolus, 233; brevifolius, 233;
cuspidatus, 233; depauperatus,
233; Richardsonii, 233; Richard-
sonis, 233.

Spruce, 188; Black, 188; Blue, 32;
Cat, 32; Common, 32; Skunk, 32;
White, 32; Yellow, 32.

Staminody of the Petals in Amelan-
chier, 48.

Star Flower, 185.

Statice, 54-56, 156; angustata, 55,
59; Armeria, var. alba, 156, var.
grandiflora, 157, var. Laucheana,
157, var. purpurea, 157, var.
rubra, 157, var. splendens, 157,
var. variegata, 157; Besseriana,
158, 159; brasiliensis, 53-55, 58,
59, var. angustata, 54, 59; cali-
fornica, 54, 55, 60, 64, 65; carolini-
ana, 53-55, 58, 59, 61-63; chilen-
sis, 56; collina, 158; Endlichiana,
55, 61; eximea, var. alba, 158,
var. flore-alba, 158, var. superba,
158; imbricata, 158; incana, 159,
var. coccinea, 159, var. hybrida,
159, var. hybrida nana, 159;
juncea, 157; latifolia, var. alba,
158, var. rosea, 158; Lefroyi, 54;
leucocephala, 157: limbata, 55,
65; Limonium, 53, 54, 62, 64, var.
alba, 159, var. californica, 54, 64,
65, var. caroliniana, 54, 58, 61, 62,
var. macroclada, 159; longifolia,
159; majellensis, 157; mauri-
tanica, 157; montana, var. alba,
157; Nashii, 55, 58, 61; Perezii,
158; plantaginea, var. alba, 157,
var. gigantea, 157, var. grandi-
flora, 157, var. leucantha, 157,
var. rosea, 158; var. rubra, 158,
var. splendens, 158, profusa, 158;

pseudoarmeria, var. alba, 158, var.
Prandiflora. 158, var. rubra, 158,
var. splendens, 158; puberulum
X 8. macrophylla, 158; purpur-
ata, 158, var. longifolia, 159; sin-
uata, var. candidissima, 159; su-

268

rba, 159, var. flore-albo, 159;
Suworowii, var. alba, 159; Suwor-
owii X S. leptostachya, 159; tata-
rica, var. angustifolia, 159, var.
nana, 159; Welwitschia, 158.

Stellandria glabra, 227.

Stellaria, 88; apetala, 88; aquatica,
89; borealis, 37, var. floribunda, 89,
var. isophylla, 89; graminea, 89;
longifolia, 89; media, 37, 89, 240;
uliginosa, 89.

Stinking Elder, 43; Mayweed, 44.

Stipa canadensis, 233.

Stobaea membranifolia,
dula, 159.

Stumps at Blane Sablon, Old, 185.

Suaeda linearis, 94, 97.

Sugar Plum, 41.

Summer Farewell, 44.

Swamp Laurel, 206; Sassafras, 206.

Sweet Bay, 205, 213, and its Station
on Cape Ann, Some historical
Data regarding the, 204; Fern, 67;
Grass, 33.

Sweet-scented Bedstraw, 185.

Symphytum, 23; 'The correct Name
of an introduced, 23; asperri-
mum, 23; asperum, 23.

Symplocarpus foetidus, 34.

Syntherisma humifusum, 231; Is-
chaemum, 231; linearis, 231.

159; Ra-

Tacsonia Jamesonii, 156; mollissima,
156; Parritae, 156.

Taraxacum officinale, 45.

Taxanthema, 56.

Tea-berry, 43.

Teucrium canadense, var. littorale,
31, 99.

Thalictrum, 168; dasycarpum, 168;
dioicum, 168; polygamum, 37, 168,
var. hebeearpum, 168; revolutum,
168.

Thatch, 33.

Thlaspi, 221; arvense, 221.

Tiarella, 251; cordifolia, 246, 247,
251.

Tillaea, 250; aquatica, 250.

Toadflax, 71.

Tofieldia glutinosa, 71; palustris, 101.

Townsend, C. W., Old Stumps at
Blane Sablon, 185.

Trailing Yew, 32.

Trifolium pratense, 38; procumbens,
38; repens, 38.

Triglochin, 30; maritima, 33; pa-
lustris, 142.
Trisetum ludovicianum, 234; Mai-

denii, 196; palustris, 234; penn-

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

sylvanicum, 234; spicatum, 196,
197, in eastern America, The
Representatives of, 195, var. Mai-
denii, 196, 197, var. molle, 196, 197,
var. pilosiglume, 195, 197; sub-
spicatum, forma Maidenii, 196.

Triticum sativum, 95, 96.

Tropaeolum Lobbianum, var. fim-
briatum, 160, var. hederifolium,
160, var. miniatum, 160, var.
Reginae, 160; peltophorum, var.
fimbriatum, 160, var. hederifo-
lium, 160, var. miniatum, 160,
var. Reginae, 160.

Tropidocarpum gracile, 221.

Tulip-tree, 211.

Turraea, 234.

Tussilago Farfara, 44.

Twayblade, 71.

Twin-flower, 71.

Two Asiatic Allies of Ranunculus
pensylvanicus, 189.

Typha latifolia, 32, 95.

Typhaceae, 32, 95.

Ulvaceae, 91.

Umbelliferae, 40, 98.

United States, Amsinckia
northeastern, 27.

Urtica Lyall, 36.

Urticaceae, 36.

Usnea florida, 94.

Utricularia resupinata, 26, 147.

in the

| Vaccinium corymbosum, var. amoe-

num, 41; maerocarpon, 41, 94, 98;
Oxyeoccus, 30, 41; pennsylvani-
cum, 41, var. angustifolium, 41,
var. myrtilloides, 41; vacillans, 68;
Vitis-Idaea, var. minus, 41.

Valantia hypocarpa, 192; hypocarpia,
192.

Variants of Aster Herveyi, 183.

Variety of Andromeda glaucophylla,
A enleiphile, 100

Verbascum Thapsus, 99.

Vermont Botanical Club, Meetings
of the, 71; Lappula deflexa in, 138.

Veronica americana, 43.

Viburnum cassinoides, 30, 43.

Vilfa depauperata, 233; Richardsonis,
233; squarrosa, 233.

Viola cucullata, 40; nephrophylla,
101; pallens, 40; primulifolia, 40;
Selkirkii, 187; septentrionalis, 40.

Violaceae, 40.

Violet, Great-spurred, 185.

Violets, 204.

Ex

Vim

Index

1916]

Waters, F., Anomalous Flowers of
Pogonia verticillata, 252.

Waterlily, 161, 163, 164.

Weatherby, C. A., Concerning Linum
intercursum Bicknell, 224; Gal-
ium pilosum and its Varieties, 190;
Genus Puccinellia in eastern North
America, 1; Some western Species
of Puccinellia, 181; Staminody of
the petals in Amelanchier, 48.

Westford, Massachusetts, Wool-
waste Plants at, 143.

White Alder, 39; Laurel, 206; Spruce
32.

Wild Carrot, 95; Oats, 34; Parsnip,
41; Pear, 38; Pepper Grass, 37;
Rosemary, 100.

Winter Flora of Muskeget Island,
Massachusetts, 93.

m

Woods Cranberry, 41.

Woods Hole Laboratory, Notes from
the — 1915, 99.

Wool-waste Plants at Westford,
Massachusetts, 148.

ere a -1a

Xanthium echinatum, 99.

Yellow Birch, 31;
Spruce, 32.
Yellow-root, 37.
Yew, Trailing, 32.
Yong, W. [Notice of Work.], 203.

Jasmine, 226;

Zannichellia palustris, var. peduncu-
lata, 71.

Zanthorhiza, 168; apiifolia, 168.

Zostera marina, 33, 95.